0% found this document useful (0 votes)
679 views673 pages

BSC M 15

The document provides information about an examination for a B.Sc. course in English. It includes 5 multiple choice questions testing understanding of a passage about pollution. The questions cover different types of environmental pollution such as air, noise, radioactivity, land, and water pollution and their causes. Students are asked to choose an appropriate title for a summary of the passage.

Uploaded by

jonna
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
679 views673 pages

BSC M 15

The document provides information about an examination for a B.Sc. course in English. It includes 5 multiple choice questions testing understanding of a passage about pollution. The questions cover different types of environmental pollution such as air, noise, radioactivity, land, and water pollution and their causes. Students are asked to choose an appropriate title for a summary of the passage.

Uploaded by

jonna
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

*SLRR1* SLR-R – 1

Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH COMPULSORY (CGPA Pattern)
On Track – English Skills for Success

Day and Date : Wednesday, 1-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternative : 14


1) What did the policeman look like ?
a) Uniformed and frail and short
b) Uniformed and well-built
c) Dressed in ordinary clothes and frail and short
d) Dressed in ordinary clothes and well-built
2) When the writer invited her to stay with her for a while, Miss Krishna agreed
______________
a) Reluctantly b) Shyly
c) Readily d) With little enthusiasm
3) The name of the psychologist who developed the IQ test was ______________
a) Dr. Sigmund Freud b) Carl Jung
c) Robert Smith d) Mr. Binet
4) The word ‘intelligence’ is derived from the Latin word ______________
a) Intellegere b) Intellectual c) Intellect d) None of these
5) Krishna’s first name was ______________
a) Maya b) Sheela c) Mala d) Nergis
6) What did the policeman on the beat constantly do ?
a) Twirl his stick b) Interrogate people on his beat
c) Smoke a Cigar d) Unlock doors

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 1 -2- *SLRR1*

7) What does ‘shining loads’ mean ______________


a) An unmarried woman’s wrist b) bunches of bangles
c) The flame of a marriage fire d) Sunlit corn
8) The words Kiltartan cross refer to ______________
a) A famous place in Ireland b) The battlefield
c) An Irish Church d) None of the above
9) The poem ‘Bangle Sellers’ is written by ______________
a) W. B. Yeats b) Sarojini Naidu
c) John Milton d) W. B. Keats
10) The speaker of the poem ‘An Irish Airman Foresees His Death is
______________
a) Irish Airman or Pilot b) Farmer
c) Sailor d) None of the above
11) Can you give me ______________ money ?
a) Any b) Some c) Little d) A few
12) A man is known by ______________ company he keeps.
a) the b) a
c) an d) none of the above
13) The woman ______________ the car is my neighbour.
a) of b) in c) on d) under
14) What is the capital ______________ Switzerland ?
a) of b) at c) on d) from

2. Answer any seven of the following questions : 14


1) Describe the weather in the story ‘After Twenty Years’.
2) What sort of relationship did Bob and Jimmy share ?
3) What did Miss Krishna claim to be the ‘Panacea for all (her) ills’ ?
4) How can you define ‘intelligence’ ?
5) What are the areas in which the computer is much faster than human brain ?
6) What colours of bangles are suitable for a maiden’s wrists ?
7) How does the speaker imagine he will die ?
8) Whom are the purple and gold-flecked grey bangles meant for ?
*SLRR1* -3- SLR-R – 1

3. A) Write short note on any two of the following : 8


1) Jimmy Wells
2) Miss Krishna’s character
3) The merits of artificial intelligence.
B) Answer any three of the following questions briefly : 6
1) Describe the different types of bangles which the bangle-sellers carry.
2) How does the poet describe the faithful wife who is now middle-aged ?
3) What is the Irish airman’s attitude towards the war he is fighting in ?
4) What do you think is the speaker’s attitude towards his ‘poor’
countrymen ?

4. 1) Write an essay on ‘Impact of Mobiles on the lives of the Youth Today’. 14


OR
2) Write paragraphs of six to eight sentences on each of the following :
1) Terrorism : Irrational and Inhuman
2) Solar energy.

5. Read the following passage and make notes of it. Use an appropriate title for
your notes : 14
There are different forms of environmental pollution. Air pollution is caused by
the burning of coal and oil. It can damage the earth’s vegetation and cause
respiratory problems in humans. A second type of pollution is noise pollution.
It is the result of the noise of aircraft and heavy traffic. Further, loud music is
also a cause of noise pollution, which has been seen to affect people’s hearing
and give them severe headaches and high blood pressure. Another source of
pollution is radioactivity, which occurs when there is a leak from a nuclear power
station. Radioactivity is a deadly pollutant, which kills and causes irreparable
harm to those exposed to it. Land and water pollution is caused by the careless
disposal of huge quantities of rubbish, sewage and chemical wastes. Pollution of
rivers and seas kills fishes and other marine life and also becomes the cause of
water-borne diseases. Land pollution, on the other hand, Poisons the soil, making
the food grown in it unfit for consumption.

_____________
*SLRR10* SLR-R – 10
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS – Paper – I
Fundamentals of Electronics, Digital Fundamentals

Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Total Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of logtable and calculator is allowed.
5) Two sections should be written in two separate answer books.

SECTION – I

1. Select correct alternatives for the following : 5


i) Parallel resonant circuit is also known as _______ circuit.
a) Aceptor b) Rejector
c) High pass filter d) Low pass filter
ii) In step up transformer
a) No. of turns of primary winding are greater than No. of turns of secondary
winding
b) No. of turns of secondary winding are greater than No. of turns of primary
winding
c) No. of turns of primary winding are equal to No. of turns of secondary
winding
d) None of the above
iii) When AC is applied to inductor then
a) current will lead applied voltage
b) current will lag behind applied voltage
c) current will in phase with applied voltage
d) none of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 10 -2- *SLRR10*

iv) Impedance parameters are same as _________ circuit parameters.


a) short b) close c) open d) hybrid
v) Four capacitors, each of 20 f are connected in parallel, the equivalent


capacitor is _________ f. 

a) 100 b) 80 c) 0.2 d) 20

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is two port network ? What are its types ?
ii) Give classification of inductor.
iii) A sinusoidal signal has maximum value of 10 mV. What is average and RMS
voltage ?
iv) What are Z-parameters ? Give their formulae.
v) Write the colour code of 1 K  resistor with 10% tolerance.
vi) Write short circuit resistance of TT network.
vii) Define equivalent network.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Relay
ii) Super position theorem
iii) Mesh analysis.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain series resonance circuit and derive formulae for resonance
frequency and quality factor.
ii) Explain H-parameters for two port network and draw its equivalent circuit.

SECTION – II

1. Select correct alternative for the following : 5


1) (1101)2 binary number is equivalent to its hexadecimal number.
a) A b) B c) C d) D
2) Gray code of 1011 is
a) 1110 b) 1010 c) 1011 d) 1100
3) IC 7432 is
a) OR gate b) AND gate c) NOR gate d) XOR gate
*SLRR10* -3- SLR-R – 10

4) In boolean algebra A + 1 is
a) 1 b) A

c) ) d) None of these
5) Full adder adds how much bits at a time
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is octal number system ?
ii) State DeMorgan’s 2nd theorem.
iii) Draw the logic diagram for the logic equation Y  A
.

B  A
.

B
.

iv) Solve .
  

  

v) State the OR laws


vi) Convert the 110110012 into its equivalent Hexadecimal number.
vii) Draw the symbol NAND gate. Write its truth table for 2 inputs.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Hexadecimal number system. Converts the (64)10 decimal number to
equivalent hexadecimal number.
ii) Construct K map for OR gate.
iii) Show that A + A.B = A.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain Full adder using Half adder.
ii) State different number systems. Hence convert the (54)10 and (68)10 into
equivalent binary number.

___________
*SLRR102* SLR-R – 102
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – V)
Optics and Mineralogy

Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given option : 10
1) A group of silicate minerals which contain discrete [SiO4] tetrahedra is called
as ______________
a) Nesosilicate b) Sorosilicate c) Inosilicate d) Cyclosilicate
2) ______________ of a mineral is directly related to the refractive index.
a) Cleavage b) Relief c) Form d) Alteration
3) ______________ substance transmit light with unequal velocity in all direction.
a) Isotropic b) Anisotropic
c) Isotropic and Anisopopic d) None of these
4) The tremolite mineral is found only in ______________ rock.
a) Igneous b) Sedimentary c) Metamorphic d) None of these
5) Nephelene mineral belonging to ______________ group.
a) Chlorite b) Garnet c) Clay d) Feldsphathoid
6) The composition of lusite is ______________
a) KAI Si2O6 b) NaAl Si2O6 c) CaAlSi2O6 d) CaNa Si2O6
7) The hardness of hornblende is ______________
a) 2 to 3 b) 5 to 6 c) 7 to 8 d) 8 to 9
8) The inosilicate is also called as ______________
a) Ringe silicate b) Sheet silicate c) Orthosilicate d) Chain silicate
9) All uniaxial mineral posses ______________ extension.
a) Straight b) Oblique
c) Straight and oblique d) None of these
10) The mineral ______________ is in pyroyene group.
a) Tremolite b) Kyanite c) Chlorite d) Diopside
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 102 *SLRR102*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
1) Colour
2) Optical properties of biotite
3) Alteration of mineral
4) Twinning
5) Cleavage
6) Anisotropism.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Mode of occurrence of chlorite minerals.
2) Physical properties of garnet.
3) Polymorphism.
B) Explain with suitable diagram, the behaviour of light under petrological
microscope. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Structure and physical properties of pyroxene group of minerals.
2) Describe phyllosilicate and tectosilicate.
3) Describe crystalline and cryptocrystalline silica.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe chemistry and optical properties of feldspar group.
2) Describe optical properties under PPL (Plane Polarised Light).
3) Explain the physical properties and occurrence of feldspathoid group.

_____________________
’

*SLRR103* SLR-R – 103


Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – V)
Cytology, Physiology of Bacteria and Virology
Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate marks.
3) Draw a neat labelled diagram wherever required.

1. Choose the correct answers from given alternatives : 10

1) When the bacterial cells are suspended in a hypertonic solution, the effect
exerted is called
a) Plasmolysis b) Plasmoptysis
c) Autolysis d) Photolysis

2) __________ is an example of thermophilic organism.


a) Bacillus psychrophilus b) [Link]
c) Thermus aquaticus d) Klebsiella pneumoniae

3) Small solute molecules like H2O, CO2, O2 enters in cell by the way of
a) Passive diffusion b) Group translocation
c) Facilitated diffusion d) Active transport

4) _______ of the following linkages join NAG and NAM of bacterial peptidoglycan.
a) β (1 – 4) b) α (1 – 4) c) β (1 – 6) d) α (1 – 6)

5) Carboxysomes are involved in __________ activity.


a) CO2 evolution b) Photosynthesis
c) CO2 fixation d) Nitrification
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 103 -2- *SLRR103*

6) Clostridium titani is an example of ________ spore forming organism.

a) Aerobic b) Anaerobic

c) Facultative aerobes d) Microaerophilic

7) Microorganisms bear a hydrostatic pressure of

a) 1 atm b) 3 atm c) 100 atm d) 200 atm

8) _______ is responsible for giving resistance to the endospore.

a) Dipicolinic acid b) Peptidoglycan

c) Diaminopimellic acid d) Ribosome

9) _________ enzymes are responsible for joining reaction.

a) Ligases b) Transferases

c) Oxidoreductases d) Lyases

10) In _________ phages adsorption to the host takes place with the help of tail
and tail fibres.

a) HIV b) TMV c) T4 d) Hepatitis B

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) What is carboxysomes ?

ii) Define generation time.

iii) Define simple diffusion.

iv) Define sex pili.

v) Enlist types of organisms on the basis of temperature with examples.

vi) What is fermentation ?


*SLRR103* -3- SLR-R – 103
3. A) Answer any two of the following questions in brief. 6
i) Explain direct microscopic count.
ii) With labelled diagram give structural properties of TMV.
iii) Write an account on PHB granules.

B) Give an account on structure and function of flagella. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain diauxic growth.

ii) Write an account on homolactic and heterolactic fermentation.

iii) Explain sporulation process.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain active transport mechanism.

ii) Describe cell wall of gram positive bacteria.

iii) Describe lytic cycle of T4 bacteriophage.

———————
*SLRR104* SLR-R – 104
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS
Paper – VI : Pulse and Switching Circuits

Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


i) Linear sweep is obtained with
a) constant capacitor b) constant voltage source
c) constant resistor d) constant current source
ii) The bistable multivibrator has
a) two quasi-stable states b) two stable states
c) one stable state d) one quasi-stable state
iii) Schmitt trigger is used to convert the sine wave into
a) sawtooth wave b) triangular wave
c) cosine wave d) square wave
iv) In application of IC 555 as a sequential timer, it is used as
a) A stable multivibrator b) Monostable multivibrator
c) Bistable multivibrator d) Schmitt trigger
v) As per functional block diagram of IC 555, the trigger and threshold levels
can be adjusted externally through _________ pin.
a) threshold b) trigger
c) discharge d) control voltage

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 104 -2- *SLRR10*

vi) In a monostable multivibrator using IC 555, the timing components are


g1 K 
and 0.1 F, then the gate width obtained will be


a) 0.1 msec. b) 10 msec.


c) 100 msec. d) None of the above
vii) In a Schmitt trigger circuit, the UTP is + 3.0 V and LTP is + 1.5 V, then the
hysteresis voltage will be
a) 4.5 V b) 2.5 V
c) 1.5 V d) 1.0 V
viii) The average output voltage of negative clipper circuit will always be
a) negative b) positive
c) zero d) infinity
ix) In order to design IC 555 as square wave generator, the condition for charging
through RA and RB, and discharging through RB should be maintained such that
a) RA >> RB b) RA << RB
c) RA = RB d) RA = 0, RB = 

x) Flip-Flop is another name for


a) A stable multivibrator b) Monostable multivibrator
c) Bistable multivibrator d) Schmitt-trigger circuit

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is non-linear wave-shaping ? Give one example.
ii) Draw the circuit of series positive clipper.
iii) Show the timing waveforms of a stable multivibrator using IC 555, across
timing capacitor and output.
iv) Draw a typical trigger circuit used in bistable multivibrator.
v) Give the role of comparators in the functional block diagram of IC 555.
vi) Draw labelled pin diagram of IC 74121.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


i) Draw the circuit diagram of monostable multivibrator using NAND gates.
ii) Draw the circuit of RC differentiator and show its response to square-wave
input.
iii) Draw the circuit diagram of astable multivibrator using IC 555.
B) Explain the application of IC 555 as Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO). 4
*SLRR10* -3- SLR-R – 104

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the action of Schmitt trigger circuit. Show the waveforms.
ii) With a neat circuit diagram, explain the operation of collector-coupled astable
multivibrator. Draw the input-output waveforms.
iii) Draw the circuit diagram, input-output waveform of a biased series positive
clipper and explain its action.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


i) With neat labelled circuit diagram, explain the working of Miller Sweep
generator. Draw the waveforms and write the applications also.
ii) Draw the functional block diagram of IC 555 timer and explain the function of
each pin. Why the name is given IC 555 ?

___________
’

*SLRR107* SLR-R – 107


Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – VI)
Structural Geology

Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given option : 10

1) Offset stream are found along _____ fault.


a) Strike slip fault b) Graben
c) Normal fault d) Reverse fault

2) The term _____ is used to indicate the relative displacement of a formerly


adjacent point on opposite side of fault.
a) Dip b) Slip
c) Rake d) None of these
3) ______ types of joints observed in volcanic igneous rock.
a) Columnar b) Mural
c) Sheet d) None of these

4) _______ in which joint sets strike parallel to the dip direction of rock.
a) Strike joints b) Oblique joints
c) Dip joints d) None of these

5) Change in the size and shape under the influence of stress is known as
a) Formation b) Dilation
c) Distortion d) Brittleness

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 107 -2- *SLRR107*
6) Conjugate fold is also called _______
a) Fan fold b) Box fold
c) Cuspate fold d) Chevron fold
7) The ______ of a fold is the line of maximum curvature in a folded bed.
a) Dip b) Strike c) Hinge d) Slip

8) Bellow the elastic limit of deformation obeys _____ law.


a) Young’s b) Hook’s c) Lopo’s d) Newton’s

9) Omission of bed is a criteria of ______ recognition.


a) Fault b) Fold
c) Joints d) Unconformity

10) The contact between older plutonic igneous rock and younger volcanic rock
is ____
a) Non conformity b) Angular unconformity
c) Local unconformity d) Disconformity

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Mural joints.
2) Disconformity.
3) Inlier.
4) Fracture cleavage.
5) Graben.
6) Plunge.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Width of outcrop.
2) Isoclinal fold.
3) Fault breccia.
B) Describe angular unconformity and non-conformity. 4
*SLRR107* -3- SLR-R – 107

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) What is lineation ? Describe any two types of lineation.

2) Describe symmetrical and asymmetrical fold.

3) What is fault ? Explain normal and reverse fault.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) Explain genetic classification of joints.

2) Explain the concept of deformation.

3) Explain the parts of fold.

__________________
*SLRR108* SLR-R – 108
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – VI) (New)
Microbial Genetics
Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Draw labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer : 10


1) The deoxyribose sugar is __________ type of sugar.
a) triose b) tetraose c) pentose d) hexose
2) A single giant molecule of DNA represents genetic material of ________
a) bacteria b) protozoa c) algae d) fungi
3) The gene as a unit of function is called ____________
a) recon b) muton c) exon d) cistron
4) The coding sequences of gene are termed as __________
a) intron b) exon c) cistron d) recon
5) The number of nucleotides present in one turn of A form of DNA is _________
a) 91/3 b) 10 c) 11 d) 8
6) 2-aminopurine is an analog of _________ base.
a) guanine b) adenine c) cytosine d) thymine
7) The process of naked, soluble DNA transfer is known as _________
a) conjugation b) transformation
c) transfection d) transduction
8) ____________ cuts DNA molecule in dark repair mechanism.
a) polymerase b) exonuclease
c) endonuclease d) photolyase

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 108 *SLRR108*
9) Maleness in bacteria is because of the presence of ________ plasmid.
a) R c) Col c) Ti d) F
10) Tautomerism is the cause of ___________ mutation.
a) spontaneous b) reverse c) back d) silent

2. Write any five : 10


1) Describe genotype.
2) What are interrupted genes ?
3) What is a missense mutation ?
4) Describe non-overlapping nature of genetic code.
5) What is photoreactivation ?
6) What is transfection ?

3. A) Write any two : 6


1) Write properties of DNA.
2) Describe semiconservative mode of replication.
3) Describe effect of acridine dyes and U.V. rays on DNA.
B) Give an account of types of mutations. 4

4. Write any two : 10


1) Write on properties of genetic code.
2) Give an account of transformation.
3) Describe process of conjugation.

5. Write any two : 10


1) Give an account of plasmids.
2) Write on DNA repair mechanisms.
3) Write on mechanism of mutagenesis caused by base analogs, alkylating
agents.

_____________________
*SLRR109* SLR-R – 109

S e a t

N o .

[Link]. (Part – II) (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – V)
Organic Chemistry

Day and Date : Tuesday, 19-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
5) Atomic weights : H = 1, C = 12, N = 14, O = 16, Cl = 35.5,
I = 127, Ag = 108.
6) Spectroscopic chart is supplied.

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


i) Reduction of Ketone by hydrazine and strong base is called as _________
a) Clemmensen reduction
b) Catalytic hydrogenation
c) Wolf-Kishner reduction
d) Perkin’s reaction

ii) Ultraviolet spectroscopy is mainly used for determination of _________


a) Molecular weight b) Functional group
c) Conjugation d) Unsaturation
iii) Malic acid on reduction with hydroiodic acid gives _________
a) Oxalic acid b) Succinic acid
c) Maleic acid d) Citric acid
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 109 -2- *SLRR109*

iv) When sodium phenoxide is treated with CO2 gas at 150°C under pressure
gives salicylic acid. This reaction is known as _________
a) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
b) Gatterman reaction
c) Kolbe’s reaction
d) Perkin’s reaction

v) Glycerol on oxidation with con. HNO3 gives _________


a) Glyceric acid b) Mesoxalic acid
c) Oxalic acid d) Malic acid

vi) Benzene diazonium chloride on reduction with SnCl2/HCl gives ________


a) Phenyl cyanide b) Phenyl isocyanate
c) Hydrazine d) Phenyl hydrazine

vii) What is the product of following reaction ?

+ CH2N2 ?

a) b)

c) d)

viii) Which type of electronic transition requires least energy ___________

a)   
*

b)   
*

c) n  
*

d) n  
*
*SLRR109* -3- SLR-R – 109

ix) Name the following reaction

a) Cannizzaro’s reaction
b) Perkin’s reaction
c) Aldol condensation
d) Wolf-Kishner reduction
x) In D and L nomenclature system the standard reference molecule taken as
___________
a) Lactic acid b) Glyceraldehyde
c) Acetaldehyde d) Glycerol

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is action of heat and NH3 on phthalic acid ?
ii) Give uses of succinic acid.
iii) What is action of [Link] and CuBr on Benzene diazonium chloride ?
iv) Give principle and reactions of methoxy group estimation by Zeisel method.
v) Assign R or S configuration of following compounds :

a)

b) .

vi) Explain the terms with examples :


a) Chromophore
b) Auxochromes.
SLR-R – 109 -4- *SLRR109*

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

i) Calculate the  of the following dienes and enones by using


m a x

WoodWard Fieser rules.

a)

b)

c)

ii) Give synthesis of congored.


iii) Draw saw horse, Fischer and Hermans projection formulae for n-butane
molecule.
B) In Zeisel’s method 0.035 × 10–3 Kg of methoxy compound having molecular
weight 108, produced 0.077 × 10–3 Kg of AgI. Calculate the percentage and
number of methoxy groups present in compound. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Draw the various conformations of ethane. Explain their stability with the
help of energy profile diagram.
ii) Discuss different types of electronic transitions involved in UV-spectroscopy.
iii) What is pinacol formation ? Discuss pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement
reaction with mechanism.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Discuss Reimer-Tiemann reaction with mechanism.
ii) Complete the following reaction and suggest the mechanism. Give its name.

iii) Give any two methods of preparations of cinnamic acid. What is action of Br2
and oxidation on it ?
*SLRR109* -5- SLR-R – 109

Spectroscopic Chart

Woodward’s – Fieser’s rules for calculating ultraviolet absorption maxima

A) For substituted dienes (Ethanol Solution)

No. Basic Value




m a x

(nm)

1) Acyclic and heteroannular dienes 214

2) Homoannular dienes 253

3) Addition for each substituent

a) – R alkyl (including part of carbocyclic ring) 5

b) – OR (alkoxy) 6

c) – Cl, – Br 5

d) – OCOR (acyloxy) 0

e) – NR2, (N – alkyl) 60

f) – SR (S – alkyl) 30

g) – CH = CH – additional conjugation i.e. extending conjugation 30

h) If one double bond is exocyclic to one ring 5

i) If exocyclic to two rings simultaneously 10


SLR-R – 109 -6- *SLRR109*

B) Rules for  , 
– Unsaturated Enones (Ethanol Solution)

No. Basic Value 

m a x

(nm)




1) Ketones :  C  C  C O 

| |

a) Acyclic or 6 – membered ring 215

b) 5 – membered ring 202

| |

2) Aldehydes  C  C  C H O
207

3) Extended Conjugation 30


 

 C  C  C  C  C O  e t c . ,

| | | |

4) Homodiene component 39

5) a) If one double bond is exocyclic to one ring 5

b) If exocyclic to two rings simultaneously 10

6) Addition for substituents


*SLRR109* -7- SLR-R – 109

Substituents Position




a )  R a l k y l ( i n c l u d i n g p a r t o f c a r b o c y c l i c r i n g ) 1 0 1 2 1 8 1 8

b )  O R ( a l k o x y ) 3 5 3 0 1 7 3 1

c )  O H ( h y d r o x y ) 3 5 3 0  5 0

d )  S R ( t h i o e t h e r )  8 5  

e )  C l ( c h l o r o ) 1 5 1 2  

f )  B r ( b r o m o ) 2 5 3 0  

g )  O C O R ( a c y l o x y ) 6 6  6

h )  N H ,  N H R ,  N R  9 5  

Solvent correction

S o l v e n t

a ) E t h a n o l 0

b ) M e t h a n o l 0

c ) D i o x a n  5

d ) C h l o r o f o r m  1

e ) E t h e r  7

f ) W a t e r + 8

g ) H e x a n e  1 1

h ) C y c l o h e x a n e  1 1

_____________________
*SLRR11* SLR-R – 11
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


Paper – I : PSYCHOLOGY (CGPA Pattern)
General Psychology and Human Development

Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Section I and Section II should be write in separate answer
book.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I
(General Psychology)

1. Fill in the blanks : 5


1) The ______________ wake cycle is a circadian rhythm.
A) sleep B) learn
C) body D) mind
2) The cortex is divided into ______________ sections.
A) 3 B) 2
C) 4 D) 10
3) The ______________ is in some ways similar to a triage nurse.
A) thalamus B) limibic
C) pons D) RF
4) The ______________ is the specialized cell in the nervous system.
A) neuron B) axon
C) soma D) glial cells
5) The ______________ perspective focus on memory, IQ ; perception.
A) cognitive B) behavioural
C) humanistic D) modern

2. Answer the following any five : 10


1) How many goals of psychology ?
2) Who was the founder of behavioural perspective ?
3) State any four modern perspectives of psychology.
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 11 -2- *SLRR11*
4) Define psychology.
5) Define experiment.
6) Define consciousness.

3. Write short notes (any two) : 10


1) Humanistic perspective.
2) Case studies method.
3) The neural impulse.

4. A) Explain the types of psychological professionals. 10


OR
B) Explain the theory of hypnosis.

SECTION – II
(Human Development)

1. Multiple choice. 5
1) The peer groups are important for ______________ development.
a) adulthood b) adolescence
c) childhood d) any other
2) The formal operational stage is the____________ stages of piagets cognitive
development.
a) first b) second
c) four d) five
3) AIDS was first diagnosed of Belleue – Newyork University Medical Center
in ______________ years.
a) 1979 b) 1975
c) 1978 d) 1985
4) Stornborge has suggested ______________ different component of love.
a) Two b) Three
c) Six d) Eight
5) According to ______________ human sexuality is the underlying basic of
human behaviour.
a) Freud b) Allport
c) Jung d) Erikson
*SLRR11* -3- SLR-R – 11
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
1) What is Cyber space ?

2) What is self – concept ?

3) Define cholesterol.

4) What are the three stages of sexuality ?

5) When does puberty starts ?

6) Define the phenomenon secular trends.

3. Write short notes (any two) : 10

1) The choice of food in early adulthood.

2) The function of peer-groups in adolescence.

3) Schale’s stages of development.

4. Answer any one of the following : 10


A) Explain the psychological impact of physical changes in adolescence.

OR

B) What is sexual behaviour ? Describe the stages of sexuality during


adolescence.

_____________________
*SLRR110* SLR-R – 110
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – V)
Object Oriented Programming Using C++

Day and Date : Tuesday, 19-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) A figure to the right indicates full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) C++ is pure object oriented language.
a) True b) False
2) ______________ operator cannot overloaded by using friend function.
a) New b) < c) = d) >
3) The common task done by constructor is ______________
a) Overloading b) Multiplying c) Initializing d) None of these
4) How many instances of an abstract class have ?
a) One b) Two c) Three d) None of these
5) Which of the following facility provides the use of one class object inside
another class ?
a) Encapsulation b) Abstraction c) Composition d) Inheritance
6) Which of the following cannot be used with the keyword ‘virtual’ ?
a) Constructor b) Destructor c) Class d) Member function
7) Which of the following keywords cannot be used with friend function ?
a) Static b) Virtual c) Const. d) Both b) and c)
8) The members declared under ______________ visibility mode are hidden
from non-member function.
a) Private b) Protected
c) Both a) and b) d) Friend

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 110 *SLRR110*

9) ______________ is not built in data type in C++ language.


a) void b) float c) int d) class
10) C++ does not support for ______________ type of parameter passing
technique.
a) Pass by value b) Pass by reference
c) Pass by pointer d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the followings : 10


1) What is C++ ? Listout its applications.
2) List out different rules to overload the operators.
3) Write the significance of ‘new’ and ‘delete’ operator.
4) How ‘inline’ function differ from other function ?
5) What is Data Abstraction ?
6) Write use of ‘this’ pointer along with its characteristics.

3. A) Answer any two of the followings : 6


1) What is constructor ? List out its characteristics.
2) Explain ‘virtual base class’ in details.
3) What is importance of ‘access specifier’ ? Explain all access specifiers
in C++.
B) Write a program that demonstrates the use of friend function. 4

4. Answer any two of the followings : 10


1) Write a program that demonstrates the use-of array of object.
2) What is polymorphism ? Explain runtime and compile time polymorphism.
3) Write a program to implement hierarchical inheritance.

5. Answer any two of the followings : 10


1) Write a program which counts total number of vowels in string by using
parameterized constructor.
2) Explain the concept of virtual functions.
3) Write a short notes on ‘Type conversion’.

_______________
*SLRR111* SLR-R – 111
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY
Inorganic Chemistry (Paper – VI) (Old)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 20-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagram and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences. 10

1) Optical isomerism is also called as _________ isomerism.


a) Cis-trans b) Mirror-image
c) Geometrical d) Symmetric

2) DMG is __________ dentate chelating agent.


a) mono b) bi c) tetra d) hexa

3) Ammonia molecule is
a) Arrhenius acid b) Lewis acid
c) Lewis base d) None of these

4) The substance which is present in large amount in solution is known as


__________
a) solute b) solvent
c) dilute solution d) conc. solution
5) Effective atomic number of Co in [Co(NH3)6] cl3 is ___________
a) 36 b) 28 c) 35 d) 54

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 111 -2- *SLRR111*

6) Classification of chelating agent is made on the basis of ___________


a) Oxygen atom b) Nitrogen atom

c) Number of donor groups d) Carbon atoms

7) Most of the transition elements are __________


a) Diamagnetic b) Paramagnetic
c) Ferromagnetic d) None of these

8) According to pearson hard acid prefer to bind with


a) Hard base b) Hard acid

c) Soft base d) Soft acid

9) The solvents which donate as well as accept protons are known as


___________ solvents.

a) Acidic b) Basic
c) Amphoteric d) A protic

10) Highest oxidation state +7 is shown by ___________


a) Hafnium b) Copper
c) Zinc d) Manganese

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define coordination number with example.

ii) Give IUPAC name of K4[Fe(CN)6].

iii) Give analytical applications of DMG.

iv) Why water is called universal solvent ?

v) Give merits of Lewis concept.

vi) Write the electronic configuration of zinc and cadmium.


*SLRR111* -3- SLR-R – 111

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the term coordination sphere.
ii) Discuss the role of liquid ammonia as a solvent.
iii) Give structural requirements of chelate formation.

B) Define acids and bases on the basis of Lewis theory and give classification of
Lewis acids and bases with suitable example. 4

4. Write notes on any two of the following : 10

i) Geometrical isomerism with CN = 4.

ii) Classification of bidentate chelating agent.

iii) Magnetic behaviour of first transition series elements.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain formation [Ni(CN)4]2– on the basis of VBT and comment on


hybridisation, magnetic behaviour and stability.

ii) Give the names, symbol and electronic configuration of 3d-block elements.

iii) Explain in detail colour behaviour of first transition series elements.

_____________________
*SLRR112* SLR-R – 112
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – VI)
RDBMS

Day and Date : Wednesday, 20-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) Triggers accept parameters
a) True b) False
2) _________ is a set of SQL commands used to alter table commands.
a) DDL b) DML
c) DQL d) All of above
3) Which of the following SQL commands can be used to insert the record into
the table ?
a) Modify b) Select c) Insert d) Delete
4) _________ is the function used to calculate maximum of the column.
a) Maximum ( ) b) Min ( )
c) Minimum ( ) d) Max ( )
5) DBMS supports client/server architecture
a) True b) False
6) Procedure returns a value, while function does not return value
a) True b) False
7) RDBMS means
a) Record Data Base Management System
b) Resource Data Base Management System
c) Relational Data Base Management System
d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 112 *SLRR112*
8) _________ constraint can only be applied at column level.
a) Not null b) Primary key
c) Foreign key d) All of above
9) SQL provides programming techniques of conditional checking.
a) True b) False
10) _________ function calculates only one output by many inputs.
a) Arithmetic function b) Conversion function
c) Aggregate function d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What are the role of DBA ?
2) Write the general syntax of For loop in PL/SQL.
3) Define “self join”.
4) State any four DML commands.
5) Define DBMS.
6) State string functions used in SQL.

3. A) Solve any two of the following : 6


1) Explain operators used in SQL.
2) What are the components of DBMS ?
3) Explain order by and group by clause with example.
B) Write a PL/SQL block to test given number is prime or not. 4

4. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) What are the difference between procedure and function used in SQL ?
2) Explain types of cursors.
3) Explain exception handling in PL/SQL.

5. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Define cursor and explain open, fetch and close the cursor.
2) Explain the terms “packages”.
3) Explain the difference between SQL and PL/SQL.
___________
*SLRR113* SLR-R – 113
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – V)
General Physics and Sound

Day and Date : Thursday, 21-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic table or calculator is allowed.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


i) Acceleration due to earths gravity ____________ with increasing earths crust.
a) increases b) decreases c) remains const. d) none of these
ii) According to Newton's law of gravitation, force is directly proportional to the
product of
a) distances b) velocities c) masses d) areas
iii) The change in plane of rotation of a body is called
a) Nutation b) Precession c) Rotation d) Gyration
iv) The precessional motion of a body caused by gravitational torque is called
a) gyroscope b) microscope c) telescope d) oscilloscope
v) In flat spiral spring the plane of each spring is _____________ to the axis of
cylinder of spring.
a) parallel b) perpendicular c) circular d) inclined at 45°
vi) The C.G.S. Unit of viscosity is
a) Kg/ms b) [Link]/s c) N.S./m2 d) poise
vii) One tenth of Bel is called
a) Decibel b) Microbel c) Kilobel d) gmbel

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 113 *SLRR113*
viii) Decay of sound energy in a hall is
a) constant b) linear c) exponential d) zero
ix) For making the hall acoustically good, the reverberation time must be
a) small b) large c) zero d) optimum
x) Searle's viscometer is used for determine the viscosity of
a) highly viscous liquid b) low viscous liquid
c) any liquid d) all of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Explain the corrections required in the Cavendish method.
ii) State applications of gyroscopic motion.
iii) Define bending moment.
iv) What is coefficient of viscosity ? State its S.I. Unit.
v) What is musical sound ?
vi) What is transducer ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Draw neat diagram of Cavendish method to determine gravitational
constant.
ii) Calculate the critical velocity of a rolling disc of radius 3.75 m where
g = 10 m/s2.
iii) What do you mean by
a) neutral surface b) plane of bending c) neutral axis
B) How mass of sun is determined ? 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Obtain equation of the period of gyroscope.
ii) Discuss Rankin's method to determine viscosity of gas.
iii) Derive Sabine's formula for reverberation of time.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Obtain an expression for Young's modulus of the material of flat spiral spring.
ii) What is transducer ? State characteristics of transducer and explain moving
coil loudspeaker.
______________
*SLRR114* SLR-R – 114
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Paper – I) (Old)
Biomolecules

Day and Date : Thursday, 21-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
3) Write biochemical reactions wherever necessary.

1. Write following sentences selecting most correct answer from given options : 10
1) ___________ polysaccharide has unbranched structure.
a) Cellulose b) Amylopectin c) Glycogen d) Lactose
2) ___________ test is used to identify sugars.
a) Ninhydrin b) Osazone c) Biuret d) Reduction
3) Scleroproteins are also called as _____________ proteins.
a) albumins b) proteans c) fibrous d) immunoglobulins
4) _________ proteins contain DNA associated with them.
a) Phospho b) Nucleo c) Chromo d) Glyco
5) Lactate dehydrogenase enzyme belongs to ___________ class of enzymes.
a) isomerases b) lyases
c) oxidoreductases d) ligases
6) Many digestive enzymes possess ________ specificity.
a) Optical b) Geometrical c) Sterio d) Group
7) Beriberi is caused due to the deficiency of ___________ vitamin.
a) pantothenic acid b) niacin
c) thiamin d) nicotinamide

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 114 *SLRR114*
8) _________ coenzyme contains riboflavin in its structure.
a) NAD+ b) FAD
c) Pyridoxal phosphate d) Coenzyme A
9) Monoterpene contains _____________ carbon atoms in its structure.
a) 5 b) 10 c) 15 d) 20
10) Waxes are formed by esterification of long chain fatty acids with
a) glycerol b) cholesterol
c) phosphate group d) long chain monohydric alcohols

2. Answer any five from below : 10


1) Compare the structures of maltose and sucrose.
2) What are acidic amino acids ? Give two examples.
3) What are peptones ? How are they formed ?
4) Describe group transferase enzymes.
5) Draw a diagram of rhodopsin cycle.
6) How are micelles formed ?

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) With structural formulae explain – amino sugars.
2) Illustrate 
-helical structure of proteins.
3) Discuss about saturated fatty acids.
B) Write an account of isoenzymes with suitable example. 4

4. Answer any two : 10


1) Describe the role of pantothenic acid as a part of coenzyme A.
2) Discuss about conjugated proteins.
3) What are coenzymes ? How they help the catalysis by enzymes ?

5. Attempt any two from below : 10


1) Write an account of pentoses and hexoses.
2) Explain induced fit hypothesis of enzyme catalysis.
3) Discuss about terpenes and carotenes.
______________
*SLRR116* SLR-R – 116
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – VI)
Optics

Day and Date : Friday, 22-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
iv) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


i) He-Ne laser consist of a mixture of Helium and Neon in ratio ___________
placed inside a discharge tube.
a) 5 : 1 b) 10 : 1 c) 15 : 1 d) 20 : 1
ii) In 1960 ________ produced He-Ne gas laser.
a) Ali Javan b) Einstein c) Maiman d) Newton
iii) ____________ is optically inactive.
a) Cane sugar b) Fruit sugar c) Nicotine d) Calcite
iv) The Resolving power of prism is __________ proportional to the length of
the prism.
a) Inversely b) Directly c) Not d) None of above
v) According to modified Rayleigh criterion, the two spectral lines are said to be
just resolved if the intensity at the dip is __________ times the intensity of
either of maxima.

a) 

&
b) &


c) 

&
d) &

vi) A21, B12, B21 are ___________ coefficients.


a) Einstein’s b) Huygen’s c) Newton’s d) Maiman’s

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 116 -2- *SLRR116*

vii) In case of Michelson’s interferometer concentric circular fringes are


obtained when M


a n d M


are ___________ to each other.


a) Parallel b) Perpendicular c) Inclined d) None of the above
viii) The two glass plates in Michelson’s interferometer are inclined to the
incident beam direction at
a) 90° b) 60° c) 30° d) 45°
ix) An optical system has _________ Nodal points.
a) 6 b) 3 c) 4 d) 2
x) In Fresnel’s diffraction, the area of each half period zone is
a) "  > 
b) !  > 
c)  > 
d)  > 

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define lateral and axial magnification.
ii) What is meant by resolution and resolving power of an optical instrument.
iii) What is modified Rayleigh criterion for resolution ?
iv) What is Holography ?
v) Define quarter and Half wave plate.
vi) What is double refraction ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) A 20% sugar solution is taken in a polarimeter tube of length 20 cm rotates
the plane of polarization of the light of wavelength 6000 A° through 24°.
Calculate the specific rotation of sugar.
ii) Define principal points and principal planes for a lens system. State the
properties of the principal plane.
iii) Explain superiority of Fabry Perot interferometer over Michelson’s
interferometer.
B) What should be the minimum number of lines in a plane diffraction grating
which will just resolve the lines of wavelength 5890 A° and 5896A°, in the first
order of the spectrum ? 4
*SLRR116* -3- SLR-R – 116

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the construction and working of Ruby laser.
ii) Describe polarimeter experiment to determine the specific rotation of an
optically active solution.
iii) Explain the use of Michelson’s interferometer in
a) determination of the wavelength of monochromatic light
b) determination of the thickness of thin transparent plate.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Derive an expression for Lagrange’s and Helmholtz laws.
ii) What is zone plate ? How is it prepared ? Explain how a zone plate acts like a
lens having multiple focii. Derive an expression for its focal length.

–––––––––––––––
*SLR-R–117* SLR-R – 117
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Paper – II) (Old)
Biochemical Techniques
Day and Date : Friday, 22-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
3) Draw labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Write following sentences selecting most correct answer from the given options. 10
1) Sephadex gel is prepared from a polysaccharide ______ from bacteria.
a) Glycogen b) Amylose c) Amylopectin d) Dextrin
2) The ratio of amount of solute retained in stationary phase to the amount of
same solute in mobile phase under same condition is called
a) Rf value b) Partition coefficient
c) Distribution ratio d) Adsorption coefficient
3) Lymphocytes from ______ of sensitized mouse are used to produce hybridoma
cells.
a) Liver b) thymus c) Spleen d) Bone marrow.
4) DNA finger printing is used for
a) Forensic gene typing b) Bacterial gene typing
c) DNA sequencing d) Production of DNA probes
5) _______ is used for production of alcohol using immobilised cell techniques.
a) [Link] b) Saccharomyces cereviceae
c) Corynebacterium simplex d) Aspergillus oryzae
6) In spectrophotometer _______ converts light signal to electrical signal.
a) Galvanometer b) Diagonal mirror
c) Photocell d) Mercury lamp
7) The technique used for blot transfer of RNA is called _____ blotting technique.
a) Western b) Southern c) Northern d) Eastern
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 117 *SLR-R–117*

8) Sodium dodesyl sulphate-polyacrylamide gel (SDS-PAGE) electrophoresis is


used for separation of
a) DNA b) RNA c) Proteins d) Lipids
9) _______ is not an intellectual property.
a) Trade mark b) Trade secrete c) Copy right d) House
10) DNA polymerase from ______ is not used for polymerase chair reaction.
a) [Link] b) Thermophillus aquaticus
c) Pyrococcus furiosus d) Thermococcus literolis

2. Attempt any five from below : 10


1) Explain the process of staining of proteins after starch gel electrophoresis.
2) Discuss the principle of partition chromatography.
3) State and explain Lambert's law.
4) What is the role of glutaraldehyde in enzyme immobilization by intermolecular
cross linking of enzymes ?
5) Differentiate between Western blotting and Southern blotting techniques.
6) What is void volume in gel permeation chromatography ? What is its
significance ?

3. A) Answer any two from below : 6


1) Describe the detectors used in HPLC.
2) How is the molecular weight of protein determined using SDS-PAGE
technique ?
3) Discuss the limitations of colorimetric analysis.
B) Draw a labelled diagram of construction of colorimeter instrument. 4

4. Attempt any two : 10


1) Discuss in detail about patents.
2) Illustrate the hybridoma technology for the production of antibodies.
3) Write an account of Northern blotting technique.

5. Answer any two : 10


1) Describe immobilisation of enzyme by covalent binding method.
2) Explain the process of preparation of plate for SDS-PAGE.
3) Discuss various applications of polymerase chain reaction.
_________________
*SLRR119* SLR-R – 119
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – V)
Continuous Probability Distribution – I

Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative. 10


1) If X and Y are independent r.v’s. Then the mgf of sum is (X + Y) will be
equal to
a) sum of their mgf b) product of their mgf
c) both a) and b) d) none of these
2) If FX, Y (x, y) be c.d.f. of bivariate random variable (X, Y), then FX, Y ( 
; 
)=
a) 0 b) 1
c) 
d) none of these
3) If X ~ U (0, 1) ; then Y = –2 logeX follows
a) Exponential distribution b) Binomial distribution
c) Poisson distribution d) None of these

4) If X is a continuous r.v. with pdf f (x) = . Then K must be


k x ; 0  x  1

0 ; o w

a) 1 b) 2
c) 0 d) none of these
5) If X follows exponential distribution with parameter , then mean of X will be 

a) b)


c) d) none of these


P.T.O.
SLR-R – 119 -2- *SLRR119*

6) If X is a continuous r.v. with pdf f(x) then 


B  N  @ N

is equal to
 

a) 0 b) 1
c) 
d) none of these
7) Let X be continuous r.v. with pdf f(x) then P(X < Q1) =

a) b)
 

"

c) d) none of these
!

"

8) If X is continuous random variable having pdf f(x), then E(X) is called


a) arithmetic mean
b) geometric mean
c) harmonic mean
d) none of these
9) If FX (x) be the cdf of a continuous random variable X, then FX (– 
) will be
equal to
a) 1 b) 0
c) 
d) none of these
10) The MGF of X is given by
a) E(etX) b) E(eX)
c) E(et) d) none of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


For a continuous random variable X with p.d.f. f(x), define:
i) Mean
ii) Median
iii) Mode
iv) Variance
v) Harmonic mean
vi) Co-efficient of skewness
*SLRR119* -3- SLR-R – 119

3. a) Attempt any two of the following : 6

i) A continuous random variable X has pdf f (x) =




3 x ; 0  x  1

0 ; o w

find variance of X.
ii) Define probability density function of a continuous r.v.X. Also state their
properties.
iii) The p.d.f. of X is given by

f(x) = obtain the distribution of Y = X + 5.


2 x ; 0  x  1

0 ; o w

b) State and prove multiplication theorem of expectation. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1  

a) A continuous random variable X has pdf given by f(x) =



;   x 

 2 2

0 ; o w

find the distribution of Y = tanx.


b) State the properties of bivariate cumulative distribution function of (X, Y).
c) The joint p.d.f. of (X, Y) is given by

f(x, y) =
k x y ; 0  x  1 , 0  y  1 & k  0

0 ; o w

find k, also obtain marginal p.d.f. of X.

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10


a) Let a random variable X has U(0, ) distribution. Find the cdf of X and hence 

determine median of X.
b) Define exponential distribution with parameter . Find its m.g.f. 

c) If X has uniform distribution over (0, 1) with pdf

1 ; 0  x  1

f(x) =


0 ; o w

find the distribution of Y = – 2 logeX.

––––––––––––––
*SLRR12* SLR-R – 12
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – I)
Mineralogy, Palaeontology, Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic
Petrology

Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answer to both Sections should be written in same
answer book.
4) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

SECTION – I
(Mineralogy and Palaeontology)

1. Fill in the blank with correct answer from the given options. 5
1) Forsterite belongs to __________ mineral group.
a) Olivine b) Silica
c) Mica d) Garnet
2) Colour of hypersthene is _________
a) green b) pink c) brown d) red
3) Form of asbestos is __________
a) crystallized b) amorphous
c) fibrous d) dull
4) Example of Lamellibranchia shell is __________
a) Cardium b) Nautilus
c) Conus d) Ogygia
5) Colour of Tubipora is ___________
a) red b) blue
c) green d) pink

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 12 -2- *SLRR12*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define mineral.
2) Define fossil.
3) What is chemical sanding ? List out the types of bonding.
4) Define cleavage of the mineral.
5) Define streak of the mineral and give the examples.
6) Symmetry characteristics of Lamellibranchia shells.
7) What is imprint type of mode of preservation.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


1) Colour of mineral.
2) Lustre of mineral.
3) Entire animal preserved.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe pyroxene group of minerals.
ii) Describe conditions of fossilization and add note on track and trail mode
of preservation.

SECTION – II
(Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Petrology)

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer given in the options. 5


1) Rocks formed due to cooling of lava or magma are called as ___________
a) Igneous
b) Metamorphic
c) Sedimentary
d) Clastic
2) Granite gneiss is ___________ rock.
a) Igneous b) Metamorphic
c) Thermal d) Clastic
3) Uniform pressure environment forms __________ rocks of metamorphic class.
a) thermal b) plutonic
c) slaty d) cataclastic
*SLRR12* -3- SLR-R – 12

4) Conglomerate shows ___________ structure.


a) Lamination b) Flow
c) Slaty d) Clastic
5) Basalt is igneous ___________ rock.
a) Hypabyssal b) Plutonic
c) Volcanic d) Clastic

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define metamorphic rock.
ii) Define sedimentary rock.
iii) Describe Breccia.
iv) Describe Arkose.
v) Describe Rhyolite.
vi) Describe Basalt.
vii) Describe slate.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of following : 10


i) Composition of magma.
ii) Origin of magma and lava and rocks.
iii) Agents of metamorphism.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe formation of sedimentary rocks.
ii) Describe concordant forms of igneous rocks.

_____________________
*SLRR121* SLR-R – 121
Seat
No.
[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015
GEOCHEMISTRY (Paper – I)
Introduction to Geochemistry
Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
I. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following : 10
1) When the radius ratio of cation : anion is between 0.41 and 0.73 the arrangement
of anion around cation would be as at the corners of an octahedron, in which
case the coordination number of cation shall be ?
a) 3 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8
2) The type of bonds noticed in rock forming mineral is mostly
a) Ionic b) Vander Waals c) Covalent d) None
3) What is the radius of K+ ?
a) 1.70 A° b) 1.49 A° c) 1.38 A° d) 1.36 A°
4) Gibbs phase rule is expressed as
a) w = c + 2 – b) w = c – 2 + c) c = w + 2 + d) None
5) The maximum number of crystalline phases that can coexist in rocks in stable
equilibrium is equal to the number of components was stated by
a) Goldschmidt b) Lawson c) Winkler d) None
6) The energy absorbed by a mole of the crystal to disperse into infinitely
separated ions is termed as
a) Born-Lande energy b) Lattice energy
c) Freedom energy d) None
7) As a general rule the substitution of ions takes place when the charge difference
is not more the unity and size difference is not more than
a) 5% b) 10% c) 15% d) 20%

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 121 *SLRR121*

8) substitute in potassium minerals under the Goldschmidt


 

4 > K

 

( 1 . 4 9 A ) ( 1 . 3 8 A )

rule termed as
a) Capture b) Camouflaged c) Admittance d) None
9) In tectosilicates Si : O ratio is 1 : 2 and the minerals having the tectosilicate
structure are of
a) Olivine b) Pyroxene c) Amphibole d) Feldspar
10) Marcasite and pyrite are polymorphs. Marcasite may invert to pyrite but pyrite
never changes to marcasite. Such polymorphs are termed as
a) Monotropic b) Enantiotropic c) Mengiotropic d) None
II. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Application of Goldschmidt phase rule.
ii) Mineral stability of NaCl.
iii) Rules governing atomic substitution of minor elements.
iv) 3 – D structure in RFM.
v) Polymorphism in silicate minerals.
vi) Covalent bonds.
III. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
i) Isomorphism ii) Radius ratio iii) Neso silicates
B) Write short notes on the following : 4
Goldschmidt rules of atomic substitution.
IV. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) Electronegativity ii) Isomorphism iii) Chain silicates
V. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) General rules of the 3 – D structure with solid geometry.
ii) Homo desmic and Hetero desmic bonds.
iii) Coordination number of ‘Al’ in alumino silicates.

_______________
*SLRR122* SLR-R – 122
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – V)
Animal Diversity – III

Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and complete the
sentence : 10
i) Cockroach belongs to class
a) Insecta b) Crustacea c) Myriapoda d) Arachnida
ii) Internal shell is present in
a) Snail b) Chiten c) Pila d) Sepia
iii) In a single row of radula of pila ______________ number of teeth are present.
a) 4 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8
iv) Number of thoracic ganglia in cockroach is
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 6
v) Statocyst of Pila is concerned with
a) Defence b) Excretion c) Vision d) Equilibrium
vi) Cockroach heart is ___________ chambered.
a) 10 b) 15 c) 13 d) 12
vii) Biting and chewing type of mouth parts are found in
a) Mosquito b) Butterfly c) Honey bee d) Cockroach
viii) In Aplysia the foot is used for
a) Swimming b) Creeping c) Digging d) Boaring
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 122 *SLRR122*
ix) Malaria disease is caused by biting of __________ female mosquito.
a) Mansonia b) Anopheles
c) Culex d) Aedes
x) Pedicellariae are present in
a) Mollusca b) Arthropoda
c) Echinodermata d) Hemichordata

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) General characters of phylum mollusca.
ii) Nerve ring in cockroach.
iii) Heart of cockroach.
iv) Functions of foot in Mollusca.
v) Biological control of filaria.
vi) Leg of cockroach.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Radula of Pila.
ii) Cornea of cockroach.
iii) Foot in cephalopoda.
B) Give the salient features of phylum Echinodermata. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe palial complex in Pila.
ii) Describe mouth parts of butterfly.
iii) Describe the structure and function of osphradium of Pila.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Describe the digestive system of cockroach.

ii) Describe the nervous system of Pila.

______________
*SLRR123* SLR-R – 123
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – VI)
Discrete Probability Distributions and Statistical Methods

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10


1) If X~P (1) and Y~P (2) are independent then P [X = K/X + Y = n] is
_____________ distribution.
a) Poisson b) Binomial
c) Geometric d) Hypergeometric
2) If X ~ Geo (0.6) the mean of waiting time distribution is

a) b) c) d) None of these
" $  

    $

3) A Poisson random variable has 

"
= 2, the value of its mean is

a) b) c) d)
  !

! ! " "

4) The distribution possessing the memoryless property is


a) Poisson distribution b) Geometric distribution
c) Hypergeometric distribution d) All the above
5) The coefficient of variation of Poisson distribution with mean 4 is
a) 50 b) 25 c) 400 d) 200
6) Let (X1 X2 X3) be a random vector follows multinomial distribution with usual
notations then CoV(X1X2) =
a) P1P2 b)  n


2
c) 2


2
d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 123 -2- *SLRR123*

7) The range of partial correlation coefficient is


a) 0 to b) 0 to +1 
c) –1 to +1 d) – 
to 

8) A family of parametric distribution in which mean is equal to variance is


a) Binomial distribution b) Geometric distribution
c) Normal distribution d) Poisson distribution
9) A discrete random variable has probability mass function P(x) = Kqxp ; p + q = 1 ;
x = 2, 3, 4, .......... The value K should be equal to

a) b) c) d)
 

 

F F G

G
G

10) If X ~ NB (r, p) such that E(X) = 12, V(X) = 36 then

a) r = 3, p = b) r = 12, p = c) r = 36, p = d) r = 6, p =
  

"

! !

2. Solve any five of the following : 10


i) Find mean of Poisson distribution with parameter 
.
ii) Give the recurrence relation of probabilities of negative binomial distribution.
iii) Find pgf of geometric distribution.
iv) Define multiple regression.
v) Show that for negative binomial distribution variance is greater or equal to
mean.
vi) Prove that sum of two independent Poisson variates is a Poisson variate.

3. A) Solve any two out of three : 6

i) With usual notations prove that   4

1
2

. 2 3
    H

1
2

2
    H

1
2

3 . 2

.
ii) Obtain the probability generating function (pgf) of negative binomial
distribution. Hence find its mean.
iii) Define the partial regression coefficients b13.2 and b12.3. Write the equation
of regression plane of X1 on X2 and X3.
B) Prove that the necessary and sufficient condition for the three regression
planes to coincide is


 H

 !
 H

!
 H


H

 !
H

!
 
. 4
*SLRR123* -3- SLR-R – 123

4. Solve any two out of three : 10


i) Obtain the expression for multiple correlation coefficient R1.23 in terms of
total correlation coefficients r12, r13 and r23.
ii) If X and Y are independent Poisson variates, such that P(X = 1) = P(X = 2)
and P(Y = 2) = P(Y = 3) then find (i) Mean of (X + Y) and (ii) Variance of (X – 2Y).
iii) If X1, X2, X3 satisfy the relation a1X1 + a2X2 + a3X3 = K.

Prove that .
=   =   = 

! !  

H 

= =  

 

5. Solve any two out of three. 10


i) State and prove the lack of memory. Property of geometric distribution with
parameter P.

ii) Prove that .


>  > >

1 2 . 3 1 3 . 2 3 2 . 1

> 

1 2

  > >

1 3 . 2 3 1 . 2

iii) Derive the expression for the partial correlation coefficient r12.3 in terms of
total correlation coefficients.

–––––––––––––––
*SLRR125* SLR-R – 125
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOCHEMISTRY (Paper – II)
Introduction to Solar System and Geospheres

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

I. Choose the correct answer for each of the following : 10


1) The distribution of elements in earths interior is governed by
a) electronic configuration b) gravity
c) nuclear mass d) none
2) The elements Na, Ca, Mg etc. are found concentrated in sea water because
of their
a) high z

r
b) low z

c) constant z

d) none
r

3) Identify the element that does not belong to lithophile


a) Na b) K c) Ca d) Cu
4) The carbon dioxide content increases in the atmosphere due to consumption of
a) nuclear fuel b) fossil fuel
c) radioactive energy d) none
5) What percentage of volume of oxygen is present in the continental crust ?
a) 10 b) 20 c) 30 d) 100
6) The note worthy addition to atmosphere during geological time is/are
a) O b) He
c) Ar d) all the above
7) According to Oddo-Harkin rule the elements of even atomic number are
a) abundant b) less abundant c) equal d) none

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 125 *SLRR125*
8) The lithophiles form ions with their outermost electron shell having
a) 50 electrons b) 8 electrons c) 18 electrons d) none
9) The relative concentration of Na, Ca, Mg in sea water is
a) Mg > Na > Ca b) Na > Mg > Ca c) Ca > Na > Mg d) None
10) Find the odd one out
a) Cu b) Pb c) Zn d) Ar

II. Answer any five of the following : 10


Define the terms :
a) Meteorite
b) Chalcophile
c) Tropopause
d) Salinity
e) Green House gases
f) Primeval atmosphere.

III. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Composition of sun
2) Composition of sea water and river water
3) Different layers of atmosphere.
B) Geochemical model of Earth as a whole. 4

IV. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Gains and losses to atmosphere.
2) Gains and losses of elements to the oceans.
3) Cosmic abundance of elements.

V. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Primary differentiation of elements.
2) Structure of atmospheric layers.
3) Average composition of crust.
___________
*SLRR126* SLR-R – 126
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – VI)
Cell Science, Genetics Biological Chemistry and Economic Zoology

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Write the question number attempted in the margin.

1. Select the appropriate answer from these given below each question and rewrite
the sentences. 10
i) __________ is a Ornamental fish.
a) Labeo Rohita b) Mrigal c) Catla-catla d) Gold fish
ii) ______________ is a breed of goat.
a) Deoni b) Rath c) Ongole d) Bar-bari
iii) ___________ is a Desibreed in Poultry.
a) Leghorn b) Aseel c) Red cap d) Polymouth Rock
iv) Cellulose is ______________
a) Polysaccharide b) Disaccharide
c) Oligosaccharide d) Monosaccharide
v) Crossing over occurs between ___________
a) Sister chromatidsb)Non-homologous chromosomes
c) Non sister chromatids d) None
vi) Complete linkage in Drosophila was observed by
a) Boveri b) T.H. Morgan
c) Sutton d) Batson and Punnett

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 126 *SLRR126*
vii) In Meiosis, Pairing of homologous chromosomes take place during ________
sub stage.
a) Leptotene b) Pachytene c) Zygotene d) Diplotene
viii) The pH below 7 is
a) Acidic b) Basic c) Neutral d) All the above
ix) m-R.N.A. is a complimentary copy of
a) Ribosomal D.N.A. b) Single standed D.N.A.
c) t-R.N.A. d) Ribosomal R.N.A.
x) Stifling is related with
a) Sericulture b) Apiculture c) Lac Culture d) Fish Culture

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Significance of Pachytene ii) Honey comb
iii) Food value - Egg iv) Types of silk moth
v) D.N.A. vi) Ranikhet

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Supplementary genes
ii) Economic importance of Apiculture
iii) Crossing over– Mechanism.
B) Economic importance of sericulture. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the structure of R.N.A. and add a note on its biological significance.
ii) Explain the construction and maintenance of ornamental fishes.
iii) Give an account on rearing of silk worm.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Explain the milk and milk products of Dairy.
ii) Give an account on management of poultry.

–––––––––––––––
*SLRR127* SLR-R – 127
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – V)
Differential Calculus – II

Day and Date : Tuesday, 26-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) The radius of curvature for the curve y = ex at the point (0, 1) is
a) b) !
c) 0 d) 1

2) For the curve


N

I  = A

a) b)
I 

 

=   I  I  = 

I  =

c) d)
 

   I  =      I  = 

3) The curvature of a straight line at every point is


a) 1 b) 0 c) 
d) – 

4) The Cartesian form of radius of curvature y = f(x) is


!

 

@ N

 

@ O


 
 

 



@ O

 


@ N

a) b)
 

 

 

@ N

@ O

@ O
@ N

 

@ O
 

@ O

 

 




 

@ N



c) d)
 

 @ N 

 

@ O

@ O

@ N

P.T.O.
@ N
SLR-R – 127 -2- *SLRR127*

5) If x = r cos , y = r sin then is


 ( r ,  )

 

 ( x , y )

a) r b) x c) y d)


6) If x = u(1 + v) y = v(1 + u) then


 ( x , y )

 ( u , v )

a) u + v b) 1 + u + v c) 1 – u + v d) 1 – u – v
7) A function f(x, y) is maximum at point (a, b) if
a) AC – B2 > 0 and A > 0 b) AC – B2 > 0 and A < 0
c) AC – B2 < 0 and A > 0 d) AC – B2 < 0 and A < 0
8) The greatest and least value of the function f(x) = 3x4 – 2x3 – 6x2 + 6x + 1 in
[0, 2] is
a) 1, 21 b) 2, 11 c) 0, 21 d) 1, 2
9) The maximum value of sinx + cos x is
a) 2 b) c) 1 d) 0

10) If u = f1(x1) u2 = f2(x1, x2)...un = f n(x1, x2, ... xn) then is


 ( u , u , . . . u )

1 2 n

 ( x , x , . . . x

1 2 n

a) b)
 K  K  K

 1 n

 N  N  N

 1 n

 K  K  K  K

c) d) None of the above


1 2 3 n

    

 N  N  N  N

1 2 3 n

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

1) Show that .
r d 

 


s i n  1

 

d 

 

2) Find the radius of curvature at any pt. .




S  4 a s i n

3) Examine the polynomial function given by 10x6 – 24x5 + 15x4 – 40x3 + 108 for
maximum and minimum values.

4) If x = uv prove that J = 1.
 ( x , y )  ( u , v )


J  J 
O 


J

 ( u , v )  ( x , y )

5) Find the Jacobian of the transformation u = x(y + z) v = y(x + z) w = z(x – y).


6) State the sufficient condition for extreme values of functions of two variable.
*SLRR127* -3- SLR-R – 127

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

1) Prove that for any curve .


d  d r

s i n   r  0

d 

d s

2) If x = r sin 
cos  , y = r sin 
sin  , z = r cos 
show that

.
 ( x , y , z )

 r s i n 

 ( r ,  ,  )

3) Find the extreme value of the function f(x, y) = x3 + y3 – 3axy a > 0.

B) Show that for the curve s2 = 8ay . 4


O

  " =  

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) With usual notation prove that for the ellipse .


= >

N O

 

  

= >

! !

2) Show that the minimum value of is 3a2.


= =

K  N O  

N O

3) If u3 + v3 + w3 = x + y + z, u2 + v2 + w2 = x3 + y3 + z3, u + v + w = x 2 + y2 + z2 then

show that .
 ( u , v , w ) ( y  z ) ( z  x ) ( x  y )

 ( x , y , z ) ( u  v ) ( v  w ) ( w  u )

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) If x + y + z = u, y + z = uv, z = uvw Find .


 ( x , y , z )

 ( u , v , w )

2) Show that the height of an open cylinder of a given surface and greatest
volume is equal to radius of its base.
m

3) Show that radius of curvature for the curve r = a cos m is m m


.
a

 

m  

( m  1 ) r

___________
*SLR-R–128* SLR-R – 128
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – V) (Old)
Development of Plants
Day and Date : Tuesday, 26-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternative : 10


1) Conjoint, collateral and open vascular bundles are found in
a) Dicot stem b) Dicot leaf c) Monocot stem d) Monocot root
2) The term Epiblema is used for
a) Epidermis of stem b) Epidermis of root
c) Epidermis of leaf d) Epidermis of fruit
3) According to position there are _______ types of meristems.
a) 3 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
4) Sunken stomata are present in
a) Hydrophytes b) Epiphytes c) Mesophytes d) Xerophytes
5) Dead and lignified cells forms ______ tissue.
a) Parenchyma b) Sclerenchyma c) Collenchyma d) Aerenchyma
6) Xylem and phloem together form
a) Simple tissues b) Complex tissue
c) Conducting tissues d) Storage tissues
7) Cambium between xylem and phloem is called
a) Fascicular cambium b) Interfascicular cambium
c) Cork cambium d) Peripheral cambium
8) Lenticel is substitute for
a) Epidermis b) Stomata c) Hypodermis d) Endodermis

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 128 *SLR-R–128*

9) Annual ring is formed by _____ and _____


a) Heartwood, sapwood b) Autumn, Springwood
c) Poruswood, Non-poruswood d) None, None of these
10) The abnormal secondary growth in Dracaena is
a) Adaptive b) Non-adaptive c) Acquired d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Write the functions of Aerial organs of the plant.
ii) Give structure and functions of xylem tissue.
iii) What is cork cambium ?
iv) What is Tylosis ?
v) Define secondary growth.
vi) Give functions of mechanical tissue.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain Tunica-corpus theory.
ii) Describe the primary structure of monocot root.
iii) Write on heartwood and sapwood.
B) Describe the components of xylem with their functions. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give the functions of any three secretary tissues.
ii) Describe the internal structures of dicot leaf.
iii) Write on porus and non-poruswood.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give structure and functions of lenticel.
ii) Describe structure and functions of epidermal tissue system.
iii) Describe the abnormal secondary growth in Bignonia.
_________________
*SLRR129* SLR-R – 129
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VI)
Differential Equations – II

Day and Date : Wednesday, 27-5-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) The solution of the differential equation y = px + f(p) is
a) y = cx – f(c) b) y = cx + f(c)
c) y = f(c) – cx d) None of these

2) The differential equation of the form reduces to Clairaut’s


F O

 

O  F N O  B

 

 

form by the substitution


a) x2 = u, y2 = v b) x = u, y = v
c) x2 = v, y2 = u d) x = u2, y = v2
3) The homogeneous linear differential equation transforms to linear differential
equation with constant coefficients by using the substitution
a) z = ex b) z = e–x c) x = log z d) x = ez

4) If then the part of the C.F.=


d y d y

 2 t a n x  3 y  2 s e c x

d x
d x

a) y = cosx b) y = ex c) y = sinx d) y = xm
5) Solution of the differential equation p = log(px – y) is
a) y = cx – log c b) y = log(cx + d)
c) c = log(cx) d) y = cx – ec

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 129 -2- *SLRR129*

6) If we put z = logx then = ____________ where .


@ O

N D 

d z

@ N

a) Dy b) D(D – 1)z c) D(D – 1)y d) D(D + 1)y

7) be a linear second order differential equation with


@ O @ O

 2  3 O  4

@ N
@ N

1 – P + Q = 0 then the part of C.F. =


a) y = ex b) y = e–x c) y = x d) y = xm

8) The solutions of the differential equations are


d x d y d z

 

x y z

a) x = y, y = zx b) x = c1y, y =c2z
c) x + y = c1, x – y = c2 d) none of these
9) The differential equation of the type Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0, where P, Q, R are
the functions of x, y, z is called
a) Total differential equation b) Linear differential equation
c) Exact differential equation d) Simultaneous differential equation
10) The solution of the differential equation 2yzdx – 3zxdy – 4xydz = 0 is
a) x2 + y2 + z2 = a2 b) 2x – 3y – 4z = k
c) x2 = k y3z4 d) None of these

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

1) Solve .
d x d y d z

 

y z z x x y

2) Solve the total differential equation (y + z)dx + (z + x)dy + (x + y)dz = 0.


3) Solve p(p – y) = x(x + y).
4) Solve (xp – y)2 = p 2 – 1.

5) Solve the homogeneous linear differential equation .


@ O @ O

N  N  " O  

@ N
@ N

6) Find the part of complementary solution for the differential equation

.
@ O @ O

N   N      N   O   N   A

@ N
@ N
*SLRR129* -3- SLR-R – 129
3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6

1) Solve .
d y d y

 2 t a n x  3 y  2 s e c x

d x
d x

2) Explain any one of the method of solving Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0, where
P, Q, R are functions of x, y, z.

3) Solve the differential equation by


@ O @ O

N   N  N    N  N   O  

@ N
@ N

removal of the first order derivatives.


B) Define Clairaut’s differential equation and explain how it can be solved. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) Define homogeneous linear differential equation and explain how it can be
solved.
2) Explain the method of solving second order linear differential equation of the

type by changing independent variable.


@ O @ O

 2  3 O  4

@ N
@ N

d x d y d z

3) Solve the simultaneous differential equation x z




y z


.
 x  y 

5. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) State and prove the necessary condition for the integrability of the differential
equation Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0.

2) Solve the differential equation .


@ O @ O

 ! N    !  ! N    ! $ O  N  N  

@ N
@ N

3) Explain the method of solving the equation where P, Q, R


@ O @ O

 2  3 O  4

@ N
@ N

are functions of x by removal of first order derivative by changing the dependent


variable.
___________
*SLRR13* SLR-R – 13
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) (C.G.P.A. Pattern) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – I)
Fundamentals of Microbiology and Microbial Techniques

Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answers to the two Sections should be written in the separate
answer books.

SECTION – I
(Fundamentals of Microbiology)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answers from given


alternatives. 5

1) The protein component of bacterial locomotory organelle is

a) Albumin b) Pillin c) Flagellin d) Globulin

2) Procaryotic bacteria contain _______ type of ribosome.

a) 80s b) 70s c) 20s d) 16s

3) Actinomycetes is a link between bacteria and

a) algae b) viruses c) fungi d) mycoplasma

4) Alexander Flemming discovered _______ antibiotic.

a) Penicillin b) Streptomycin c) Neomycin d) Tetracyclin

5) The binomial nomenclature system was given by

a) Koch b) Linnaeus c) Ivanowasky d) Pasteur P.T.O.


SLR-R – 13 -2- *SLRR13*

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


i) Give functions of flagella.
ii) Give contributions of Robert Koch.
iii) What is Taxonomy ?
iv) Characteristics of Rickettsia.
v) Flagellar arrangement.
vi) Pili.
vii) Morphological types of bacteria.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following. 10


i) Structure and functions of cell membrane.
ii) Criterias for bacterial classification.
iii) General characters of actinomycetes.
B) Answer any one of the following. 10
i) Draw a well labelled diagram of typical procaryotic cell and differentiate
between procaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
ii) Give an account of structure and functions of cell wall.

SECTION – II
(Microbial Techniques)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answers from given


alternatives. 5
1) In Gram’s staining procedure _______ works as primary stain.
a) Saffranin b) 95% alcohol
c) Gram’s iodine d) Crystal violet
2) Hot air oven makes use of _________ for sterilization.
a) Moist heat b) Dry heat
c) Radiation d) Filteration
*SLRR13* -3- SLR-R – 13

3) The efficiency of microscope depends on


a) Resolving power b) Size
c) Cost d) Numerical aperture
4) Nutrient agar is an example of ________ medium.
a) Natural b) Living c) Synthetic d) Semisynthetic
5) Colouring property of a dye is due to _______ group.
a) Aurochrome b) Chromophore
c) Chromosome d) Cytochrome

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


i) Define sterilization.
ii) Define stain.
iii) Resolving power of compound microscope.
iv) Selective media.
v) Negative staining.
vi) Use of phenols and its derivatives.
vii) Types of stains with example.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following. 10


i) Serial dilution technique.
ii) Sterilization by the use of moist heat.
iii) Magnification of compound microscope.
B) Answer any one of the following. 10
i) Write in detail about non living media.
ii) What is differential staining ? Write in detail about ‘Gram staining’.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR130* SLR-R – 130
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old Course) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – VI)
Plant Ecology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 27-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) Figures to the right indicate full marks.


ii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iii) All questions are compulsory.

1. Rewrite the sentence by choosing proper answer : 10

i) The base of ecological pyramid of energy is always occupied by


a) Primary consumers
b) Secondary consumers
c) Producers
d) Decomposers

ii) _____________ show poorly developed root system.


a) Mesophytes b) Hydrophytes
c) Xerophytes d) Ephimerals

iii) ____________ population shows individuals of only one species.


a) Mixed b) Monospecific
c) Polyspecific d) None of these

iv) The plant species widely distributed over the earth in definite climatic zone
and different continents are referred to as
a) Wides b) Endemics
c) Discontinuous species d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 130 -2- *SLRR130*

v) Anthoxanthium sp. indicates presence of _____________ in the soil.


a) Iron b) Zinc
c) Boron d) Magnesium

vi) ____________ are called shade loving plants.


a) Heliophytes b) Sciophytes
c) Cryptophytes d) Xerophytes

vii) ____________ is the qualitative character of the community.


a) Floristic composition b) Frequency
c) Abundance d) Density

viii) ____________ is the biotic component of ecosystem.


a) Sunlight b) Water
c) Wind d) Producers

ix) Aggregation of different types of plant populations at a habitat is called


a) Plant community b) Animal community
c) Biotic community d) All of these

x) The plant succession which starts on rock is called


a) Hydrosere b) Lithosere
c) Psammosere d) Halosere

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define mortality and matality.

ii) What is biogeochemical cycle ? Mention any two gaseous cycles.

iii) What are eury and steno species ?

iv) What is food chain ? Give an outline of detritus food chain.

v) What is adaptation ? State any two anatomical adaptations of xerophytes.

vi) What is phytogeography ? Enlist various factors affecting the geographical


distribution of species.
*SLRR130* -3- SLR-R – 130

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is population ? How does population dispersal occur in nature ?
ii) What are plant indicators ? Discuss in brief about role of plants as indicators
of pollution.
iii) Write classification of soil particles based on their diameter.
B) What is ecosystem ? What are the various components of forest ecosystem ? 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is physiognomy ? Comment upon the Raunkaier's life form classes.
ii) What are ecological pyramids ? Write an account of pyramid of biomass in
pond ecosystem.
iii) Define succession. Explain various stages of succession in xerosere.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe in brief phytogeographical regions of India.
ii) Discuss water cycle in brief.

iii) Explain the role of predators in regulating population size.

______________
*SLRR131* SLR-R – 131
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – V)
Electronics Circuits
Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw the figures wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10
i) The emitter is at ac ground in ________ amplifier.
a) CC b) CE c) CB d) None
ii) The best frequency response is of _________ coupling.
a) RC b) Transformer c) Direct d) None
iii) The input impedance of _________ amplifier is highest.
a) CB b) CE c) CC d) None
iv) If the two stages of multistage amplifier have gains 30 dB and 10 dB, then
overall gain is
a) 30 b) 20 c) 40 d) 300
v) ________ power amplifier has highest collector efficiency.
a) Class A b) Class B c) Class C d) Class AB
vi) Distortion of an amplifier__________ with negative feedback.
a) Decreases b) Increases
c) Does not change d) None
vii) CE amplifier with emitter resistor is an example of _________ feedback.
a) Voltage series b) Voltage shunt
c) Current series d) Current shunt
viii) Wienbridge oscillator is suitable for ________ frequency oscillations.
a) Low b) High c) RF d) IF
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 131 *SLRR131*
ix) Capacitor is tapped in ________ oscillator.
a) Hartley b) Colpitt’s c) Phase shift d) Wienbridge
x) To improve CMRR in differential amplifier __________ is used.
a) Constant current source b) Small RE
c) Large RC d) None
2. Attempt any five of the following : 10
i) Draw the circuit diagram of transistor amplifier.
ii) Why does RC coupling give constant gain over a mid frequency range ?
iii) Give the classification of power amplifiers.
iv) Give the essential conditions for an oscillator.
v) Why negative feedback is applied in high gain amplifiers ?
vi) What is the need of differential amplifiers ?
3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6
i) Draw the circuit diagram of Class B push pull amplifier. Give its efficiency.
ii) In Hartley oscillator f = 500 KHz and C = 0.001  .
. Calculate the value of
inductor.
iii) Explain constant current source used in differential amplifier.
B) An amplifier has a gain of 10,000 without feedback, with negative feedback
gain is reduced to 50. Find feedback fraction. 4
4. Attempt any two of the following : 10
i) Explain phase shift oscillator. Give the formula for frequency of oscillation.
ii) Explain transformer coupled amplifier. Give its advantages.
iii) Derive the expression for gain of emitter coupled differential amplifier.
5. Attempt any two of the following : 10
i) What is feedback ? Derive the expression for gain of the amplifier with
feedback.
ii) Explain RC coupled Class A power amplifier.
iii) Derive the expression for current and voltage gain of emitter follower.

––––––––––––
*SLRR134* SLR-R – 134
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – V)
Optics and Minerology

Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) ––––––––– is a mineral of mica group.
a) Nephelene b) Augite c) Phlogopite d) Argonite
2) ––––––––– minerals remain dark under crossed polars whatever the orientation
of the section.
a) Isotropic b) Anisotropic c) Both a and b d) None of these
3) The hardness of quartz is ––––––––
a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8
4) –––––––––– mineral is belonging to the feldspar group.
a) Plagioclase b) Orthoclase
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
5) Inosilicates is also called as ––––––––
a) chain silicate b) sheet silicates
c) ortho silicates d) ring silicates
6) The composition of orthoclase is –––––––––
a) Ca [AI2Si4O12] b) KAISi3O8
c) Na3 (Na, K) [AI4Si4O16] d) AI3 (PO4)2 (OH)3 5H2O

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 134 *SLRR134*

7) The –––––– are a group of hydroxylated chain silicate.


a) Silica b) Amphiboles c) Feldspar d) Pyroxene
8) The actinolite is found in ––––––––– rocks.
a) Igneous b) Sedimentary c) Metamorphic d) All of these
9) The atomic structure of the mica consist of a –––––––– cations.
a) chain b) line c) sheet d) all of these
10) The relief of Olivine mineral is –––––––––
a) Medium b) Low c) Low to medium d) High to very high

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Optical properties of Orthoclase
2) Biaxial minerals
3) Pleochrosim
4) Colour
5) Hardness
6) Streak

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Mode of occurrences of mica group of minerals.
2) Explain the fracture of minerals.
3) Isomorphism.
B) Explain uniaxial and biaxial minerals with suitable diagram. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Atomic structure and chemistry of Pyroxene group of minerals.
2) Physical and optical properties of olivine.
3) Explain reflection and retraction of minerals.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe any two silicate structure.
2) Describe the varieties of quartz and their occurrence.
3) Define and describe polymorphism.

_______________
*SLRR135* SLR-R – 135
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – V)
Bacterial Cytology, Virology and Metabolism

Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting to correct answers from the given
alternatives : 10
i) ___________ is an example of thermophilic organism.
a) Bacillus psychrophilus b) E. Coli
c) Thermus aquaticus d) Klebsiella spp
ii) ___________ is an example of spore forming organism.
a) E. Coli b) Staphylococcus aureus
c) Bacillus d) Salmonella typhi
iii) ___________ enzymes are responsible for joining reactions.
a) Ligases b) Transferases
c) Oxidoreductases d) Lyases
iv) ___________ is absent in the cell wall of gram negative bacteria.
a) Peptidoglycan b) Teichoic acid
c) Lipoprotein d) Phospholipid
v) Oligodynamic effect is exerted by ___________
a) Temperature b) Heavy metals
c) Salts d) pH
vi) Shape of TMV is ___________
a) Rod b) Spherical
c) Helical d) Complex
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 135 *SLRR135*
vii) In ___________ growth, cells are growing in the same growth phase.
a) Continuous b) Diauxic c) Induced d) Synchronous
viii) ___________ granules are predominant in lactobacillus.
a) Sulfur b) Lipid c) Volutin d) PHB
ix) The most effective bactericidal wavelength is of U.V. light is ___________
a) 2550 A° b) 2750 A° c) 2650 A° d) 1550 A°
x) In ___________ flagellar arrangement, flagella are present all over the surface.
a) Lophotrichous b) Monotrichous
c) Amphitrichous d) Peritrichous

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Functions of flagella.
ii) Define oligodynamic effect.
iii) Explain thermophiles.
iv) Functions of cell membrane.
v) Define chemotaxis.
vi) List types of microorganisms on the basis of pH.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Volutin granules
ii) Structure of HIV
iii) Passive transport
B) Structure of cell wall of gram positive bacteria. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Diauxic growth.
ii) Structure of bacterial endospore.
iii) Effect of temperature on growth of microorganisms.

5. Write short notes on (any two) : 10


i) Methods of measurement of growth.
ii) Cultivation of viruses.
iii) Substrate level phosphorylation.
___________
*SLRR136* SLR-R – 136
Seat
No.
[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015
ELECTRONICS (Paper – VI)
Pulse and Switching Circuits

Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw the figures wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


1) The circuit make use of components for waveshaping purpose is called
linear waveshaping circuit.
a) diode, capacitor, resistor b) diode, transistor, capacitor
c) resistor, capacitor, inductor d) transistor, inductor, capacitor
2) In UJT relaxation oscillator, the UJT is mainly used
a) to charge the timing capacitor
b) to discharge the timing capacitor
c) to charge and discharge the timing capacitor
d) as a constant source
3) The o/p of differentiator in RC circuit is

a) b) c) d)
 @ L E @ L E

4 @ L E + @ L E

8  8  4 +  8  8 

o o
o o

+ @ J 4 @ J
4 + @ J @ J

4) If a bistable multivibrator is triggered at 2 KHz input signal frequency. The o/p


frequency will be
a) 500 Hz b) 1 KHz c) 2 KHz d) 4 KHz
5) The hysteresis voltage in Schmitt Trigger circuit is

a) b) c) U.T.P. × L.T.P. d) None of these


U . T . P . L . T . P .

L . T . P . U . T . P .

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 136 -2- *SLRR136*

6) In astable multivibrator using IC 555, 50% duty cycle is possible when


a) RA = RB b) RA 
RB
c) RA < RB d) None of these
7) Pulse width of monstable multivibrator using IC-555 is

a) 0.69 RC b) 1.1 RC c) d)
1
1

1 . 1 R C
0 . 6 9 3 R C

8) Sweep speed of capacitor

a) I × C b) c) d) None of these
1 +

+ 1

9) A linear sweep is obtained in Miller integrator because


a) Constant current source b) Small RC time constant
c) Large RC time constant d) None of these

10) In a monostable multivibrator using B.J.T. the timing components are 10 K 

and 0.1 F. Then gate width will be




a) 0.69 sec b) 6.9 m sec c) 69 m sec d) 0.69 m sec.

2. Attempt any five : 10

1) Draw a circuit diagram of diode as – ve clipper.

2) State any 2 general feature of time-base signals.

3) In symmetrical astable multivibrator

R1 = R2 = 10 k 
, C1 = C2 = 0.01  F and RL = RL = 1 k 

1 2

Find frequency of astable multivibrator.

4) Draw labelled pin diagram of IC – 555.

5) Draw input and output waveform of bistable multivibrator and comment it.

6) Give the role of comparators in the functional block diagram of IC 555.


*SLRR136* -3- SLR-R – 136

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Draw the circuit of RC integrator and show its response to square wave
input.
2) Explain U.J.T as a relaxation oscillator.
3) Explain working of astable multivibrator using IC-555.
B) Explain voltage control oscillator using IC-555. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) Draw the circuit diagram of collector coupled monostable multivibrator. Obtain


the expression for gate width.

2) Draw the functional block diagram of IC-555. and explain in brief.

3) Explain Miller integrator with circuit diagram.

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) Explain transistor as a switch.
2) Explain operation of Schmitt trigger and draw waveform.
3) Explain with neat circuit diagram, the working negative biased clipper. Draw
I/P and O/P waveforms.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLR-R–139* SLR-R – 139
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – VI)
Structural Geology
Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given below : 10
1) Conjugate fold is also called
a) Fan fold b) Box fold c) Cuspate fold d) Chevron fold
2) ________ joints are parallel to the bedding of the associated sedimentary
rock.
a) Bedding b) Diagonal c) Strike d) None of these
3) The block above the fault is called as
a) Hanging wall b) Foot wall c) Fault outcrop d) None of these
4) The _______ of a fold is the line of maximum curvature in a folded bed.
a) Dip b) Strike c) Hinge d) Slip
5) The most common mineral lineation is ________ mineral.
a) Orthoclase b) Calcite c) Augite d) Hornblende
6) The contact between older plutonic igneous rock and younger volcanic igneous
rock is
a) angular unconformity b) non conformity
c) local unconformity d) disconformity
7) Rocks in the core of anticline fold are
a) Younger b) Older
c) Massive d) Younger and Older
8) Omission of bed is a criteria of ______ recognition.
a) Fault b) Joint c) Unconformity d) Fold
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 139 *SLR-R–139*

9) A body said to be under _______ when it is subjected to external force that


tend to pull it apart.
a) Tension b) Compression c) Couple d) None of these
10) ________ in which both limbs are over turned.
a) Box fold b) Chevron fold c) Fan Fold d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Mineral lineation.
2) Strike of the bed.
3) Inlier.
4) Fault breccia.
5) Fracture cleavage.
6) Inverted limb.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Colluminar joints.
2) Isoclinal fold
3) Strike slip fault.
B) Describe disconformity and non conformity. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain the parts of fold.
2) Bedding plane and its attitude.
3) What is foliation ? Describe two types of foliation.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain the concept of deformation.
2) Describe the physiographic criteria for recognition of fault.
3) Explain genetic classification of joints.
_________________
*SLRR14* SLR-R – 14
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH (Compulsory)
On Track : English Skills for Success

Day and Date : Wednesday, 1-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternative. 10
i) The name of the policeman on the beat was –––––––––
a) Bob b) Jimmy c) Henry d) Joe
ii) From what she tells the writer, it is clear that Miss Krishna’s life with her
mother was –––––––––
a) miserable b) comfortable c) very happy d) difficult
iii) The word ‘intelligence’ is derived from the ––––––––– word intelligence.
a) Roman b) French c) Italian d) Latin
iv) The bangle sellers carrrying their wares –––––––––
a) to a married woman’s house
b) to the streets
c) to the house of a maiden woman
d) to a temple fair
v) The speaker of the poem, ‘An Irish Airman Foresees His Death’ is an ––––––
soldier.
a) American b) English c) Irish d) Indian
vi) When the writer invited her to stay with her for a while, Miss Krishna agreed
a) reluctantly b) shyly c) readily d) sadly
vii) There is a mob on the road. The underlined word is –––––––– noun.
a) common b) mass c) proper d) collective

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 14 *SLRR14*

viii) Rohan is ––––––––– cleverest student I have ever seen.


a) an b) the c) a d) zero article
ix) Rohini took –––––––– degree in commerce from Solapur University.
a) an b) a c) the d) zero article
x) Leela does all her work ––––––––– great care.
a) on b) in c) for d) with
2. Answer following questions in two-three sentences : 10
i) What has happened to ‘Big Joe’ Brady’s restaurant ?
ii) Why did the narrator consider Miss. Krishna an annoying guest ?
iii) Why can computers not ‘think’ in the same way as human beings ?
iv) What was the policeman constantly doing with his stick ?
v) Describe the different types of bangles which the bangle-sellers carry.
vi) What is the speakers attitude towards those that he fights against ?
3. A) Write brief answers to the following questions (any 2) : 6
i) What short of relationship did Bob and Jimmy share ?
ii) What do you understand of Miss. Krishna’s childhood from the story ?
iii) What are the myths regarding the intelligence of computers ?
B) Write answers to the following questions in short (any 2) : 4
i) How does the poet describe the faithful wife who is now middle-aged ?
ii) What is the Irish airman’s attitude towards the war he is fighting in ?
iii) Why does the poet describe the bride’s bangles as ‘tinkling, luminous,
tender and clear’ ?
4. A) Write an essay describing an eventful cricket match which you have seen
and experienced. 10
OR
B) Write a paragraph of five-six sentences on each of the following :
i) Solar energy ii) An exciting holiday.
5. Read the following passage carefully and write out a brief note on it : 10
Technological progress has proved very harmful to environment. Drinking water
and air are getting more and more polluted. Polluted water is a major cause of
diseases like cholera, typhoid, dysentery and other intestinal troubles. Toxic
elements like mercury, cyanides, arsenic and cadmium pollute water dangerously.
Smoke emanating from the industrial units pollute air with oxides of carbon,
sulphur and nitrogen. This has created a big health hazard in cities like Mumbai,
Delhi and Calcutta. There is high incidence of T.B chest pains and bronchial and
other respiratory diseases among children in these cities.
_______________
*SLRR140* SLR-R – 140
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – VI)
Microbial Genetics and Biostatistics

Day and Date : Friday, 29-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw a neat labelled diagram whenever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 10


i) Minimal genetic unit capable of recombination is called _________
a) muton b) cistron c) recon d) exon
ii) The right handed double helix structure represents _______________ form
of DNA.
a) A b) Z c) B d) C
iii) _____________ is intercalating agent.
a) 5BU b) Nitrous acid
c) UV d) Acridine orange
iv) These are ________________ codons specify for 20 amino acids.
a) 25 b) 50 c) 61 d) 16
v) ________________ is required for conjugation.
a) Competance b) Sex pilli c) Phage d) None of these
vi) __________________ phage mediate generalised transduction.
a) P22 b) O80 c) T4 d) M13
vii) ______________ plasmids present in Agrobacterium.
a) R b) Ti c) F d) col
viii) _______________ plays important role in photoreactivation.
a) Photolyase b) Methylase c) Endonuclease d) Exonuclease
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 140 *SLRR140*
ix) 2-Aminopurine is base analogue of ____________
a) Thymine b) Cysteine c) Adenine d) Uracil
x) ______________ discovered process of transduction.
a) Griffith b) Zinder and Leaderberg
c) Watson and Crick d) Beadle and Tatum

2. Define any five of the following : 10


a) Muton
b) Split genes
c) F plasmids
d) Photoreactivation
e) Thymine-Thymine dimer
f) Application of plasmids.

3. A) Write any two of the following : 6


1) Define Spontaneous mutation and describe in detail fluctuation test.
2) Describe fate of exogenote.
3) Hfr.
B) What is genetic code ? Explain properties of genetic code. 4

4. Write any two of the following : 10


1) Describe in detail nature and structure of B form of DNA.
2) Describe in detail specialised transduction.
3) Define Plasmids. Discuss in brief types of plasmids.

5. Write any one of the following : 10


A) Define Transformation. Explain in detail mechanism of transformation.
B) Define mutation. Explain in detail mechanism of mutation caused by base
analogues nitrous acid and UV light.

_____________________
*SLRR141* SLR-R – 141
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – VII) (New)
Physical Chemistry
Day and Date : Thursday, 7-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagram and give equation, wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables and scientific calculator is allowed.
(At Wts. : H = 1, C = 12, O = 16, N = 14, Na = 23, Cl = 35.5)

1. Choose the most correct alternative and rewrite the sentence : 10

1) The equation λ ν = λ ∞ − b c is known as ______________


a) Arrhenius equation b) Bragg’s equation
c) Onsagar equation d) None of these
2) In SI units, dipole moment is of the order of ___________ Coulomb-meter.
a) 10–30 b) 10–20 c) 10+30 d) 10+20
3) The unit cell of NaCl crystal contains ______________ molecules.
a) one b) two c) three d) four
4) The mixing process is accompanied by ______________ in entropy.
a) decreases b) increase
c) remain constant d) none of these
5) Ebonite is an example of ______________
a) conductor b) insulator
c) electrolyte d) none of these
6) Entropy of a pure crystalline solid is zero at ______________
a) 100°C b) 300°C c) 273°C d) –273°C
7) CO2 and CS2 have zero dipole moments, hence their expected structure is
______________
a) linear b) non-linear
c) angular d) none of these
8) Electric current is carried in the solution by ______________
a) atoms b) ions c) molecules d) electrons
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 141 *SLRR141*
9) If the plane of crystal cuts the two coordinate axes and is parallel to third
axis, then it is known as ______________ plane.
a) cubic b) cubic diagonal
c) simple d) diagonal
10) Reciprocal of resistance is known as ______________
a) specific resistance b) conductance
c) equivalent conductance d) molecular conductance

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is ionic product of water ?
ii) State third law of thermodynamics.
iii) Define the term, equivalent conductance.
iv) State Snell’s law.
v) State the law of constancy of interfacial angle.
vi) What are the two types of conductors ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What are the advantages of moving boundary method ?
ii) Explain the term distortion polarisation.
iii) Explain equivalent conductance at infinite dilution.
B) Calculate the standard entropy change accompanying the following reaction
2 HgCl(s) = 2 Hg(l) + Cl2(g)
(So
HgCl = 98.32, SoCl2 = 222 .95, SHg
o
)
(l) = 77.4 . 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the structure of NaCl on the basis of Bragg’s equation.
ii) Describe the method of determination of refractive index of a liquid by Abbe’s
refractometer.
iii) State Kohlrausch law. How it is used to determine degree of dissociation of
weak electrolyte ?

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Discuss in detailed Hittorf’s rule.
ii) Derive an expression for entropy change for an ideal gas as a function of
V and T.
iii) Explain with suitable examples, Weiss indices and Miller indices.

_____________________
*SLRR142* SLR-R – 142
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE
Paper – VII (Data Structures)

Day and Date : Thursday, 7-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) ______________ works in FIFO manner.
a) Stack b) Queue c) Tree d) Linked list
2) Single node in binary tree may contain more than two childrens.
a) True b) False
3) To insert new node in-between two nodes of doubly linked list, ______________
pointers fields we have to set.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four
4) ______________ sort is not example of exchange sort technique.
a) Bubble b) Selection c) Radix d) Shell
5) Push () operation of Stack becomes successful if stack is ______________
a) Full b) Not full c) Not created d) Both a) and c)
6) ______________ searching requires maximum key comparisons.
a) Linear b) Binary c) Hashing d) Both b) and c)
7) Possible binary tree with 4 nodes is ______________
a) 14 b) 41 c) 15 d) 51
8) ‘Header Node’ in linked list always holds address of ______________ node.
a) Middle b) First c) Second d) Last

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 142 *SLRR142*

9) ______________ data structure is used for scheduling of resources in


computer.
a) Array b) Stack c) Queue d) Linked list
10) ______________ search requires extra auxiliary storage for searching.
a) Linear b) Sequential
c) Indexed Sequential d) Binary

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Differentiate between array and linked list.
2) Draw binary expression tree for expression : ((A – B)* (X/Y) – (M + N))/P.
3) Why linked list is called as Dynamic and linear data structure ?
4) What is Hashing ? Write its advantage.
5) What is Stack ? List out its different applications.
6) What is “Extended Binary Tree” ?

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) How will you check entered expression is valid or not using stack ?
2) Explain insert () and remove () operation of linear queue.
3) Write a program which finds sum of all elements of two dimensional array.
B) Explain, how stack and queue are implemented using linked list. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Write a program that implements selection sort method.
2) Explain “Threaded Binary tree” with its types.
3) Implement function that reverses singly linear linked list.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) What is multiway search tree ? Explain B Tree and B+ Tree in details.

2) Explain “Radix Sort” method in details.


3) What is Binary Search Tree ? Explain its following operations :
I) count_total()
II) count_leaf()

_____________
*SLRR143* SLR-R – 143
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester– IV) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (New)
Analytical and Industrial Inorganic Chemistry (Paper – VIII)
Day and Date : Friday, 8-5-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagram and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.

1. Select the most correct alternative and rewrite the following sentences : 10
1) The reagent of known concentration is known as
a) titrant b) titrand c) titre d) titrate
2) Methyl orange is ________ indicator.
a) metallochromic b) self c) acid-base d) adsorption
3) A reagent which bring about precipitation is called as
a) precipitant b) precipitate c) coagulant d) seeding agent
4) Aging is nothing but process of
a) nucleation b) digestion c) ignition d) coagulation
5) Purest form of iron is
a) cast b) pig c) steel d) wrought
6) The optimum condition for the best yield of ammonia w.r.t. concentration of
N2 : H2 is
a) 3 : 1 b) 1 : 3 c) 2 : 3 d) 1 : 1
7) Oleum is nothing but
a) 98% H2SO4 b) Conc. H2SO4 c) Pyrosulphuric acid d) All of these
8) Sedimentation is a ________ process.
a) Chemical b) Biological c) Coagulation d) Settling
9) Adsorption theory of catalyst was introduced by
a) Becker b) Faraday c) Frank d) Bergelius
10) A substance which retards the rate of reaction is called
a) negative catalyst b) poisoner c) autocatalyst d) promoter
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 143 *SLRR143*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Define the terms :
a) Nucleation
b) Ageing
ii) Explain role of aluminon in inorganic analysis.
iii) Explain induced catalysis with suitable example.
iv) Give advantages of L.D. process.
v) Discuss the physico-chemical principle in the manufacture of ammonia by
Haber’s process w.r.t. temperature only.
vi) Write only balanced chemical reactions in the manufacture of sulphuric acid
by contact process.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Discuss Ostwald’s theory of acid-base indicator.
ii) Write note on post precipitation.
iii) Mention the parameters of potability of water.
B) Draw a neat labelled diagram for the manufacture of ammonia by Haber’s
process and mention optimum conditions. 4

4. Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Intermediate compound formation theory
ii) Bessemer process
iii) Ion exchange process.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) With the help of neutralisation curve explain the choice of indicator for titration
of strong acid and strong base.
ii) Explain the process of precipitation.
iii) Discuss the role of metallochromic indicators.
___________
*SLRR144* SLR-R – 144
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Computer Sci.) – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN (Paper – VIII)

Day and Date : Friday, 8-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time :3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) ______________ is a system which is self contained.
a) Open system b) Closed system
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
2) Which of the following is not related with system analyst ?
a) Collection of requirement b) User training
c) Creating model d) Programming
3) In the parallel-system method, the new system is set to work alongside the
old one.
a) True b) False
4) A system flowchart depicts the flow of data through all parts of system with
minimum of details.
a) True b) False
5) Attribute is represented by ___________
a) Rectangle b) Ellipse
c) Diamond d) None of these
6) The __________ is a data structure in which all non-key data elements are
fully functionally dependent on the primary key.
a) 1NF b) 2NF c) 3NF d) 4NF
7) An output must convey information about ____________
a) Past activities b) Current status
c) Future Projections d) All of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 144 *SLRR144*

8) The interconnection and interaction between the subsystems are termed as


interface.
a) True b) False
9) ___________ symbol is used data flow.

a) b) c) d)

10) The purpose of System Testing is to identify and correct errors in the candidate
system.
a) True b) False

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define Deterministic System.
2) Why Normalization is necessary ?
3) What is Flowchart ?
4) State disadvantage of Sequential File Organization.
5) What is Implementation ?
6) What is Attribute ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Give the advantage of Decision Table.
2) Explain characteristics of system.
3) Explain interpersonal skills of System Analyst.
B) Write short note on Record Review. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) State design principles of output.
2) State and explain selection criteria for software selection.
3) Explain Feasibility study in detail.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain First Normal Form (1NF), Second Normal Form (2NF) and Third
Normal Form (3NF) with example.
2) Explain role of System Analyst.
3) Draw DFD for Payroll System.
_____________________
*SLRR145* SLR-R – 145
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (New)
Optics (Paper – VII)

Day and Date : Saturday, 9-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
iv) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
v) Answer to every question must begin on a new page.

1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for
each subquestion. 10
i) The relation between longitudinal magnification mx and lateral magnification
my for an optical system is ___________
2 2
a) mx = m y b) m x = my

3
c) mx = my d) m x = my
ii) For optical system, the relation between focal lengths and refractive indices
is ___________
f1 μ 1
a) f = μ b) f1 f2 = μ 1 μ 2
2 2

f1 μ1 f1 μ 2
c) f = − μ d) f = μ
2 2 2 1

iii) In Michelson’s interferometer, interference is obtained by division of _________


a) Wavefront b) Amplitude c) Wavelength d) Phase
iv) For a zone plate
a) fnR < fnY < fnV b) fnR > fnY > fnV
c) fnR = fnY = fnV d) fnR = fnY > fnV

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 145 -2- *SLRR145*

v) The radius of Fresnel’s half period zone is directly proportional to the


_________
a) natural number b) square root of natural number
c) odd number d) square root of odd number
vi) The resolving power of grating is independent of __________
a) Grating element
b) Order of spectrum
c) Total number of lines on grating
d) None of above
vii) The resolving power of prism of refractive index μ and base length ‘t’ for a
given wavelength λ can be expressed on ___________

dμ dλ 1 dμ dλ
a) t b) t c) . d) 2t
dλ dμ t dλ dμ
viii) A half wave plate produces a phase difference __________ between O-rays
and E-rays.
π π
a) b) c) 2 π d) π
4 2
ix) For positive crystal, except along the optic axis ____________
a) Ve < Vo b) Ve = Vo = 0
c) Ve > Vo d) Ve = Vo = 1
x) The refractive index of the core of graded index fibre varies about the axis in
__________
a) Parabolic manner b) Spherical manner
c) Linearly d) Cylindrical

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Prove that αf1 + β f2 = 0 .
ii) Define visibility of fringes.
iii) What is zone plate ? How it is prepared ?
iv) State Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution.
v) Draw a diagram for wave surface in positive and negative crystal.
vi) Define ‘numerical aperature’. State its unit.
*SLRR145* -3- SLR-R – 145

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Distinguish between magnification and resolution.
ii) Describe polarimeter experiment to determine the specific rotation of an
optically active solution.
iii) Calculate the radius of the first zone in a zone having a focal length 15 cm
for a monochromatic light of wavelength 6000 A.U.
B) Explain formation and working of fibre optic communication system. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Derive an expression for resolving power of a grating.
ii) Explain how a zone plate acts like a lens having multiple foci. Derive an
expression for its focal length.
iii) Describe the construction and working of NiCol prism.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe the construction and working of a Michelson’s interferometer. How
it can be used for measurement of difference in wavelengths between two
closer lines ?
ii) Obtain an expression for equivalent focal length of a coaxial lens system.
Two thin convex lenses of focal length 20 cm each are placed coaxially and
are separated by a distance of 20 cm. Find the equivalent focal length and
the position of principal points.

_____________________
*SLRR146* SLR-R – 146
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY
Nutrition and Metabolism (New) (Paper – III)

Day and Date : Saturday, 9-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Write biochemical reactions wherever necessary.

1. Write following sentences selecting most correct answer from given option : 10
1) ______________ is a component of thyroxine hormone.
a) Iron b) Cobalt c) Iodine d) Magnesium
2) For determination of calorific value of food, _________ means ether extractable
material present in food.
a) carbohydrate b) fat c) protein d) mineral salts
3) The high energy compound phosphoenol pyruvate is generated in ___________
a) Glycolysis b) TCA cycle
c) Respiratory chain d) β -oxidation of fats
4) ______________ can accept or donate one proton at a time.
a) FAD b) NAD+
c) CoQ10 d) Non-heme iron protein
5) ______________ functions as a carrier-catalyst in TCA cycle.
a) Acetyl CoA b) Oxaloacetate
c) Citrate d) Pyruvate
6) Excess dietary carbohydrates are stored as glycogen in ______________
a) Kidney b) Lungs c) Heart d) Liver
7) Alanine transaminase converts alanine into ______________
a) acetyl CoA b) pyruvic acid
c) α -ketoglutarate d) citric acid
8) Knoop’s β -oxidation is a process for oxidation of ______________
a) cholesterol b) carbohydrates
c) proteins d) fatty acids

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 146 *SLRR146*
9) Bicarbonate is a principal buffer system of ______________
a) blood b) erythrocytes
c) intracellular fluid d) urine
10) _____________ plays important role in regulating electrolyte and water balance
of body.
a) Lungs b) Liver c) Kidney d) Skin

2. Answer any five from below : 10


1) Define ‘nitrogen balance’ in metabolism.
2) What is meant by metabolic acidosis in the body ?
3) Name two molecules those absorb protons and two molecules those do not
absorb protons in respiratory chain.
4) What is glycogenesis ? When does it takes place ?
5) Name two unusual and two usual amino acids involved in urea cycle.
6) State reasons of over hydration of body.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) Discuss essential and non-essential amino acids in diet.
2) Explain generation of ATP from phosphoenol pyruvate.
+
3) How are H+ ions excreted as NH4 ions by renal tubules ?
B) Write a note on – energetics of TCA cycle. 4

4. Answer any two : 10


1) With biochemical reactions explain urea cycle.
2) Describe different component involved in respiratory chain.
3) Explain biosynthesis of palmitic acid.

5. Attempt any two : 10


1) Discuss the role of protein in diet.
2) How is the calorific value of food components calculated ?
3) How different buffers regulate the pH of blood ?

_____________________
*SLRR147* SLR-R – 147
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


PLANT PROTECTION (Paper – III)
Introduction to Weeds and Non-Insect Pests

Day and Date : Saturday, 9-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : I) All questions carry equal marks.


II) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
III) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
IV) All questions are compulsory.

1. Choose correct alternative and rewrite the sentences : (1×10=10)


1) Weeds compete with crop plants for
a) Nutrients b) Space
c) Sunlight and moisture d) All the above
2) Weeds are the reservoirs of
a) Pests b) Diseases
c) Food d) Both a) and b)
3) The weed striga lutea has longevity of about _________ years.
a) 10 b) 15
c) 5 d) 20
4) Euphorbia hirta belongs to the family
a) Euphorbiaceae b) Amaranthaceae
c) Asteraceae d) Papaveraceae
5) Parthenium hysterophorus produces as many as _________ seeds per plant.
a) 2000-3000 b) 10,000-20,000
c) 5000-6000 d) 40,000
6) Orobanche sp. is __________ parasite.
a) partial root b) total root
c) partial stem d) total stem
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 147 *SLRR147*

7) The seeds of __________ weeds are mainly dispersed by animals.


a) Tribulus sp b) Achyranthes sp
c) Striga sp d) Both a) and b)
8) _______ is annual type.
a) Chenopodium sp b) Cyperus sp
c) Alternanthera sp d) Cynodon sp
9) ________ are the cultural methods of weed control.
a) field sanitation b) crop rotation
c) mulching d) all the above
10) Ammonia buccifera is the weed of
a) Dry lands b) Garden lands
c) Wet lands d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : (5×2=10)


I) Define nematicides.
II) State the names of poisonous weeds.
III) Write the morphology of cynodon dactylon.
IV) State the examples of weeds dispersed by water.
V) What is meant by quantitative loss ?
VI) State the nature of damage caused by birds.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : (2×3=6)


I) Give the control measures of rats in storage.
II) State the properties of weedicides.
III) Give the importance of crop rotation.
B) Give the morphology and dispersal of seeds of portulaca sp. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Classify the weeds based on ecology.
II) Add a note on weed seed dispersal by air.
III) Describe any one source of microbial weed control.

5. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Describe morphology, reproductive ability and control of cyperus rotundus.
II) Classify the weedicides chemical nature.
III) Describe the mode of infection and management of nematodes.
___________
*SLRR148* SLR-R – 148
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – VIII)
Modern Physics
Day and Date : Monday, 11-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.
ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
iv) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


i) According to special theory of relativity, the velocity of light in free space is
a) Increases b) Decreases
c) Remains constant d) Zero
ii) A clock will appear to run more and more slow if relative velocity between
clock and observer
a) Decreases b) Increases c) Remains same d) Becomes zero
iii) The relation between group velocity ( ) and particle velocity (v) is


a) b) c) d)
 

   

  L

  L

L L

iv) The theory of matter waves was proposed by


a) Einstein b) Compton c) De-Broglie d) Newton
v) Anamolous Zeeman effect produces when external magnetic field applied to
spectral lines is
a) Weak b) Strong c) Zero d) Infinite
vi) Spin quantum number associated with single electron is
a) Zero b) One c) One half d) Two
vii) The value of change in Compton wavelength d  =
a) 0.0242 AU b) 0.242 AU c) 2.42 AU d) 24.20 AU
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 148 *SLRR148*
viii) In Compton scattering the wavelength of scattered radiations
a) Becomes zero b) Decreases c) Remains same d) Increases
ix) The common material used as a fuel in reactor is
a) Cadmium b) Lanthanum c) Lithium d) Uranium
x) In chain reaction if effective multiplication factor K = 1, then the size and
mass of core is
a) Critical b) Super critical
c) Sub critical d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) State postulates of Einstein’s special theory of relativity.
ii) State any two hypothesis of matter waves.
iii) State Pauli’s exclusion principle.
iv) State Hund’s rule.
v) Write any one neutron induced reaction.
vi) What is nuclear fission ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write note on L-S and J-J coupling.
ii) Explain quantum numbers associated with vector atom model.
iii) A particle is moving with velocity 150 m/s. Calculate phase velocity and
group velocity of matter waves.
B) Explain construction and working of Stern and Gerlach experiment. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Derive Einstein’s mass energy relation.
ii) Obtain Bohr’s quantum condition on the basis of matter waves.
iii) What is nuclear reactor ? Explain in short nuclear reactor with labelled diagram.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Explain Michelson-Morley experiment and obtain equation for fringe width.
ii) What is Compton effect ? Obtain an expression for change in wavelength of
scattered radiations.

–––––––––––––––––
’

*SLRR149* SLR-R – 149


Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Paper – IV) (New)
Molecular Biochemistry and Diseases

Day and Date : Monday, 11-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
1. Write following sentences selecting most correct answer from given options : 10
1) – GT Ψ C- sequence of bases is present in every __________
a) mRNA b) tRNA c) rRNA d) cDNA
2) RNA contains _________ base, which is absent in DNA.
a) Adenine b) Guanine c) Cytosin d) Uracil
3) The process of DNA biosynthesis is called ___________
a) replication b) transcription c) translation d) transduction
4) ____________ is not a terminating codon.
a) AUG b) UAG c) UGA d) UAA
5) The enzyme reverse transcriptase is used for preparation of ____________
a) hnRNA b) mRNA
c) c-DNA d) plasmid pBR 322
6) Vaccination is a type of ____________ immunity.
a) natural passive b) artificial active
c) natural active d) artificial passive
7) Insuline molecule contains ___________ polypeptide chains.
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 6
8) Tumor markers are used to detect _______________
a) tumor virus b) cancer c) tumor size d) AIDS
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 149 -2- *SLRR149*

9) HIV genome is a diploid ____________


a) ssRNA b) ssDNA c) dsDNA d) dsRNA
10) ______________ cancer is associated with Human Papilloma Virus (HPV).
a) Colon b) Breast c) Lung d) Cerevix

2. Answer any five from below : 10


1) What will happen if the initiating reading frame is not correctly established
during protein biosynthesis ?
2) What are the racial differences in innate immunity ?
3) How does body reacts with HIV during early accute phase ?
4) What is booster dose for immunisation ?
5) What are cloning vectors ? Name such two vectors.
6) What do you understand by metastasis of cancer ?

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) Discuss-Carcinoembryogenic Antigen (CEA).
2) Describe crisis phane of AIDS.
3) What is juvenile diabete (IDDM) ?
B) Draw a labelled diagram of plasmid pBR 322. 4

4. Answer any two from below : 10


1) Explain the process of transcription.
2) How does HIV infects the bodys immune system ?
3) Discuss about restriction endonuclease enzymes.

5. Attempt any two from the following : 10

1) Describe natural immunity and its mechanisms.

2) Write an account of mechanism of action of insulin and management of


diabetes.

3) Differentiate between primary and secondary immune response and discuss


clonal selection theory.
————————
’

*SLRR15* SLR-R – 15
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – I) (Old)
Physical Chemistry

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and give equations wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables and scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative for each of the following and rewrite the
sentence : 10
1) Radioactive decay follows ______ order kinetics.
a) zero b) first c) second d) third

2) All natural processes are _______


a) non-spontaneous b) spontaneous
c) reversible d) cyclic

3) Integration of dx is _____
a) x b) x + c c) x – c d) c

4) Decomposition of N2O5 is an example of ____ order reaction.


a) zero b) second c) first d) third

5) Entropy of the universe tends to _____


a) decrease b) increase
c) remain constant d) none of these

6) The unit of gas constant, R is


a) J/K/mol b) J-K/mol
c) J–1K–1mol–1 d) All of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 15 -2- *SLRR15*

7) The compressibility factor z for an ideal gas is


a) zero b) greater than one
c) equal to one d) less than one

dy n
8) (x ) =
dx
a) xn – 1 b) n xn + 1
c) n xn – 1 d) (n – 1) xn – 1

9) Excluded volume is _____ times the actual volume of molecules.


1
a) b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
2
10) Molecularity never be
a) negative b) zero c) infinity d) All of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Give any two statements of second law of thermodynamics.

2) What do you mean by definite integral ?


b( a − x )
3) For a second order reaction, plot a graph of log against t. Mention
a( b − x )
slope.

4) Write any two postulates of kinetic theory of gases.

5) Distinguish between order and molecularity of a reaction.

6) What do you mean by an isotherm ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Give the characteristics of second order reaction.
2) Mention simple rules of integration.
3) What are the requirements for liquefaction of gases ?

B) A second order reaction where initial concentrations of the both reactants


same is half completed in 40 minute. In how much time it will be 90%
completed ? 4
*SLRR15* -3- SLR-R – 15

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain Andrew’s isotherms for CO2 gas.
2) Mention various methods used for the determination of the order of a reaction.
Describe Ostwald’s isolation method.
3) What is Carnot’s cycle ? Derive an expression for the efficiency of Carnot’s
cycle.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) Define the term intercept. Give the characteristics of intercept.

2) Derive the expression for rate constant for second order reaction where initial
concentrations of the reactants are same.

3) What do you mean by pseudo-unimolecular reactions ? Explain this with an


example of hydrolysis of methyl acetate in presence of an acid.

——————————
*SLRR150* SLR-R – 150
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


PLANT PROTECTION
Insect Pests and Their Management (New) (Paper – IV)

Day and Date : Monday, 11-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) All questions carry equal marks.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentences by choosing correct alternative : (1×10=10)


1) ________ obtained from Chrysanthemum Cinariaefolium is most promising
insecticide.
a) Nicotine b) Rotenene c) Pyrethrine d) Nimbin
2) Chemicals having the property of inhibiting the feeding of certain insect pests
is called
a) repellents b) attractants
c) pheromones d) anifeedants
3) The Brinjal crop is generally attacked by ________ pest.
a) Grass hopper b) Stem borer c) Fruit borer d) Aphids
4) Rice Weevil is the common pest of
a) Oil seeds b) Pulses
c) Fruit trees d) Stored grains
5) Chilo partellus is the scientific name of
a) Stem borer b) Fruit borer c) Wooly aphids d) White grubs
6) ________ is not a Botanical antifeedant.
a) Margosa b) Pyrethrum
c) Carbamate d) Solanum alkaloids
7) The insecticides are classified on the basis of
a) Mode of action b) Chemical nature
c) Nature of formulations d) All the above
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 150 *SLRR150*
8) The crop losses caused by insects are generally measured by
a) Quantitatively b) Qualitatively
c) Meters d) Both a) and b)
9) White grubs generally attacks ________ crop.
a) Sugarcane b) Groundnut
c) Gram d) Rose
10) ________ is not a insect pest.
a) Jassid b) Thrip c) Rat d) Red spider

2. Answer any five of the following : (5×2=10)


I) Define chemosterilants.
II) Give the marks of identification of white grubs.
III) Give scientific names of rose and sugarcane.
IV) Name only the inorganic insecticides
V) Suggest the control measures of pod borer.
VI) State the advantages of repellents.

3. A) Answer any two of the followings : (2×3=6)


a) Classify insect pests based on nature of damage.
b) State the general characters of typical insect w.v. to metamorphosis.
c) Give the advantages of microbial insecticides.
B) Give scientific name, nature of damage and control of pulse beetle. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


A) Add a note on organic insecticides.
B) Explain the principles of Pest Control.
C) Give nature of damage, host range and management of wooly aphids.

5. Answer any two of the followings : (2×5=10)


A) Give the mode of action of chemosterilants and attractants.
B) Explain the mode of action of insecticides on respiratory and nervous system.
C) Explain the aerial applications of pesticides.
___________
*SLRR151* SLR-R – 151
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – VII)
Continuous Probability Distributions – II

Day and Date : Tuesday, 12-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative. 10

1
i) If X ~ β 2 (m, n) then has _______ distribution.
X

a) β1(m, n) b) β 2 (n, m) c) β1(n, m) d) None of these

ii) Let r.v. X ~ G(4, 2) then mode = _______


a) 0.5 b) 0.25 c) 2 d) 0.125

iii) If X ~ poi(m) then the probability distribution of X − m tends to N(0, 1) as


m
a) n → ∞ b) m → ∞ c) λ → 0 d) None of these

iv) If X ~ G (α, λ 1) and Y ~ G (α, λ 2 ) , X and Y are independent then the distribution
X
of is
Y

a) β1(n1, n2 ) b) β 2 (n1, n2 ) c) F(n1, n2) d) None of these

v) If t ~ tn then the variate t2 follows


a) F(n, 1) b) F(1, n) c) F(n, n) d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 151 -2- *SLRR151*

vi) Mean of the F distribution with n1 and n2 d.f. is

n2 n1
a) n − 2 b) n − 2
2 2

n2
c) n − 2 d) None of these
1

vii) Let Z ~ N(0, 1) then P(– 1.96 < Z < 1.96) =


a) 0.95 b) 0.01 c) 0.05 d) 0.99
viii) For chi-square distribution with ‘n’ degrees of freedom then
a) mean = variance b) 2 mean = variance
c) mean = 2 variance d) none of these
ix) The range of F-variate is
a) – ∞ to ∞ b) 0 to 1
c) 0 to ∞ d) None of these

x) If X ~ β1(5, 10) then H.M. =

1 2
a) b) c) 2 d) 0
3 7

2. Attempt any five of the following. 10


i) State any four properties of Normal distribution.
ii) Let X and Y be two i.i.d. gamma variates with parameters (16, 4) and (6, 3)
resp. Identify the distribution of Z = 8X + 3Y and find E(z).
iii) Discuss the nature of probability curve of ‘t’-distribution with n.d.f.

iv) If X ~ N (μ, σ ) then find the probability distribution of aX + b, where a and b


2

are constants.
v) Show that uniform distribution is a particular case of beta distribution of first
kind.
vi) Show that the central moments of odd order of ‘t’ distribution are zero.
*SLRR151* -3- SLR-R – 151

3. A) Attempt any two of the following. 6


i) Obtain mode of ‘t’ distribution with n.d.f.
ii) State and prove additive property of chi-square distribution.
iii) Find mean and variance of the beta distribution of first kind.
B) Find the harmonic mean of beta distribution of second kind. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following. 10


i) State and prove additive property of gamma variates.
ii) Find mean and variance of ‘t’ distribution with ‘n’ d.f.
iii) Find m.g.f. of gamma distribution with α and λ parameters.

5. Attempt any one of the following. 10


i) Derive the p.d.f. of students ‘t’ distribution with n.d.f.

ii) If X and Y are two independent gamma variates with parameters (α, λ 1) and
X .
(α, λ 2 ) resp. Obtain the distributions of U = X + Y and V =
X+Y

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR152* SLR-R –152
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


METEOROLOGY (Paper – III) (New)
Applied Climatology
Day and Date : Tuesday, 12-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions carry equal marks.


2) All questions are compulsory.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of stencils is allowed.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10

i) Weather is known as an average _______________ conditions for a short


period.
(Atmospheric, Hydrospheric, Biospheric, Lithospheric)

ii) Fohn are the warm winds restricted to _______________mountains.


(Himalaya, Alps, Rockies, Andies)

iii) The hot and humid climate of _______________ is considered as worse for
human settlements.
(Equatorial area, Temperate area, Polar area, Desert area)

iv) Rice cultivation is common in _______________ region.


(Equatorial, Monsoon, Mediterranean, Alpine)

v) Plantation agriculture is confined to _______________region.


(Colonial, Under developed, Developed, Backward)

vi) The temperature between 20 to 27 degree centigrade is known as


_______________ zone.
(Human comfort, Human uncomfort, Healthy, Unhealthy)

vii) Satellites are useful for _______________forecasting.


(Weather, Climate, Paleo climate, Projected climate)
P.T.O.
SLR-R –152 *SLRR152*

viii) In summer the isotherm generally show _______________trend over the land.
(Parallel, Pole ward bend, Equator ward bend, Ocean ward bend)

ix) _______________bank is famous for the fishing in North Atlantic ocean.


(Dogger, Reserve, Oriental, Cooperative)

x) Bombay high is famous for _______________petroleum.


(Deep sea fishing, Offshore fishing, Offshore drilling, Deep sea drilling)

2. Write short answers (any five) : 10


I) Define the term climate.
II) Types of weather forecast.
III) What is an isobar ?
IV) What is an airmass ?
V) What are the elements of weather ?
VI) What is heat island ?

3. A) Write in short (any two) : 6


I) Fishing and climate.
II) Urban climate in developed countries.
III) Use of satellite in climatology.

B) Describe the role of climate in agricultural activities. 4

4. Answer in short (any two) : 10


I) Effect of smog on health.
II) Explain the historical background of weather forecasting.
III) Blizzards in northern hemisphere.

5. Answer in short (any two) : 10


I) Offshore drilling
II) Local winds
III) Weather application to industry.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR153* SLR-R – 153
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOCHEMISTRY
Principles of Geochemistry (Paper – III) (New)

Day and Date : Tuesday, 12-5-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select the most correct alternative from each of the following : 10


1) Chemical equilibrium is ___________ in nature.
a) Static b) Elastic c) Dynamic d) Kinetic
2) Acidic rock contains high percentage of ___________
a) MgO b) CaO c) SiO2 d) FeO
3) Petroleum is a mixture of ___________
a) Nitro group b) Hydrocarbon
c) Amino group d) Ketonic group
4) Silica is a ___________ clay minerals.
a) Positive b) Negative c) Zero d) No charge
5) At chemical equilibrium ___________
a) Rf = Rb b) Rf Rb 
c) Rf > Rb d) Rf < Rb
6) According to Bronsted theory, acid is ___________ donor.
a) Electron b) Ion c) Proton d) Neutron
7) Alkane contains ___________ bonds.
a) Single b) Double c) Triple d) None of these
8) Adsorption is a ___________ concept.
a) Bulk b) Surface c) Corner d) Dynamic

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 153 *SLRR153*
9) Law of mass action is applicable for ___________ reaction.
a) Reversible b) Irreversible
c) Fast d) Slow
10) The chemical formula of gypsum is ___________
a) MgSO4 b) SiO2 c) CaSO4 d) Si2O7

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) State and explain chemical equilibrium.
ii) Give any two geological uses of acid and base.
iii) Write the names of
a) C10H8 b) CH3OH
iv) Define :
a) gel b) emulsion
v) Write the chemical reaction during the hydrolysis of Na2CO3.
vi) Write the structural formual of
a) Glycine b) Cyclohexane

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write a short note on Bredig’s arc method.
ii) Give the types of hydrocarbon in petroleum.
iii) Show that chemical equilibrium is dynamic in nature for the reaction
H2(g) + J2(g) 2HI(g).
B) Distinguish between true solution and colloidal solution. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write a short note on occurrence of carbon in rock.
ii) Discuss clay mineral as colloids.
iii) Distinguish between reversible and irreversible reaction.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain electrophoresis.
ii) Write a short note on origin of coal.
iii) Discuss conventions of chemical equilibrium.
___________
*SLRR154* SLR-R – 154
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – VII)
Animal Diversity – IV

Day and Date: Tuesday, 12-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time: 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the appropriate answer and rewrite the sentences : 10


1) In case of _________ the skin is dry, rough and non-glandular.
a) Reptiles b) Birds c) Amphibians d) Mammals
2) Gastric digestion take place in
a) Duodenum b) Stomach c) Colon d) Rectum
3) Pulmonary artery carry __________ blood to the lungs.
a) Oxygenated b) Deoxygenated
c) Mixed d) Pure
4) The _______ era is called as the golden age of reptiles.
a) Paleozoic b) Azoic c) Camozoic d) Mesozoic
5) Fruit eating beak is found in
a) Parrot b) Woodpecker c) Duck d) Kingfisher
6) Teeth of Poisonous snakes are called as
a) Fangs b) Sensory pits
c) Vertebrals d) Shields
7) In case of Owl ___________ feet are present.
a) Perching b) Raptorial c) Wadding d) Swimming
8) __________ are egg laying mammals.
a) Monotremes b) Cats c) Rabbits d) Marsupials

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 154 *SLRR154*

9) Intelligence is function of
a) Medulla oblongata b) Olfactory lobes
c) Optic lobes d) Cerebral hemispheres

1003
10) is dental formula of
1003
a) Man b) Sheep c) Rat d) Dog

2. Write short notes on (any five) : 10


i) Salient features of mammals.
ii) Functions of pancreas of rat.
iii) Latitudinal migration.
iv) Dentition of rat.
v) Characters of Poisonous snakes.
vi) Bile of rat.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Poison gland of snake.
2) Fruit eating beak of bird.
3) First aid treatment of snake bite.
B) Functions of blood of rat. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe uriniferous tubule of the rat.
2) Mesozoic reptiles.
3) Describe the process of gastric digestion in rat.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe the brain of rat with functions of different parts.
2) Describe affinities of monotremes.

————————
*SLRR155* SLR-R – 155
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – VIII)
Applied Statistics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10

i) Chance variation in respect of quality control of a product is


a) Tolerable
b) Not effecting the quality of a product
c) Uncontrollable
d) All the above

ii) The degrees of freedom for the paired t test statistic based on n pairs of
observations is
a) 2n – 1 b) n – 1
c) 2(n – 1) d) None of these

iii) To test for the mean of normal population based on a large sample the test
statistic used is
a) 

b) t
c) normal d) F

iv) Student’s t test is applicable only when


a) The sample observations are independent
b) The sample is not large
c) The variable is normally distributed
d) All of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 155 -2- *SLRR155*

v) Probability of selection varies at each subsequent draw in


a) Sampling without replacement b) Sampling with replacement
c) Both a) and b) d) Neither a) nor b)

vi) Chance or random variation in the manufactured product is


a) Controllable b) Not controllable
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these

vii) Which of the following is a simple hypothesis ?


a) H0 : 

<5 b) H0 : 

>5
c) H0 : 


5 d) H0 : 

=5

viii) Simple random sample can be drawn with the help of


a) Random number tables b) Chit method
c) Lottery method d) All the above

ix) The Shewhart control charts are meant


a) To detect whether the process is under statistical quality control
b) To find the assignable causes
c) To reflect the selection of samples
d) All the above

x) Always the hypothesis under test is


a) Null hypothesis b) Alternative hypothesis
c) Simple hypothesis d) Composite hypothesis
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Define a statistic giving two examples.
ii) Define level of significance and critical region.
iii) Explain the term defective.
iv) What is product control ?
v) Define Age Specific Death Rate (ASDR) and Age Specific Birth Rate (ASBR).
vi) Explain meaning of Statistical Quality Control (SQC).
*SLRR155* -3- SLR-R – 155

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the procedure to test for the mean of a normal population.
ii) Define simple and composite hypothesis.
iii) Show that in SRSWoR the probability of selecting a specified unit of the
population at any given draw is equal to the probability of selecting it at
the first draw.
B) Prove the following : 4
Show that in case of Simple Random Sampling Without Replacement
(SRSWoR) expected value of the sample mean is population mean.
4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain the criteria for detecting lack of control in :


and R charts.
ii) Explain Gross Reproduction Rate (GRR) and Net Reproduction Rate (NRR).
Also state the limitations of GRR.
iii) Describe the test procedure for testing the equality of two population
proportions.
5. Answer any one of the following : 10
1) a) Explain the procedure of setting a control chart for number of defects
when standards are not given.
b) Describe the direct method of obtaining standard death rate (STDR).
2) Prove that in a simple random sampling without replacement sample mean
square is an unbiased estimate of population mean square.

––––––––––––
*SLRR156* SLR-R – 156
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


METEOROLOGY (Paper – IV)
(Meteorological Instruments)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of calculator or log table is allowed.

1. Multiple choice questions : 10


i) The float type; with automatic siphon, weighing gauges and tipping-bucket
gauges are types of ____________
a) hygrometers b) radiometers c) thermometers d) rain gauges
ii) The float gauge is used to measure ___________
a) temperature b) rainfall c) humidity d) pressure
iii) The Six’s thermometer is used to measure _____________ temperature.
a) Minimum b) Maximum
c) Minimum and maximum d) Average
iv) The relation connecting Kelvin’s scale and Celsius scale is ____________
a) K = C + 273 b) K = C – 273 c) K = 273 * C d) K = 273/C
v) Atmospheric pressure is measured using a ______________
a) Thermometer b) Barometer c) Float gauge d) Anemometer
vi) Aneroid barometer is used to measure atmospheric _____________
a) Density b) Temperature c) Pressure d) Volume
vii) Hooke’s anemometer is used to measure ______________
a) Wind velocity b) Temperature c) Pressure d) Humidity
viii) The instrument used to detect direction of wind is known as ___________
a) Wind vane b) Barometer c) Thermometer d) Hygrometer

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 156 *SLRR1566*

ix) Hair hygrometer is used to measure ______________


a) Temperature b) Absolute humidity
c) Relative humidity d) Pressure
x) A thermopile consists of large number of ____________ connected in series.
a) thermometers b) radiometers
c) psychrometers d) thermocouples

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Describe different types of rain gauges.
ii) Why mercury is used in thermometers ?
iii) What is wind ?
iv) State and explain Seebeck effect.
v) What are advantages of aneroid barometer over Fortin’s barometer ?
vi) What are the factors affecting sensitivity and accuracy of a thermometer ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write a note on “the different temperature scales”.
ii) Draw neat diagram of automatic siphon gauge.
iii) Draw neat labeled diagram of aneroid barometer. Describe its construction
and working.
B) Calculate atmospheric pressure in mb if reading of Fortin’s barometer is
27 inch. (Given : density of Hg = 13.6 g/cc). 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) With neat diagram explain radiation pyrometer.
ii) With neat diagram explain construction and working of float gauge.
iii) Write a note on ‘Crooke’s radiometer’.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write a note on ‘thermograph’.
ii) With neat diagram explain construction and working of cup anemometer.
iii) Write a short note on mercury barometer.

_____________________
’

*SLRR157* SLR-R – 157


Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOCHEMISTRY (Paper – IV)
Chemistry of the Earth (New)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from given options. 10


1) Hydration of ion is inversely proportional to its _______
(diameter, radius, charge, valency)
2) Core is mainly made up of _________
(Mg-Fe, Ni-Fe, Mn-Fe, Na-Fe)
3) Sail, whose diamensions are between ________ mm is fine grained sandy
soil.
(2 and 0.2, 0.2 and 0.02, 0.02 and 0.002, < 0.002)
4) Pyroxene mineral convert to _________ mineral by oxidation and hydration.
(Kaolinite, Geothite, Calcite, Smectite)
5) __________ soil horizon is rich in organic matter (humus).
(A, C, D, R)
6) __________ type of clay structure has one tetrahedral layer linked with one
octahedral layer.
(Smectite, Mont Morillonite, Soil, Kaolinite)
7) Shape of clay particle is __________
(rounded, tabular, scaly, angular)
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 157 *SLRR157*

8) The process involving loss of electrons is


(oxidation, reduction, potential, redundant)
9) The composition of soil is
(solids, organisms, air, all of these)
10) The most soluble atmospheric gas in water is
(NO2, SO2, Ar, CO2)

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is pedalfer soil ?
2) At what depth the asthenosphere is present ?
3) Define Pollution.
4) What is hydrogen ion concentration in pure water at 25°C ?
5) Name the air pollutants.
6) What is humus in soil ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain oxidation potential.
2) Describe Carbonation process.
3) What are iron sediments ?

B) Explain modern classification of soil. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain geochemical cycle in brief.
2) Porosity of soil.
3) Eh-pH diagram.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Types of soil texture.
2) Formation of clay minerals.
3) Explain soil pollution in brief.

_______________
*SLRR158* SLR-R – 158
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – VIII) (New)
Historology and Physiology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Select the appropriate answer from those given below of each question and
complete the sentence. 10
1) ______________ type of muscle found in mammalian heart.
a) Smooth b) Skeletal
c) Cardiac d) Non-straited
2) Glucagon hormone is secreted by ____________ cells of Islets of Langerhans.
a) Alpha b) Beta
c) Delta d) Gamma
3) Glisson’s capsule is found in ____________ of mammal.
a) Pancreas b) Liver
c) Kidney d) Ovary
4) The tests performs the function of ______________
a) Spermatogenesis b) Oogenesis
c) Glucogenesis d) Glycogenesis
5) Oxytocin hormone is secreted by ______________ of pituitary gland.
a) Adenohypophysis b) Pars intermedia
c) Neurohypophysis d) Pars tuburalis
6) The meaning of T.T.B. is ____________
a) A baby grown in T.B.
b) Fertilization and development in uterus
c) Fertilization in vitro and transplant in uterus
d) Fertilization and development in T.B.
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 158 *SLRR158*

7) Cellular immunity is also called as ______________


a) B-cell immunity b) A-cellimmunity
c) T-cellimmunity d) H-cell immunity
8) _____________ is intra uterine device.
a) Condom b) Copper – T
c) Pills d) Jelly
9) The termination menstrual cycle is called as ______________
a) Menarch b) Menopause
c) Puberity d) Menstruction
10) Duration of full term pregnancy is lasts for ______________ days.
a) 130 b) 140
c) 200 d) 280

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Role of Beta cells of Islets of Langerhans
ii) Functions of seminiferous tubules
iii) Kupffer cells of liver
iv) Columnar epithelium
v) Colostrum
vi) Role of coper – T.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Describe the female starilization.
ii) Describe the structure of graffian follicle.
iii) Describe the hormones secreted by neuro phypophysis.
B) Describe the female sex hormones. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the hormonal control of lactation.
ii) Describe the cellular immunity.
iii) Describe the histology of uterus.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe the histological structure of mammalian kidney.
ii) What is pregnancy ? Describe the hormonal control of pregnancy.

_____________________
’

*SLRR159* SLR-R – 159


Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VII)
Differential Equations

Day and Date : Thursday, 14-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10
1) The combined solution of the differential equation p2 – 7p + 12 = 0 is ________
a) (y – 3x – c) (y – 4x – c) = 0 b) (y + 3x – c) (y – 4x – c) = 0
c) (y – 3x – c) (y + 4x – c) = 0 d) (y + 3x + c) (y + 4x + c) = 0
2) The equation y = 2 px + f(p2x) can be reduced to Clairauts form by putting
a) x = u2 and y = v b) x = 1/u and y = 1/v
2 2
c) x = u and y = v d) x = u2 and y = v2
3) The solution of the equation (y – px) (p – 1) = 1 is __________
a) y = x + c b) y = cx + c
c
c) y = cx + c/c – 1 d) y = x +
c −1

d 2y dy
4) If 1 – P + Q = 0 then y = ___________ is a solution of 2
+P + Qy = 0
dx dx
a) x b) ex c) e–x d) eax
5) The substitution by which you can change the independent variable of the
differential equation

d 2y dy
2
+P + Qy = R is ______________
dx dx
− ∫ pdx − ∫ pdx
a) z = e b) z = e dx
pdx ∫ pdx
c) z = e∫ d) z = ∫ e dx
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 159 -2- *SLRR159*

6) If P + Qx = 0 then u = __________ is a solution of the equation


d 2y dy
2
+P + Qy = R
dx dx
a) ex b) x c) e–x d) x 2

d 2y
2 dy
7) The C.F. of the solution of the differential equation x 2
− 2x + 2 y = logx
dx dx
is _____________
a) y = c1 + c2logx b) y = (c1 + c 2logx)x
c) y = c1x + c2/x2 d) y = 4x + c2x2

d 2y dy
8) The differential equation (ax + b)2 2
+ a 0 (ax + b) + a 1y = X transforms
dx dx
to linear differential equations with constant coefficients by using the
substitution ______________
a) x = ez b) x = e–z
c) az + b = logx d) ax + b = ez
9) The differential equation Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0 is integrable if ___________

P Q R P Q R
a) P Q R =0 b) P Q R =0
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
∂x ∂y ∂z ∂x ∂z ∂y

P Q R
P R Q =0
c) ∂ ∂ ∂ d) None of these
∂x ∂y ∂z

10) In the differential equation Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0, P,Q,R represents direction
ratios of __________
a) normal b) tangent c) curve d) none of these
*SLRR159* -3- SLR-R – 159

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


a) Solve y = 2p + 3p2.
b) Explain the method of solving the equations which is solvable for P.
c) State different methods of solving differential equation of second order.
d) Find the solution of

d 2y dy
− cot x − (1 − cot x ) = 0
dx 2 dx

dx dy dz
e) Solve = =
yz zx xy

f) Test for integrability


ayz dx + bz xdy + cxy dz = 0
3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

a) Solve x2(y – px) = yp2.

dx dy dz
b) Solve 2
= 2 = 2 2 2.
y x x y z

d 2y dy
c) Solve − 2 tan x + 5y = 0 .
dx 2 dx
B) Define Clairauts equation and explain the method of its solution. 4
4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

d 2y dy
a) Solve x 2 2
−x + y = 2 log x .
dx dx

d2 y dy
b) Solve x 2 − (2 x − 1) + ( x − 1) y = 0 .
dx dx
c) Explain the method of solving linear second order differential equations of the
d 2y dy
type 2
+P + Qy = R where P, Q, R are functions of x only when one
dx dx
solution belonging to complementary function is known.
SLR-R – 159 -4- *SLRR159*

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10

a) Define homogeneous linear differential equations of order n. Explain the method


of solving it.

b) Solve the equation

d 2y dy
x2 2
+ 7x + 5y = x 5 .
dx dx
——————————
*SLRR16* SLR-R – 16
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Old) (Paper – I)
Computer Fundamental – I

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

1. Choose the correct alternatives : 10


1) _____________ printer is called Page Printer.
a) Laser b) Inkjet c) Dot Matrix d) None of the above
2) _____________ technology is used in first generation.
a) LSI b) Vacuum tubes
c) Transistor d) None of the above

3) Name of the display feature that highlights areas of screen which require
operator attention ?
a) pixel b) cursor
c) reverse video d) dpi
4) _____________ is called low-level language.
a) Machine language b) Assembly language
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
5) _____________ command are used to copy file.
a) CD b) Copy con
c) [Link] d) None of these

6) _____________ is one of the scanning device.


a) Keyboard b) Joystick c) MICR d) None of these

7) To represent octal numbers base to _____________ is used.


a) 8 b) 10 c) 2 d) 16
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 16 *SLRR16*

8) _____________ is the optical storage device.


a) Magnetic tape b) Hard disk c) Pen drive d) CD-ROM
9) _____________ software manages computer hardware.
a) System b) Application c) Antivirus d) None of these
10) _____________ is input device.
a) Light pen b) Monitor c) Printer d) Sound

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define analog computer.
2) Explain ASCII-7 code.
3) Explain control unit.
4) Explain fifth generation of computer.
5) Explain application of computer.
6) Explain Joysticks.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain drum printer.
2) Define MB, KB, bytes, bit, word.
3) Explain ALU. Draw diagram.
B) Differentiate Inkjet and Dot Matrix Printer. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Write a note on hexadecimal and decimal and write a procedure to convert
hexadecimal to decimal and decimal to hexadecimal.
2) Write note on magnetic disk.
3) Write the difference between serial port and parallel port.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Define operating system. Explain features of operating system.
2) Explain types of computer.
3) Write the difference between ROM and EPROM.

_______________
*SLRR160* SLR-R – 160
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BOTANY
Paper – VII : Plant Physiology and Cytogenetics (New)

Day and Date : Thursday, 14-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions carry equal marks.


2) Question 1 is compulsory.
3) Draw neat and labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences using correct answer : 10


1) Who coin the term linkage ?
a) Correns b) Mendel c) Morgan d) de Vries
2) The phenomeno of linkage was first observed in
a) Lathirusodoratus b) Pisumsativum
c) Datura d) Mirabilis Jalapa
3) Coupling and repulsion phenomenon was concerned with __________
a) Crossing over b) Mutation
c) Linkage d) All of these
4) Linkage prevents __________
a) Homozygous condition b) Segregation of alleles
c) Hybrid formation d) Heterozygous condition
5) Crossing over occurs during
a) Pachytene b) Diplotene c) Diakinesis d) Both b) and c)
6) Complete linkage has been reported in
a) Maize b) Human female
c) Male drosophila d) Female drosophila
7) __________ is the site of photochemical reaction.
a) Poly some b) Ribosome
c) Quanta some d) Chromosome

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 160 *SLRR160*

8) The translocation of organic substances through transport tissue is called


_________
a) Phloem transport b) Xylem transport
c) Both ‘a’ and ‘b’ d) None of these
9) __________ is an example of aerobic bacteria.
a) Azatobacter b) Aerobacter
c) Clostridium d) Nostoc
10) The second phase of Calvin cycle is __________
a) Reduction phase b) Carboxylation phase
c) Decarboxylation phase d) Regeneration phase

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define photosynthesis.
2) What is phloem loading ?
3) What is kranz anatomy ?
4) Define nitrogen fixation.
5) Define linkage.
6) What is crossing over ?

3. A) Write any two of the following : 6


1) Explain nitrogen fixation.
2) Give significance of crossing over.
3) Explain Calvin cycle.
B) Significance of Meiosis. 4

4. Write any two of the following : 10


1) Mechanism of crossing over.
2) What is duplication ? Explain with example.
3) Explain source-sink relationship.

5. Write any one of the following : 10


1) Explain the symplastic phloem loading.
2) What is translocation ? Give significance of chromosomal aberrations.

_____________________
*SLRR161* SLR-R – 161
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VIII)
Abstract Algebra (New)

Day and Date : Friday, 15-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) All questions carry equal marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative of the following : 10

1) Alternating group A7 is of order


a) 2520 b) 7
c) 360 d) None of these

2) (Z, –) is not a group since it does not satisfy following property


a) Closed b) Associative
c) Identity d) Inverse

3) If p/q and q/r then


a) r/p b) r/q c) p/r d) q/p

4) A relation ~ is symmetric if for p, q ∈ s


a) p ~ q ⇒ p ~ p b) p ~ q ⇒ q ~ p
c) p ~ q ⇒ q ~ q d) None of these

5) A homomorphic mapping from f : G → G′ is epimorphic if f is


a) into b) onto
c) one-one d) many-one

6) If N is normal subgroup of G, then for a ∈ G


a) 0 (Ga) \ 0 (Na) b) 0 (Na) \ 0 (a)
c) 0 (Ga) \ 0 (a) d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 161 -2- *SLRR161*

7) The number of subgroups of the group Z20 is


a) 6 b) 4 c) 3 d) 2

8) A finite group of prime order is


a) cyclic b) normal
c) not cyclic d) none of these

9) The number of units in Z#7 is


a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 6

10) If H and K are subgroups of a group G, then HK is a subgroup of G iff


a) HK = KH b) HK = G
c) HK = H d) KH = H

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

1) If (G, *) is group then prove that identity of G is unique.

2) Define order of a group.

3) Define congruent modulo ‘n’.

4) Construct Cayley table for Z#5 .

5) Determine the right cosets of <[4]> in Z8.

6) In a group G, show that the element a and its inverse a–1 have same order.

3. a) Attempt any two of the following : 6

1) Solve the equation x (132) = (13) in S3.

2) Prove that every group of prime order is cyclic.

3) Compute all subgroups of Z18.

b) Is A set G = {1, – 1, i, – i} of complete number form a group ? 4


*SLRR161* -3- SLR-R – 161

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) If there are 10 integers ‘x’ such that – 25 < x < 25 and x ≡ 3 (mod 5) then find
all such x.

2) If the element of a group G is of order n then prove that am = e iff n is divisor


of m.

3) Prove that < Zn, O


⋅ > is a commutative group.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10

1) State and prove Cayley theorem.

2) a) If G and G′ be two groups and f : G → G′ is a homomorphism then prove


that Kerf is normal subgroup of G.

b) Show that the function f : (R, + ) → (R + , ⋅) . Given by f (x) = e x is an


isomorphism of group.

_______________
*SLRR162* SLR-R – 162
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – VIII) (New)
Plant Diversity and Utilization

Day and Date : Friday, 15-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagram wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer from the given
alternatives : 10
1) In Sargassum, conceptacles are present on
a) main axis b) primary branch
c) receptacles d) secondary branch
2) _____________ of Puccinia is binucleate.
a) Uredospor b) Teleutospore c) Pycnidiospore d) Aecodiospore
3) In Anthoceros, sporophyte is ____________ shaped.
a) whip b) ribbon c) horn d) none of these
4) Pinus leaves are ________________ shaped.
a) needle b) ribbon c) oval d) round
5) Equisetum is the only living genus that belongs to
a) Sphenopsida b) Caphalida
c) Chlorophycophyta d) Pteropsida
6) Lucern is a
a) Grass b) Food legume c) Fodder legume d) None of these
7) Botanical name of ginger is
a) Tinospora cordifolia b) Rauvolfia serpentina
c) Aloe vera d) Zingiber officinale
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 162 *SLRR162*
8) ___________ is obtained from Azadirachta indica.
a) Dye b) Rubber
c) Natural insecticide d) Fibre
9) Kaath is obtained from
a) Acaciea catechu b) Rhus diversiloba
c) Tectona grandis d) Rubia cordifolia
10) ____________ is an example of cactus.
a) Quisqualis b) Celosia c) Aster d) Opuntia

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Sketch and label teleutospore.
ii) Give the occurrences of Anthoceros and Equisetum.
iii) Mention the leaf types in Pinus.
iv) Give economic use of groundnut.
v) What are plant fibres ?
vi) State the botanical name and source of drug of avala.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Describe pycnidial stage of Puccinia.
ii) Discuss the female cone of Pinus.
iii) Give economic importance of coir.
B) Give a brief account of rubber plant sources and their importance. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the structure of sporophyte of Anthoceros.
ii) Describe the structure of anthredium of Equisetum.
iii) Give general account of plant insecticides with suitable examples and its
advantages.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Give the botanical name, sources and economic importance of chickpea.
ii) Write on sources of dyes with economic importance from Henna.
___________
*SLRR163* SLR-R – 163
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOGRAPHY
Biogeography – II (New) (Paper – VII)

Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Use of stencils is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative and complete the following sentences : 10


1) The geological history of the earth is divided into ______________ era.
a) 3 b) 5 c) 7 d) 9
2) ____________ has given a classification of floral regions based on climatic
conditions.
a) New bigin b) Darlington
c) Wallace d) Tansley
3) When the living organisms leave their place of origin it is called as __________
a) migration b) dispersal
c) movement d) shifting
4) Migration is a process in which the organism _________ to its place of origin.
a) returns b) leaves c) shifts d) settle
5) Merino is an important sheep for ______________
a) skin b) hides c) wool d) meat
6) Paper pulp industry is based on ______________ forests.
a) conifers b) equatorial
c) grass lands d) semi arid
7) Atmospheric ________________ due to human activities is responsible for
environmental degradation.
a) pollution b) gases c) vapour d) dust
8) Use of toxic chemicals for crops’ protection disturbs the ______________
a) air b) water c) soil d) environment
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 163 *SLRR163*
9) Conservation, recycling, renewability and population control all are included
in ______________ development.
a) sustainable b) short term c) under d) unsupportable
10) Forest fire is considered as an ______________ hazard.
a) ecological b) environmental c) anthropogenic d) biotic

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is ‘Cambrian’ ?
2) What is dispersal ?
3) Name of the forest products of temperate grasslands.
4) Give the name of commercial fishing grounds of Atlantic ocean.
5) Name the countries important for livestock farming.
6) What is “legal protection” to the environment ?

3. A) Answer any two questions from the following : 6


1) Describe the types of organic resources.
2) State the types of migration.
3) Describe the life evolution in Precambrian era.
B) State the causes of dispersal. 4

4. Answer any two questions from the following : 10


1) What are the causes of water pollution ?
2) Describe the methods of conservation of bioresources.
3) State the Darwin’s theory of evolution of life.

5. Answer any two questions from the following : 10


1) What are the effects of air pollution ?
2) State the need of legal protection to forests.
3) Write in brief the environmental hazards.

_____________________
*SLRR164* SLR-R – 164
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


PSYCHOLOGY Paper – VII
COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50

Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figure to the right indicate full mark.

1. Multiple choice. 10

1) The generalized kinds of knowledge about situations and events are called
a) Pattern b) Schemas c) Template d) All

2) The encoding specificity phenomenon was proposed by


a) Tulring b) Bartlet c) Miller d) Fruid

3) ________ is memory for events from one’s own life.


a) Semantic b) Episodic
c) Autobiographical d) Flash bulb

4) ________ is the model of semantic memory.


a) Working memory b) Network model
c) Act model d) Flash model

5) ________ involves constructing on internal representation.


a) Grasping b) Understanding
c) Problem solving d) Any other

6) ________ refers to assessing and choosing among general alternatives.


a) decision making b) creativity
c) any other d) thinking
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 164 -2- *SLRR164*

7) Short cuts in problem solving are called


a) Algorithms b) Heuristic
c) Divergent thinking d) Automatic

8) ________ is the most common measure of explict memory.


a) Recall b) Recognition
c) Reconstruction d) Thinking

9) Problem with common structure are


a) Different b) Analogous c) Equal d) Add

10) General problems solver was developed by


a) Newell and Simon b) Anderson
c) Glass d) Holyok

2. Write shorts answer of the following (any four). 8

1) What is the full form of LTM ?

2) What is means by flashbulb memory ?

3) Define creativity.

4) What is mean by Meta memory ?

5) Define script ?

6) Write the four main factor which influence problem solving.

3. Write short notes (any four). 12

1) Flashbulb Memories.

2) Expertise

3) Mood

4) Eyewitness Testimony

5) External Memory Aids

6) Mnemonies Using Imagery.


*SLRR164* -3- SLR-R – 164

4. Answer any one long type questions of the following. 10

A) Explain the concept of schemas in brief.


OR

B) Explain the means Ends Heuristic and analogy approach of problem solving.

5. Long answer. 10

1) Explain the measures and influencing factors of creativity.

_________________
*SLRR165* SLR-R – 165
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – VII)
Fundamentals of Operational Amplifier

Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of log-table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10

i) The main advantage of differential amplifier is that, it rejects


a) common mode signal b) distortion
c) differential mode signal d) noise

ii) In differential amplifier Ad = 1000 and Ac = 0.1, then CMRR is


a) 100 b) 1000 c) 10000 d) 1000.1

iii) The parameter which decides the speed of op.-amp. is


a) CMRR b) PSRR c) slew rate d) UGB

iv) The input impedance of an inverting amplifier is approximately equal to


a) Ri b) zero c) infinity d) Rf

v) Current to voltage converter is also called as


a) transresistance amplifier b) log amplifier
c) transconductance amplifier d) none of these

vi) A voltage follower has a


a) high input impedance b) low output impedance
c) voltage gain of one d) all of the above
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 165 -2- *SLRR165*

vii) An op.-amp. comparator that uses positive feedback is known as a


a) zero crossing detector b) schmitt trigger
c) differentiator d) voltage follower
viii) The peak value of the input to a precision half-wave rectifier is 10V. The
approximate peak value of the output is
a) 10V b) 10.7V c) 9.3V d) 5V
ix) In phase shift oscillator op.-amp. is used in
a) differential mode b) voltage follower mode
c) non-inverting mode d) inverting mode
x) As the feedback resistor value R is increased, frequency of astable multivibrator
a) increases b) decreases
c) remains same d) none of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is a differential amplifier ?
ii) Define differential mode gain and common mode gain.
iii) Draw the block diagram of operational amplifier.
iv) What do you mean by summing amplifier ?
v) Write the applications of the comparator.
vi) Draw the circuit diagram of triangular wave generator with the help of
op.-amp.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Why the inputs of operational amplifier are called inverting and non inverting ?
ii) Explain the following parameters of op.-amp. :
a) input offset voltage
b) input bias current
c) input offset current
iii) State linear and non linear applications of op.-amp.

B) What is slew rate ? If a slew rate of an op.-amp. is 20 v/ μs , calculate the


maximum undistorted peak output voltage, we can obtain at 1MHz. 4
*SLRR165* -3- SLR-R – 165

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain the wienbridge oscillator using op.-amp. in detail.

ii) Explain the working of regenerative comparator by using op.-amp.

iii) What is op.-amp. ? Draw and explain equivalent circuit of op.-amp.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Explain op.-amp. as monostable multivibrator and obtain expression for pulse


width.

ii) Write notes on voltage to current converter for floating and grounded loads.

_______________
*SLRR166* SLR-R – 166
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – VII) (New)
Igneous Petrology

Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with suitable answer from the given options :
1) The proof for eutectic crystallization can be seen in the ___________ texture.
a) Clastic b) Graphic c) Granitic d) Flow banding
2) Granitic texture is found in ___________ rock.
a) Granite b) Gabbro c) Basalt d) Dolerite
3) Ophitic texture is developed in ___________
a) Granite b) Pumice c) Dolerite d) Dunite
4) As per Bowen's reaction series, the last mineral to form is ___________
a) Quartz b) Olivine c) Mica d) Plagioclase
5) Magmatic differentiation by the separation of liquid phases of different
compositions is known as ___________
a) Gravitational sinking b) Volatile constituent
c) Liquid immiscibility d) None of these
6) The constant proportion of two components crystallize simultaneously
at a common point, that point is called as ___________ point.
a) Eutectic b) Clastic c) Boiling d) Freezing
7) Gabbro is ___________ rock.
a) Sedimentary b) Volcanic c) Hypabyssal d) Plutonic
8) Quartzite is formed by ___________ metamorphism.
a) Thermal b) Dynamothermal
c) Cataclastic d) Clastic
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 166 *SLRR166*
9) Solidification under low pressure conditions take place to form ___________
rocks.
a) Hypabyssal b) Plutonic c) Volcanic d) Intermediate
10) Flow structure is identical in ___________
a) Rhyolite b) Basalt c) Granite d) Graphic Granite

2. Answer any five of the following :


1) Trachytic texture
2) Formation of granite
3) Graphic texture
4) Salic minerals
5) Expansion cracks
6) Poikilitic texture.

3. A) Answer any two of the following :


1) Xenolith formation
2) Eutectic
3) Granularity.
B) Reaction Rim.

4. Answer any two of the following :


1) Describe unicomponent crystallization.
2) Classify the igneous rocks on the basis of mode of occurrence.
3) Describe liquid immiscibility and gravity types of differentiations.

5. Answer any two of the following :


1) Describe the formation processes of glass and crystals; give two example
rocks of each.
2) Describe the granularity aspect of texture with proper examples.
3) Describe the Porphyritic texture with example.

_____________________
*SLRR167* SLR-R – 167
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – VII)
Immunology and Medical Microbiology

Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer. 10


i) _________ is used as clinical sample for respiratory tract infections.
a) Blood b) Stool
c) Urine d) Sputum
ii) _____________ is present in milk of mother.
a) IgG b) IgA
c) IgM d) IgE
iii) Acid fast staining is used for microscopic diagnosis of
a) Tuberculosis b) Dysentery
c) Malaria d) Anaemia
iv) ___________ are used for passive immunization.
a) Antigens b) Vaccines
c) Antisera d) Antibiotics
v) When cellular antigens reacts with antibody, shows __________ type reaction.
a) Agglutination b) Precipitation
c) Flocculation d) Immunodiffusion.

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 167 -2- *SLRR167*

vi) Haptens are incomplete


a) Antibody b) Antisera
c) Antigen d) Antibiotic

vii) Clonal selection theory of antibody production was putforth by

a) Pasteur b) Burnet c) Lister d) Jenner

viii) Widal Test is used for diagnosis of __________ fever.

a) Enteric b) Malarial c) Dengue d) Scarlet

ix) ____________ is secondary lymphoid organ.

a) Bone marrow b) Lymph node c) Bursa d) Thymus

x) ____________ produces coagulase enzyme.

a) [Link] b) Salmonella c) Shigella d) S. aureus

2. Answer any five of the following. 10

i) Define passive immunity.

ii) List the causative agents of enteric fever.

iii) Define clinical sample.

iv) List the normal flora of urinary tract.

v) What is serum ?

vi) Give the significance of complement fixation test.

3. A) Write any two of the following. 6


i) Bacterial Toxins
ii) Symptoms of Dengue fever.
iii) Role of phagocytic cells in immunity.

B) With diagram describe IgG antibody. 4


*SLRR167* -3- SLR-R – 167

4. Write any two of the following. 10

i) Describe the factors affecting antigenicity.

ii) Describe in brief second line of defense.

iii) Describe in brief staphylococcal wound infections.

5. Write any two of the following. 10

i) Give the mechanism of Ag-Ab reactions and describe agglutination test.


ii) Describe urinary tract infections.
iii) Describe biochemical methods for identification of pathogens.

_____________
*SLRR168* SLR-R – 168
Seat
No.

[Link]. II Semester – IV (New) Examination, 2015


GEOGRAPHY
Agricultural Geography – II Paper No. (VIII)

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
4) Use of Stencil is allowed.

1. Choose the correct alternative and rewrite it. 10


1) ________ is believed to be an area of origin of agriculture.
(S. E. Asia, N. America, Taiga, Steppes)
2) The seasonal migration of people with their live stock from mountain slopes
to valleys is known as _________
(trans humance, pastoralism, nomadism, ranching)
3) _________ industry produces a by-product called molasses.
(textile, sugar, furniture, chemical)
4) _________ is believed to have experience farming firstly.
(Russia, S. E. Asia, Middle East, America)
5) Plantation agriculture is mainly practiced in ________ areas.
(temperate, tropical, equatorial, polar)
6) The phenomenal growth in agricultural production has been called as ________
(green revolution, evolution, white revolution, blue revolution)
7) Regur soils are best suitable for agriculture due to their ________
(colour, PH, porocity, moisture retentivity)
8) Large number of sheep are present in __________
(Turkey, Myanmar, Pakistan, Kazakstan)

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 168 -2- *SLRR168*

9) Shifting cultivation is called as _________ in Madhya Pradesh.


(Onam, Bera, Zoom, Poda)
10) PH value of a soil is related with its ________

(fertility, salinity, texture, colour)

2. Write short answer (any five). 10


1) Name any two cashcrops of India.
2) Name any two the countries with extensive agricultural practices.
3) State any two problems of Indian agriculture.
4) What is organic fertilizer ?
5) What is green revolution ?
6) Name the countries famous for dairy farming.

3. A) Write answer (any two). 6


1) What are the effects of chemical fertilizers ?
2) Explain the importance of allied areas in agriculture.
3) Describe the role of agriculture in economy of a country.

B) Write a note on problems of Indian agriculture. 4

4. Write answer in short (any two). 10


1) State the importance of climate in agriculture.
2) Discuss the importance of irrigation techniques in agriculture.
3) State the salient features of mixed farming.

5. Write brief answer (any two) 10


1) Describe the significance of study of agriculture geography.
2) What are the types of agriculture explain any one of them.
3) Write in brief the sheep and goat rearing.

________________
*SLRR169* SLR-R – 169
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


PSYCHOLOGY
Positive Psychology (Paper – VIII)
Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10


1) ______________ is a factors of psychological well being.
A) Personal growth B) Happiness
C) Self D) Satisfaction
2) Happiness is a factors of ______________ well being.
A) Emotional B) Physical C) Mental D) Educational
3) There are two tradition of ______________
A) Happiness B) Self C) Autonomy D) Life
4) ___________ assessed by the levels of satisfaction in different life domains.
A) Life satisfaction B) Well being
C) Happiness D) Self
5) ______________ and her colleagues have developed a model of psychological
well being.
A) Ruff B) Ryan C) Waterman D) Seligman
6) Waterman describes ______________ psychological views of happiness.
A) 2 B) 6 C) 8 D) 10
7) There are ______________ components of subjective well being.
A) 3 B) 6 C) 9 D) 12
8) _____________ description of the two pillars of positive psychology.
A) Seligman’s B) Skinner’s C) Maslow’s D) Adler’s
9) Self determination theory depend on _________ basic psychological needs.
A) three B) two C) four D) six
10) ______________ is a factors of social well being.
A) Social acceptance B) Happiness
C) Self D) All
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 169 *SLRR169*
2. Answer the following (any four) : 8
1) What is the meaning of meaningful life ?
2) What is the meaning of pleasant life ?
3) Define positive psychology.
4) Define happiness.
5) How many types of well being ?
6) State the three components of SWB.

3. Write short notes (any four) : 12


1) Factors of social well being.
2) Health psychology.
3) Life satisfaction.
4) Factors of psychological well being.
5) Positive and negative affect.

4. A) Explain two tradition of happiness. 10


OR
B) Explain psychological resources.

5. Describe psychology of well being. 10

_____________________
*SLRR17* SLR-R – 17
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – II)
Inorganic Chemistry

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables and scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) In an atom each electron is characterised by _____________ quantum
numbers.
a) zero b) three c) four d) two
2) The general electronic configuration of IV A group elements is ____________
a) ns2 b) ns2 np2 c) ns2 np1 d) ns2 np3
3) The ionization potential of different orbitals is in the order of _____________
a) f > d > p > s b) f < d < p < s
c) s > p > f > d d) s > d > p > f
4) In NH3 molecule, expected bond angle is ____________
a) 109° 28′ b) 107° 35′ c) 109° d) 104° 27′
5) For directional characteristics of covalent bond, Heitler-London Theory was
extended by ____________
a) Pauling b) Slater
c) Pauling and Slater d) Bethe
6) Px – Px overlap gives ____________ bonding MO.
a) σ Px b) σ * Px c) π Px d) π * Px
7) Which of the following molecules have bond order three ?
a) C2 and O2 b) N2 and CO c) N2 and O2 d) CO and NO
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 17 *SLRR17*

8) _______________ bond is non-directional.


a) Ionic b) Covalent c) Co-ordinate d) Dative
9) The crystal structure of NaCl is ______________
a) BCC b) FCC c) Trigonal d) Hexagonal
10) K2S is isomorphic with ______________
a) CaO b) Na2S c) CaCl2 d) MgCl2

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define the terms atomic and ionic radius.
2) State and explain Aufbau principle.
3) What is hybridization ? Give its different types.
4) Draw MO diagram for H2 molecule.
5) Define the terms unit cell and lattice energy.
6) NaCl2 is called as an imaginary molecule. Why ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Discuss the M.P. and B.P. of s and p block elements.
2) Distinguish between atomic orbitals and molecular orbitals.
3) On the basis of VBT, explain the formation of BeCl2 molecule.
B) Discuss the importance of Born-Haber cycle. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) How the reactivity of s and p block elements depends upon the periodic
properties ?
2) Explain the formation of SF6 molecule on the basis of VBT.
3) With the help of MO diagram explain the formation of O2 molecule.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Discuss deviation in geometry of CIF3 molecule.
2) With the help of MO diagram, comment upon bond order, stability and magnetic
character of NO molecule.
3) Discuss the characteristics of ionic solids.

_____________________
*SLRR170* SLR-R – 170
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – VIII)
Digital Techniques and Microprocessor

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following : 10

i) If “P” is the number of address lines required to access “m” number of memory
locations, then the relationship between p and m is
a) p = m b) 2 × p = m
c) 2p = m d) 2m = p
ii) The memory chip IC 2764 is a
a) SRAM b) EEPROM
c) DRAM d) UVEPROM
iii) Comparator, D to A converter and programmer are the important blocks of
________ method.
a) Binary weighted
b) R-2R ladder
c) Successive approximation
d) Dual slope

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 170 -2- *SLRR170*

iv) If analog input voltage range of an 8-bit A to D converter is 0 to +5V, its step
size will be approximately
a) 19.5 mV b) 4.8 mV
c) 39.0 mV d) 1.2 mV
v) Which one of these ICs is used for address decoding ?
a) 74244 b) 74245
c) 74373 d) 74138
vi) IC 74244 is used as a unidirectional buffer for
a) Address bus b) Data bus
c) Control bus d) Both a) and b)
vii) In memory-mapped-I/o technique for p 8085, the memory has __________


address and I/O device has __________ address.


a) 16-bit and 8-bit b) 8-bit and 16-bit
c) 8-bit and 8-bit d) 16-bit and 16-bit
viii) In the pin-out of 

p 8085, the number of pins used for address bus are


a) 8 b) 16 c) 20 d) 24
ix) If data 05 H is logically AND with another data 57 H, the result would be
a) 05 H b) 57 H c) 50 H d) 75 H
x) Which one of these is a register addressing data transfer instruction ?
a) MVI C, 06 H b) MOV A, D
c) IN 50 H d) LDAX B

2. Answer any five (two marks each) : 10


i) Give the basic difference between static memory and dynamic memory.
ii) Explain in brief, any two specifications for D to A converter.
iii) What is the role of ALE signal ?
iv) Explain the basic difference between PAL and PLA.
v) Enlist the flags available in 

p 8085.
vi) Discuss any one conditional jump instruction.
*SLRR170* -3- SLR-R – 170

3. A) Answer any two from the following (three marks each) : 6


i) Draw the diagram of memory cell and explain in brief.
ii) Explain the concept of CPLD.
iii) Draw the pin diagram of ADC 0804.
B) Explain how data bus and address bus is demultiplexed in 

p 8085. 4

4. Answer any two of the following (five marks each) : 10


i) Discuss the architecture of RAM memory IC 6264.
ii) Draw the logic diagram of IC 74245 and explain.
iii) Explain the salient features of 

p 8085.

5. Answer any one : 10


i) Explain the functional block diagram of 
p 8085.
ii) Discuss different addressing modes available in p 8085 with suitable


instructions.
Write a program to add two data values 05 H and 07 H stored in memory
locations 2050 H and 2060 H. Save the result at 2080 H.

_______________
*SLRR171* SLR-R – 171
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – VIII) (New)
Sedimentary and Metamorphic Petrology

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) Metamorphic effects are greatest adjacent to ___________ rocks.
a) Sedimentary b) Metamorphic c) Extrusive d) Intrusive
2) Partial replacement of garnet by irregular rims of chlorite indicates
___________
a) Migmatisation b) Retrograde metamorphism
c) Anataxis d) Granitisation
3) Darker bands in Migmatites are of ___________ origin.
a) Metamorphic b) Igneous c) Marine d) Sedimentary
4) The most heterogenic rock is ___________
a) Conglomerarte b) Breccia
c) Grit d) Arkose
5) Volcanic breccis is known as ___________
a) Agglomerate b) Lava Breccia
c) Crush Breccia d) Fault Breccia
6) Black shales indicate ___________ environment of deposition.
a) Oxygen rich b) Reducing c) Glacial d) Desert
7) Sand size of clastic sediments is between ___________ mm.
a) 0.1 - 2 b) 0.1 - 3 c) 0.002 - 0.2 d) 0.002 - 0.02

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 171 *SLRR171*
8) Most common clay mineral in shale is ___________
a) Illite b) Chlorite c) Kaolinite d) Quartz
9) ___________ are well developed minerals in metamorphic rocks that are
larger than average grain size.
a) Granoblast b) Poikiloblast c) Porphyroblast d) Xenoblast)
10) Alternate dark and light mineral bands are present in ___________
a) Mica schist b) Granite gneiss
c) Greenshist d) Amphibolite

2. Explain any five of the following : 10


1) Bauxite
2) Shape of sediments
3) Migmatites
4) Marble
5) Dolomite
6) Amphibolite.

3. A) Describe any two of the following : 10


1) Retrograde metamorphism
2) Eclogite facies
3) Breccia and its origin.
B) Explain mineral composition and texture-structure of Shale.

4. Explain any two of the following : 10


1) Fabrics of metamorphic rocks
2) Polymetamorphism
3) Pneumatolysis.

5. Describe any two of the following : 10


1) Arenaceous deposits.
2) Marine environments of deposition.
3) What are minerals in sedimentary rocks ?

_____________________
*SLRR172* SLR-R – 172
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) (New) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – VIII)
Applied Microbiology – II

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat, labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer. 10


1) A type of beverage produced as a result of microbial fermentation is _________
a) beer b) butanol c) acetic acid d) acetone
2) ______________ is an example of secondary metabolite.
a) amino acid b) alcohol c) antibiotic d) CO2 gas
3) The vessel used for commercial fermentation product is known as __________
a) reactor b) furnace c) rotor d) fermentor
4) The size and number of impeller blades depend upon ___________ of
fermentor.
a) cost b) material c) purpose d) size
5) ____________ are used to control foam formation.
a) antifoam agents b) sparger c) baffles d) coils
6) The crowded plate technique is suitable for screening of ____________
producers.
a) acid b) growth factors c) antibiotic d) vitamin
7) _____________ assay procedure determines the effect of test compound on
metabolic reactions
a) diffusion b) turbidimetric
c) enzymatic d) metabolic response
8) The small scale fermentor is useful for _____________ purpose.
a) optimization b) recovery c) production d) research

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 172 *SLRR172*

9) The value that is occurring most frequently in the data is called ___________
a) mean b) mode c) median d) range
10) The most suitable pH for formation of penicillin is _____________
a) 6.5 b) 7.5 c) 7.0 d) 5.0

2. Answer in short (any five) : 10


a) Define fermentation.
b) What is surface culture method ?
c) Describe single stage fermentation process.
d) Define probiotics.
e) Write on size of fermentor vessels.
f) Write on fermentation conditions of penicillin production.
g) What is mean ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write on scope of industrial microbiology.
ii) Give an account of multiple fermentation.
iii) Write on SCP production.
B) Write on applications of biostatistics. 4

4. Write on any two of the following : 10


i) Give an account of basic concepts of fermentation process.
ii) Give an account of primary screening.
iii) Describe alcohol fermentation.

5. Write on any two of the following : 10


i) Give an account of continuous fermentation.
ii) Describe methods of preservation of industrially important organisms.
iii) Describe assay procedures.

_____________________
*SLRR173* SLR-R – 173
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) (Old) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – VII)
Physical Chemistry
Day and Date : Thursday, 7-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat diagram and give equation wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables and scientific calculator is allowed.
(At. wts. : H = 1, C = 12, O = 16, N = 14, Na = 23, Cl = 35.5)

1. Choose the most correct alternative and rewrite the sentence : 10


1) The specific conductance of solution on dilution
a) Increases b) Decreases
c) Remains constant d) First increases then decreases
2) pH of 10–4 M solution of NaOH would be
a) 8 b) 10 c) 2 d) 4
3) In aqueous solution, strong electrolytes ionize
a) Almost completely b) About 50%
c) Incompletely d) About 20%
4) 
S° represents the value of
a) Standard entropy change b) Standard enthalpy change
c) Standard free energy change d) None of these
5) (111) plane of cubic crystal is known as
a) Diagonal plane b) Cubic plane
c) Cubic diagonal plane d) None of these
6) NaCl crystal exhibits _________ elements of symmetry.
a) 32 b) 23 c) 53 d) 16
7) If the crystal presents same appearance when it is rotated through 120° then
the axis is called
a) Two fold axis b) Three fold axis
c) Four fold axis d) One fold axis
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 173 *SLRR173*
8) The value of refractive index depends on
a) Volume b) Pressure c) Temperature d) All of these
9) Para-dichlorobenzene has __________ dipole moment.
a) Zero b) Two c) Four d) None of these
10) The unit of dipole moment is
a) Calories b) Joules c) Faradays d) Debye

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is absolute ionic mobility of an ion ? Give the relation between it and
ionic conductivity.
ii) What are strong and weak electrolytes ?
iii) What is transport number of an ion ? Give the equation which shows its
relation with speed of an ion.
iv) State whether S is positive or negative in the following processes.


a) * H

2 ( g )
 * H

2 ( l )
b) M g C O

!  I 
 M g O

 I 
 C O

 ' 

v) What are the advantages of Abbe’s refractometer ?


vi) What is crystallography ? Name the laws of crystallography.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) State Kohlrauch law. How it is applicable to determine the degree of
dissociation ?
ii) A crystal plane intercepts the three crystallographic axes at the multiples

of unit distances , 2 and 1. What will be the Miller indices of the plane ?
!

iii) What are polar and non-polar molecules ? Write suitable examples.
B) Define conductance. The values for NH4Cl, NaOH and NaCl at 298 K are
 

149.74, 248 and 126.85 ohm–1. cm 2 equi–1 respectively, calculate the of  

NH4OH. 4
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) Define buffer solution. What are the properties of the buffer solution ?
ii) Define entropy. Calculate the entropy change involved in thermodynamic
expansion of 2 moles of a gas from a volume of 4 dm3 to a volume of 40 dm3
at 300 K. (R = 8.314 JK–1 mol–1 ).
iii) Write a note on electrical polarization of molecules.
5. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) What are electronic and electrolytic conductors ? Explain the mechanism of
conduction of electric current through electrolytic conductor.
ii) Derive an expression for entropy change of an ideal gas associated with
change in volume at constant temperature.
iii) Give a full account on structure of sodium chloride.
–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR174* SLR-R – 174
Seat
No.
[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015
COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – VII) (Old)
Data Structures
Day and Date : Thursday, 7-5-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10

1) Terminal node in tree has only one child.


a) True b) False

2) Queue is primitive data type.


a) True b) False

3) _______ is the postfix expression of infix expression x * (y – z)


a) xyz*– b) xy* z– c) xyz –* d) xy – z*

4) Inserting new node in between two nodes of doubly linked list requires
________ pointer to exchange.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four

5) Merge sort uses ________ strategy.


a) Divide and conquer b) Back tracking
c) Greedy d) Heuristic

6) ______ search begins from the first array element.


a) Parallel b) Random c) Sequential d) Binary

7) Attempting to push element in full stack gives ______ condition.


a) Overflow b) Underflow c) Empty d) None of these

8) In case of ascending priority queue _______ element is processed firstly.


a) Largest b) Smallest c) Medium d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 174 *SLRR174*

9) An auxiliary storage is required for _______ search technique.


a) Indexed sequential b) Linear
c) Binary d) None of these

10) In case of singly circular linked list, NULL pointer is replaced by address of
______ node.
a) Last b) Middle c) First d) None of these
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
1) What is stack ? List out various applications of stack.
2) Differentiate between linear data structure and non-linear data structure.
3) Define ascending and descending priority queue.
4) Define strictly binary tree.
5) Define count operation of singly linear linked list to count total nodes.
6) Define sorting and searching.
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
1) Write an algorithm for inorder traversal method.
2) Define push and POP operations of stack.
3) What is array ? Explain any two types of array.
B) Explain AVL tree. 4
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
1) Explain the algorithm to insert new node in binary search tree.
2) Write a program to implement simple exchange sort technique.
3) What is circular linked list ? Explain following operations of singly circular
linked list.
a) Insert begin b) Search
5. Answer any two of the following : 10
1) Explain threaded binary tree with its type.
2) What is ADT ? Explain ADT for queue.
3) Write a program to implement linear search method for sorted data.

_______________
*SLRR175* SLR-R – 175
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Analytical and Industrial Inorganic Chemistry

Day and Date : Friday, 8-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat diagram and give equations wherever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences. 10
I) Aluminon is used to precipitate
a) Ni b) Cu c) Fe d) Al
II) ______________ is nothing but process of digestion.
a) Ageing b) Nucleation c) Coagulation d) Ignition
III) ______________ process removes all ions from water.
a) soda ash b) ion exchange c) zeolite d) limesoda
IV) Eriochrome black - T is _______________ indicator.
a) Acid-base b) Metallochromic
c) Neutralisation d) None of these
V) Sedimentation is a ______________ process.
a) Biological b) Setling
c) Coagulation d) Chemical
VI) _______________ increase the efficiency of catalyst.
a) Reactant b) Product
c) Temperature d) Promotes
VII) The process of healing steel to bright redness and then cooling suddenly is
known as
a) Annealing b) Case-hardening
c) Tempering d) Hardening

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 175 *SLRR175*

VIII) Due to increase in temperature _______________ pollution resulted.


a) inorganic b) physical c) chemical d) thermal
IX) Contact process was developed by
a) Philips b) Haber c) Ostwald d) Solvay
X) The water that gives good leather on treatment with soap is called
a) Soft water b) Hard water
c) Permanent hard water d) Temporary hard water

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


I) Define the term indicator.
II) Explain classification of catalysis.
III) Name two methods of purification of water.
IV) Explain the term crystal growth.
V) Write two advantages of organic precipitant.
VI) Give merits of L.D. process.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


I) Name the different types of steel.
II) Write note on Quinoide theory of indicator.
III) Explain the characteristics of catalytic reaction.
B) Draw and explain manufacture of sulphuric acid by contact process. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) What is steel and explain manufacture of steel by Bessemer process ?
II) Explain the types of EDTA titration.
III) Explain the role of organic precipitant 8-hydroxy quinoline in gravimetric
analysis.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) Define water pollution and explain the types of water pollution.
II) Explain intermediate compound theory of catalysis.
III) Explain neutralisation curve for titration betn strong acid Vs strong base.

___________________
*SLRR176* SLR-R – 176
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE
System Analysis and Design (Paper – VIII) (Old)

Day and Date : Friday, 8-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicates full marks.


2) All questions are compulsory.

1. Choose the correct alternatives : 10


1) _____________ feasibility considers the cost/benefit analysis of the system.
a) Technical b) Operational c) Economical d) None of these
2) __________ symbols is used data flow.

a) 

b) c) d)


3) DFD stands for


a) Data Fare Diagram b) Data Fact Diagram
c) Data Flow Diagram d) None of these
4) A decision table contains
a) condition b) action c) action entry d) none of these
5) Open system does not interacts with environment.
a) True b) False
6) A graphical representation is called
a) program b) flowchart c) algorithm d) all of above
7) Case tools support different activities in software process classified in two
ways
a) Activity and function oriented b) Planning and quality assurance
c) Project control and planning d) All of the above
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 176 *SLRR176*
8) _______ testing focuses on functional requirement of the software.
a) Black box b) Gray box c) White box d) Boundary
9) ___________ is a data structure in which all non key data elements are fully
functionally dependent on primary keys.
a) 1NF b) 2NF c) 3NF d) 4NF
10) I level DFD contains single process.
a) True b) False

2. Solve any five of the following : 10


1) Define system and subsystem.
2) Define normalization.
3) Draw a symbols of DFD.
4) Define decision tree and decision table.
5) Define ERD.
6) What is meant by Software ?

3. a) Solve any two of the following : 6


1) What are the symbols used to write the system flowchart ?
2) State the role of system analyst.
3) What is system analysis and why ?
b) Draw CLD and first level DFD for college admission. 4

4. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Prepare the questionnaire for library system.
2) Draw decision tree to find maximum among three nos.
3) Explain the term 'need of normalization'.

5. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Explain system maintenance, system analysis in SDLC.
2) Write a note on 'black box testing'.
3) Write a note on 'fact finding technique'.

______________
*SLRR177* SLR-R – 177
Seat
No.

[Link] – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – VII) (Old)
Electronics

Day and Date : Saturday, 9-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


i) The vertical deflection plates in C.R.T. are mounted in the _______ plane.
a) Vertical b) Horizontal c) at 90° d) at 45°
ii) The part of C.R.T. used to produce a focused beam is
a) Electron gun b) Deflecting system
c) Fluorescent screen d) Phosphor
iii) When negative feedback is used in amplifier its gain
a) Increase b) Decreases c) Remains same d) Becomes zero
iv) The condition for obtaining sustained oscillations in the feedback amplifier is
given by the relation
a) A = 1
 b) A < 1
 c) A > 1
 d) A = 0


v) In the Colpitt’s oscillator the feedback is obtained by


a) Tapping the inductor b) Tapping the condenser
c) RC network d) Tapping the crystal
vi) NAND gate is called as the universal gate because we can construct from it
a) OR gate only b) AND gate only
c) NOT gate only d) All remaining gates
vii) UJT can be used as
a) Amplifier b) Oscillator c) Rectifier d) Condenser

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 177 *SLRR177*
viii) In the pinch off region of FET
a) Current is maximum b) Voltage is maximum
c) Current is zero d) Voltage is zero
ix) The D.C. load line on output characteristics of a transistor gives information
of output circuit of amplifier is
a) Zero signal condition b) Maximum signal condition
c) Instantaneous signal condition d) Minimum signal condition
x) In the tank circuit of an oscillator, the energy is stored in the form of ______
energy.
a) Electromagnetic b) Only electric
c) Only magnetic d) Only nuclear
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) What do you mean by Barkhausen criterion ?
ii) Explain the working of electronic gun in CRT.
iii) Give an account of the effect of feedback on frequency response curve of an
amplifier.
iv) Explain the construction of OR gate using NAND gate.
v) What is the function of tank circuit in an oscillator circuit ?
vi) Explain the construction of FET.
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
i) Explain the working of half adder circuit with truth table.
ii) What are the types of waves which can be obtained in oscillators ?
iii) Give an account of construction of UJT.
B) A phase shift oscillator consists of resistances 5 k and capacitor of 0.1

 .

in the feedback circuit. Find the frequency of oscillations. 4


4. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) Explain the construction and working of CRT.
ii) Give an account of working of single stage amplifier working in CE mode.
iii) State and prove Dc Morgan’s theorems.
5. Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Give an account of input, output and transfer characteristics in CE mode of
transistor. Derive the relations between and .



ii) Explain the construction and working of Colpitt’s oscillator with neat circuit
diagram.
___________
*SLR-R–178* SLR-R – 178
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Old)
Nutrition and Metabolism (Paper – III)
Day and Date : Saturday, 9-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Write biochemical reactions wherever necessary.

1. Write following reactions by selecting most correct answer from given options : (10×1=10)
i) _______ is a trace element in diet.
a) Sodium b) Phosphorus c) Calcium d) Cobalt
ii) A healthy adult male has BMR of about _______ C per hr per m2 of body
surface area.
a) 20 b) 30 c) 40 d) 50
iii) The inhibitor _______ does not block electron transport from cytochrome aa3
to molecular oxygen.
a) Hydrogen cyanide b) Hydrogen sulphide
c) Piericidine d) Carbon monoxide
iv) Oxidation of one pyruvic acid molecule via TCA cycle produces ______ ATP
equivalent of energy.
a) 2 b) 15 c) 36 d) 4
v) Glycogen phosphorylase enzyme is involved in
a) Glycolysis b) Glycogenesis c) Krebs' cycle d) Glycogenolysis
vi) pH of the blood is precisely regulated at value of
a) 4.5 b) 6.0 c) 7.4 d) 8.2
vii) Urea is the end product of _______ metabolism.
a) Carbohydrate b) Proteins c) Lipids d) Fatty acids
viii) ________ hormone increases reabsorption of Na+ ions by renal tubules.
a) Aldosterone b) Antidiuretic hormone
c) Thyroxine d) Insulin
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 178 *SLR-R–178*

ix) The Basal Metabolic Rate (BMR) at R.Q. state is _______ calories per hour
per meter square of body surface area.
a) 0.70 b) 0.82 c) 1.0 d) 2.0
x) _______ does not exchange hydrogen during electron transport.
a) FAD b) NAD+ c) CoQ10 d) Cytochromes

2. Answer any five from below : (5×2=10)


1) Why are milk proteins called quality proteins ?
2) Which fatty acids are essential in diet ? Why ?
3) Write down a reaction for activation of palmitic acid for its -oxidation.


4) What is the source of NADPH required for fatty acid biosynthesis ?


5) Which products accumulate in the blood of patients suffering from PKU ?
6) Name the four amino acids involved in urea cycle.

3. A) Answer any two from below : (2×3=6)


1) Write and explain decarboxylation reactions of amino acid metabolism.
2) How is the excretion and reabsorption of sodium by kidney tubule regulated
by hormones ?
3) How are the acids produced by body ?
B) Write and explain two reactions of glycolysis those require ATP. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


1) Discuss the reactions of tricarboxylic acid cycle in details.
2) What is the role of dietary carbohydrate in body ?
3) Explain the general functions performed by ionic substances in the body.

5. Answer any two : (2×5=10)


1) Write and explain the reactions of glycogenesis. What is the purpose of
glycogenesis ?
2) How is the basal metabolic rate determined ? Discuss about the factors affecting
BMR.
3) Write down respiratory chain and explain the chemoosmotic hypothesis for
oxidative phosphorylation.
_________________
*SLRR18* SLR-R – 18
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – II)
Programming Using C – I
Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Each question carry equal marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) Which of the following is a valid variable in C ?
a) ? ctr b) – var ? c) First, name d) abc
2) The maximum value that an integer constant can have is _____________
a) – 32767 b) 32767 c) 1.7014 d) 1.00
3) Which of the following is not a control structure statement ?
a) If else b) While for c) Switch d) Do while
4) In C language string is _______________
a) One dimensional array b) Two dimensional array
c) Multidimensional array d) None of these
5) _____________ keyword used to jump one statement to another statement.
a) Goto b) Break c) Continue d) All of above
6) By default, element of static array initialized to _______________
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
7) Execution of each C program ends from _______________ function.
a) clrscr b) main c) stdio d) getch
8) _______________ is pictorial representation of algorithm.
a) Algorithm b) Flowchart
c) Program d) None of these P.T.O.
SLR-R – 18 *SLRR18*

9) Which of the following is an iterative statement ?


a) While b) Switch
c) Goto d) Continue
10) ‘C’ language is developed by _______________
a) Ken Thomson b) Pascal
c) Dennis Ritche d) None of these

2. Solve any five of the following : 10


1) State data types in ‘C’.
2) Write the syntax of do while statement.
3) Define Array.
4) Define variable and constant.
5) What are the logical operators in ‘C’ ?
6) What is the purpose of printf ( ) function ?

3. A) Solve any two of the following : 6


1) Explain two dimensional array.
2) What are the different string functions used in ‘C’ language ?
3) Explain the term “Formatted input Function”.

B) Write a program in ‘C’ to calculate the face value of given number. 4

4. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Give the brief history of ‘C’.
2) Write a program in C to test given number is polindrome or not.
3) Explain nested [Link] statement with example.

5. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Explain switch case statement with example.
2) Write a program in C to calculate maximum number among 10 numbers.
3) Explain algorithm and flowchart and draw flowchart for simple interest.

––––––––––––––––––––
*SLRR180* SLR-R – 180
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Modern Physics

Day and Date : Monday, 11-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iv) Use of log tables and calculators is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


i) The inertial frame of reference is __________ frame of reference.
a) an accelerated b) a rotating
c) unaccelerated d) oscillating
ii) According to Lorentz transformation equations, the length of the rod _________
in the direction of motion.
a) remain constant b) decreases
c) increases d) none of above
iii) The concept of matter waves was proposed by
a) Plank b) Rutherford c) Bohr d) De-Broglie
iv) Bragg's condition for X-ray diffraction is
a) 2dsin = n

 b) dsin = n

 c) nsin =
 d) 2dsin =


v) In Compton scattering, wavelength of scattered radiation


a) increases b) decreases
c) remain constant d) becomes half
vi) The most common type of coupling is
a) JJ b) S-S c) L-J d) LS
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 180 *SLRR180*
vii) Stern and Garlach experiment confirms
a) orbital momentum b) space quantisation
c) linear momentum d) spin momentum
viii) The -particle is identical to


a) proton b) neutron c) electron d) hydrogen


ix) The mean life time of radioactive substance is the reciprocal of its
a) Average life b) Decay constant
c) Half life d) None of above
x) X-rays are discovered by
a) Rutherford b) Bohr c) Roentgen d) De-Broglie

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Explain the concept of time dilation.
ii) Show the graphical representation of the group wave and phase wave.
iii) What is Compton effect ?
iv) Explain spin quantum number.
v) What is Pauli's exclusion principle ?
vi) Define half life and average life of radioactive substance.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Define particle velocity, phase velocity and group velocity.
ii) Write note on secular equilibrium.
iii) Explain L-S coupling.
B) What is Mosley diagram ? Explain Mosley law. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe Stern and Gerlach experiment.
ii) Derive Bragg's law of X-ray diffraction.
iii) Derive an expression for wavelength of matter waves.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe the Michelson-Morley experiment. How is the negative result
interpreted ?
ii) Describe an experiment to verify Compton effect.
______________
*SLRR181* SLR-R – 181
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Old)
Paper – IV : Molecular Biochemistry and Diseases

Day and Date : Monday, 11-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Write following sentences by selecting most correct answer from given options.
(10×1=10)
i) The universal base sequence in all tRNAs at their end is
!


a) – AAA – OH b) – CCC – OH
c) – C – C – A – OH d) – G – G – A – OH
ii) Many mRNA have poly _______ tail at their end.
!


a) G b) C c) U d) A
iii) __________ is not a termination codon in protein synthesis.
a) AUG b) UAG c) UGA d) UAA
iv) Total genetic information present in a cell is called
a) cistron b) operon c) gene d) genome
v) _________ genes are subjected to regulation by different mechanisms.
a) Constitutive b) Dormant
c) Inducible d) Mutated
vi) The first restriction map is obtained from _________ using Hin dII enzyme.
a) Simian virus 40 b) [Link]
c) -phage DNA

d) Plasmid DNA
vii) Azidothymidine (AZT) drug used for AIDS is a _________ drug.
a) protein inhibitor b) nucleoside analogue
c) membrane transport inhibitor d) c-AMP suppressor
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 181 *SLRR181*

viii) _________ synthesises and secretes insulin hormone.


a) Liver b) Kidney
c) Small intestine d) Pancreas
ix) People working in asbestos mines are at risk to develop cancer of
a) Skin b) Liver c) Bones d) Lungs
x) Immunity injected into the immune deficient person is _______ immunity.
a) Natural active b) Artificial active
c) Natural passive d) Artificial passive

2. Answer any five : (5×2=10)


1) Differentiate between DNA and RNA (any four).
2) What is the role of interferon in innate immunity ?
3) What is body’s response to HIV infection during early acute phase ?
4) What is function of cyclic AMP bound catabolite gene activator protein
(c-AMP-CAP) in the transcription of lac operon ?
5) What are the causes of occurance of non-insulin dependent diabetes ?
6) Write down the structural formula of a nucleotide.

3. A) Answer any two : (2×3=6)


1) What is natural active immunity ?
2) Discuss initiation of replication.
3) State any three applications of genetic engineering.
B) Draw a labelled diagram of pBR 322 plasmid, showing its different sites. 4

4. Attempt any two : (2×5=10)


1) Explain in brief the mechanism of transcription.
2) Discuss-primary and secondary immune response.
3) Write down the cause of cancer.

5. Answer any two : (2×5=10)


1) Describe the structure of HIV.
2) Explain the gene cloning technique for insulin production.
3) Write down the general features of genetic code.

––––––––––––––
*SLRR183* SLR-R – 183
Seat
No.
[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015
STATISTICS (Paper – VII) (Old)
Continuous Probability Distributions – II
Day and Date : Tuesday, 12-5-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10

1) If X and Y are independent gamma variates, then X/Y has


a) 


( n


, n )
b)  ( n


, n )

c) F(n1, n2) d) None of these

2) The mode of Beta (3, 4) of first kind is

a) b)
!

# %

c) d) None of these
"

3) If variate, then follows




X ~  ( m , n )

a) 


( m , n )
b) G (m, n)
c)  ( n , m )
d) None of these

4) Points of inflexion of normal probability curve are


a)   

and   

b)   
and   

c)   ! 
and   ! 
d) None of these

5) Let X ~ N (  ,  )
, then the central moments of odd order are
a) One b) Zero
c) Infinite d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 183 -2- *SLRR183*

6) Moment generating function of the Chi-square distribution with n d. f. is


a) (1 – 2it)n/2 b) (1 – 2t)n/2
c) (1 – 2t)–n/2 d) None of these

7) Mean of Chi-square distribution with n d.f. is


a) n b) 2n
c) n

2
d) None of these

8) The degrees of freedom for student’s t-distribution based on a random sample


of size n is
a) n b) (n – 1)
c) (n – 2) d) None of these

9) F – distribution was invented by


a) R. A. Fisher b) G. W. Snedecor
c) W. S. Gosset d) None of these

10) If t ~ tn, then the variate t2 follows


a) F (n, 1) b) F (1, n)
c) F (n, n) d) None of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

i) State the additive property of gamma distribution.

ii) Show that all odd order central moments of N (  ,  )


distribution are zero.

iii) Suppose X and Y are independent gamma variates with parameters (4, 2),
(4, 4) respectively. Identify the distribution of Z = X + Y. Find E(Z).

iv) If X ~ N (  ,  )
variate, find the distribution of aX + b, where a and b are
constants.

 N  # 

v) If X is a r.v. with pdf


 

&

;    x  

B  N   A

vi) State the relation between t and F – distributions.


*SLRR183* -3- SLR-R – 183

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


i) State and prove additive property of chi-square distribution.

ii) Obtain the harmonic mean of 


( m , n )
distribution.

iii) Find the m.g.f. of G (  ,  )


distribution.

B) Show that, even order central moments of N (  ,  )


are given by

H
= 1.3.5 ... (2r – 1) 
H

4
4. Attempt any two of the following : 10
i) Find mean and variance of beta distribution of first kind with parameters (m, n).
ii) If X and Y are independent Chi-square variates with m and n d.f. respectively.

Obtain the distribution of .


X

U  X  Y , V 

X  Y

iii) If F ~ F (n1, n2) variate, then show that the distribution of n, F tends to
Chi-square distribution with n, d.f, as . n  

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) Define p.d.f. of gamma distribution with parameters (  ,  )
and find its mean
and variance.
ii) Find the variance of t-distribution with n d.f.

iii) Obtain mode of 


- distribution with n d.f.

_______________
*SLRR186* SLR-R – 186
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Sem. – IV) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – VII) (Old)
Animal Diversity – IV
Day and Date : Tuesday, 12-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences using correct alternatives : 10


1) Presence of hairy coat is character of
a) Birds b) Amphibians c) Mammals d) Reptiles
2) In dog ________ teeth are large, strong and pointed for tearing the flesh.
a) Incisors b) Canines c) Premolars d) Mollars
3) Pulmonary vein carry ________ blood.
a) Oxygenated b) Deoxygenated
c) Mixed d) Clotted
4) The Mesozoic era is called as the
a) Golden era of reptiles b) Golden era of birds
c) Golden era of mammals d) Golden era of fishes
5) Gastric digestion takes place in
a) Stomach b) Rectum c) Oesophagus d) Large intestine
6) Bile is _______ in nature.
a) Acidic b) Alkaline c) Neutral d) Strongly acidic
7) ________ cells are phagocytic in function.
a) Leucocytes b) Thrombocytes
c) Erythrocytes d) Platelet

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 186 *SLRR186*
8) In poisonous snakes teeth are termed as
a) Tusk b) Molars
c) Fangs d) Milk teeth
9) Seed eating beak is found in
a) Parrot b) Sparrow
c) Duck d) Vulture
10) Heart of rat is ________ chambered.
a) One b) Two
c) Three d) Four

2. Write short notes on (any five) : 10


1) Salient features of birds.
2) Raptorial type of legs.
3) Functions of liver of rat.
4) Snake venom.
5) Dentition in human.
6) Gastric digestion.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) Functions of brain of rat.
2) Give the features of marsupials.
3) Mesozoic reptiles.
B) Poison apparatus of snake. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the process of ultrafiltration in rat.
2) Give the characters of archaeopteryx.
3) Describe the structure of eye of rat.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe arterial system of rat.
2) Describe in detail migration of birds.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR187* SLR-R – 187
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Applied Statistics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative. 10


i) The number of possible samples of size 'n' out of 'N' population units without
replacement is
a) N

n
b) Nn c) n2 d) n!

ii) Probability of drawing a unit at each section remains same in


a) srswor b) srswr
c) both (a) and (b) d) none of (a) and (b)
iii) A selection procedure of a sample having no involvement of probability is
known as
a) purposive sampling b) judgement sampling
c) subjective sampling d) all the above
iv) Chance variation in respect of quality control of a product is
a) tolerable
b) not effecting the quality of a product
c) uncontrolable
d) all the above
v) The faults due to assignable causes
a) can be removed b) cannot be removed
c) can sometimes be removed d) all the above

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 187 -2- *SLRR187*
vi) Vital statistics mainly concerned with
a) births b) deaths c) marriages d) all the above
vii) A hypothesis may be classified as
a) simple b) composite c) null d) all of these
viii) The degrees of freedom for the paired 't' test statistic based on 'n' pairs of
observations is
a) 2n – 1 b) n – 1 c) 2(n – 1) d) none of these
ix) Student's t test is applicable for __________ samples.
a) small b) large c) any size d) none of these
x) To test for independence of attributes which of the following tests is used

a) Normal b) t c) 

d) F

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Distinguish between a statistic and a parameter.
ii) Define level of significance and critical region.
iii) Explain with illustration 'sample'.
iv) Explain the term fraction defective.
v) What is product control ?
vi) Explain what is a composite hypothesis. Give an example.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain fully one and two tailed tests.
ii) Explain between Total Fertility Rate (TFR) and Gross Reproduction Rate
(GRR).
iii) Show that in SRSWOR the probability of selecting a specified unit of the
population at any given draw is equal to the probability of selecting it at the
first draw.
B) Answer the following : 4
For the 2 × 2 contingency table, prove that the chisquare test for independence
gives

N ( a d  b c )

 

( a  c ) ( a  b ) ( c  d ) ( b  d )

where N = a + b + c + d
*SLRR187* -3- SLR-R – 187

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the meaning and purpose of Statistical Quality Control (SQC).
ii) Describe the indirect method of obtaining STDR.

iii) With usual notations, prove that .


N  n
 

V  y   S

 

N n

 

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the test procedure to test for the population proportion p = p0 based
on a large sample.

ii) Explain the construction of :


chart in production process when standards
are given.
iii) Distinguish between chance causes and assignable causes of variation.

______________
*SLRR19* SLR-R – 19
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – I) (Old)
Mechanics and Properties of Matter

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B.: I) All questions are compulsory.


II) Figures to right indicate full marks.
III) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
IV) Use of logarithmic table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


I) Moment of inertia of rectangular lamina about an axis through its centre and
parallel to one of its side is ___________

⎛ l 3 b2 ⎞
a) I = M⎜ + ⎟ b) I =
(
M l 2 + b2 )
⎜ 3 12 ⎟ 12
⎝ ⎠

Mb2 Mb2
c) I = d) I =
3 12
II) A spherical shell of mass 500 gm has diameter 15 cm, the moment of inertia
about its diameter is _______________
a) 18750 kg.m2 b) 20200 gm.cm2
c) 42188 gm. cm2 d) 18750 gm. cm2
III) The angular acceleration of compound pendulum is directly proportional to
its __________
a) Linear displacement b) Mass
c) Angular displacement d) Force
IV) The modulus of rigidity of material of the wire can be determined by using
___________ pendulum.
a) Simple b) Torsion
c) Bifilar d) Kater’s
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 19 -2- *SLRR19*
V) Compression strain is equivalent to ____________
a) Shear b) Half of shear
c) Double of shear d) Square root of shear
VI) The Poission’s ratio of iron is ____________ when γ = 22 × 1010 N/m2 and
η = 8 × 1010 N/m2
a) 0.375 b) 0.35 c) 0.5 d) 1
VII) The surface tension of liquid ____________ with increase in its temperature.
a) Decreases b) Increases
c) Remains constant d) None of these
VIII) The excess pressure in soap bubble is ____________
2T 2r
a) P = b) P =
r T

4T 4r
c) P = d) P =
r T
IX) In atomiser, the fall in pressure occurs due to ____________
a) Increase in velocity b) Decrease in velocity
c) Increase in pressure d) Decrease in temperature
X) Dimensions of coefficient of viscosity are ____________
a) [M0L1T –1] b) [M1T1L–1]
c) [M–1L1T–1] d) [M1L–1T–1]

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


I) Define moment of inertia.
II) What is torsional pendulum ?
III) Define Poisson’s ratio.
IV) Define surface tension and give its SI unit.
V) State factors affecting on viscosity.
VI) Calculate the difference of pressure between the two sides of the surface of
a spherical drop of water of radius 0.5 mm. surface tension of water is
0.075 N/m.
*SLRR19* -3- SLR-R – 19
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
I) Write experimental technique of Poisson’s ratio of rubber.
II) Deduce the time period of compound pendulum.
III) Calculate the moment of inertia of a rectangular lamina about an axis
passing through mid point of breadth and perpendicular to its plane. Given
length = 15 cm, Breadth = 12 cm, Mass = 100 gm.
B) Explain Bernoull’s theorem. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

I) Deduce the relation between surface tension, excess pressure and radius of
curvature.

II) Derive moment of inertia of flywheel.

III) For Kater’s pendulum, the distance between knife edges is 1m. The time
taken for 50 oscillations of the pendulum are 100.25 sec. and 100.30 sec.
resp. about the two knife edges. Find value of g.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

I) Derive relation between elastic constants.

II) Derive Poiseuille’s formula for flow of liquid through capillary tube.

_____________________
*SLRR190* SLR-R – 190
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Historology and Physiology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 13-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentence by selecting appropriate answer : 10


1) Epithelial cells helps in _______ of glucose from the nephric filter.
a) Adsorption b) Secretion
c) Reabsorption d) Protection
2) Hyaline cartilage is _______ type of connective tissue.
a) Epithelial b) Connective
c) Muscular d) Nervous
3) HCl is secreted by
a) Chief cells b) Argentaffin cells
c) Mucous cells d) Oxyntic cells
4) Brunner’s glands are found in sub-mucosa of
a) Liver b) Pancreas c) Testis d) Duodenum
5) __________ hormone of pituitary gland causes the ovulation.
a) ACTH b) FSH c) LH d) TSH
6) _________ is hardest covering of tooth.
a) Enamel b) Dentine c) Caratin d) Creatinine
7) Endocrine part of pancreas is known as
a) Kupffer’s cells b) Islet’s of Langerhans
c) Sertoli cells d) Crypt’s of Lieberkuhn

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 190 *SLRR190*

8) Father of immunology was


a) Louis Pasteur b) John Mendel c) James Watson d) Edward Jenner
9) Duration of menstrual cycle in woman is ________ days.
a) 25 b) 05 c) 27 d) 28
10) Colostrum is secreted by breast contains
a) Milk with Vit. b) Milk with sugar
c) Milk with salt d) Milk without fat

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Graffian follicle
ii) Role of Kupffer’s cells
iii) Sketch and label the structure of Malpighian body
iv) Sketch and lable the structure of antibody
v) Foam tablets
vi) Lymph nodes.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) With suitable diagram describe the histology of mammalian stomach.
ii) Describe the hormones of neurohypophysis.
iii) Draw neat labelled diagram of T. S. of spinal cord.
B) Describe the estrogen. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the hormonal control of lactation.
ii) With suitable diagram describe the structure, function of striated muscle.
iii) Describe the oestrous cycle in rat.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe the histological structure of mammalian ovary.
ii) What is contraception ? Describe the intra-uterine devices used for the
contraception.

______________
*SLRR191* SLR-R – 191
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VII) (Old)
Integral Calculus

Day and Date : Thursday, 14-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1

1) If then values of m and n are


m  1 n  1

 ( m , n )  x ( 1  x ) d x

a) m>0, n<0 b) m<0, n>0


c) m>0, n>0 d) m<0, n<0


2)
!  N

N A @ N 

a) 3 b) 5 c) 6 d) 4

3)


a) b) c) d)
 

4)
 ( m  1 , n )

 ( m , n  1 )

a) b) c) d)
n m m  1 n  1

m n n  1 m  1

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 191 -2- *SLRR191*

5) If z = f(x, y) then volume with suitable limits are known is

a)   
z d x d y d z

b)  
z d x d y

c) 
z d z

d) none of these

6)
f ( x , y ) d x d y 

 

a) b)
f ( r c o s  , r s i n  ) d  d r f ( r c o s  , r s i n  ) r d  d r

   

) )

c) d)
f ( r s i n  , r c o s  ) d  d r f ( r s i n  , r c o s  ) r d  d r

   

) )

7)
 = 

H @ H @  

 

 

" # " # " # " "

a) b) c) d)
=  =  =  = 

 " # 

8) Rectification is the process of evaluating ________ plane curve.


a) length of arc of b) area under
c) volume revolving by d) surface area of
9) The length of the curve r = f( ) between two points whose vectorial angles 

are a and b is

a) b)
> >
@ H @ 

   

H  @  H  @ 

   

 

= =

@  @ H

   

c) d)
> >
@ H @ 

   

  @    @ 

   

 

= =

@  @ H

   

10) Find the volume of solid generated by rotating completely about x-axis the

area enclosed between O  N


!

 # N and the lines x = 2 and x = 4 is


a) 60 

b) 70 

c) 80 

d) 90 
*SLRR191* -3- SLR-R – 191

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

1) Evaluate .
l o g 8 l o g y

x  y

A @ N @ O

 

1 0

2) Evaluate  
r
n

s i n
n

 c o s  d  d r , n  1  0 .
0 0

3) Prove that 
(p, q) = 
(q, p).
4) Show that 
(m, n) = (m, n+1) + (m+1, n).  

5) Find the length of the arc of the catenary y = a cosh measured from the
N

vertex (0, a) to any point (x, y).


6) Obtain the volume of the sphere of radius a.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

1) Evaluate  
N O @ N @ O

over the region x2+ y2 1. 

2) Show that area of a loop of the curve x4 = a2(x2 – y2) is .


=

3) Prove that .
1 

m   2 m

2 m  1

B) Show that the length of the curve x2 = a2 (1 – ey/a) measured from (0, 0) to

(x, y) is a log . 4
=  N

 

 N

 

=  N

 

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


= N
=

1) Change the order of integration  


f ( x , y ) d x d y

.
= N  N

2) Evaluate .
 

" !

N  &  N  @ N

3) Find the volume of the solid obtained by revolving the one arc of the cycloid
x = a ( + sin ), y = a(1 + cos ).
  
SLR-R – 191 -4- *SLRR191*

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) Given that x + y = u, y = uv change the variables x, y to u, v in the integrand

 
N O    N  O  @ N @ O

taken over the area enclosed by the lines x = 0, y = 0,

x + y =1. Show that the value of the integral is .




  #

2) Prove that the area of the region bounded by the curve a4y2 = x5(2a – x) is to
that of the circle whose radius is 5 to 4.

 

3) Prove that .
x d x d x 

. 

 

" "

1  x 1  x

 

_______________
*SLRR192* SLR-R – 192
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Sem. – IV) (Old) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – VII)
Plant Physiology

Day and Date : Thursday, 14-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

I. Write the correct answer : 10


1) Glycolysis occurs in
a) Mitochondrion b) Peroxisome c) Chloroplast d) Cytosol
2) _________ discovered auxins.
a) Charles Darwin b) Kurosawa
c) Yabuta – Sumuki d) Miller and Skoog
3) Nitrogenase enzyme is not present in
a) Nostoc b) Anabena c) Rhizobium d) Aspergillus
4) Reaction centre of photosystem I is
a) P660 b) P680 c) P690 d) P700
5) TCA cycle is also known as
a) EMP pathway b) Krebs cycle
c) C3 cycle d) C4 cycle
6) ____________ is the richest source of Gibberellins in higher plants.
a) Roots b) Leaves
c) Immature seeds d) Stem
7) Mineral salts are absorbed by plants as
a) cations b) anions
c) both a) and b) d) they are
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 192 *SLRR192*
8) Developing grains is the active sink in
a) Maize b) Tomato c) Sugarcane d) Potato
9) ________ electrons are required for conversion of molecular nitrogen into
ammonia.
a) 6 b) 8 c) 12 d) 18
10) Calcium is a chief constituent of
a) Cell wall b) Cell membrane
c) Middle lamella d) Nuclear membrane

II. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Sketch the diagram of ultrastructure of mitochondrion.
ii) Which organisms are involved in biological nitrogen fixation (any four) ?
iii) What is grand period of growth ?
iv) Give the role of phosphorus in plants.
v) Enlist the photosynthetic and accessory pigments in plants.
vi) Define phloem loading and unloading.

III. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Give the significance of photosynthesis.
ii) Explain decarboxylation of pyruvate to Acetyl Co-A.
iii) Give the applications of ethylene.
B) Explain the cyclic electron transfer in plants. 4

IV. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe in brief photoperiodism.
ii) Write a note on cytokinins.
iii) Explain the biochemistry of nitrogen fixation in plants.

V. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe in brief C4 cycle and give its significance.
ii) Explain Mass flow hypothesis.
iii) Give an account of assimilate partitioning during vegetative phase.

______________
*SLRR193* SLR-R – 193
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Integral Transform

Day and Date : Friday, 15-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) The Laplace transform of coshat is

a) b)
p p

, p  a  , p  a

p  a p  a

a a

c) , p  a

d) , p  a

p  a p  a

2) The value of the integral is


 ! J #

A J @ J

a) b) c) d)
 " "  & 

" ! " ! " ! " !

 

3) If , then is
1

 
L f ( t )  e

L  f ( 3 t ) 

a) b) c) d)
   

 ! 2  2 !  ! 2  ! 2

A A A A

! ! ! 2 2

4) The Laplace transform of is


= K

A @ K

a) b) c) d)
  F F

F  F  =  F  F  =  F  = F  =

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 193 -2- *SLRR193*
5) If F(t) be continuous for all J  
and is of exponential order as J   and if
.


 J 
is of class A, then
a) J
l i


m


F ( t ) 

F
l i


m


P L

F ( t )


b) J
l i


m


F ( t ) 

F
l i


m


P L

F ( t )


c) t
l i


m

o
F ( t ) 

p
l i


m


P L  F ( t ) 

d) t
l i


m

o
F ( t ) 

p
l i


m


f ( p )

 

6)
 

 

L 

 

 

 P 2 

 

a) A
 J

J
b) A
 J

J
c) J A
J

d) None of these

7) is the Laplace transform of


 
2  !

a) t 2 b) t 3 c) e–3t d) te–3t

8) If L
 

 f ( p )   F ( t )
and F(0) = 0, then L
 

 p f ( p )  

a) tF (t) b) .


 J 
c) J .


 J 
d) .  J 

 

9)
1

 

L 

 

p 6 p  1 0

 

a) e3t sint b) e–3t sint c) et sin 3t d) e–t sin 3t


10) If F(t) is a function which is sectionally continuous on every finite interval in
the range and is of exponential order a as , then the Laplace J  
J  

transform of F(t) exists for all


a) p = a b) p < a c) p > a d) None of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) Define the term Laplace transform of a function F(t).
2) Find the Laplace transform of sint cost.
3) Evaluate L  t e
J


.
4) With usual meaning prove that F * G = G * F.
 

5) Find for n > –1.


1

 1

 

n  

 

 

6) Evaluate .
1
 

 

 

 2 p  3 

 
*SLRR193* -3- SLR-R – 193
3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6
1) Prove that if L  t F ( t )    f


( P ) L  F ( t )   f ( P )
.
 F 

2) Prove that .
e

 

L   s i n t H  J   

 

p
1

 

3) Find L  e
 J

 3 c o s 6 t  5 s i n 6 J  
.

B) If L  F ( t )   f ( p )
and 4

F ( t  a ) , t  a

then prove that .




 = F

G ( t ) 

L  G ( t )   e f ( p )

0 , t  a

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10




1) Show that
s i n t

d t 

F ( t )

2) If , then prove that provided


 

F ( t )
 

L  f ( x ) d x

l i m
 

  

L  F ( t )   f ( p )

J  
t

J
 

F  

exists.

 

P
 

3) Use the convolution theorem to find .


 

 

 

 p  a 

 

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) If F(t) is a periodic function with period T > 0, then prove that
6

 F J

e . F ( t ) d t

L  F ( t )  

 2 6

1  e

 

2) Find .
6 3  4 p 8  6 p

 

L  

 

2 p  3

9 p  1 6 1 6 p  9

 

3) Solve [tD2 + (1 – 2t) D – 2] y = 0 if y (0) = 1, O



(0) = 2.
___________
*SLRR194* SLR-R – 194
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Utilization of Plants
Day and Date : Friday, 15-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer from the given
alternatives : 10
1) Introduction of plant varieties or species with altered genotypes is considered as
a) Selection b) Hybridisation
c) Primary introduction d) Secondary introduction
2) Peanut is also called as
a) Chick pea b) Walnut c) Groundnut d) Chestnut
3) Lucern is
a) Grass b) Food legume c) Fodder legume d) None of these
4) Botanical name of mustard is
a) Arachis hypogea b) Brassica juncea
c) Cicer arietinum d) Medicago saliva
5) Coir yarn is obtained from the fruits of
a) Gossypium arboretum b) Cocus nucifera
c) Gossypium hirsutum d) Celosia cristata
6) ________ oil is used in the preparation of perfume, insecticide and mosquito
repellent.
a) Citronella b) Rose c) Jasmine d) Lowsonia
7) The chief chemical glycoside of sloe is
a) Glycirrhisa b) Tinospora c) Vasicine d) Barbaloin

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 194 *SLRR194*
8) Fruit of ________ is one of the components of ayurvedic medicine “Triphala
Churna”.
a) Papaver somniferum b) Adathoda zeylanica
c) Syzygium aromaticum d) Emblica officinalis
9) Chromatography paper is prepared from ________ fibres.
a) Hemp b) Cotton c) Jute d) Agave
10) Opantia is planted as
a) Flowering plant b) Cactus
c) Edge plant d) Evergreen plant

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is meant by fodder legume ? Give its two examples.
2) Give the botanical name, family and source of cotton.
3) Write on otto of rose.
4) State the botanical name and source of drug of Ashwagandha.
5) What are plant insecticides ? Give any two environmental advantages of
plant insecticides.
6) Give an ornamental value of climbers.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Centers of origin of cultivated plants.
2) Give the economic uses of soybean.
3) Explain jasmine as a source of perfumes and cosmetics.
B) Write on clove as a medicinal plant. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Give the botanical name, source and economic importance of red gram.
2) Give a brief account of cultural practices of groundnut.
3) Give the botanical name, source and economic importance of Lawsonia.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Give a brief account of drugs obtained from aerial stem, state botanical
name, chief chemical constituents and medicinal uses.
2) Give general account of dyes obtained from different plants. Add a note on
their uses.
3) What are ornamental plants ? Give the botanical names and ornamental
value of cacti and succulents.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR197* SLR-R – 197
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Sem. – IV) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – VII) (Old)
Fundamentals of Operational Amplifier
Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following : 10


i) The input resistance of an ideal Op-amp. is
a) Zero b) Low c) High d) Infinity
ii) If square wave is applied to Op-amp. integrator then output is _____ wave.
a) Sine b) Cosine c) Triangular d) Saw tooth
iii) In IC 741, pin no. ______ is the output terminal.
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 6
iv) Comparator with positive feedback is called as
a) Schmitt trigger b) Oscillator
c) Zero crossing detector d) None
v) In Wien bridge oscillator, the RC-network introduces ______ degree phase
shift.
a) 0 b) 60 c) 90 d) 180
vi) Slew rate of Op-amp. must be
a) Zero b) Low c) Moderate d) High
vii) The voltage gain of voltage follower circuit is
a) Zero b) One c) High d) Infinity
viii) Op-amp. is a ______ amplifier.
a) RC coupled b) Transformer coupled
c) Direct coupled d) None
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 197 *SLRR197*

ix) In precision rectifier, Op-amp. is used to


a) Reduce cut-in voltage b) Increase cut-in voltage
c) Reduce breakdown voltage d) None
x) A sine wave can be converted into square wave by using
a) Astable mutivibrator b) Schmitt trigger
c) Monostable multivibrator d) None

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Draw the equivalent circuit diagram of Op-amp.
ii) Explain the concept of virtual ground.
iii) Draw the circuit diagram of Op-amp. differentiator and write down the
expression for output voltage.
iv) Define input bias current and input offset current.
v) What is the function of sample and hold circuit ?
vi) Draw the circuit diagram and output waveform of astable multivibrator using
Op-amp.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is open loop and closed loop configuration ? Explain the need of
closed loop configuration.
ii) Draw the circuit diagram of Op-amp. inverting amplifier. In Op-amp.
inverting amplifier, Ri = 1 K , Rf = 47 K and Vi = 100 mV. Calculate the
 

output voltage.
iii) Explain the working of basic comparator using Op-amp.
B) Explain phase shift oscillator using Op-amp. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Draw the block diagram of Op-amp. and explain the function of each block.
ii) Explain Op-amp non-inverting amplifier.
iii) Explain half wave rectifier using Op-amp.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain peak detector using Op-amp.
ii) Explain the working of Op-amp. adder circuit.
iii) Explain triangular wave generator using Op-amp.
_________________
*SLRR198* SLR-R – 198
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Old)
Igneous Petrology (Paper – VII)

Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with a suitable answer from the given options : 10
1) Volcanic Neck is an intrusion in __________
a) Highly folded rock b) Unfolded rock
c) Both the above d) None of the above
2) Ophitic texture is developed in _________
a) Dunite b) Peridotite
c) Gabbro d) Rhyolite
3) Aplite is a _____________ type of rock.
a) Acidic b) Basic
c) Intermediate d) Ultrabasic
4) Which of the following igneous volcanic rock contain highest percentage of
silica ?
a) Basalt b) Rhyolite
c) Trachyte d) Andesite
5) In the Bowen's reaction series ____________ is the first and last crystallised
minerals.
a) Augite-Hypersthene b) Amphibole-Mica
c) Olivine-Quartz d) Olivine-Pyroxene

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 198 -2- *SLRR198*
6) Labile and metastable zone is observed in ___________ magma.
a) Binary b) Ternary
c) Unicomponent d) All the above
7) Petrography comprises __________ points.
a) Chemical and textural
b) Mineralogical
c) Textural and mineralogical
d) All the above
8) Siderolite meteorite is composed of
a) Mixture of Ni-Fe
b) Heavy basic silicate
c) Stony meteorite
d) Mixture of Ni, Fe and Basic silicates
9) Dunite contain _______________ percentage of silica.
a) < 76% b) 66 – 54%
c) 54 – 45% d) < 45%
10) Dolerite is a ___________ type of rock.
a) Plutonic
b) Hypabyssal
c) Volcanic
d) None of the above

2. Explain any five of the following : 10


1) Amygdaloidal structure.
2) Pyrogenetic minerals.
3) Graphic texture.
4) Spherulitic structure.
5) Labile and metastable zone.
6) Zoning.
*SLRR198* -3- SLR-R – 198

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


I) Concordant igneous rock body.
II) Discontinuous reaction series.
III) Niggli's classification.
B) Types of meteorites. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) Crystallization of Binary magma.
II) Describe various structures developed in igneous rocks.
III) Describe the process of assimilation of magma.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) Classification of igneous rocks giving suitable examples.
II) Describe the process of differentiation.
III) Define texture. Describe any four types of textures of igneous rocks.

______________
*SLR-R–199* SLR-R – 199
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper No. – VII) (Old)
Immunology and Medical Microbiology
Day and Date : Saturday, 16-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Choose the correct alternative and write the sentence : 10


1) Coagulase enzyme is produced by
a) Streptococcus pneumoniae b) Staphylococcus aureus
c) Proteus vulgaris d) Salmonella typhi
2) _______ test is used for diagnosis of enteric fever.
a) Germ tube b) Widal
c) Coagulase d) Phenyl alanine deamination
3) Platelet count is decreased in _______ infection.
a) Candidial b) Dengue fever
c) Enteric fever d) Urinary tract
4) _______ immunoglobulin is pentameric.
a) IgG b) IgD c) IgM d) IgA
5) First line defense include
a) Skin b) Mucus
c) Lysozyme secretion d) All of these
6) The example of combined vaccine is
a) BCG b) TAB c) Hepatitis B d) Polio
7) The class of immunoglobulin is determined by
a) Type of heavy chain b) Type of light chain
c) Type of J chain d) Type of antigen

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 199 *SLR-R–199*

8) V.D.R.L. test is an example of ______ reaction.


a) Agglutination b) Flocculation
c) Hemagglutination d) Complement fixation
9) _______ is primary lymphoid organ.
a) Thymus b) Lymph node c) Spleen d) Liver
10) Majority of antigens are _______ chemically.
a) Lipid b) Nucleic acid c) Carbohydrates d) Proteins

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Explain how skin acts as mechanical barrier for pathogen.
ii) What is phagocytosis ? Name phagocytic cells.
iii) What is isoantigen ?
iv) Write symptoms of enteric fever.
v) Write application of ELISA test.
vi) Write the function of lymph node.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is inflammation ? How it increases immunity ?
ii) What is meant by transport media ? Give examples.
iii) How do dengue fever is diagnosed ?
B) What is bacterial toxin ? Write differences between exotoxins and endotoxins. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Write note on complement fixation test.
2) Describe the factors affecting antigenicity.
3) Describe in short structure and function of spleen.

5. Write short notes on (any 2) : 10


1) Active immunity
2) Candidiasis
3) General concepts of clinical sample collection.
_________________
*SLRR2* SLR-R – 2
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – I) (CGPA Pattern)
Physical and Inorganic Chemistry

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Draw neat, labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iii) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
iv) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

SECTION – I
(Physical Chemistry)

1. Select the correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences : 5
1) The pressure required to liquify gas at its critical temperature is called as
______________
a) Critical volume b) Critical point
c) Critical pressure d) Critical temperature
2) The ideal gas equation for one mole is ______________
nRT nRT
a) PV = nRT b) PV = RT c) P = d) V =
V P
3) Reaction between K2S2O8 and KI is an example of ______________ reaction.
a) Second order b) First order c) Third order d) Zero order

4) The term d dx represents ______________


a) Integration b) Derivative c) Calculus d) Finite integral
5) In a cyclic process ______________
a) ΔE = 0 b) W = 0 c) ΔE = + ve d) q = 0

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 2 -2- *SLRR2*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) How temperature affects the rate of reaction ?
ii) What is Joule-Thomson effect ?
iii) Give different forms of straight line equation.
iv) Give any four rules of integration.
v) Calculate the percentage efficiency of a steam engine operating between
200 k and 100 k.
vi) What is non-ideal gas ?
vii) Give any two statements of second law of thermodynamics.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Discuss the Ostwald’s isolation method to determine the order of a reaction.
ii) What is slope ? Give its characteristics.
iii) Derive Van der Waal’s equation for one mole of gas.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) What is an isotherm ? Explain Andrew’s isotherms of CO2.
ii) Give any two characteristics of first order reaction. For certain first order
reaction time for half change equals 100 seconds. How long will it take for
the reaction to be 90% completed ?

SECTION – II
(Inorganic Chemistry)

4. Select the most correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences : 5
1) All the d-orbitals have equal energy, therefore they are called ______________
orbitals.
a) Quantised b) Degenerate c) Symmetrical d) Co-planer
2) The ionic size of an anion is ______________ its atom.
a) Greater than b) Equal to c) Smaller than d) None of these
*SLRR2* -3- SLR-R – 2

3) The geometry of water molecule is ______________


a) Linear b) Octahedral c) V-shaped d) Hexagonal
4) The principle of MOT is ______________
a) Pearson’s principle b) Aufbau principle
c) Hybridization d) LCAO approximation
5) The limiting radius ratio for cubic geometry is ______________
a) 1.00 b) 0.732 – 1.00 c) 0.414 – 0.732 d) 0.225 – 0.414

5. Attempt any five of the following : 10


i) State Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity.
ii) Define the terms-electron affinity and electronegativity.
iii) Give the steps involved in process of hybridization.
iv) Draw orbital diagram of BeCl2 molecule.
v) What is non-bonding molecular orbital ?
vi) Draw the diagram for Px – Px overlap.
vii) Schematic representation for Born-Haber cycle.

6. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) What is ionization potential ? Explain its trends in a period and in a group
in the periodic table ?
ii) Give the assumptions of Pauling Slater theory of covalent bonding.
iii) What are type of hybridization ? Explain the formation of BF3 molecule ?
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Distinguish between atomic and molecular orbitals. Draw MO diagram for
NO molecule. Comment on its stability and magnetic character.
ii) What is Hesse’s law ? Describe Born-Haber cycle for NaCl and give its
importance.

_____________
*SLRR20* SLR-R – 20
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOGRAPHY (Paper – I)
Physical Geography (Geomorphology)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and maps wherever necessary.
3) Use of map stencils is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10


1) The term ‘Geomorphology’ derived from _____________ word.
a) Greek b) Spanish c) Marathi d) Arabic
2) First order relief features include _____________
a) Continents and Ocean basins b) Mountain and Plateaus
c) Plains and Faults d) Valley and folds
3) The cigar-shaped matter ejected from the primitive sun is called
_____________
a) Orbit b) Filament c) Sun d) Star
4) The _____________ wave do not pass and do not go deeper in the earth.
a) Longitudinal b) Traversal c) Surface d) Primary
5) The molten rock material is called _____________
a) Soil b) Rock c) Magma d) Liquid
6) Downfolded rock beds due to compressive forces caused by horizontal force
are called _____________
a) Anticline b) Syncline c) Monocline d) Polycline
7) The tidal hypothesis proposed by _____________
a) James Jeans b) Molten c) Kant d) Russell

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 20 *SLRR20*

8) The force coming from within the earth are called _____________
a) Tangential force b) Convergent force
c) Endogenetic force d) Exogenetic force
9) The average density of the mantle is _____________ gm/cm3.
a) 4.6 b) 2.8 c) 3.5 d) 5.5
10) Igneous rocks are also called as _____________
a) Soft rocks b) Basalts c) Hard rocks d) Parent rocks

2. Answer in short (any five) : 10


1) Define the term of Geomorphology.
2) Describe the term SIMA.
3) What is folding ?
4) State the type of earthquakes.
5) What is metamorphism ?
6) What is volcanoes ?

3. A) Answer in short (any two) : 6


1) Describe the types of faults.
2) State the causes of earthquakes.
3) Describe the formation of igneous rocks.
B) Describe the importance of Geomorphology. 4

4. Answer the question (any two) : 10


1) Describe the chemical composition of the earth’s.
2) Describe the type of folding.
3) Describe the planetesimal theory of the earth origin.

5. Write short answers (any two) : 10


1) Write in brief the nature of Geomorphology.
2) Describe the Tidal hypothesis of the earth origin.
3) Describe the classification of rocks.

_______________
*SLRR202* SLR-R – 202
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – IV) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – VIII) (Old)
Fundamentals of Microcontroller

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative from the following : 10


i) _____________ company introduced the first 8-bit microcontroller named
8051.
a) Philips b) ATMEL c) INTEL d) Microchip
ii) The instruction MOV A, RS is an example of _____________ addressing
mode.
a) immediate b) direct c) register d) indirect
iii) Number of timers available in 
C 8051 are
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 0
iv) Microcontroller is also called
a) embedded system b) system on chip
c) digital signal processing system d) control system
v) Which one of these features is not present in C 8051 ?


a) serial communication port b) interrupts


c) watch dog timer d) parallel port
vi) Instruction MOV 55 H, 50 H is a _____________ instruction.
a) 1-byte b) 2-byte c) 3-byte d) 4-byte
vii) If data 55 H is ExORed with 66 H, the result will be
a) AA H b) 77 H c) FF H d) 33 H

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 202 *SLRR202*

viii) Which one of these branching instructions make use of relative addressing
method ?
a) SJMP b) AJMP c) LJMP d) All of these
ix) If a square wave has equal time delay of one millisecond for TON and TOFF,
the frequency produced will be
a) 1 KHz b) 500 Hz c) 2 KHz d) 1.5 KHz
x) The flowchart symbol for decision making is
a) oval b) rectangle c) diamond d) circle

2. Attempt any five : 10


i) Give the basic concept of interfacing.
ii) List any four MCS-51 family members.
iii) Draw the RESET circuit for 
C 8051.
iv) List C 8051 instructions for multiplication and XOR operation.


v) How algorithm is different from flowcharting ?


vi) List the addressing modes of 

C 8051.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


i) Discuss in short the bus architecture of microprocessor system.
ii) Give the comparison between microprocessor and microcontroller.
iii) Draw the timing diagram for instruction execution of 
C 8051.
B) Give the salient features of 
C 8051. 4

4. Attempt any two : 10


i) Draw the general block diagram of 8-bit microprocessor and explain.
ii) Describe memory organization of 

C 8051.
iii) Write an ALP to generate square wave. How to change frequency ? Explain.

5. Attempt any two : 10


i) Draw the block diagram of C 8051 and explain.


ii) What is flowchart ? Explain. Draw the flowchart to add three data bytes.
iii) Explain the port structure of PORT – 1.

––––––––––––––––––––
*SLRR203* SLR-R – 203
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Sem. – IV) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – VIII)
Sedimentary and Metamorphic Petrology
Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct answer from the given options : 10


1) Rudaceous rocks consisting mainly of ________ sediments.
a) Gravels and Pebbles b) Sand
c) Clay d) Silt
2) The amount of sediment transport in breccia is
a) Higher transportation b) Little or no transportation
c) No relation with transportation d) None of these
3) Grits are _________ sedimentary rocks.
a) Rudaceous b) Residual c) Arenaceous d) Argillaceous
4) Arenaceous sedimentary rocks show ________ texture.
a) Crystalline b) Porphyritic c) Granitic d) Clastic
5) ___________ is a clay rock which contains a considerable proportion of
carbonates of lime and magnesia.
a) Laterite b) Sandstone c) Marl d) Marble
6) Pyrope garnet and omphacite minerals are characteristic of __________
metamorphic facies.
a) Greenschist b) Amphibolite c) Eclogite d) Granulite
7) ________ is a non-foliated metamorphic rock.
a) Slate b) Marble c) Migmatite d) Phyllite

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 203 *SLRR203*
8) _______ has proposed the concept of metamorphic facies.
a) Eskola b) Barrow c) Sederholm d) Miyashiro
9) Gneissose structure is a composite structure due to alternation of ______
bands.
a) Hematite and quartzite b) Rock cleavage and granulose
c) Schistose and granulose d) Rock cleavage and schistose
10) The term ________ is applied to rocks which have been completely pulverised
and rolled out by extreme differential movement during cataclastic
metamorphism.
a) Schorl b) Migmatite c) Anatexis d) Mylonite

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Arkose
ii) Shale
iii) Marble
iv) Granulite
v) Migmatite
vi) Bauxite.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Sandstones
ii) Greenschist facies
iii) Foliated rocks.
B) Write a note on residual deposits. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Metasomatism
ii) Calcareous group of rocks
iii) Marine environment of deposition.

5. Explain any two of the following : 10


i) Polymetamorphism.
ii) Concept of metamorphic facies and amphibolite facies.
iii) Classification of sediments based on grade size.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR204* SLR-R – 204
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – IV) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Applied Microbiology – II (Paper – VIII)

Day and Date : Monday, 18-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answer from the given : 10
1. 1) The minimum capacity of pilot plant fermentor is __________ litres.
a) 50 b) 100 c) 20 d) 10
2) The proper mixing of media constituents in fermentor is achieved by
a) impeller b) baffles c) sparger d) cooling coils
3) In the continuous fermentation the microorganism is continuously kept in
__________ phase.
a) lag b) stationary
c) early exponential d) logarithmic
4) A precursor for penicillin G is supplied from
a) CSL b) Glucose
c) Lactose d) (NH4)2SO4
5) ___________ is the optimum sugar concentration for alcohol production.
a) 20% b) 12% c) 10% d) 18%
6) The waste generated from dairy industry is
a) molasses b) waste sulphite liquor
c) corn steep liquor d) whey
7) In multiple fermentation ___________ no. of organisms is used.
a) one b) more than two
c) two d) more than one

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 204 *SLRR204*
8) For surface culture method __________ are used as bioreactors.
a) tray b) flask
c) tubular fermentor d) fluidised bed reactor
9) The Nz free mannitol broth is used for cultivation of ___________ organism
as biofertiliser.
a) Azolla b) Azotobacter c) Rhizobium d) Azospirilkem
10) The strain improvement helps in improving ____________ of organism.
a) cell size b) growth rate
c) yield d) quality of product formation

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Lyophilization
ii) Biofertilizers
iii) Dual fermentation
iv) Define fermentation
v) Molasses as a substrate
vi) Cooling coils.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Recovery of alcohol.
ii) Continuous fermentation.
iii) Strain improvement.
B) Describe primary screening. 4

4. Solve any two of the following : 10


i) Phosphate solubilising bacteria.
ii) Preservation of industrially important microorganisms.
iii) Penicillin production.

5. Write short notes on (any two) : 10


i) Alcohol fermentation.
ii) Production of biopesticides.
iii) Design of typical fermentor.
______________
’

*SLRR205* SLR-R – 205


Seat
No.

[Link]. Part III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH (Compulsory)
Countdown English Skills for Success

Day and Date : Wednesday, 1-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : A) All questions are compulsory.


B) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. A) Rewrite the following sentences choosing the correct alternatives given below
each : 6
1) Raman’s teachers urged him to take the _________ examination.
a) ICS b) IPS c) IAS d) PSI
2) Bishamber made his money in ___________
a) The village b) Bombay c) Calcutta d) Chennai
3) The poem ‘Village Song’ is written by _________
a) Sarojini Naidu b) Rama Naidu
c) Venkayya Naidu d) Sanjay Naidu
4) According to Longfellow, life is ________
a) meaningless b) transitory
c) an illusion d) real
5) ________ is celebrated as the National Science Day.
a) 28th February b) 30th March
c) 1st January d) 14th December

6) Tsunami hit Cuddalore on ___________

a) 26th December, 2004 b) 26th November, 2004

c) 26th October, 2004 d) 26th September, 2004


P.T.O.
SLR-R – 205 -2- *SLRR205*

B) Fill in the blanks using appropriate modal verbs : 2

1) You _________ speak English fluently.

a) can b) may c) might d) will

2) The sky is cloudy and so it ________ rain today.

a) may b) will c) should d) could

C) Do as directed : 2

1) Mohan said, “I am very happy”.

(Change the sentence into indirect speech)

2) He told me that he was o.k.

(Change the sentence into direct speech)

2. Answer the following questions briefly (any five) : 10

1) How did Raman spend his spare time ?

2) Why did Raman choose to study musical instruments ?

3) What was the second job in the disaster management at Cuddalore ?

4) How did the servant take Phatik home ?

5) Give a description of Raman’s student years.

6) Who were the members of Bishamber’s family ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following questions : 6

1) What are the things that frighten the speaker of the poem ‘Village Song’ ?

2) What advice does the poem ‘A Psalm of Life’ conclude with ?

3) What is the theme of ‘Village Song’ ?


*SLRR205* -3- SLR-R – 205

B) Write reports in brief on any two of the following : 4

1) The process of making tea.

2) Making a tomato omelette.

3) A science experiment.

4. Prepare a presentation script on any one of the following using charts / slides. 10

1) Importance of Internet.

2) Increasing Population of India.

5. Write a detailed group discussion on the topic ‘Credit and Grading System in
Examination’. 10

__________________
*SLRR206* SLR-R – 206
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Sem. – V) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – IX)
Mathematical and Statistical Physics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculators is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


1) The priori probability of N balls distributed in K cells of equal size is
a) G = 9K b) G = 92 c) G = 29N d) G = 9N
2) Phase space is the ______________ space.
a) one dimensional b) two dimensional
c) three dimensional d) six dimensional

3) The divergence of a vector field  . A is


a) a scalar b) a vector
c) a constant d) zero
4) The scale factor h2 for cylindrical coordinate system is
a) h2 = 1 b) h2 = 

c) h3 = 
d) h2 = 

5) The Boltzman partition function is given by


K T

a) b)
 u i

K T

Z  g i e

u i


Z  g i e

c) d)
 1

 K E

K T

Z  g i e
Z  g i e




P.T.O.
SLR-R – 206 -2- *SLRR206*
6) Three coordinates of sperical polar coordinate system are
a) (x, y, z) b) (  ,  , z )
c) (  ,  ,  )
d) ( x ,  ,  )

7) Bose Einstein Distribution Law is

a) b)
9 i

9 i

n i 

n i 

   K E

   K E

 

c) d)
9 i 1

n i  n i 

   K E    K E

e e

   

8) The RMS speed of gas molecule is

a) b)
4 K T 3 K T

m m

c) d)
2 K T

K T / m

9) The momentum of photons of frequency 


is

a) D 

+
b) h C / 

c) +

D 
d) D

 +

10) Fermi-Dirac statistics is applicable to the


a) Molecules b) Photons
c) Boson d) Electron

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Describe Cartesian coordinate system.
2) What is phase space ?
3) What are fermions ?
4) Define entropy and give thermodynamic functions.
5) Define macrostates and microstates.
6) What do you mean by distinguishable and indistinguishable particles.
*SLRR206* -3- SLR-R – 206
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
1) Obtain the relation for rms speed for gas molecules.
2) Describe canonical ensemble.
3) Obtain an expression for gradient of a scalar field in orthogonal curvilinear
coordinates.
B) Compare the three M-B, B-E and F-D statistics. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Obtain Laplancian operator in orthogonal curvilinear coordinates.
2) Show that most probable distribution ni = N ai/A.
3) Derive expression for fermi energy.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) State and prove Gauss divergence theorem in vector field.
2) Obtain Wein’s Displacement law and Stefan’s law from Planck’s radiation
formula.

___________
’

*SLRR207* SLR-R – 207


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY
Physical Chemistry (Special Paper – IX)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic table/scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative from each of the following and rewrite the
sentence : 10

1) The reference calomel electrode is made from which of the following ?


a) ZnCl2 b) CuSO4 c) Hg2Cl2 d) HgCl2

2) In a phase diagram of salt-water system, the eutectic point is known as


a) cryohydric point b) quadrupole point
c) transition point d) both a and b

3) Sulphates of calcium, barium and strontium exhibit


a) Chemiluminescence b) Fluorescence
c) Phosphorescence d) None of these

4) The chemical reaction : Cu2+ + 2e– → Cu is an example of


a) Redox process b) Reversible process
c) Oxidation d) Reduction

5) A system containing a mixture of benzene and water at room temperature,


the degree of freedom is ______
a) zero b) one c) two d) three

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 207 -2- *SLRR207*

° RT
6) An expression, Ec = E c − ln Q a, is called
nF
a) Nernst equation b) Van’t Hoff equation
c) Both a and b d) None of these

7) The light emitted by firefly is an example of


a) Fluorescence b) Phosphorescence
c) Chemiluminescence d) Photosensitisation

8) An electrode at which oxidation occurs is called


a) Cathode b) Anode
c) Null electrode d) None of these

9) Water system has three phases: Ice, water and vapours. The number of
components in the system is
a) Four b) Three c) Two d) One

10) A pure metal M in contact with a solution containing Mn+ ions represents
a) Metal-metal ion electrode b) Metal-insoluble salt electrode
c) Redox electrode d) Gas electrode

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

1) What is metal-insoluble salt electrode ?

2) Define the terms degree of freedom.

3) State Lambert-Beer’s law.

4) What is oxygen gas electrode ?

5) What do you mean by triple point ?

6) What is electrochemical cell ?


*SLRR207* -3- SLR-R – 207

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Write a note on liquid-liquid junction potential.
2) Explain the reduced phase rule.
3) Discuss the application of emf measurement in determination of solubility
and solubility product of sparingly soluble salt.

B) A substance absorbs 2×106 quanta of radiation per second and 0.002 moles
of it react in 20 minutes. Calculate quantum yield of this reaction
(N = 6.023×1023). 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Derive an equation for emf of chemical cell without transference.
2) Discuss in detail, “Jablonski diagram.”
3) What is quantum yield ? Give the causes of high and low quantum efficiency
of photochemical reactions.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) Calculate the equilibrium constant of the reaction.

2FeCl3 + SnCl2 2 FeCl2 + SnCl4

(E° = 0.783V, E ° = 0.15V)


Fe3 + Fe2 + , Sn4 + Sn2 +

2) Draw neatly phase diagram of water system and explain the number of curves
involved in it.
3) Derive an expression for emf of an electrolyte concentration cell with
transference, which is reversible to cation ?

——————————
*SLRR208* SLR-R – 208
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – IX)
Biology of Cryptogams

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : (1×10=10)


1) Algae growing on rocks are called as ______________
a) Lithophytes b) Parasites
c) Epiphyte d) Endophyte
2) Chantransia stage is formed in the life cycle of ______________
a) Chara b) Batrachospermum
c) Nostoc d) Ectocarpus
3) Haplontic type of life cycle of algae is dominated by ______________
a) Sporophyte b) Tetrasporophyte
c) Gametophyte d) Both a) and b)
4) Uncinula is an ______________ fungus.
a) Obligate parasitic b) Facultative parasitic
c) Facultative saprophytic d) Obligate saprophytic
5) Secondary mycelium is formed in ______________
a) Polyporus b) Albugo
c) Uncinula d) Aspergillus

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 208 -2- *SLRR208*

6) Albugo fungus produces ______________ rust disease in the members of


Brassicaceae.
a) Red b) White
c) Black d) Brown
7) Actinostele is formed in the stem of ______________
a) Selaginella b) Lycopodium
c) Psilotum d) Adiantum

8) According to the progressive theory of evolution, the sporophyte of bryophytes


of the class ______________ is most advanced.
a) Hepaticopsida b) Anthocerotopsida
c) Both a) and b) d) Bryopsida
9) ______________ is example of parenchymatous forms of algae.
a) Ulva b) Vaucheria
c) Nostoc d) Chara

10) Fruiting body of Uncinula is called ______________


a) Apothecium b) Cleistothecium
c) Perithecium d) Both a) and c)

2. Answer any five of the following : (5×2=10)

I) Sketch and label the male sex organ of Chara.


II) What is life cycle or define life cycle of algae ?
III) Give classification of Marchantia.

IV) Describe the structure of ascocarp in Uncinula.


V) Give the names of edible mushrooms.
VI) Give four examples of unbranched filaments of algae.
*SLRR208* -3- SLR-R – 208

3. A) Answer any two of the following : (2×3=6)


I) Describe the parenchymatous forms of algae.
II) Describe the nutrition in Albugo.
III) Explain reduction theory of sporophyte in Bryophytes.
B) Give economic importance of mushrooms. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Asexual reproduction in Albugo.
II) Haplontic life cycle in algae.

III) Describe female sex organ of Batrachospermum.

5. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Describe sporocarp of Marsilea.
II) Describe the external morphology of Marchantia.

III) Give economic importance of Polyporus.

_____________
’

*SLRR209* SLR-R – 209


Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – IX)
Non-Chordates
Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the sentences : 10
1) __________ is a asexual reproduction in Paramoecium.
a) Conjugation b) Syngamy
c) Binary fission d) Automixis
2) In sycon, excurrent canal opens into spongocoel cavity through _______
opening.
a) Prosopyle b) Apopyle
c) Gastric ostium d) Dermal ostium
3) _________ is a crustacean larva bears rostral and dorsal spine.
a) Nauplius b) Megalopa c) Zoaea d) Mysis
4) The larva of butterfly, moth is commonly called as _____ larva.
a) Polypod b) Oligopod c) Apodus d) Nymph
5) In _________ type of insect metamorphosis includes four developmental
stages i.e. egg, larva, pupa and adult.
a) Ametabolous b) Hemimetabolous
c) Paurometabolous d) Holometabolous

6) ________ is the larva of feather star.

a) Bipinaria b) Echinopluteus
c) Doliolaria d) Ophiuopluteus
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 209 -2- *SLRR209*

7) Sea star is a __________ in feeding habit.


a) Herbivorous b) Carnivorous
c) Omnivorous d) Sanguivorous
8) Water entering in the body of sea star through madriporite passes in to
a) ring canal b) lateral canal
c) stone canal d) radial canal
9) Entire body of leech is made up of _________ segments.
a) 42 b) 50 c) 33 d) 21
10) _________ number of crop chambers are present in Leech.
a) 7 b) 11 c) 10 d) 8

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Polypod larva
ii) Lingula
iii) Zoea larva
iv) Systematic position of leech
v) Tortion in Mollusca
vi) Oral surface of sea star.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Polymorphism in Coelenterata
ii) Zoological importance of peripatus
iii) Pedicellariae of sea star.

B) Describe parasitic adaptation in Leech. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe bipinaria larva
ii) Describe structure of testicular nephridium of Leech.
iii) Describe binary fission of paramoecium.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe digestive system of sea star.
ii) Describe nutrition in protozoa.
————————
*SLRR21* SLR-R – 21
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS
Optics and Laser (Paper No. – II)

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Neat diagrams must be drawn, wherever necessary.
iii) Use of logarithmic table or nonprogrammable calculator is
allowed.
iv) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
v) Answer to every new question must be written on a new
page.

1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from given alternatives for each
sub-question. 10
i) The time ‘t’ of travel a path of length ‘x’ is extremum when _________

dt dt d2 t
a) =0 b) >0 c) =0 d) None of the above
dx dx dx
ii) The incident rays, near to axis of a lens of large aperture are called _______
a) axial b) non-axial
c) paraxial d) marginal
iii) A modification of the Ramsden’s eye-piece is ___________
a) Positive eye-piece b) Negative eye-piece
c) Huygen’s eye-piece d) Gauss eye-piece
iv) In the Fraunhofer type diffraction, the edge of an obstacle is illuminated by
_____________
a) Spherical wavefront b) Plane wavefront
c) Cylindrical wavefront d) Elliptical wavefront
v) For normal incidence of light, an angle incidence ‘i’ is _________
a) 0° b) 30° c) 45° d) 90°

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 21 -2- *SLRR21*

vi) With increase of the number of Newton’s rings, the spacing between two
successive rings ____________
a) increases b) decreases
c) increases linearly d) remains constant
vii) In Helium-Neon laser, the type of pumping used is _____________
a) mechanical b) optical
c) electrical d) chemical
viii) ‘N1’, ‘N2’ be population of atoms in lower and higher energy states. When
population inversion occurs _________
a) N2 > N1 b) N2 < N1
N1
c) N2 = N1 d) N2 =
2
ix) A combination of two lenses having focal length ‘f1 = 6 cm’ and ‘f2 = 4 cm’
co-axially separated by ‘d’ be Achromatic when ‘d’ is __________
a) 10 cm b) 8 cm
c) 6 cm d) 5 cm
x) In Ramsden’s eye-piece, field lens and eye lens are co-axially separated by
a distance ‘12 cm’. The focal length of field lens is _________
a) 8 cm b) 10 cm
c) 12 cm d) 14 cm

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) State an expression for : Longitudinal Chromatic aberration.
ii) Write the names of different parts of an optical instrument : Spectrometer.
iii) Describe in short the phenomenon of : Diffraction of light.
iv) What is a pumping in the formation of Laser ?
v) Define the term : Einstein’s coefficient of stimulated emission of radiation.
vi) Calculate an angle made by reflected light with the surface of a parallel faced
thin film when an angle of incidence ‘i = 35°’.
*SLRR21* -3- SLR-R – 21

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Describe any three different characteristics of : Laser.
ii) Distinguish between : Plane diffraction grating spectra and Prism spectrum.
iii) Focal length of eye lens used in the Huygen’s eye-piece is ‘2 cm’. Calculate :
a) Focal length of ‘Field Lens’
b) Focal length of ‘Eye Lens’
c) Distance between : Eye Lens and Field Lens.
B) How the replica of a original plane diffraction grating is prepared ? 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the construction and working of : Solid State Ruby Laser.
ii) Draw a neat ray diagram of Ramsden’s Eye-piece and derive an expression
for the focal length of it.
iii) In a plane diffraction grating 6000 lines per centimeter are there. For second
order, an angle of diffraction is 30°. Determine the wavelength of light used.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) State and explain Fermat’s principle of extremum path. By using Fermat’s
principle, deduce the laws of reflection.
ii) Describe briefly an experiment of ‘Newton’s Rings’ to determine the refractive
index of liquid. The diameter of 6th dark Newton’s ring is changed from
0.34 × 10–2 cm to 0.256 × 10– 2 cm when air film is replaced by the liquid film.
Calculate the refractive index of the liquid.

_____________________
*SLRR210* SLR-R – 210
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS
Real Analysis (Special Paper – IX)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10

1) A set A is countable if A is equivalent to the set of ______________


a) Real number b) Rational number
c) Irrational number d) Positive integer

2) If f : A → B and X ⊂ A. Define g : X → B by g (x) = f (x), ∀ x ∈ X then g is


called ______________
a) Restriction of f to X
b) Extension of f to X
c) Both restriction and extension of f to X
d) None of these
–1
3) If f : A → B and f is one-one then the domain of function f is ______________
a) Range of f b) Co-domain of f
–1
c) Range of f d) None of these

4) A sequence is a function f from ______________ to the set of real numbers.


a) Natural number b) Real number
c) Complex number d) Rational number

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 210 -2- *SLRR210*


⎧ 1⎫
5) The sequence ⎨ ⎬ has a limit
⎩n ⎭n=1
a) 0 b) ∞ c) 1 d) None of these

{
6) If {S n }n∞=1 converges to L ≠ 0 then (−1)n Sn }
a) Oscillates b) Converges to zero
c) Converges to 1 d) Diverges to ∞

7) Consider the following statements


i) Every bounded sequence is convergent
ii) Every convergent sequence is bounded; then
a) Only (i) is true b) Only (ii) is true
c) Both (i) and (ii) are true d) Both (i) and (ii) are false


1+ n
8) The series ∑ is ______________
n=1 1 + 3n

a) Convergent b) Oscillates
c) Not convergent d) None of these

1
9) ∑ converges if
np

a) p ≥ 1 b) p ≤ 1 c) p > 1 d) None of these

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10) The series ∑ an = 1 + − + + − + + − ______________
3 2 5 7 4 9 11
a) Conditionally convergent b) Divergent
c) Conditionally divergent d) None of these

2. Attempt any five out of six : 10

1) f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sinx for − ∞ < x < ∞ . Show that fog ≠ gof.
–1 –1
2) If f(x) = x2, then find f (16) and f (7).
*SLRR210* -3- SLR-R – 210

2n 1
3) Find N ∈ I such that − 2 < ; n ≥ N.
n+3 5

4) If lim Sn = L, lim Sn = M then prove that L = M.


n→∞ n→∞

5) If ∑ an is convergent series then show that : nlim


→∞
an = 0 .

n+2
6) Discuss the convergence of the series ∑ 1010 (n + 3) .

3. A) Attempt any two out of three : 6

1) If {Sn }n = 1 is a sequence of non-negative real numbers and if nlim Sn = L



→∞

then show that L ≥ 0.


2) Prove that : If a1 + a2 + a3 + .... converges to s then a2 + a3 + a4 + ...
converges to s – a1.
3) Prove that the set {1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ...} is countable.


⎧⎪⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎫⎪
n

B) Prove that the sequence ⎨⎜ 1 + ⎟ ⎬ is convergent. 4


⎪⎩⎝ n ⎠ ⎪⎭
n=1

4. Attempt any two out of three : 10

1) Show that, if {an }n = 1 is a sequence of positive numbers which is non-increasing


and lim an = 0 then the alternating series ∑ (−1)n+1 an is convergent.


n→∞ n=1

2) If {Sn }n∞=1 and {t n}n = 1 are bounded sequences of real numbers then show that :

lim inf (Sn + t n ) ≥ lim inf Sn + lim inf t n .


n→∞ n→∞ n→∞

3) If f : A → B and X ⊂ A, Y ∈ A then show that f (X ∪ Y) = f ( X) ∪ f (Y ) .


SLR-R – 210 -4- *SLRR210*

5. Attempt any two out of three : 10

1) For each n ∈ I , let In = [an, bn] be a non-empty closed bounded interval of real
numbers such that :
i) I1 ⊃ I2 ⊃ I3 ⊃ ..... ⊃ In ⊃ In + 1 ⊃ .... and

ii) lim (bn − a n ) = 0


n→∞

then show that  In contains precisely one point.


n=1

2) Prove that the set of rational numbers is countable.

3) If ∑ an is divergent series of positive numbers then prove that there is a


n=1

sequence {∈ } of positive numbers converges to zero but for which ∑ ∈n an



n n=1
n=1

still diverges.

_____________
*SLRR211* SLR-R – 211
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS
Statistical Inference – I (Special Paper – IX)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Multiple Choice Questions. Choose the correct alternative : 10


i) Estimate and estimator are
a) synonymous b) different
c) related to population d) none of the above
ii) Unbiasedness is a property associated with
a) small samples b) large samples
c) sample of any size d) none of the above
iii) Bias of an estimator can be
a) positive b) negative
c) always zero d) none of the above

iv) If an estimator Tn converges in probability to a parameter 


as n tends to
infinity is said to be
a) sufficient b) efficient c) consistent d) unbiased
v) Mean squared error of an estimator T for a parameter  is minimum only if
a) bias and var (T) both are zero
b) bias is zero and var (T) is minimum
c) bias is minimum and var (T) is zero
d) none of the above
vi) Factorisation theorem for sufficiency is known as
a) Rao-Blackwell theorem b) Cramer-Rao theorem
c) Chapman-Robins theorem d) Fisher-Neyman theorem
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 211 -2- *SLRR211*

vii) If X1, X2, . . . , Xn is a random sample from a normal population N(0, 2), the 

sufficient statistic for 2 is 

a) 
:

E
b) 
:

c) 


:

E

d) none of the above

viii) Cramer-Rao inequality is based on


a) stringent conditions b) mild conditions
c) no conditions d) none of the above
ix) If X1, X2, . . . , Xn is a random sample from N(0, ), then the Maximum 

Likelihood Estimator (MLE) for is 

a) 
X

E
n

b) 
X

E
n
c) 
X

E
n
d) 
X

E
n

x) Generarly the estimators obtained by the method of moments as compared to


ML estimators are
a) Less efficient b) More efficient
c) Equally efficient d) None of the above

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define a statistic and give two examples.
ii) Distinguish between an estimator and estimate.
iii) Define an unbiased estimator for a parameter 
and for some parametric
function ( ). 

iv) Explain the concept of relative efficiency of an estimator.


v) Define a consistent estimator for a parameter . 

vi) Define Pitman-Kopman form of sufficient statistic.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Prove that sample variance is a biased estimator of population variance
ii) Let X1, X2, . . . Xn be a random sample from a population P(x, p) = p(1 – p)x,
x = 0, 1, 2, . . ., 0 < p < 1. Show that T = Xi is a sufficient statistic for the 

parameter p.
iii) Let X1, X2, . . . Xn be a random sample from f(x, ) = e– x, x > 0, > 0.  


Obtain Fisher information function I( ). 

B) Prove that two distinct unbiased estimators of  ( ) give rise to infinitely




many unbiased estimators of ( ).   4


*SLRR211* -3- SLR-R – 211

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Show that for a sample of size n from N   ,  
, the estimator T





X

E

n  1

,
though biased is more efficient than T 


X

E
n
for estimating 
.
ii) Prove that Uniformly Minimum Variance Unbiased Estimator (UMVUE) is unique
for a parameter . 

iii) Let X1, X2, . . . Xn be a random sample from .


 N

  


G   ,    e x , 0  x  

 

Where both 
and  are unknown. Obtain sufficient statistics for 
and . 

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) State and prove Cramer-Rao inequality for the variance of an unbiased


estimator for a parameter . 

ii) Let X1, X2, ..., X n be a random sample of size n from a Poisson distribution
with parameter . Find MLE of . Also find its variance.
 

iii) Let X1, X2,. ..., Xn be a random sample of size n from N . Obtain the   ,  

estimators of the parameters and 


by the method of moments.


___________
*SLRR213* SLR-R – 213
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Special Paper – IX)
Virology, Extremophiles and Bioinformatics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentences by choosing correct answers from given alternatives : 10


1) Protoplasts can be generally used for cultivation of _______________
a) TMV b) T4 phage c) φ X-174 d) EB virus
2) Genome of _____________ virus is segmented.
a) TMV b) Adeno c) Influenza d) Polio
3) _____________ is DNA containing Oncogenic virus.
a) Rous Sarcoma virus b) Mammary tumor virus
c) Epstein-Barr virus d) Leukemia virus
4) On denaturation of DNA, panhandle structures are produced in _______ virus.
a) Papilloma b) Adeno c) Influenza d) SV40
5) In the term NCBI, the letter ‘B’ stands for ______________
a) Biochemical b) Biological
c) Biotechnology d) Bacterial
6) In the productive λ cycle the gene N product acts as __________
a) repressor b) activator c) terminator d) antiterminator
7) One step growth experiment was deviced by ________
a) Watson and Crick b) Ellis and Delbruck
c) Beadle and Tatum d) Hershy and Chase
8) Methanaopyrus Kandleri is an example of _________
a) Hyperthermophile b) Thermophile
c) Extreme thermophile d) Acidophile
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 213 *SLRR213*

9) Terminal protein of 55 k is attached to 5′ end of DNA of _______ virus.


a) Influenza b) Adeno c) Pox d) Polio
10) The phage φX 174 contains _____________
a) circular SS DNA b) Linear SS DNA
c) circular SS RNA d) Linear SS RNA

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is BLAST ?
ii) How Influenza virus attaches to host cells ?
iii) What is self assembly of progeny virus particles ?
iv) How Adenoviruses adsorb to their host cells ?
v) What are virulent phages ? Give examples.
vi) What are osmophiles ?
vii) Give a few examples of Thermophiles.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is Lysogeny ?
ii) What is Eclipse period ? Explain.
iii) Give three criteria used in LHT system.
B) Give brief account of Acidophiles. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe briefly types of cancers.
ii) Discuss briefly adsorption and penetration of influenza virus.
iii) Give briefly characteristics of cancerous cells.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain briefly Latex Drople method and pattern method of virus enumeration.
ii) Give brief account of purification of viruses.
iii) Give brief account of cytic cycle of T4 phages.

_____________________
*SLRR215* SLR-R – 215
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE
Visual Programming Special (Paper – IX)
Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

1. Choose the correct alternatives : 10


1) Visual [Link] provides which features
a) Debugging b) Application deployment
c) Both a) and b) d) All of the above
2) Which language is not a true object oriented programming language ?
a) [Link] b) VB6.0 c) C++ d) None of the above
3) Which statement about object is true ?
a) One object is used to create one class
b) One object can create many classes
c) One class can create many objects
d) None of the above
4) In an event driven programming an event is generated by
a) The system b) A users action
c) The program itself d) All of the above
5) Which statements are optional in an if ... then statement
a) if b) then c) else d) Both a) and b)
6) How many times in the test expression of select case is evaluated ?
a) 0 b) 1
c) 2 d) Once for each case
7) Which is not an integer data type ?
a) Single b) Byte c) Short d) Integer
8) How many constructor a class can have ?
a) 0 b) 1
c) Both a) and b) d) None of the above

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 215 *SLRR215*
9) Which property determines whether a control is displayed to the user ?
a) Hide b) Show c) Visible d) Enabled
10) What is MSIL ?
a) Multisocket Interface Library
b) Microsoft Interface Language
c) Microsoft Intermediate Language
d) Microsoft Integer Long

2. Answer the following : 10


1) What is .Net names paces ?
2) What is an assembly ?
3) Explain the difference between ref. and out parameter.
4) What are sealed classes ?
5) How the finally statement used ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain CTS and CLS in brief.
ii) What is an abstract class ? Explain with example.
iii) What is an interface ? Explain with example.
B) What is reflection ? Explain with example. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain in detail using an appropriate programming example the use of
exception handles.
ii) What is multithreading ? Write a C# program to demonstrate multithreading.
iii) What is stream ? Explain stream reader and stream writer with example.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is thread synchronization ? Explain with example.
ii) What is event ? Explain with example.
iii) What is boxing and unboxing ?

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR216* SLR-R – 216
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – X)
Solid State Physics

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


i) If the characteristics of unit cell are a ≠ b ≠ c and α = β = γ = 90° , the crystal
system is ____________
a) cubic b) orthorhombic
c) monoclinic d) triclinic
ii) The co-ordination number of fcc structure is ____________
a) 4 b) 6 c) 8 d) 12
iii) The ratio of electrical to thermal conductivity for all metals is proportional to
___________
a) T b) T2 c) T3 d) T4
iv) The Bravais lattice of NaCl is ______________
a) sc b) bcc c) fcc d) hcp
v) The total number of atoms in unit cell of bcc structure is
a) 1 b) 2 c) 4 d) 6
vi) The width of forbidden energy bond in semiconductors is about _________ ev.
a) 0 b) 1 c) 7 d) ∞
vii) Superconductivity was discovered by ______________
a) Miller b) Bravais
c) de-Broglie d) Kammerlingh Onnes
viii) Hall coefficient is negative for ____________
a) Protons b) Neutrons c) Electrons d) Holes
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 216 *SLRR216*

ix) Retentivity is observed in _____________ material.


a) Paramagnetic b) Diamagnetic
c) Ferromagnetic d) Ferrimagnetic
x) The magnetization curve of type I superconductor is ___________
a) reversible b) irreversible
c) both reversible and irreversible d) none of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


i) State any two properties of reciprocal lattice.
ii) Define co-ordination number and packing fraction.
iii) Define space lattice and basis. State the logical relation between them.
iv) State Meissner effect in superconductivity.
v) What is Hall effect ?
vi) Define retentivity and cohersivity.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


i) Explain in brief geometrical construction of reciprocal lattice.
ii) What are Miller indices ? Find out Miller indices of the plane (2a, 3b, 6c).
iii) Distinguish between type I and type II superconductors.
B) In NaCl crytsal (a = 2.814 A°, the first order reflection is observed from the
plane (100) by using X-ray beam of wavelength 0.75 A°.Calculate the angle of
diffraction. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) Obtain the expression for Fermi energy at absolute zero temperature.
ii) On the basis of bond theory of solids, distinguish between metals, insulators
and semiconductors.
iii) Describe Hysteresis in ferromagnetic material.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


i) Explain Sommerfield model of a metal. Derive an expression for energy of a
free electron in the metal.
ii) Derive an expression for effective mass of an electron. How is it measured
experimentally ?
_____________________
’

*SLRR217* SLR-R – 217


Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY
Special Paper – X : Inorganic Chemistry
Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagram and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the most correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences : 10

1) CFSE for d′ octahedral complex is __________ Dq.


a) – 4 b) –6 c) –8 d) –12
2) In low spin octahedral complex magnitude Δ 0 is _________ than pairing
energy.
a) Very low b) More c) Intermediate d) Less
3) According to CFT bonding between Metal and Ligand is _______ in nature.
a) Co-ordinate b) Covalent c) Ionic d) Metallic
4) Artificial transmutation was first reported by
a) Chadvick b) Rutherford
c) Phillips d) Rutherford and Chadvick
5) Myoglobin has molecular weight _________ amu.
a) 17000 b) 64000 c) 15000 d) 60000

27 1 27
6) Al + n → Mg + ......
13 0 12

1 2 4
a) 1 H b) 1 H c) γ -rays d) 2 He

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 217 -2- *SLRR217*

7) Monomers having at least __________ functional group only form polymers.


a) Two b) Three c) One d) Five
8) The backbone in fluorocarbons consist of structural unit of
a) C – F b) –C–C– c) F – F d) C – H
9) Haemoglobin contains four heme group attached to, a large protein called
a) heme b) active group c) globin d) porphyrins
10) Particle size of nanomaterials is in between
a) 100 – 1000 nm b) 10 – 100 μ m
c) 10 – 100 nm d) below 10 nm

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


5
i) Calculate the CFSE for strong and weak d configuration for octahedral
complexes.
ii) Give the limitations of CFT.
iii) Discuss the artificial radioactivity.
iv) Define essential element and trace element.
v) Explain the polymer backbone.
vi) Discuss the co-operativity in haemoglobin.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain in brief application of nanoparticles.
ii) Discuss John-Tellar distortion.
iii) Give the difference between organic and inorganic polymers.

B) Draw a neat labelled molecular orbital energy level diagram for


[Co(NH3)6 ] 3+. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain Nuclear fission reaction.
ii) Give the difference between Haemoglobin and Myoglobin.
iii) Explain the application of radioisotope in chemical investigation.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) On the basis of MOT. Explain the complex [C0F6 ]3–.
ii) Explain the use of uranium, thorium and plutonium in nuclear energy.
iii) Discuss the preparation and properties of phosphonitrilic compounds.

————————
*SLRR218* SLR-R – 218
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – X)
Gymnosperms and Palaeobotany

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) All questions carry equal marks.
iii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iv) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing the correct alternative. (1×10=10)


1) The wood of Zamia is __________
a) monoxylic b) pycnoxylic c) porous d) none of these
2) The phyllotaxy in Zamia is __________
a) Simple b) Pinnately compound
c) Palmately compound d) De compound
3) The xylem in young root of Gnetum is __________
a) diarch and exarch b) diarch and endarch
c) mesarch d) none of these
4) Because of only __________ Gnetum is a gymnosperm.
a) poly embryony b) orthotropous ovule
c) pollination by wind d) naked seeds
5) _________ is a male fructification of Lyginopteris.
a) Enigmocarpon b) Crossotheca Sagittata
c) Laginostoma d) Sphenopteris
6) In palaeostachys the sporangiophore makes _________ degree angle with
the axis.
a) 30 b) 40 c) 45 d) 60
7) Order cycadeoidales is also called order ___________
a) Bennettitales b) Coniferales c) Gnetales d) Cordaitales

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 218 *SLRR218*

8) Sclerotic nests are formed by ___________ cells in pith of Lyginopteris


oldhamia.
a) Parenchymatous b) Collenchymatous
c) Aerenchymatous d) Sclerenchymatous
9) Enigmocarpon belongs to family ___________
a) Lythraceae b) Liliaceae c) Myrtaceae d) Fabaceae
10) Microfossils play important role in __________
a) oil formation b) oil deposition
c) oil exploration d) oil degradation

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is polyembryony ?
2) Enlist Indian species of Gnetum.
3) What are protoxylem canals ?
4) What is impression ?
5) Give classification of Enigmocarpon.
6) What are microfossils ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Describe in brief female cone of Gnetum.
2) Describe T. S. of Zamia stem.
3) Give classification of Lyginopteris with form generas.
B) What is geological time scale ? Enlist different era with their periods. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the structure of female gametophyte and embryo of Zamia.
2) What are fossils ? Describe cast and amber type of fossils.
3) What is fossilization ? Describe process and favorable conditions of
fossilization.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe V. S. of Gnetum ovule, comment up on morphological nature of its
envelopes.
2) Give the process of carbon dating.
3) Explain coal and crude oil are biotic in origin.
_____________________
’

*SLRR219* SLR-R – 219


Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III/Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – X)
Biostatistics, Bioinformatics, Medical Zoology and Evolutionary
Genetics

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat, labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the
sentences : 10
i) _____________ is defined as systematic arrangement of data in rows and
columns.
a) Co-relation b) Frequency distribution
c) Histogram d) Tabulation
ii) The use of statistics on biology is called
a) Biophysics b) Biodata
c) Biostatistics d) Biographics
iii) Aquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) in human civilization is caused
by
a) HIV b) Rabis virus
c) Chicken Guinea virus d) Polio virus
iv) The disorder Elephantasis in human being is due to the pathogenic infection
of
a) Male anopheles b) Female anopheles
c) Wucheria bancrofti d) Aedes aegypti
v) Monitor is ____________ of computer.
a) Output device b) Print device
c) Storage device d) Input device

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 219 -2- *SLRR219*
vi) Bacteria are said to be
a) Akaryotic cell b) Eukaryotic cell
c) Dikaryotic cell d) Prokaryotic cell
vii) The unit measurement of bacterial cell is
a) Millimeter b) centimeter
c) Meter d) Micron
viii) A mathematical relationship was developed to explain the equilibrium between
frequencies and alleles is called
a) Mendel’s law b) Hardy-Weinberg law
c) Darwin’s law d) Sting’s law
ix) The command Alt+A is used to
a) create the file b) delete the file
c) select text d) save the text
x) In the perfect positive co-relation value of r =
a) +1 b) –1 c) 0 d) 0.5
2. Answer any five of following : 10
1) Mode
2) Merits of standard Deviation
3) Genetic drift
4) Importance of Bioinformatics
5) Rabies virus
6) Salmonella bacteria.
3. A) Answer any two of following : 6
1) Describe the Hardy-Weinberg Law of genetic equilibrium.
2) Explain in brief the disease Elephantiasis.
3) Give an account of swine flue disease.
B) Prepare a frequency table with the class-intervals 18-21, 22-25, 26-29 etc.
from the following figures which are the weights of 50 students : 4
33, 52, 18, 22, 25, 30, 38, 37, 32, 25,
24, 33, 42, 36, 26, 37, 39, 45, 31, 39
29, 32, 40, 35, 26, 38, 39, 33, 30, 34
33, 45, 28, 41, 47, 34, 22, 38, 28, 37
29, 46, 27, 23, 36, 37, 48, 31, 48, 44
*SLRR219* -3- SLR-R – 219

4. Answer any two of following : 10

1) Describe in brief three level of Bioinformatics in structural biology.

2) Describe the various types of correlation.

3) Give an brief account of pathogenicity of Rickettsiae.

5. Answer any one of following : 10

1) Give an account of pathogenicity of Entamoeba histolytica. Add a note on it’s


control.

2) Define statistical table and describe different parts of statistical table.

———————
*SLRR22* SLR-R – 22
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOGRAPHY (Paper – II)
Physical Geography (Climatology)

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Use of stencils is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the proper answers from the given below and rewrite the sentences. 10
1) ________________ is the science that studies various climates on the earth.
a) Climatology b) Meteorology
c) Geomorphology d) Oceanography

2) ______________ zone lies between and poles in both hemisphere.




$ $

a) Torrid b) Temperate
c) Frigid d) No climatic
3) The proportion of nitrogen gas in the atmosphere is ______________ %.
a) 20.96 b) 78.08
c) 0.03 d) 25.27
4) The surface temperature of sun is ________________  +
.
a) 6000 b) 600
c) 5000 d) 500
5) The atmospheric pressure at 11000 metre altitude from mean sea level is
___________ millibars.
a) 1000 b) 500
c) 250 d) 125

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 22 -2- *SLRR22*
6) The temperature decreases with increasing altitude at the rate of ___________
 +
per 160 meters.
a) 1 b) 2
c) 3 d) 4

7) The lines joining the places of equal atmospheric temperature, are called as
____________
a) isotherms b) isobars

c) isohyets d) isobaths

8) The westerlies wind blowing near 40°s latitude, is called as _____________

a) seasonal winds b) roaring fourties


c) furious fifties d) shrieking sixties

9) The value of solar constant, on the earth surface is ____________ cal/cm2/min.


a) 1 b) 2

c) 3 d) 4

10) In __________________ tropical cyclones are called as ‘Hurricanes’.

a) North America b) India


c) Japan d) Australia

2. Answer in short (any five) : 10

1) Branches of climatology.

2) What is mean by insolation ?

3) State the Farrel’s law.

4) Importance of ozone gas in the atmosphere.

5) Normal lapse rate of temperature.

6) State the various elements of weather.


*SLRR22* -3- SLR-R – 22

3. A) Write brief answer (any two) : 6


1) Describe polar winds.
2) Vertical distribution of temperature.
3) Ionosphere.
B) State the composition of atmosphere. 4

4. Write short answers (any two) : 10

1) Define climatology and explain its importance in geography.

2) State the structure of atmosphere.

3) Define cyclones and its explain its impact on human occupation.

5. Write short answers (any two) : 10

1) Describe anti trade winds in detail.

2) Describe the factors affecting on the distribution of insolation on earth surface.

3) Distinguish between weather and climate. State elements of climate.

_____________________
*SLRR220* SLR-R – 220
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – X)
Abstract Algebra

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative of the following : 10


1) The characteristic of Zn is
a) n – 1 b) n + 1 c) n d) n2

2) Let P be a prime number then the number of generators of cyclic group Zpr
where r is an integer 1 are


a) pr– pr–1 b) pr
c) pr–1 d) pr+ pr+1
3) Every group of order 11 is
a) Cyclic and abelian b) Abelian but not cyclic
c) Cyclic but not abelian d) Neither cyclic nor abelian
4) If H and K are two subgroups of group G then HK is subgroup of G iff
a) HK = {e} b) HK = KH
c) HK = H–1K–1 d) None of these
5) A one-one homomorphism from G to G1 is called
a) Monomorphism b) Epimorphism
c) Endomorphism d) Automorphism

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 220 -2- *SLRR220*

6) Which of the following is not true ?


a) Every field is division ring
b) Every field is integral domain
c) A finite integral domain is field
d) Every integral domain is field
7) One of the solution for the equation 15x 6 (mod 21) is 

a) 5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8

8) Let f : R  R
 be a ring homomorphism then f is one-one iff Kerf =

a) {1R} b) { 1

4

}
c) {0R} d) { 0

4

}

9) If 
is Euler’s 
function then 
(13) =
a) 1 b) 13 c) 12 d) 8

10) Let R be commutative ring with unity then is integral domain iff
4

a) Prime ideal b) Maximal ideal


c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) Prove that the identity element in a group G is unique.
2) State Fermat’s little theorem.
3) Whether the cycle (1 2 3) (4 6 5) is even or odd permutation.
4) If D is an integral domain and a, b, c 
D , a 0 and ba = ca then prove that b = c.


5) If U is an ideal of R and 1 U then prove that U = R. 

6) Define (i) Ring with unity (ii) Characteristic of Ring R.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Prove that field F has no proper ideals.
2) Apply Euclidean algorithm to compute (1001, 357).
3) Show that G = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} is finite abelian group under multiplication
modulo 7.

B) Let  : G  G
 is group homomorphism then prove that 
is one-one iff
Ker 
= {e}. 4
*SLRR220* -3- SLR-R – 220

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) Let H be a subgroup of a group G prove that product of two right coset of H in
G is right coset iff H is normal subgroup of G.
2) Let R be commutative ring with unity then prove that every maximal ideal of R
is prime ideal.
3) If D is an integral domain then prove that characteristic of D is either 0 or
prime.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) If P is prime no. and G is group of order P then prove that G is isomorphic to
zp .
2) Prove that the set of matrices of order 2×2 forms a ring with respect to matrix
addition and matrix multiplication.

_______________
*SLRR221* SLR-R – 221
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS
Sampling Techniques (Special Paper – X)
Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50

Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Soundless calculators are allowed.

1. Choose most appropriate alternative from those given in each case. 10

i) The number of possible samples of size n out of N population units without


replacement is
N
a) C b) n! c) Nn d) none of these
n

ii) Probability of including a specified unit in a sample of size n selected from N


units is
1 1 n
a) b) c) d) none of these
n N N
iii) An estimator can possess
a) a fixed value b) any value
c) both a and b d) neither a nor b

iv) Stratified random sampling belongs to the category of


a) judgement sampling b) subjective sampling
c) controlled sampling d) none of these

v) Systematic sampling means


a) selection of n contiguous units
b) selection of n units situated at equal distances
c) selection of n largest units
d) none of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 221 -2- *SLRR221*

vi) Sampling errors can be reduced by


a) choosing a proper random sampling
b) selecting a sample of adequate size
c) using a suitable formula for estimation
d) all of these

vii) Two stage sampling design is more efficient than single stage sampling if the
correlation between units in the first stage is
a) negative b) positive c) zero d) none of these

viii) A population is divided into clusters and it was found that within cluster variation
was less than the variation between clusters. If a sample of units was selected
from each cluster, the sampling procedure used was
a) cluster sampling b) multistage sampling
c) stratified sampling d) none of these

ix) If we have a sample of size n from a population of N units, the finite population
correction is

N −1 n −1 N−n
a) b) c) d) none of these
N N N

x) In simple random sampling with replacement, the same sampling unit may be
included in the sample
a) more than once b) only once
c) only twice d) none of these

2. Attempt any five of the following. 10

i) Explain the concept of sampling frame.

ii) Define regression estimator.

iii) Give real life situations of two stage sampling.

iv) Explain non sampling errors.

v) Define ratio estimate of population total.

vi) Describe cluster sampling.


*SLRR221* -3- SLR-R – 221

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6

i) Explain multistage sampling.

ii) State the characteristics of a good questionnaire.

iii) Describe stratified random sampling method where sample is drawn.

B) Explain systematic sampling as a particular case of cluster sampling. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following. 10

i) Obtain an unbiased estimator of population total and its variance in case of


Neyman’s optimum allocation.

ii) State the difference between ratio estimators and regression estimators.

iii) What do you mean by sampling for proportions ? Obtain an unbiased estimator
for population total.

5. Answer any two of the following. 10

i) Obtain unbiased estimator population mean and derive its standard error in
case of systematic sampling.

ii) Obtain an unbiased estimator of population total under cluster sampling. Give
any two real life situations where cluster sampling is used.

iii) What difficulties we face in planning execution and analysis of sample survey ?

_________________
*SLRR222* SLR-R – 222
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY
Geomorphology (Special Paper – X)

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) The orderly and sequential stages of development of river is postulated by
a) Steno b) Hutton c) W. M. Davis d) Penk
2) On the steeper slope, the shear stress or tangential component of gravity, gt
_________ and the perpendicular component of gravity, gp __________
a) remains stable-decreases b) decreases-remains stable
c) increases-decreases d) decreases-increases
3) Alluvial fans and alluvial cones, meanders and loops, and natural levees are
characteristic of ________ stage of fluvial erosion cycle.
a) youth b) mature
c) old d) none of these
4) Height of hill measured from its adjacent valley base is its
a) absolute relief b) initial relief
c) relative relief d) none of these
5) The level below which river cannot erode vertically downward is also called as
a) lower level erosion b) upper level erosion
c) middle level of erosion d) base level of erosion
6) The angle of repose for stability of slope is
a) 20° to 47° b) 35° to 37° c) 20° to 27° d) 30° to 37°
7) In the old stage, river valley sides show _____________ slope.
a) convex b) concave
c) rectilinear d) level to very gentle
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 222 *SLRR222*

8) Knick points are indicated by presence of


a) delta b) waterfall
c) meandering d) none of these
9) Slope angle greater than 45° can be classified as
a) almost level b) very gentle
c) moderate d) precipitous to vertical
10) Which of the following should considered when studying the history of
landscape development ?
a) Pleistocene glaciation b) Jurassic fauna
c) Plate motions d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is pene plane ?
ii) How hill slopes are measured ?
iii) Which rocks are believed to be stable even at slope angle greater than 45° ?
iv) Describe width of valley in old stage.
v) What is tectonic slope ?
vi) Which slope element occurs at the top of the hill ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is transitional sliding ?
ii) How incised meanders indicate rejuvenation ?
iii) Give any three preventive measures for mass movement.
B) Draw a table showing classification of mass movement. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Monitoring and control on mass movement.
ii) What are characters of youth stage in cycle of erosion ?
iii) Explain how jointing patterns affect on the mass movement.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe types of rejuvenation.
ii) Describe elements of slope.
iii) Describe in brief role of water in mass movement.

___________
*SLRR223* SLR-R – 223
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Special Paper – X)
Industrial Microbiology

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answers from given


alternatives. 10
1) _____________ is used for pretreatment of grape juice during wine production.
a) CO2 b) SO2 c) HCl d) NaCl
2) For making Champagne wine specially selected ___________ are used.
a) Molasses b) Grapes
c) White table wine d) Ethanol
3) Saccharomyces cerevisiae variety ellipsoides is used for production of
_______________
a) Wine b) Lysine
c) Streptomycin d) rDNA products
4) _____________ is used for commercial fermentation of Dextran.
a) [Link] b) Leuconostoc mesenteroides
c) C. diphtheriae d) B. Megaterium
5) Biopolymers are extracted and purified by precipitation with __________
a) Methanol b) NaOH
c) HCl d) Phosphoric acid
6) Interferon produced by rDNA technology is used as ____________ protein.
a) Antibacterial b) Antiviral c) Antifungal d) Antitumor
7) Streptomycin is produced by ______________
a) Penicillium notatum b) C. glutamicum
c) Streptomyces griseus d) S. cerevisiae
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 223 *SLRR223*

8) E. Coli auxotrophs and Aerobacter aerogens are used for production of


____________
a) L-lysine b) Streptomycin
c) Penicillin d) Citric acid
9) Barley Malt is used for __________ fermentation.
a) Wine b) Beer c) Citric acid d) Lysine
10) High speed cooling centrifuge is used for recovery and purification of
______________ sensitive products.
a) Acid b) Alkali c) Heat d) Salt

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Write types of beer.
ii) List media used for sterility testing.
iii) List media used for streptomycine fermentation.
iv) What is curdling of milk ?
v) Define centrifugation.
vi) Give functions of Dextran.
vii) Types of cheese.

3. A) Answer the following questions in brief any two : 6


i) Production of Idli.
ii) Write in brief about whole broth processing.
iii) Give an account on pyrogenicity testing.
B) Describe computer applications in fermentation industry. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write in detail on Good Manufacturing Practices.
ii) Describe the production of rDNA Insulin.
iii) Write on fementation economics.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the production of rDNA Interferon.
ii) Describe L-lysine Fermentation.
iii) Explain the recovery of fermentation product by solvent extraction and
chromatography.
_____________________
*SLRR224* SLR-R – 224
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – X)
Fundamentals of Communication
Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) Figures to right indicate full marks.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.
4) All questions are compulsory and equal marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following : 10

i) Which of the following is a major communication medium, used now days ?


a) Wires / cables b) Fiber-optic cables
c) Free-space d) Water

ii) Tunning a super-heterodyne is done by varying the frequency of its


______________
a) RF b) Local oscillator
c) IF d) Mixer

iii) A bell of telephone instrument is actuated, by receipt of ______________


from telephone exchange.
a) a.c. voltage b) a.c. current
c) modulating voltage d) d.c. voltage

iv) The no. of scanning lines used in PAL system for TV transmission are
______________
a) 525 b) 565
c) 655 d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 224 -2- *SLRR224*

v) A radio-wave that propagates through space by ______________


a) Surface-waves b) Space-waves
c) Sky-waves d) All of these

vi) The total side-band power, is what percentage of the carrier power, for 100%
modulation ?
a) 25% b) 50%
c) 100% d) None of these

vii) Current distribution in full-wave dipole antenna is ______________


a) Non-uniform b) Uniform
c) Random distributed d) None of these

viii) Which two sine-wave frequencies are produced, when the number (8) key is
pressed of DTMF dialer ?
a) 697 and 1477 Hz b) 852 and 1336 Hz
c) 770 and 1209 Hz d) 941 and 1633 Hz

ix) The audio-broad cast in TV is transmitted by FM. The maximum deviation


permitted is 25 KHz and maximum modulating frequency is 15 KHz, then the
deviation ratio is ______________
a) 0.60 b) 0.96 c) 1.66 d) 1.84

x) A propagation of radio-waves above 30 KHz, is achieved by means of


______________
a) Sky waves b) Ground waves
c) Micro waves d) All of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define characteristics of radio-receiver.
ii) Distinguish between AM and FM considering noise.
iii) Give the concepts of ASK and FSK.
iv) Enlist the picture qualities in Television.
v) What is subscriber local loop ?
vi) Draw the frequency spectrum of video and audio transmission in TV.
*SLRR224* -3- SLR-R – 224

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Distinguish between Yagi and parabolic antennas.
ii) What is meant by VSB operation of AM ? Why it is used for TV
transmission ?
iii) Give the different types of communication system in brief.

B) Explain the PAM, PWM, PPM with the help of waveforms. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain ratio-detector, as frequency demodulator.
ii) Write a note on composite-video signal in TV transmission.
iii) Derive the expression, for power distribution in the side bands of AM.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Explain electronic telephone exchange with essential diagram and give the
sequence of events, corresponding mechanism in transmit mode of telephone
hand-set.

ii) Why there is need of modulation ? Give the merits of digital modulation over
analogue modulation techniques and explain pulse-code modulation.

––––––––––––––––––––
*SLRR225* SLR-R – 225
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – X)
Core Java

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10

1) Which is valid keyword in Java ?


a) interface b) string c) float d) unsigned

2) We can block the running thread using ______ method.


a) sleep b) wait c) suspend d) all

3) _______ type exception caused when a conversion between strings and number
fails.
a) Arithmetic Exception b) IO Exception
c) Number Format Exception d) None

4) When method is override then all syntax are same.


a) True b) False

5) A class can not be sub classed is called


a) abstract b) super c) final d) static

6) By default _______ object is not synchronised.


a) Vector b) Arraylist c) Hashtable d) None of these

7) _______ package is imported implicitely.


a) [Link] b) [Link] c) [Link] d) [Link]

8) ________ is super class of Exception class.


a) Throwable b) Runnable c) Exception d) String
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 225 *SLRR225*

9) Garbage collection automatically take place in JVM.


a) True b) False

10) JAR stands for


a) Java Archive b) Java Archive Runner
c) Java Application Runner d) None of these

2. Attempt any five questions from the following : 10


1) Define ‘Object’.
2) What is Package ?
3) Is Java a pure object oriented programming language ?
4) Explain wait ( ) method.
5) Define ‘Iostream’.
6) What is serialization ?

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Differentiate between ‘static variable’ and ‘instance variable’.
2) Why does java not supporting for operator overloading ?
3) What is an Abstract class ? What is its purpose ?

B) Write a program to check entered number is prime or not. 4

4. Attempt any two of the followings : 10


1) Write a program to demonstrate interface.
2) Write a program to write five students records in a file.
3) Write a program to demonstrate user defined exception with example.

5. Attempt any two questions from the followings : 10


1) Explain ‘Thread life cycle’ in detail.
2) Explain working of JVM.
3) Explain ‘this’ keyword with example.

_______________
*SLRR226* SLR-R – 226
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – XI)
Classical Mechanics and Spectroscopy

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.
ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
iv) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative : 10


i) Selection rule for j in emission transitions is
a)  j=0 b)  j=  1
c) j = 0, 1

d) j = 2   

ii) Good quantum numbers in anomolous Zeeman effect are


a) n, l, ml, ms b) n, l, j, mj
c) n, l, j, s d) n, l, s, ms
iii) Capacity of a shell to hold electrons is
a) 2n2 b) 2(2l + 1)
c) (2l + 1) d) n2
iv) Mechanics of a particle is contained in the Newton’s _________ law of motion.
a) First b) Second
c) Third d) Fourth
v) Principal of virtual work is expressed by the equation

a) b)
=

 . E .  H E    F i .  r i  0

E E

   




. .

   

 = 

c) d)

. E 2 E  H E  
. E 2 E  H E  

   

E E

   

P.T.O.
   
SLR-R – 226 -2- *SLRR226*
vi) On the earth, the maximum magnitude of the Coriolis acceleration is at the
a) Equator b) North and South poles
c) At the latitude 45° d) At the latitude 135°
vii) When constraints are introduced into a system, its number of degrees of
freedom
a) Is reduced b) Is increased
c) Remains the same d) Becomes zero
viii) Electronic spectra of diatomic molecules occurs in
a) Visible and uv region b) Microwave region
c) Infrared region d) X-ray region
ix) The reduced Plank’s constant is given by

a) b) h
D

c) D


d) D

x) Raman shift for Stoke’s lines is


a) Positive b) Negative
c) Zero d) Both a) and b)

2. Attempt any five : 10


i) What are shells and subshells ?
ii) What is Paschen back effect ?
iii) Give properties of Raman lines.
iv) State the conservation theorems for linear momentum and angular momentum
of a particle.
v) Define scleronomus and rheonomous constraints.
vi) Define inertial and non-inertial frames of reference.
*SLRR226* -3- SLR-R – 226

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


i) Write a note on first order stark effect in hydrogen.
ii) What are the difficulties introduced by constraints in the mechanical
problems ?
iii) What is Corioli’s acceleration ? When does it come into effect ?
B) The Raman exciting line in an experiment is 4358 A°. A sample gives Stoke’s
line at 4458 A°. Calculate the Raman shift. 4

4. Attempt any two : 10


i) Solve the Lagrangian equation for the motion of a bead sliding on rotating
wire in forced free space.
ii) Write difference between Raman spectra and infrared spectra.
iii) Explain anomalous Zeeman effect.

5. Attempt any one : 10


i) Explain in brief optical spectral series in sodium with energy level diagram.
Give an account of doublet fine structure based on electron spin orbit
interaction.
ii) State and prove conservation theorem for linear momentum and angular
momentum for a system of particles.
___________
*SLRR227* SLR-R – 227

Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Special Paper – XI)
Organic Chemistry

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Spectroscopic chart supplied by the university is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative for each of the following : 10


i) For the determination of the functional groups __________ spectroscopy is
more useful.
a) UV b) Mass c) IR d) NMR
ii) In NMR spectrum of toluene, the peak area ratio is _________
a) 5 : 3 b) 2 : 1 c) 3 : 1 d) 1 : 1
iii) In a mass spectrometer, a stream of ___________ is generated from the
vapourised sample using electron beam.
a) free radicals b) molecules
c) anions d) cations
iv) The most unstable conformation of cyclohexane is the _________
a) half chair form b) chair form
c) boat form d) twist boat form
v) In Knoevenagel reaction, carbanion is produced from active methylene
compound by using suitable ___________
a) Acid b) Base
c) AlCl3 d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 227 -2- *SLRR227*

vi) In general, substituents on chair cyclohexane ring prefer to be __________


a) Syn b) Eclipsed
c) Axial d) Equatorial
vii) In Reformatsky reaction, aldehyde or ketone is treated with _________ in
presence of zinc to give β -hydroxy ester.
a) β -chloroester b) β -bromoester
c) α -bromoester d) α -hydroxyester
viii) Ethylacetoacetate reacts with phenyl hydrazine to give ___________
a) Antipyrine b) Aspirin
c) 4-methyl uracil d) Alanine
ix) NMR spectrum of 2-pentanone has ____________
a) 4 signals; a singlet, 2 triplets, a multiplate
b) 3 signals; a singlet, 2 triplets, a quartet
c) 3 signals; a singlet, 2 triplets
d) 3 signals; 2 triplets, a multiplate
x) Out of following __________ is not an active methylene compound.
a) CH2(COOC2H5)2
b) CH3CH2COOC2H5
c) CH3COCH2COOC2H5
d) CNCH2COOC2H5

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Calculate the number of fundamental modes of vibrations in following
molecules
a) Carbon dioxide
b) Water.
ii) What are magnetic and non-magnetic nuclei ? Give examples.
iii) Explain 1 : 3 diaxial interactions in case of cyclohexanol.
iv) Write the limitations of Baeyer’s strain theory.
*SLRR227* -3- SLR-R – 227

v) Predict the product ‘A’ of the following reaction and write the name of this
reaction.

Δ
C6H5CONH2 + NaOBr ⎯⎯→ ‘A’ + CO 2 ↑ + NaBr .
vi) Explain ketonic hydrolysis of ethyl acetoacetate.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the basic principle involved in mass spectroscopy with schematic
diagram of a mass spectrometer.
ii) Sketch the mechanism of transformation

CH3 CH3
| |
AgOH
CH3 − C − CH2 − Br ⎯⎯ CH − C − CH2 − CH3 .
⎯⎯→ 3
| |
CH3 OH

iii) Out of two isomeric compounds A and B having molecular formula C4H8O,
one gives Tollen’s reagent test positive and other one negative. They
show IR bands as below :

Comp. A : 2720 cm–1, 1720 cm–1

Comp. B : 1720 cm–1

Write their possible structures.


B) Out of boat and chair forms of cyclohexane which one is more stable ? Why ? 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the mechanism of Wittig reaction.
ii) Write the synthetic applications of diethyl malonate in the preparation of

a) Methyl diethyl malonate

b) Alanine

c) Barbituric acid.
SLR-R – 227 -4- *SLRR227*

iii) What is chemical shift ? How is it measured ? How many NMR signals are
possible for following compounds ?
a) CH3COCH3
b) CH3CH2OH.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain different types of ions generated in mass spectroscopy with suitable
examples.
ii) What is keto-enol tautomerism ? How does it differ from resonance ? Explain
with suitable example.
iii) Deduce the structure of the compound from the following spectral data :
Molecular formula : C7H8
m/z : 92
IR (cm–1) : 3080, 1600, 1585, 1500, 1450.
NMR : 2.2 δ (S, 3H)
7.1 δ (S, 5H).
*SLRR227* -5- SLR-R – 227
SLR-R – 227 -6- *SLRR227*

_____________________
*SLRR228* SLR-R – 228
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – XI)
Genetics
Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carries equal marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing correct alternative : 10


1) Medelian Trait shows ______________ pairs of contrasting characters.
a) 6 b) 7 c) 8 d) 9
2) ______________ coined the basic terminologies in genetics.
a) T. H. Morgan b) G. Mendel c) W. Bateson d) Watson
3) Mendels law of independent assortment shows the phenotypic ration ________
a) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 b) 9 : 3 : 4 c) 9 : 7 d) 13 : 3
4) The pairing of homologues chromosomes is known as ______________
a) Bivalent b) Tetravalent
c) Synapsis d) Terminalization
5) The Sex Index (X/O) ratio produces 0.5 which results in ______________
a) Female b) Super female
c) Male d) Super male
6) Extrachromosomal inheritance is also called ______________
a) Paternal inheritance
b) Maternal inheritance
c) Paternal and Maternal inheritance
d) None of these
7) _________ genes are present on the nonhomologous parts of ‘Y’ chromosomes
which pass on directly from father to son.
a) Digenic b) Diandric
c) Hologenic d) Holandric
8) There are ______________ types of blood groups.
a) 3 b) 4 c) 5 d) 6
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 228 *SLRR228*
9) The rotation of block of genes by 180° within chromosome is known as
______________
a) Inversion b) Deletion c) Translocation d) Duplication
10) The self incompatibility was firstly reported by ______________ in Nicotiana
tabacum.
a) T. H. Morgan b) Bateson c) E. East d) Wiener

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define genetics.
ii) Define linkage.
iii) What is colour blindness ?
iv) Define deletion.
v) What is chiasma ?
vi) What is the gene interaction ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the Mendels Law of dominance.
ii) Explain cytoplasmic inheritance with respect to plastid.
iii) What are the types of duplication ?
B) Terminologies in genetics. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is the gene interaction ? Explain supplementary gene interaction with
suitable example.
ii) Write note on ‘Hardy and Weinberg law’.
iii) What are the multiple alleles ? Describe multiple alleles in eye-colour of
Drosophila.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is the crossing over ? Describe the mechanism of crossing over.
ii) What is the polyploidy ? Describe in brief types of polyploidy.
iii) Describe the sex-determination in man.

_____________________
’

*SLRR229* SLR-R – 229


Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY
Special Paper XI : Comparative Anatomy of Chordates

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions: I) All questions are compulsory.


II) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
III) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the sentence. 10

1) Uropygial glands are present in


a) Fishes b) Mammals
c) Birds d) Amphibians

2) Amphibians posses __________ type of kidney.


a) Pronephros b) Mesonephros
c) Metanephros d) Opisthonephros

3) Sinus venosus is on the way of disappear once in _________ group of


vertebrates.
a) Avian b) Reptilian
c) Mammalian d) Amphibian

4) Lobi inferioris are present in brain of


a) Amphibians b) Reptiles
c) Elasmobranchs d) Mammals

5) Axis vertebra of mammals is characterised by


a) Procelous centrum b) Amphicoelous centrum
c) Odontoid process d) Deltoid process
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 229 -2- *SLRR229*

6) Rhinocoel is present in
a) Olfactory lobe b) Optic lobe
c) Cerebellum d) Medulla oblongata

7) __________ types of scales are present in Elasmo branch fishes.


a) Placoid b) Cycloid c) Ctenoid d) Ganoid

8) Optic lobes are divided into two each and hence are called corpora
quadrigemina in
a) Fish b) Frog c) Lizard d) Rat

9) Rhinoceros horn is a modification of


a) Scales b) Glands c) Shields d) Hairs

10) __________ glands secrete sweat.


a) Sudoriferous b) Uropygial c) Lacrimal d) Mucous glands

2. Answer any five of the following. 10

1) Cutaneous respiration in amphibia.

2) Skin of birds.

3) Eye of Rat.

4) Gills of scoliodon.

5) Placoid scale.

6) Heart of Reptile.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


1) Describe membranous labyrinth of Dog fish.
2) Explain evolutionary changes in brain of vertebrates.
3) Ultrafiltration in metanephros kidney.

B) Write the answer.


1) Hepatic portal system in frog. 4
*SLRR229* -3- SLR-R – 229

4. Answer any two of the following. 10

1) Fore gut in birds.


2) Describe the mammalian glands.
3) Describe Respiratory organs in Reptiles.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10


1) Explain the evolution of aortic arches in vertebrates.
2) Describe soft derivatives in vertebrates.
_______________
*SLR-R-23* SLR-R – 23
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – I)
Descriptive Statistics – I
Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10

i) With the help of curve, one can not determine.

a) median b) deciles c) percentiles d) mode

ii) Attributes are measured using


a) Nominal scale b) Ordinal scale
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these

iii) Median is
a) Most frequent value b) Minimum value
c) Middle most value d) None of these

iv) The arithmetic mean of two numbers is 5 and their geometric mean is 4, then
the numbers are
a) 8, 2 b) 7, 3 c) 15, – 2 d) None of these

v) The formula for geometric mean is

1 ⎡1 ⎤
a) ∑ log x b) log ⎢ ∑ x ⎥
n ⎣n ⎦

⎡1 ⎤
c) anh log ⎢ ∑ log x ⎥ d) None of these
⎣n ⎦
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 23 -2- *SLR-R-23*

vi) An ideal measures of dispersion is


a) Range b) Q.D
c) S.D d) M.D

vii) In order to compare the variability of different groups the best measure is
a) Range b) S.D
c) C.V d) None of these

viii) If first order moments about 5 is 2 then the mean is equal to


a) 5 b) 2
c) 7 d) None of these

ix) If β 2 < 3 then the curve is


a) Lepto Kurtic b) Platty Kurtic
c) Meso Kurtic d) None of these

x) The first order moment about mean is


a) Zero b) One
c) Variance d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Distinguish between qualitative and quantitative data.

ii) What is frequency polygon ?

iii) Define mean and median.

iv) Define quartile deviation and mean deviation.

v) Write a short note on Sheppord correction for moments.

vi) Explain the term karlosis with reference to a frequency curve.


*SLR-R-23* -3- SLR-R – 23

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the construction of Histogram for grouped frequency distribution.
ii) What is the effect of change of origin and scale on arithmetic mean.
iii) Define moments about origin and mean prove that μ 2 = μ′2 − μ′12 .
B) State and prove minimal property of mean square deviation. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Show that Bowley’s coefficient of skewness lies between –1 and +1.
ii) For two positive observations a and b show that Hm ≤ Gm ≤ Am.

iii) If X1 and X2 are the means of two groups of sizes n1 and n2 respectively.
Derive the formula to obtain mean of (n1 + n2) values pooled together.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Define raw and central moments. Obtain the first four central moments in
terms of raw moments.
ii) Derive the formula for mode for a grouped frequency distribution.

_____________________
*SLRR230* SLR-R – 230
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XI)
Complex Analysis

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select correct alternative for each of the following : 10


i) The circle defined by z = cost + i sint,   J  
is –––––––– curve.
a) closed and simple b) closed but not simple
c) not closed but simple d) not closed and not simple
ii) If f(z) is analytic at each point in the some neighbourhood of z = z0, then the
point z = z0 is called ––––––––– of a function f(z).
a) removable singularity
b) isolated singularity
c) isolated essential singularity
d) none of these
iii) Polar form of Cauchy-Riemann equations is

a)
 u  v  u  v

 r ,  r 

 r      r

b)
1  u  v  v  u

 , r  

r  r    r  

c)
 u  v  u  v

r  ,   r

 r      r

d) none of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 230 -2- *SLRR230*

iv) The complex integral of f(z) along L has the property

a) 
f  z  d z 


| f ( z ) | | d z |

b) 
f  z  d z 


| f ( z ) | | d z |

L L L L

c) 
f

z

d z 


| f ( z ) | | d z |

d) 
f

z

d z 


| f ( z ) | | d z |

L L L L

v) If a closed interval [a, b] is divided into n subintervals by inserting n – 1


intermediate points satisfying a = t0 < t1 < . . .< tn–1 < tn = b, then the set
P = {t0, t1, . . ., tn} is called __________ of the interval [a, b].
a) Partition b) Norm

c) Contour d) None of these

vi) The residue at z = a is the coefficient of ___________ in the expansion of


f(a + t).

a) b)
 

J  = J

c) d) None of these


J  =

vii) Residue at infinity is where integral along C is performed in


1

 f ( z ) d z

2  i

_________ direction.
a) Straight line b) Clockwise
c) Anti-clockwise d) None of these

viii) If f(z) is regular except at finite number of poles within closed contour C and
continuous on the boundary of C then f ( z ) d z 
_________ where R is residues


of f(z) at its poles.


a)   4
b)   4

c)  E  4
d)  E  4
*SLRR230* -3- SLR-R – 230

ix) The value of the complex integral 


d z
where L is a closed rectifiable arc is
L

a) Zero b) One c) Finite d) Infinity


x) Laplace’s equation is

a) b)
       

  

 N  O  N  O

c) d)
       

  

 N  O  N  O

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


a) Show that the function u = x3 – 3xy2 + 3x2 – 3y2 + 1 is harmonic.
b) If f(z) and g(z) are analytic functions in a domain D, then prove that
d d

 
g ( z ) f ( z )  f ( z ) [ g ( z ) ]

.

d f ( z )

d z d z

 , g ( z )  0

 

d z g ( z )

[ g ( z ) ]

 

c) Define Laurent’s series for analytic function f(z) in the ring shaped region D
bounded by two concentric circles.
d) Find the poles and their orders for the function given by

.
z  1

f ( z ) 

( z  1 ) ( z  3 ) ( z  4 ) ( z  5 )

e) Expand sinz in a Taylor’s series about z = 0.

f) Evaluate along the arc of circle |z| = 1 from –1 to +1 above the axis.
1

d z

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

a) Expand in a Laurent’s series valid for the regions


z  3

f ( z ) 

z  z  2 z

| z |<1, 1<| z |<2 and | z |>2.


b) State and prove Cauchy-Riemann equations in polar form.
c) Find the analytic function of which real part is e–x[(x2– y2) cosy + 2xysiny].


B) Prove that . 4
a d  

 , a  0

a  s i n 

1  a


SLR-R – 230 -4- *SLRR230*

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


a) State and prove Cauchy’s fundamental theorem.
b) For what values of z do the function w defined by z = sinhu cosv + i coshu sin v
cease to be analytic ?

c) Find the residue of at its pole.


1

( z  1 )

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


a) State and prove Cauchy’s residue theorem.
b) Show that the continuous single valued function f(z) is analytic in the domain D,
if four partial derivatives ux, uy, vx, vy exists and continuous and satisfy
Cauchy-Riemann equations at each point of the domain D.

_______________
*SLRR231* SLR-R – 231
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Special Paper – XI)
Probability Distributions and Stochastic Process

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Use of scientific calculators is allowed.
3) Use of statistical tables is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the most correct alternative. 10


i) In Markov chain state j is said to be accessible from state i if

a) Pij(n) = 0 b) Pjj(n) = 0 c) Pij(n) > 0 d) None of these

ii) If X ~ B(1, P). Suppose X is truncated at X = 0 then V(X) =


a) 1 b) 0 c) pq d) None of these

iii) If the support of r.v. X is (a, b) and if it is truncated below a + 5, then it is


allowed to take values in the interval
a) ( − ∞, a) b) (a, b) if a + 5 < b
c) (a, b) if a + 5 > b d) (0 to a + 5)

iv) If (X, Y) ~ BN(0, 0, 1, 1, ρ ) then range of E(Y | X = 1) is


a) 0 to 1 b) − ∞ to 0 c) 0 to ∞ d) – 1 to 1

v) For Laplace (μ, λ ) distribution

a) β1 = 0, β 2 = 3 b) β1 > 0, β 2 = 6

c) β1 = 0, β 2 = 6 d) β1 < 0, β 2 = 3

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 231 -2- *SLRR231*

vi) If X ~ Laplace (0, 1) and if X < 0 then P(X < x) =

1 ex 1 e− x
a) b) c) ex d) e–x
2 2

vii) If X ~ C(0, 1) then V(x) =


a) 0.5 b) 1 c) 1.5 d) does not exists

viii) If X ~ log normal (μ, σ 2 ) then

a) β1 increases with μ

b) β1 decreases with μ

c) β1 increases with μ if μ > 0 and β1 decreases with μ if μ < 0

d) β1 does not depend upon the value of μ

ix) If state 3 is absorbing state then P32 =


a) 1 b) 0 c) less than 1 d) 0.5
x) If X1, X2, ..., Xn are iid C(1, 1) r.v.s then the distribution of sample mean

X = 1 Σ X i is
n
a) C(n, n) b) C(1, n) c) C(n, 1) d) C(1, 1)

2. Attempt any five from the following. 10

a) If (X, Y) ~ BN (μ1, μ 2, σ1 , σ 2, ρ) . Write the expression for E(Y | X = K).


2 2

b) Write down the pdf of Laplace distribution with parameters μ and λ .


c) Sketch the probability curve of Cauchy distribution.
d) Give the example of a stochastic process with discrete state space and
discrete parameter space.
e) If X1, X 2, X3, X4, X5, X 6 are iid N(0, 1) random variables then state the
X1 X 2 X 3
distribution of x + X + X and identify the parameters.
6 5 4

f) Define Stochastic matrix.


*SLRR231* -3- SLR-R – 231

3. A) Attempt any two from the following. 6


i) State the cdf of Cauchy (μ, λ ) distribution and find t such that
P(X < t) = 0.25.
ii) If (X, Y) is a bivariate normal r.v. with
⎡ ⎤
f(x, y) = C ⋅ exp ⎢ − 1 2 (x 2 − 2ρ xy + y 2 )⎥ then i) find C ii) E(Y) iii) V(Y).
⎣ 2(1 − ρ ) ⎦
iii) Write the pdf of truncated normal distribution, truncated above b and state
its mean.
B) Define lognormal distribution and prove its relationship with normal distribution. 4

4. Answer any two from the following. 10


A) A certain community is served by 3 free local newspapers. Each month people
have a choice of receiving one of the 3 papers. Of those who receive news-
paper-1 each month, 30% switch to news-paper-2 and 20% to newspaper -3.
Of those who receive newspaper – 2 each month, 10% switch to newspaper – 1
and 25% to newspaper 3.
Of those who receive newspaper – 3 each month, 15% switch to newspaper – 1
and 30% switch to newspaper – 2.
If 50% homes receive newspaper – 1, 35% receive newspaper – 2 and
remaining are receiving newspaper – 3, what percentage will receive
newspaper 3 one month from now ?

B) If X ~ lognormal (μ, σ2 ) find its cdf.


X.
C) If X, Y are iid normal (0, 1) r.v.s find the distribution of u =
Y
5. Attempt any two from the following. 10

A) Obtain mgf of Laplace (μ, λ ) distribution.

2 2
B) Find mgf of bivariate normal distribution with parameters μ x , μ y, σ x , σ y and ρ .

C) Find cdf of C(0, 1) distribution and hence find its quartile deviation.
–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR233* SLR-R – 233
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Agricultural Microbiology (Special Paper – XI)

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answer from given


alternatives. 10
i) The end product of degradation of organic nitrogen is __________
a) Peptides b) Amino acids c) Proteins d) All of these
ii) The size of sand particles ranges from _________ mm.
a) 0.05 – 2.00 b) 0.001 – 0.01
c) 2.00 – 4.00 d) 4.00 – 5.00
iii) For composting optimum C : N ratio required is __________
a) 10 : 20 b) 20 : 30 c) 30 : 40 d) 40 : 50
iv) Ustilago Scitaminea causes ___________ disease in plants.
a) Soft rot of potato b) Oily spot on pomegranate
c) Whip smut of sugarcane d) None of these
v) Harizon ‘A’ of soil consists of ___________
a) Organic matter and mineral particles
b) Fine and mineral particles
c) Wheathered rocks
d) Unwheathered rocks
vi) The native cellulose molecules are attacked by __________ enzyme.
a) Cx b) C1 c) Glucanase d) Glucocellulases
vii) ___________ composting material is obtained through the agency of
earthworms.
a) Might soil b) FYM c) Green manure d) Vermi

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 233 *SLRR233*

viii) The conversion of nontoxic substance to a toxic product by microorganism


in soil is by __________ reaction.
a) Activation b) Diffusion c) Detoxification d) Degradation
ix) Vanillic acid is a product formed after the degradation of __________
a) Cellulose b) Hydrocarbons
c) Lignin d) Pesticides
x) ___________ group of organisms dominate in soil.
a) Bacteria b) Actinomycetes
c) Fungi d) Yeasts

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) List two pesticide degrading organisms in soil.
ii) What is solubilization of phosphorous ?
iii) List major groups of microorganisms in soil.
iv) What is compost ? Give one example of compost.
v) What is ammonification ?
vi) List two organisms involved in methane oxidation.
vii) Explain soil horizons.

3. A) Answer the questions in brief (any two) : 6


i) Degradation of aromatic hydro carbons.
ii) Explain in short nitrogen cycle.
iii) Describe in detail control measures of plant diseases.
B) Write in detail biodegradation of lignin. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain in detail process of vermicomposting.
ii) Write in brief biodegradation of pesticides.
iii) Explain in detail production of green manures.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write about applications of biotechnology in agriculture.
ii) Explain biochemistry involved in cellulose degradation.
iii) Write on role of microorganisms in carbon cycle.
_____________________
*SLRR234* SLR-R – 234
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – XI)
Microcontroller and Interfacing

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logtable and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


i) To declare port pin P1.4 as an input pin, the correct instruction is
a) CLR P1.4 b) SETB P1.4
c) CPL P1.4 d) MOV C, P1.4
ii) In mode-2, the timer rolls over when the timer count goes from
a) 0000 to FFFF b) 00 to FF
c) FFFF to 0000 d) FF to 00
iii) SBUF register is used in serial communication to hold the data to be
a) transmitted b) received
c) both a & b d) displayed
iv) The program written for a particular interrupt is called __________ program.
a) main b) delay
c) ISR d) subroutine
v) In I/O mapped I/O mode ____________ devices can be interfaced to the
controller.
a) 8 b) 64 c) 256 d) 512

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 234 -2- *SLRR234*

vi) 2764 is a ____________


a) 8 k byte RAM b) 8 k byte EPROM
c) 64 k byte RAM d) 64 k byte EPROM
vii) “Step size” is a terminology used for
a) ADC b) DAC c) 8255 PPI d) EPROM
viii) If the stepping angle of a stepper motor is 2°, the number of steps it takes to
complete one full rotation is
a) 200 b) 360 c) 300 d) 180
ix) To demultiplex the buses, the controller sends a special signal called
a) ALE b) PSEN c) RESET d) Hold
x) In 4 by 4 matrix keyboard, the total number of keys will be
a) 4 b) 8 c) 16 d) 32

2. Answer any five (two marks each) : 10


i) Why does PORT-O need external pull-up resistors ?
ii) Give the significance of SMOD bit in serial communication.
iii) Whether RESET is on interrupt or not ? Comment.
iv) Does interfacing means hardware connections only ? Comment.
v) Why an OPAMP is used at the output of DAC 0808 ?
vi) Show the interfacing of relay to port pin P1.6.

3. A) Answer any two (three marks each) : 6


i) Explain the basics of serial communication.
ii) If a reference current to DACO 808 is 2 mA, calculate the output current
for hex data input 55H and AAH.

iii) Obtain the control word to initialize the 8255 PPI in simple I/O mode with
PORT-A as output, PORT-B as input and PORT-C not used.

B) Explain with suitable example the concept of I/O mapped I/O mode. 4
*SLRR234* -3- SLR-R – 234

4. Answer any two (five marks each) 10

i) Explain the pin structure of 8255 PPI.

ii) Write a program to read PORT-1 data and send it serially at 9600 band rate
continuously in mode-1. Assume crystal frequency to be 11.0592 MHz.

iii) Explain the interfacing of 16×2 LCD to P C 89V51. Write programming steps
or draw flowchart to display “My India”.

5. Answer any one : 10

A) Explain the interfacing of stepper motor using ULN 2003. Write a program to
rotate the motor in clockwise or in anticlockwise direction.

B) Explain the interfacing of RAM 6264 to P C89V51. Discuss the memory


map.

_____________
*SLRR235* SLR-R – 235
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – XI)
Operating System – I

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions are equal marks.
3) Calculator is not allowed.

1. Choose the correct answer : 10


1) _________ is an example of distributed system.
a) client server system b) clustered system
c) multiprocessor system d) none of these
2) The command interpreter acts as an interface between
a) User and CPU b) CPU and I/O devices
c) CPU and Secondary devices d) Two different devices
3) Compaction is a solution for
a) Internal fragmentation b) External fragmentation
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
4) ________ is used for deadlock avoidance if we have only on instance of each
resource type.
a) Bankers algorithm b) Safety algorithm
c) Resource allocation graph d) None of these
5) Out of the four necessary conditions __________ must hold simultaneously
for a deadlock to occur.
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
6) The critical section problem is a problem faced by
a) User process b) O.S. process
c) Co-operating system process d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 235 *SLRR235*
7) An I/O bound program has
a) few very small I/O bursts b) few very big I/O bursts
c) many very short CPU bursts d) many very long CPU bursts
8) The O.S. provides the mechanism of _________ for processes.
a) creation and termination b) editing and compilation
c) execution d) none of these
9) SJF is a special case of
a) priority algorithm b) preemptive algorithm
c) FCFC d) non-preemptive algorithm
10) The philosopher problem is an example of
a) memory management system b) critical section problem
c) free space allocation problem d) none of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What are the types of client server systems ?
2) What are schedular ?
3) What are binary semaphore ?
4) What is threads ?
5) What is swapping ?
6) Which are the methods the deadlock by killing process can be utilized ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain deadlock preventation.
2) Explain batch operating system.
3) Write note on layered system.
B) Explain page replacement algorithms. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) What is deadlock ? Explain deadlock recovery.
2) Explain classic problem of synchronization.
3) Explain services provided by operating system.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain SJF.
2) Write note on paging.
3) Explain critical section problems.
___________
*SLRR236* SLR-R – 236
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – XII)
Electrodynamics

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of calculator or log tables is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


i) The relations between electric field and magnetic field is established by
___________
a) Maxwell b) Newton c) Ohm d) Kirchhoff
ii) Laplace’s equation is applicable to ______________
a) region with certain charge distribution
b) region with uniform charge distribution
c) charge free region
d) both a) and b)
iii) The trajectory of a particle entering an electric field in a direction perpendicular
to E is _______________
a) straight line parallel to E b) parabola
c) circle d) helix
iv) Generation of motional emf is the principle of ____________
a) generator b) battery
c) voltaic cell d) photovoltaic cell
v) Mutual inductance is measured in ________________
a) Farad b) Ohm
c) Weber d) Henry

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 236 -2- *SLRR236*

vi) The displacement current density in a dielectric medium is __________

∂D ∂E
a) ∂D = 0 b) = ∈0
∂t ∂t ∂t

∂D ∂E ∂D 1 ∂E
c) = P + ∈0 d) =
∂t ∂t ∂t ∈0 ∂t

vii) The nature of electromagnetic wave is ______________


a) longitudinal b) stationary
c) transverse d) all a), b) and c)
viii) When a wave gets reflected from the surface of a denser medium, there
occurs a phase change of ____________
a) 0° b) 60° c) 90° d) 180°

⎛n ⎞
ix) The expression for critical angle of incidence is given by θC = Sin−1 ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟
⎝ n1 ⎠
where, _______________
a) n2 > n1 b) n1 > n2 c) n1 = n2 d) n1 ≅ n2
x) Total power radiated by electric dipole is proportional to ___________
a) frequency
b) square of frequency
c) square root of frequency
d) forth power of frequency

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Write down Poisson’s equation with meaning of each term.
2) Define self inductance of a coil.
3) Define current density J .
4) State the principle of transformer.
5) What is transmission coefficient of electromagnetic wave ?
6) Define retarded time.
*SLRR236* -3- SLR-R – 236

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Define emf and obtain expression for motional emf.
2) State and discuss Ampere’s law.
3) Considering Maxwell’s equations in vacuum, find out wave equations and
wave velocity equation.
B) Find the transmission coefficient for normal incidence at glass-air interface.
Given : Refractive index of glass = 1.5 and refractive index of air = 1.0. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Obtain an expression for self inductance of a straight conductor due to field
inside it.
2) Write note on Biot-Savarts law.
3) Explain total internal reflection of em waves.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) State Maxwells equations for vacuum and explain the physical significance of
each equation.
2) Discuss the trajectory of a charged particle entering a uniform magnetic field
( B ) , such that its initial velocity is perpendicular to B .

_____________________
*SLRR237* SLR-R – 237
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Special Paper – XII)
Analytical and Industrial Physical Chemistry

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and give equations wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the most correct alternative from among those given below and rewrite
the sentence : 10

1) The unit of cell constant is


a) cm b) cm–1
c) m d) m


2) __________ is used as a anode in aluminium anodising.


a) Cr b) Pb
c) Al d) Ni

3) The molecular formula of quinhydrone is


a) C6 H4 (OH)2 . C6 H4 (OH)2 b) C6 H4 O2 . C6 H4 (OH)2
c) C6 H4 O2 . C6 H4 O2 d) None of these

4) In electroplating current density is usually expressed in


a) A/dm2 b) A-dm2
c) A-cm2 d) A-m3

5) For flame photometry __________ sample can be used.


a) solid b) gas
c) liquid d) all of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 237 -2- *SLRR237*
6) The good oxidant to excite metals in flame is
a) O2 b) H2
c) N2 d) all of these

7) The glass bulb of glass electrode consists of __________ HCI.


a) 0.001 M b) 0.01 M
c) 0.1 M d) 1 M

8) By convention, the potential of the standard hydrogen electrode is assigned a


value of __________ V.
a) 0.0 b) 0.1
c) 1 d) none of these

9) Optical density can be given as


I 1

a) b)
t

l o g l o g

1 0  

I I

o J

c) d) all of these
1

l o g

 

10) The specific conductance of conductivity water is in the range of


a) 10–6 ohm–1 cm–1
b) 10–3 ohm–1 cm–1
c) 106 ohm–1 cm–1
d) 103 ohm–1 cm–1

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define pickling process. Name the acids generally used for pickling.

ii) State Beer’s law.

iii) Mention different salts of nickel used as a source for Ni++ ions.

iv) Draw neat labelled diagram for dip type conductivity cell.

v) What is throwing power ?

vi) Give the construction and electrode reaction of hydrogen electrode.


*SLRR237* -3- SLR-R – 237
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
i) What are the limitations of flame photometry ?
ii) Explain the terms :
a) Opacity
b) Molar extinction coefficient.
iii) What is electrolysis ? State first and second law of electrolysis.

B) Mention different types of burners used in flame photometry. Explain one of


them. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) What do you mean by conductometric titrations ? Discuss graphically the


titration between strong acid and strong base.

ii) Write a note on analytical methods for locating end points.

iii) With the help of block diagram, explain various parts involved in flame
photometer.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Describe in detail anodising process.

ii) Write a note on circuit of direct reading potentiometer.

iii) Discuss applications of flame photometry.

___________
*SLRR238* SLR-R – 238
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – XII)
Plant Biochemistry

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) Figures to the right indicate full marks.


ii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the sentence by choosing proper answer 10


i) ____________ are the polyhydroxy alcohols or polyhydroxy ketones.
a) Carbohydrates b) Nucleic acids c) Proteins d) Lipids
ii) Monosaccharides containing six carbon atoms are called as _____________
a) Trioses b) Tetroses c) Pentoses d) Hexoses
iii) _______________ is formed of two molecules of glucose.
a) Sucrose b) Lactose c) Maltose d) Xylose
iv) Lipids are formed by a chemical reaction between ____________
a) Two glucose molecules
b) A glycerol molecule and three fatty acid molecules
c) Three glycerol molecules and one fatty acid molecule
d) A glycerol molecule and three amino acid molecules
v) ______________ is a saturated fatty acid.
a) Palmitic acid b) Oleic acid c) Linoleic acid d) Linolenic acid
vi) ______________ are simple lipids
a) Fats b) Glycolipids c) Phospholipids d) All of these
vii) ______________ is synthesized from oxaloacetate by transamination of
glutamate.
a) Aspartic acid b) Arginine c) Alanine d) Proline

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 238 *SLRR238*

viii) Proteins on complete hydrolysis, yield _____________


a) Nucleic acids b) Organic acids
c) L- α aminoacids d) Fatty acids
ix) _______________ is a nonprotein amino acid.
a) Lysine b) Glutamic acid c) Aspartic acid d) Azaserine
x) ______________ is a site of protein synthesis.
a) Mitochondrion b) Chloroplast c) Golgicomplex d) Ribosome

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define proteins.
ii) Explain any two chemical properties of monosaccharides.
iii) Enlist any four essential amino acids.
iv) Write the structure of palmitic acid.
v) Mention any two chemical properties of lipids.
vi) What is lactose ? Mention the natural sources of lactose.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What are disaccharides ? Mention any two physical properties of sucrose.
ii) What are imino acids ? Give any two examples of imino acids.
iii) What are lipids ? Write structure of any one unsaturated fatty acid you
have studied.
B) What are post-translational modifications ? Discuss any three posttranslational
modifications. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Discuss in brief about Zwitterion.
ii) What is gluconeogenesis ? Write an outline of glyoxylate cycle.
iii) What is cellulose ? Give an account of Mercerisation.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write a brief account of protein synthesis.
ii) What are polysaccharides ? Write an account of starch biosynthesis.
iii) What is the biological significance of lipids ?

_____________________
*SLRR239* SLR-R – 239
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – XII)
Developmental Biology

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the sentences : 10
1) The egg of Amphioxus is termed as _________ egg.
a) microlecithal b) megalecithal
c) macrolecithal d) polylecithal
2) The smallest spermatozoan is found in
a) chick b) amphioxus c) frog d) human
3) The cleavage in Amphioxus is
a) meroblastic b) discoidal c) holoblastic d) superficial
4) In chick hatching occurs after about ________ days.
a) 21 b) 28 c) 35 d) 42
5) The broad end of hen’s egg shows presence of
a) air-space b) albumen c) yolk d) water
6) Main function of Allantois is storage of _______ in chick.
a) glycogen b) lipid c) yolk d) excretory product
7) Major nutritive foetal membrane in chick embryo is
a) amnion b) allantois c) yolk sac d) chorion
8) ________ egg is found in insects.
a) Centrolecithal b) Polylecithal
c) Microlecithal d) Megalecithal
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 239 *SLRR239*

9) Chalazae in hen’s egg are useful for


a) development of ectoderm b) development of mesoderm
c) development of endoderm d) to keep the ovum in centre
10) The process in which non-motile spermatids are converted into motile sperms
is called
a) Spermeogenesis b) Gametogenesis
c) Spermatogenesis d) Oogenesis

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Sperm of chick
ii) Non-cleidoic egg
iii) Radial cleavage
iv) Yolk
v) Fertilization membrane
vi) Organizer.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Shell of hen’s egg
ii) Telolecithal egg
iii) Amnion.
B) Surrogate mother. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Spermatogenesis
ii) Blastula of amphioxus
iii) Types of eggs according to the amount of yolk.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe structure of 24 hrs. chick embryo.
ii) What is placenta ? Describe different types of placenta.

————————
*SLRR24* SLR-R – 24
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – I)
Animal Diversity – I

Day and Date : Wednesday, 15-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.


2) Figures to right indicate marks.

1. Select the appropriate answer for each of the following and complete the
sentence : 10
1) Earthworm belongs to Phylum _____________
a) Porifera b) Coelenterata
c) Annelida d) Platyhelminthes
2) Cyclosis in Paramecium is related with _____________
a) Digestion and circulation b) Reproduction
c) Excretion d) None of the above
3) Spicules of Sycon are secreted by _____________ cells.
a) Scleroblast b) Archaeocyte
c) Pinocytosis d) Leucocyte
4) In Hydra feeding takes place with _____________
a) Pedal disc b) Tentacles c) Bud d) Substratum
5) The scolex of tapeworm having _____________ suckers.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four
6) Earthworm performs locomotion with _____________
a) Setae b) Spermathecae
c) Nepridia d) Prostomium
7) Human is _____________ host of tapeworm.
a) Secondary b) Intermediate
c) Primary d) Tertiary
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 24 *SLRR24*

8) In earthworm septal nephridia are organs for _____________


a) Locomotion b) Digestion c) Excretion d) Reproduction
9) In paramecium binary fission is _____________ reproduction.
a) Asexual b) Sexual c) Conjugation d) Budding
10) Body of Hydra shows _____________ layers.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four

2. Write short notes on (any five) : 10


i) Salient features of Annelida.
ii) Tentacles of Hydra.
iii) Gland cells of Hydra.
iv) Setae of earthworm.
v) Archaeocytes of sycon.
vi) Intracellular digestion in Hydra.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Spermatheca of earthworm.
ii) Nuclear apparatus of paramecium.
iii) Scolex of tapeworm.
B) Contractile vacuoles in Paramecium 4

4. Solve any two of the following 10


i) Morphological adaptations in tapeworm.
ii) Sexual reproduction in Hydra.
iii) Septal nephridium of earthworm.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe the digestive system of earthworm.
ii) Describe different types of locomotion in Hydra.

_______________
’

*SLRR240* SLR-R – 240


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XII)
Programming in C

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) ‘C’ language was developed by
a) Martin Ricards b) Dennis Ritchei
c) Ken Thomson d) Kerninghan
2) _________ escape sequence character causes the cursor to move to the
next line.
a) \t b) \a c) \n d) /n
3) _______ is the smallest part of C program.
a) Token b) Function c) Macro d) Character
4) In the C language, a constant can be
a) number b) character c) string d) all of the above
5) The ________ is a compile time operator.
a) sizeof b) comma operator
c) bitwise operator d) none of these

6) For using character functions, we must include the header file ________ in
the program.

a) <stdio.h> b) <stdlib.h> c) <ctype.h> d) <math.h>

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 240 -2- *SLRR240*

7) __________ is the multi way decision making statement.


a) goto b) switch c) if d) for

8) The ________ is an exit controlled loop statement.


a) for b) while c) do-while d) none of these

9) An array that uses more than two subscript is referred to as __________


array.
a) one dimensional b) two dimensional
c) multidimensional d) none of these

10) By default the C function returns __________ value.


a) character b) float c) double d) integer

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

a) What does int main (void) ?


b) Draw the block diagram of C TOKENS.
c) Explain the assignment operator.
d) What is the purpose of scan f() function ?
e) Explain relational operators.
f) What is arrays ? List the types of arrays.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

a) Write a note on basic structure of C programs.

b) Explain user-defined functions with examples.

c) Write C assignment statements to evaluate the following equations :


A) A = πr 2 + 2 πrh
B) S = a 2 + b 2 − 2 ab cos ( x )
C) C = x 3 + bx 2 + ax + d

B) Explain increment and decrement operators in C. 4


*SLRR240* -3- SLR-R – 240

4. Attempt any two : 10

a) Explain the do statement with flow chart.

b) Explain If-Else statement.


c) Write a ‘C’ program to find the sum and average of given ‘n’ numbers.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10

a) Describe the form of the C functions.


b) Write a C program to find the solution of the equation ax + bx + c = 0 ; a ≠ 0 .
2

__________________
*SLRR241* SLR-R – 241
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS – (Special Paper – XII)
Operations Research and Applied Statistics

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Use of simple or scientific calculator is allowed.
iii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select most correct alternative. 10


i) In maximization L.P.P., if atleast one artificial variable is in the basis, but not
at zero level and all net-evaluations are non-negative then we have
a) feasible solution b) no feasible solution
c) an unbounded solution d) an optimum solution
ii) If a negative value appears in the solution values of XB column of the simplex
method, then the basic solution is
a) optimum b) infeasible c) unbounded d) all of these
iii) The transportation problem deals with the transportation of
a) a single product from several sources to a destination
b) a single product from several sources to several destinations
c) a multi-product from several sources to several destinations
d) a single product from a source to several destinations
iv) An assignment problem can be
a) designed and solved as a transportation problem
b) of maximization type
c) solved only if number of rows equals the number of columns
d) all of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 241 -2- *SLRR241*

v) In the context of network, which of the following is not correct ?


a) A network is the graphic representation of activities and nodes
b) An arrow diagram is essentially a closed network
c) An arrow representing an activity may not have a length and shape
d) A project network cannot have multiple initial and final nodes
vi) In critical path analysis, the word CPM mean
a) Critical Path Method
b) Crash Project Management
c) Critical Project Management
d) Critical Path Management
vii) When the lot contains all defectives, the OC function for p = 1 is
a) L(p) = 1 b) L(p) = 0 c) L(p) = 
d) none of these
viii) A curve showing the probability of accepting a lot of quality p is known as
a) OC curve b) ASN curve
c) Compertz curve d) none of these
ix) The probability of rejecting a lot having F
as the process average fraction
defective is known as
a) consumer’s risk b) type II error
c) producer’s risk d) none of these
x) Given a system of m simultaneous linear equations in n unknowns (m < n),
the number of non-basic variables will be
a) m b) n c) n – m d) n + m

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define an optimum solution of L.P.P.
ii) Define a slack variable.
iii) What is a Balanced Assignment Problem ?
iv) Define a Transportation Problem.
v) Define Consumer’s risk.
vi) Define most likely time in a PERT.
*SLRR241* -3- SLR-R – 241

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Give the mathematical form of an Assignment problem.
ii) Define basic feasible solution of a L.P.P. When it is said to be degenerate ?
iii) Define critical activities and critical path.
B) For a single sampling plan with lot size N, n = 20, c = 1 and p  0 . 0 1 ,
find the
probability of rejection of the lot. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write a procedure of Graphical Method of solving a L.P.P.
ii) Explain method of Matrix minima.
iii) A project schedule has the following activities and the time (in months) of
completion of each activity :

A c t i v i t y 1 - 2 2 - 3 3 - 5 2 - 4 4 - 5

T i m e 8 4 5 6 2

Draw network diagram and find the minimum completion time of the project.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Find IBFS to the following LPP and test whether it is an optimum by using
suitable method.
Max z = x1 + x2
s.t. x1 + x2 1 

– 3x1 + x2 3 

x1 0, x2 0  

ii) Find IBFS to the following transportation problem by using North-West Corner
Method and test whether it is a degenerate.
T o

) * +
A v a i l a b i l i t y

1 #  !   

F r o m 1 1 '  " #  %  !

1 1 1 #    #  "

R e q u i r e m e n t "

iii) Write a procedure of Double Sampling Plan.


––––––––––––
*SLRR242* SLR-R – 242
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Sem. – V) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Special Paper – XII)
Hydrogeology and Remote Sensing
Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Write the correct answer from the given options : 10


1) Specific yield is least in
a) Gravel b) Sand c) Silt d) Clay
2) _________ aquifers are underlain by voluminous unconsolidated rock material
and occur bording mountains.
a) Intermonate valleys b) ‘V’ shaped valleys
c) Abandoned valleys d) Plains
3) _________ is the poor aquifer.
a) Basalt b) Granite c) Sandstone d) Limestone
4) ________ is an impermeable formation which may contain water but is
incapable of transmitting significant water quantities.
a) Aquiclude b) Aquifuge c) Aquifer d) Aquitard
5) Lost rivers are found in ________ terrain.
a) Alluvium b) Limestone
c) Sandstone d) Vesicular basalt
6) IRS is a _________ platform.
a) Polar b) Air borne c) Geostationary d) Moon
7) The centre of an air photograph is known as
a) Fiducial mark b) Principal point
c) Central point d) Nadir point

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 242 *SLRR242*
8) _________ defect is produced by the wind current across the flight path
during aerial photography.
a) Drift b) Crab c) Tilt d) Oblique
9) The wavelength width of reflected photographic IR is _________ m.


a) 0.3 to 0.4 b) 0.7 to 0.9 c) 0.4 to 0.9 d) 0.3 to 0.9


10) Image of granite terrain show ________ drainage pattern.
a) Trellies b) Radial c) Dendritic d) Barbed

2. Write any five of the following : 10


a) Air photographs.
b) Imagery.
c) Passive sensor.
d) Watertable.
e) Primary and secondary porosity.
f) Leaky aquifer.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


a) Hydrologic cycle.
b) Vertical distribution of groundwater.
c) Importance of remote sensing in geology.
B) Mirror stereoscope. 4

4. Describe any two of the following : 10


a) Tone, pattern and shadow as elements of photo-recognition.
b) Types of air photographs based on film.
c) Concept of remote sensing.

5. Explain any two of the following : 10


a) Types of aquifers.
b) Permeability and transmissivity.
c) Springs and their types.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR243* SLR-R – 243
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Special Paper – XII)
Immunology

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Figures to right indicate full marks.


2) All questions are compulsory.
3) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever required.

1. Rewrite the sentence again selecting appropriate choice given below : 10

i) IgE antibody is produced by _____________ cells.


a) Mast cells b) T cells
c) B - cells d) Macrophage
ii) T - supressor cells carry __________ molecules as its specific marker.
a) CD4 b) CD8
c) CD11 d) CD15
iii) Autoantibodies against acetyl-cholene receptors are produced in _______
a) Rheumatoid arthritis b) Myasthenia gravis
c) Good Pasture’s syndrome d) Pernicious anaemia
iv) Chemical nature of complement is __________
a) Protein b) Polysaccharide
c) Lipoprotein d) Lipids
v) ________ is used as fusion enhancing agent in hybridoma technology.
a) Aldehyde b) Poly ethylene glycol
c) Muramic acid d) Trimethoprim
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 243 -2- *SLRR243*

vi) Human body has millions of different antibodies for detecting millions of different
antigens because _________
a) Body has millions of different antibody genes
b) Antibody genes undergo somatic rearrangement and somatic mutation
c) Antibody genes undergo antigen shifting
d) None of these
vii) Degranulation of _________ result into production of vasoactive amines like
histamines.
a) Mast cells b) Macrophage
c) Platelets d) Lymphocytes
viii) Cytokines _________
a) are lymphokines
b) are monokines
c) help to control and regulate immune response
d) all of these
ix) Which one of the following is not included in National Immunization Program
of India ?
a) Polio b) Tuberculosis
c) Rabies d) Diphtheria
x) After the contact with foreign antigens, body produces specific antibodies
which can be detected in serum after ________
a) 10 min b) 1 hour
c) 5 – 7 days d) 3 – 5 weeks

2. Define/Write in 2 – 3 sentences (any five) : 10


i) Allograft
ii) Biological role of complement
iii) Structure of MHC in man
iv) Conventional vaccines
v) Immunosuppressive drugs
vi) Cells involved in immunity.
*SLRR243* -3- SLR-R – 243

3. A) Write in brief (any two) : 6


i) Homograft rejection
ii) Production of monoclonal antibody of hybridoma technology.
iii) Blood transfusion reactions and complication

B) Write in detail “ Delayed type of hypersensitivity”. 4

4. Write in detail (any two) : 10

i) Activation of complement by classical pathway.

ii) Basis of antibody diversity.

iii) Serum sickness.

5. Write in detail (any two) : 10


i) ABO blood group system.

ii) Humoral immunity.

iii) Mechanism of Immunological tolerance.

_______________
*SLRR245* SLR-R – 245
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – V) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – XII)
Data Communications and Networking – I

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) __________ requires the maximum number of I/O ports.
a) Bus b) Star c) Ring d) Mesh
2) __________ layer deals with mechanical and electrical specifications of
transmission medium and interface.
a) Physical b) Data link
c) Application d) Session
3) _________ is a analog technique.
a) TDM b) STDM c) FDM d) WDM
4) Adaptive algorithm is called as static routing.
a) True b) False
5) Peak amplitude is measured in ___________
a) Hz b) MHz c) Volts d) Bits per second
6) _________ is called as Ford-Full Kerson algorithm.
a) Link state routing algorithm b) Shortest path routing algorithm
c) Distance vector routing d) Flooding

7) __________ has no flow or error control.


a) Stop and wait protocol b) Simplest protocol
c) Go back-n protocol d) Selective repeat protocol

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 245 *SLRR245*
8) __________ is the amount of time required for a message to travel from one
device to another.
a) Reliability b) Response time
c) Transit time d) Turn around time
9) __________ device is used to connect inter networks.
a) Router b) Bridges c) Repeaters d) Gateways
10) __________ is nothing but it is the effect of one wire on the other.
a) Thermal noise b) Cross talk
c) Induced noise d) Impulse noise

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is meant by piggybacking ?
2) Define data communications with its characteristics.
3) What is meant by TDM ?
4) What is meant by bit stuffing ?
5) What is meant by store and forward packet switching ?
6) What is meant by period and frequency ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain Nyquist bit rate.
2) Which are the various communication standards ?
3) Explain two types of transmission technology.
B) Explain slotted Aloha in detail. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain the difference between virtual circuit and datagram subnets.
2) Explain pulse coded modulation in detail.
3) Explain various service primitives.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain TCP/IP model with diagram.
2) Explain CSMA/CD in detail.
3) Explain link state routing in detail.

_____________________
*SLR-R–246* SLR-R – 246
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH (Compulsory)
Countdown-English Skills for Success
Day and Date : Wednesday, 1-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. A) Choose the right answer from the following alternatives and rewrite the
sentences : 6
1) A lack of self esteem ________
a) Stimulates psychological growth
b) Impedes psychological growth
c) Accelerates psychological growth
d) Has no bearing on psychological growth
2) Haldanels purpose in writing this essay is
a) To promote a scientific theory
b) To promote a particular theory
c) To promote objectivity in science
d) To promote subjectivity in science
3) As a young man, Rahim Khan was
a) Rebellions and resentful b) Strong and athletic
c) Sly and deceitful d) Honest and faithful
4) A scientist cannot decide what is
a) good and bad b) day and night
c) black and white d) right and wrong
5) The refugee mother had a ______ smile in the poem, 'Refugee Mother and
Child'.
a) Sad b) Pleasant
c) Mocking d) Ghost
6) William Wordsworth is the ______ poet.
a) Classical b) Rustic
c) Urban d) Nature P.T.O.
SLR-R – 246 -2- *SLR-R–246*

B) Select the correct idiom according to the meaning expressed in the statement. 2
1) Lack of money is the main stumbling block to the company's growth.
a) an obstacle b) hindrance
c) encouragement d) difficulty
2) The two teams were neck and neck until the last game.
a) equal b) unequal
c) differently positioned d) unmatched
C) Tick the right combination of words in the following : 2
1) Speak fluent English/Speak easy English.
2) Background knowledge/earlier knowledge.

2. Answer any five of the following questions briefly : 10


1) What are the six pillars of self esteem ?
2) What is scientific point of view ?
3) What are the three results of low self esteem ?
4) What was Rahim Khan's occupation ?
5) How can human beings control their actions, according to Haldane ?
6) What is the difference between scientific and judge ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) What is the central theme of the poem 'Daffodils' ?
2) What are the emotions of the Refugee Mother ?
3) Describe the dead child in the poem 'Refugee Mother and Child'.
B) Answer any two of the following : 4
1) Leela is a newly married girl. How will she adapt herself to a new
environment at in-laws house ?
2) Mr. Sharma lost his job due to his careless attitude. How will he manage
the stress ?
3) Make a list of four ways in which you waste your time and say how you
can manage your time better.
*SLR-R–246* -3- SLR-R – 246

4. Write a description of a person you met at a musical concert. Give the details
of his personality. 10
OR
Write a description of your favourite cricketer with personality details.

5. Read the following passage and summarise it. 10


Self esteem is the experience of being competent to cope with the basic challenges
of life and being worthy of happiness. It consists of two elements.
1) Self-efficacy confidence in our ability to think, learn, choose and make
appropriate decisions and
2) Self-respect confidence in our right to be happy and in the belief that
achievement, success, friendship, respect, love and fulfillment are appropriate
to us.
The basic challenges of life include such fundamentals as being able to learn a
living and take independent care of one self in the world, being competent in
human relationship, so that our interactions with others are, more often than not,
mutually satisfying and having the resilience that allows one to bounce back
from adversity and persevere in one's aspirations.

_________________
*SLRR247* SLR-R – 247
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – XIII)
Nuclear Physics
Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to right indicate full marks.
iii) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
iv) Use of calculator or log table is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


i) An accelerator is used for increasing _________ of a charged particles.
a) Potential energy b) Kinetic energy
c) Binding energy d) Nuclear energy
ii) The substance which emittes flash of light when high energetic charged
particles strikes on it is called __________
a) Phosphor b) Collector
c) Emitter d) Thermomaterial
iii) The value of packing fraction is ___________

M+A A
a) b)
A M+A

M−A A
c) d)
A M−A

iv) In endothermic nuclear reaction the Q value should be __________


a) Positive b) Negative c) Zero d) Infinity
v) For nuclear reactor ___________ material is used as fuel.
a) Lanthanum b) Cadmium
c) Uranium d) Sodium
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 247 -2- *SLRR247*
vi) Hydrons means ______________
a) Heavy b) Bulky
c) Light in weight d) Zero in weight
vii) The betatron condition is __________
1
a) φ = πrB b) φ = 2πr 2B
2
c) φ = πrB d) φ = πrB2

viii) GM counter works on the principle of ____________


a) Emission of light
b) Visualisation of track
c) Measuring discharge current due to ionisation
d) Absorption of light

ix) Nucleus of an atom consists of _________


a) Protons and electrons b) Protons and neutrons
c) Neutrons and electrons d) Only protons

x) For supercritical condition of nuclear reactor, the effective multiplication factor


is __________
a) Greater than one b) Equal to one
c) Less than one d) Infinity

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

i) What are the limitations of cyclotron ?

ii) Draw neat diagram of bubble chamber.

iii) Define mass defect.

iv) What is pick up reaction ?

v) What do you mean by nuclear fission ?

vi) Explain strong interaction.


*SLRR247* -3- SLR-R – 247
3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6
i) Write note on composition of nucleus.
ii) Write note on phase stable orbit.
iii) Obtain Q value of nuclear reaction.
B) Calculate mass of neutron from the given reaction : 4
11+ 2He4 → 7N14 + 0n1 + Q
5B
Given : Mass of B11 = 11.00825 a.m.u.
Mass of 2He4 = 4.00106 a.m.u.
Mass of 7N14 = 14.00420 a.m.u.
Q Value = –1.443 a.m.u.
1 a.m.u. = 931 MeV

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) Explain construction and working of Betatron in detail.
ii) Explain liquid drop model of nucleus in detail.
iii) Explain the classification of elementary particles.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


i) Explain construction and working of GM counter. Explain Geiger Plateau
region.
ii) Explain construction and working of nuclear reactor. Which are the types of
reactor ?

_____________________
*SLRR248* SLR-R – 248
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY
Physical Chemistry (Special Paper – XIII)

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic table/scientific calculator is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative and write the sentence. 10


1) For non-spontaneous process change in free energy is
a) Negative b) Positive c) Zero d) None of these
2) The dimensions of fugacity is
a) pressure b) temperature c) sec–1 d) dm3
3) The equation Wmax = RT ln Kp + 

n
RT represents
a) Clapeyron equation b) Gibb’s-Helmholtz equation
c) Van’t Hoff isotherm d) Van’t Hoff isochore
4) For third order reactions, time for completion of half of the reaction is given by
relation = J

a) b) c) d)
3 2 3 k

3 k a

2 k a 3 k a 2 a
2

5) 2NO(g) + O2(g) 
2NO (g), is an example of _________ order reaction.
a) First b) Second c) Third d) None of these
6) The velocity constant of third order reaction is expressed in ________ units.
a) mole–2 .(dm3)[Link]–1 b) mole–[Link]–1
c) mole–2 (dm–3)–2 d) sec–1
7) Unit of frequency is
a) mhos b) volts c) hertz d) ohms
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 248 *SLRR248*
8) Rotational spectra of diatomic molecules is observed in ________ region.
a) Far infrared b) Visible c) X-ray d) Microwave
9) The mixture which will boil at constant temperature without change in
composition is called _________ mixture.
a) Zeotropic b) Azeotropic c) Fractional d) None of these
10) Hydrochloric acid and water azeotropic mixture boils at ________ K.
a) 283 b) 383 c) 183 d) 83

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What are ideal and non-ideal solutions ?
2) What is zero point energy ?
3) The order of the reaction 3 NaClO = 2 NaCl + NaClO3 appears to be three.
Experimentally determined order is two. Explain.
4) Explain the term temperature coefficient of the reaction.
5) Define fugacity and activity.
6) Define partial molal quantity. Give any one example.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Mention the characteristics of third order reactions.
2) Discuss triethyl amine-water system.
3) Give Gibb’s-Helmholtz equation in its standard form.
B) Calculate the change in free energy of the reaction CO + H2O CO2 + H2 if
the equilibrium constant of the reaction is 80 at 573 K. (R = 8.314 J.K–[Link]–1) 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Derive an expression for rate constant of third order reaction.
2) Describe rotational spectra of diatomic molecule.
3) Derive thermodynamically Van’t Hoff isochore.

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the distillation of solutions with the system having boiling point minimum.
2) If the rate of a reaction is tripled by rise in temperature from 295 K to 305 K.
Calculate the energy of activation (R = 8.314 J.K–[Link] –1).
3) Calculate the frequency and wavenumber of radiations having wavelength
1000 (C = 3 × 108 [Link]–1).


____________
*SLRR249* SLR-R – 249
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – XIII)
Microbiology and Plant Pathology

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : I) All questions are compulsory.


II) All questions carry equal marks.
III) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
IV) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternative : (1×10=10)


1) Sunlight has appreciable _________ activity and plays important role in
sterilization under natural condition.
a) Insecticidal b) Bactericidal c) Herbicidal d) Fungicidal
2) Many _________ are used as an antiseptic as disinfectants.
a) Biological b) Physicals c) Chemicals d) None of these
3) ____________ was the first to use liquid culture medium for the microbial
culture.
a) Louis Pasteur b) Alexander Fleming
c) Faru Hesse d) Chamber Land
4) When a culture contains more than one kind of micro-organisms is called as
_________ culture.
a) Single b) Pure c) Mixed d) Both a and b
5) The study which deals with nematodes is called as
a) Mycology b) Protozoology
c) Virology d) Nematology
6) Many micro-organisms with their _________ activities are used in industry.
a) Physiological b) Biochemical
c) Geological d) Both a and b
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 249 *SLRR249*

7) The ability of the pathogen to cause disease is known as


a) Pathogenecity b) Succeptibility
c) Phycogenecity d) None of these
8) Little leaf of brinjal is caused by _________ pathogen.
a) Viral b) Bacterial c) Fungal d) Phytoplasma
9) The leaf curl of chilli is mainly caused by Nicotiana
a) Virus – 11 b) Virus – 10 c) Virus – 9 d) Virus – 8
10) Downy Mildew of bajra is a __________ disease.
a) Viral b) Fungal c) Bacterial d) Mycoplasma

2. Answer any five of the following : (5×2=10)


I) Define plant pathology.
II) What is artificial culture medium ?
III) Give the distribution of microbes in nature.
IV) Explain the disease cycle of bangadi disease of potato.
V) Give the control measures of white rust of crucifer.
VI) Define biopesticides.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : (2×3=6)


I) Explain the pasteurization method of sterilization in moist heat.
II) Give the characteristic features of Archaebacteria as microbes.
III) Explain the symptoms and control measures of anthracnose of bean.
B) Explain the production of penicillin by fermentation method with their uses. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Explain the sources of bacteria as biopesticides.
II) Give the classification of plant diseases based on symptoms.
III) Explain the symptoms, causal organism and control measures of grain smut
of jawar.

5. Answer any two of the following : (2×5=10)


I) Explain the process of chemical agents of sterilization studied by you.
II) Describe the classification of culture media based on utilization.
III) Explain the production of alcohol by yeast through fermentation.

————————
*SLRR25* SLR-R – 25
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – II)
Probability and Probability Distributions – I

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10


1) If occurrence of event A do not affect on occurrence of B then A, B are
a) complementary events b) independent events
c) mutually exclusive events d) none
2) Probability of the sample space is
a) 1 b) 0
c) – 1 d) none
3) If A is subset of B then
a) P(A) P(B) 
b) P(A) = P(B)
c) P(A) 
P(B) d) Cannot be determined
4) From the distribution function we can find
a) mean b) median
c) mode d) none of these
5) If A and B are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events such that
P(A) = 2P(B) then P(A) is

a) b) c) d) 0
 

! !

6) For P(x) to be pmf it should satisfy the condition


a) P(x) = 0 b) P(x) 0 

c) P(x) 
0 d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 25 -2- *SLRR25*
7) Power set of the sample space having n sample points contains

a) 2n b)
n

c) n
d) 2n
subsets of the sample space.
8) If A, B are two mutually exclusive then the common elements between them
are
a) zero b) one
c) two d) none of these
9) F (  
) is
a)  
b) 

c) 1 d) 0
10) Which of the following is always true
a) P(A 
B) = P(A) + P(B) b) P(A 
B) = P(A) – P(B)
c) P(A 
B) 
P(A) d) P(A 
B) = 1

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10


1) Define an impossible event with an example.
2) Write a power set of the sample space {a1, a2, a3}.

3) Prove that 2  ) 
= 1 – P(A).

4) State addition theorem of probability.


5) If A is subset of B then find P(A/B).
6) Find probability of getting a number divisible by 3 when a ticket is drawn from
the box containing numbers 1 to 20.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Define pairwise independence and mutual independence of the three events
A, B and C.
2) Verify whether following function can be regarded as pmf of X

P(x) = x = 0, 1, 2.
N  

3) Define distribution function of x and state its properties.


*SLRR25* -3- SLR-R – 25

B) If A and B are independent events then show that )


and *
are also
independent. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) State and prove Baye’s theorem.

2) If , P(A/B) = P(B/A) = , find .




2  )  

 
2 )  *

! $

3) Prove that P(A 


B) 
P(A) 
P(A 
B).

5. Attempt any one from the following : 10


1) If X is a random variable with following probability distribution

X  3  2  1 1 2 3

P ( x ) K 0 . 2 0 . 3 0 . 1 5 0 . 1 3 0 . 1 2

Find :
i) K
ii) P (X > 1)
iii) Distribution function of X
iv) Median of X
v) Probability distribution of N .

2) Define conditional probability and prove that conditional probability satisfies


three axioms of probability.

_________________
*SLRR250* SLR-R – 250
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – XIII)
Physiology
Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat lebelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the sentence. 10
1) Complete digestion of fat results into formation of ___________
a) Fatty acid and glycerol b) Glucose and fructose
c) Fatty acid and amino acids d) Glucose and amino acids
2) 
-oxidation process takes place in ___________ of cell.
a) mitochondria b) nucleus
c) glogi complex d) lysosomes
3) ___________ vitamin causes scurvy disease in human.
a) A b) B c) K d) C
4) In mammals ___________ is the main respiratory pigment.
a) haemocyanin b) haemoglobin
c) haemoerythrin d) chlorocruorin
5) ___________ instrument is used for the measurement of blood pressure.
a) cytometer b) haemoglobinometer
c) thermometer d) sphygmomanometer
6) ___________ muscle is called as voluntary muscle.
a) Smooth b) Cardiac c) Peritonial d) Striated
7) Transmission of nerve impulse through synapse is carried by ___________
neurotransmitor substance.
a) cholene b) acetic acid
c) acetylcholine d) choline esterase
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 250 *SLRR250*

8) ___________ hormone causes reabsorption of nitrogenous wastes and excess


water from proximal convoluted tubule of nephron.
9) For completion of single cardiac cycle requires ___________ second.
a) 0.4 b) 0.8 c) 0.1 d) 0.2
10) The yellow colour of normal urine is due to presence of ________ substance.
a) bilirubin b) melanin c) biliverdin d) urochrome

2. Write short notes on (any five) : 10


1) Define nerve impulse
2) Haldane effect
3) Role of vitamin D
4) Draw neat labelled diagram of nephron
5) Actin filament
6) Define respiration.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) What is heart beat ?
2) Physiological response of Yoga on blood circulation
3) Blood pressure.

B) Describe ultra structure of nerve cell. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) ECG
2) Dialysis
3) Glycolysis.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe mechanism of muscle contraction.
2) What is digestion ? Describe digestion in stomach.
_____________________
*SLRR251* SLR-R – 251

S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XIII)
Metric Spaces

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

1. Choose correct alternative : 10


i) The following sequences are elements of l 2 space


a) b)
1 1

 

 

 

 

 

n
 

n  1

n  1

c) Both a) and b) d) None


ii) In a metric space M = [0, 1] with absolute value metric

B but B = ________
1 1 1 3
1 1


 
 

;  ,
;

 


 

2 4 4 4
4 2

 
 

a) b) c) d)
1 3 3
3 1 1 1
   
   

, 0 ,
, ,

  
   

4 4 4
4 4 2 4

   
   

iii) The subset A of metric space M ,




is dense in M then

a) ) =M b) )
=M c) A = M d) None
iv) Closed subset of compact metric space is
a) compact b) not compact c) none
v) The subset E of metric space M is closed subset of M if

a) E = -
b) E = -
c) E 

d) None
vi) The complement of closed set is
a) open b) closed c) neither closed nor open

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 251 -2- *SLRR251*

vii) A metric space M ,




is complete if
a) every Cauchy sequence of points in M converges to a point in M
b) it is totally bounded
c) it is compact
d) none

viii) For a metric space M ,




the map T : M 

M is a contraction on M if
a) 

(Tx, Ty) 
  
(x, y) for 0 < 
 1
b) 

(Tx, Ty)    
(x, y) for 0 


<1
c) 

(Tx, Ty) 
  
(x, y) for 0 

<1
d) None
ix) If metric space has Heine-Borel property then
a) metric space is complete
b) metric space is compact
c) metric space is totally bounded
d) none
x) The union of an infinite number of closed sets is
a) need not be closed b) closed
c) open d) none

2. Attempt any five : 10


i) If 

and 
are metrices on M and if there exist constant K such that

for all x, y M then prove that and


1





  x , y    x , y   K .   x , y  

are equivalent metrices.


ii) State Picard’s fixed point theorem and verify, whether the mapping


T: such that T(x) =


1 4



1 4


   N 
have fixed point where 1 4


is
the set of positive real numbers.
iii) State Schwarz and Minkowski’s inequalities.
*SLRR251* -3- SLR-R – 251

iv) Prove that if E is any subset of metric space M then E 


- .

v) If M ,


is complete metric space and A is closed subset of M then prove


that A ,


is complete.

vi) Prove that complement of open subset G of metric space M ,




is closed.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) If d is a metric on M show that 2d is also a metric on M.
2) If G1 and G2 are open subsets of the metric space M , d then show that
G1 

G2 is also open.
3) Let F be a closed subset of a metric space M , d . Then prove that
.

= M – F is open.

B) Give an example of a subset of the metric space l 2, which is bounded but not
totally bounded. 4

4. Attempt any two : 10

1) Let E be a subset of a metric space . Prove that if the point x M is a M , d




limit point of E then every open ball about x contains at least one point of E.
2) Prove that a sequence of points in any metric space cannot converge to two
distinct limits.

3) Prove that any finite subset of a metric space M , d is totally bounded.

5. Attempt any one : 10

1) Let and M be metric spaces. Let f : M1



, dM2 be a function.

M , d


–1
Prove that f is continuous on M1 if and only if f (F) is closed in M1 whenever
F is closed in M2.

2) Let be a complete metric space. Let T be a contraction on M. Prove


M , d

that there is one and only one point x in M such that Tx = x.


_____________________
*SLRR252* SLR-R – 252
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS
Statistical Inference – II (Special Paper – XIII)

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the most correct alternative : 10

i) The most pragmatic approach for determining (1 – α ) % confidence interval


is to find out
a) Zero width Confidence Interval (C.I.)
b) Equal tail (C.I.)
c) A (C.I.) such that area of both the tails is α
d) None of the above

ii) Which of the following is correct if P (5.25 < θ < 20.25) = 0.95 ?
a) 5.25 and 20.25 are 95 % Confidence Limits (C.L.)
b) The length of the confidence interval is 20.0
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None of the above

iii) Testing H0 : μ = 5 against H1 : μ < 5 leads to


a) Left tailed test b) Right tailed test
c) Two tailed test d) All the above

iv) Among all Critical Regions (C.R.) of size α , the C.R. which minimizes β is
called
a) Best C.R. b) Powerful C.R.
c) Minimum C.R. d) None of the above

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 252 -2- *SLRR252*

v) Neyman-Pearson lemma provides


a) Unbiased C.R. b) Admissible C.R.
c) Minimal C.R. d) Most powerful C.R.

vi) Sequential Probability Ratio Test (SPRT) was given by


a) A. Wald b) T. Bayes
c) R.A. Fisher d) G.W. Snedecor

vii) In SPRT the decision criterion is a function of probability of


a) Type – I error b) Type – II error
c) Both (a) and (b) d) None of the above

viii) In Wilcoxon’s signed rank test, for large samples the statistic T is distributed
with variance
a) n (n – 1) (2n – 1)/24 b) n (n + 1) (2n + 1)/24
c) n (2n + 1)/12 d) n (n – 1) (2n + 1)/12

ix) If there are 12 symbols of two types equal in number, the minimum possible
number of runs is
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8

x) Which of the following is applicable for paired data ?


a) The sign test b) Signed-Rank test
c) The median test d) Both (a) and (b)

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define a simple and a composite hypothesis.

ii) Define the probabilities of Type – I and Type – II errors.

iii) Define power of a test and power function of a test.

iv) Define and explain pivotal quantity.

v) Explain the use of Likelihood Ratio Test (L.R.T.)

vi) What are the assumptions of non parametric (N.P.) tests ?


*SLRR252* -3- SLR-R – 252

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

i) Let X1, X2, . . ., Xn be a random sample of size n from f (x, θ ) = θ ⋅ x θ−1, 0 < x < 1.
Show that the best critical region (B.C.R.) for testing H0 : θ = 1 against
Πn
H1 : θ = 2 is xi ≥ c .
i=1

ii) State the properties of likelihood ratio test.

iii) Explain in short the two sample runs test.

B) An urn contains 6 marbles of which θ are white and the remaining black. To
test H0 : θ = 3 against H1 : θ = 4, two marbles are drawn at random without
replacement and H0 is rejected if both marbles are white otherwise H0 is
accepted. Compute the size of the test. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Obtain 100 (1 – α )% confidence interval for the mean μ of N μ, σ 2 when ( )


σ 2 is unknown.

ii) Obtain 100 (1 – α )% confidence interval for the difference of two population
proportions.

iii) Explain the Mann-Whitney U test.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Obtain the M.P. test of size α = 0.05 for testing H0 : μ = 0 against H1 : μ = 1


based on a random sample from N ( μ , 1) population.

ii) Obtain SPRT for testing H0 : λ = λ 0 against H1 : λ = λ 1 (λ1 > λ 0 ) , where λ


is the parameter of Poisson distribution.

iii) Explain the median test for two independent samples.

_______________
*SLRR253* SLR-R – 253
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Special Paper – XIII)
Crystallography Principles of Stratigraphy and Earth’s History

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw figures wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct option given in the bracket : 10


1) _________ aims at the grouping of natural association of rocks, establishing
their ages and correlating them with the rock formations of different areas.
(Petrology, Geology, Mineralogy, Stratigraphy)
2) According to the concept of _____________ past geological processes are
explained interms of the contemporary process which can be observed and
recorded in the present.
(uniformitarianism, faunal succession, lateral continuity, order of superposition)
3) Faces, edges, solid angles are crystal __________
(symmetry, axes, axis, elements)
4) Example of closed form is __________
(basal pinacoid, brachy pinacoid, clino pinacoid, cube)
5) Contact Goniometer is used to measure __________ angle of crystals.
(solid, inter facial, dip, obtuse)
6) Process of formation of ___________ is known as crystallization.
(rock, mineral, ore, crystal)
7) Major subdivision in the geological timescale is ___________
(eon, era, period, age)
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 253 *SLRR253*

8) Smallest time unit in the geological timescale is ___________


(eon, phase, era, period)
9) Chronostratigraphic unit corresponding to era is ___________
(erathem, system, series, stage)
10) Use of _________ is quickes tool for correlation in stratigraphy.
(mineral, rock, maps, index fossils)

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is ‘system’ ? Mention its corresponding time unit. Give their examples.
2) What is the difference between standard stratigraphic scale and geological
timescale ?
3) What is role of unconformity in stratigraphic correlation ?
4) Describe crystal elements.
5) Draw octahedron and show crystal elements in the diagram.
6) What axial planes in crystal ? Give example.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Describe elements of symmetry of orthorhombic system. Add note on
macrodome.
2) What is unconformity ? Explain eparchaean unconformity.
3) What is biostratigraphic unit ? Explain its role in correlation.

B) Describe elements of symmetry of monoclinic system. Add note on clinodome


and prism. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the chronostratigraphic units.
2) What is ‘Index Fossil’ ? What is its role in stratigraphy ?
3) Describe elements of symmetry in cube.

5. Explain any two of the following : 10


1) Describe any two criteria of stratigraphic correlation.
2) Explain Epoch, series and give their examples.
3) Explain tetragonal prism and pyramids.
_______________
*SLRR254* SLR-R – 254
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Microbial Genetics (Special Paper – XIII)

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answer from given


alternatives. 10
i) Synthesis of β -galactosidase in E. coli is controlled by _______ gene.
a) Lac O b) Lac Y c) Lac Z d) Lac a
ii) A base pair substitution that changes a codon specific for one aminoacid to
codon specific for another amino acid is called _______ mutation.
a) Silent b) Missense c) Nonsense d) Neutral
iii) DNA replicates by semiconservative mode in E. coli was experimentally proved
by
a) Watson and Crick b) Meselson and Stahi
c) Hershy and Chase d) Taylor
iv) During transcription, synthesis of m-RNA takes place in ________ direction.
a) 3′ → 5′ b) 5′ → 3′ c) 5 → 3 d) 3 → 5
v) DNA fragments are joined by ________ enzyme in DNA replication.
a) DNA POL I b) DNA POL III c) DNA POL II d) DNA Ligase

vi) Mutations arising from insertion or deletion of nucleotides are called ________
mutations.
a) Supressor b) Base pair substitution
c) Frame shift d) Spontaneous
vii) ________ vectors possess centromeric and telomeric regions.
a) Yacs b) BACs c) Shuttle d) λ phage
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 254 -2- *SLRR254*

viii) Maxam and Gilbert method is used for


a) DNA finger printing b) DNA sequencing
c) Gene mapping d) Gene cloning
ix) The plasmid vectors that are specifically designed to replicate in two different
hosts are called
a) Cosmid b) Phasmid c) Shuttle vector d) Replacement vector
x) The terms cistron, recon and muton were proposed by
a) Johnsen b) Morgan c) Lederberg d) Benzer

2. Answer in 2 to 3 sentences any five of the following. 10


1) Electrophoresis
2) Cloning organisms
3) Genotype and Phenotype
4) Cosmid
5) Microprojectile
6) Lac-operon
7) Transcription.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) Write briefly on Nonsense mutation.
ii) Draw a net labelled diagram of structure of Lac operon.
iii) Give brief account of protein engineering.
B) Write briefly on DNA finger printing. 4

4. Answer any two of the following. 10


1) Describe in detail mutation in bacteriophages.
2) Give the brief account of ‘Cis-Trans Test.
3) What is genetic engineering ? Give its application.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


a) What is mutation ? Briefly describe effect of mutation on phenotypes.
b) Discuss in detail “Operon concept”.
c) Give brief account of selection, detection and adaptation of mutants.
–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR255* SLR-R – 255
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – XIII)
Sensors and Instrumentation

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of log-table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


i) The principle of operation of an LVDT is based on variation of ____________
a) Self inductance b) Mutual inductance
c) Reluctance d) Conductance
ii) In the X-T recorder, T-stands for ____________
a) Tension b) Transfer
c) Temperature d) Time
iii) The physical pheneomena of light observe in the LCD display is ___________
a) Emission b) Refraction
c) Scattering d) Polarising
iv) The digital instruments are superior than analog instruments in ___________
a) Resolution b) Accuracy
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
v) The actual voltage is 0.5243 volts; measure with 31/2 digital multimeter by
selecting 2V range the display is ____________
a) 0.5243 b) 0.524
c) 00.52 d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 255 -2- *SLRR255*

vi) The dual slope A/D convertor uses an 8 bit counter. When the input signal vin
is being integrated, the counter is allow to count up to a value ___________
a) 255 b) 256

c) Proportional to vin d) vin 256

vii) The piezo-electric transducer, formed by the material, having piezo-electric


property, _______________
a) Rochell-salt b) Tourmaline
c) Quartz d) All of these
viii) A DSO uses 10 bit, 107 samples per second A to D convertor. For 100 KHz
sine-wave input, the number of samples taken per cycle of the input will be
__________
a) 102 b) 103
c) 104 d) 107
ix) Capacitive transducers are generally used for ______________
a) Static measurement b) Dynamic measurement
c) Transient measurement d) Both a) and b)
x) The deviation of the true value from the desired value is ___________
a) Sensitivity b) Resolution
c) Error d) Expected value

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Distinction between sensor and transducer.
ii) What is meant by multiplexed display ?
iii) Why compensating techniques, are essential in measurements ?
iv) How Load cell performs, for measurement of weight ?
v) What is actuator ? Give example.
vi) Select and justify the transducer, for measurement of temperature of furnace
up to 1000°C.
*SLRR255* -3- SLR-R – 255

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write a note on XT recorder.
ii) Explain dynamic characteristics of error.
iii) Give the important features of FET input op-amp, essential for signal conditioning
in instrumentation.
B) Design and draw the circuit diagram of instrumentation amplifier for gain 100;
with Load-cell as an input. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the functions of various control on the front panel of dual trace
oscilloscope, usually available in the laboratory.
ii) Distinguish between d.c. and a.c. signal conditioning, with the help of block
diagram.
iii) Write a note on pH meter.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Design and draw the generalised system, with signal conditioning circuit for
display room temperature, with LED/LCD display. Use LM 35 as temperature
sensor with sensitivity 10 mv/°C in the range 0 – 100°C.
ii) Explain the principle and operation of digital storage oscilloscope with neat
block diagram.

_____________________
*SLRR256* SLR-R – 256
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – XIII)
Web Technology

Day and Date : Monday, 6-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.

1. Choose the correct answer : 10


1) ___________ control does not have focus method.
a) TextBox b) Gridview
c) DropDownList d) CheckBox
2) ________ property is used to set for display password character in TextBox.
a) Password b) Passwordchar
c) TextMode d) All of these
3) ___________ is server side state management technique used in [Link].
a) Session b) Cookies
c) Hidden field d) View state
4) The first event triggers in an aspx page is
a) Page_Load b) Page_Click
c) Page_Init d) Page_Render
5) ____________ property of validation control is used to specify which input
control to validate.
a) Control to validate
b) Control to compare
c) Value to compare
d) None of the above

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 256 -2- *SLRR256*
6) By default authentication type of [Link] is

a) Window

b) Forms

c) Passport

d) None (security disable)

7) Web service file have the extension


a) aspx b) ascx
c) resx d) asmx

8) Master pages are used for common design to website.

a) True b) False

9) In [Link], result of page is pass to different page is known as

a) Themes

b) Self page posting

c) Cross page posting

d) Code page front

10) IsPostBack property returns value in ___________ data type.


a) int b) bit
c) string d) boolean

2. Answer the following (any 5) : 10

a) Difference between ASP and [Link].

b) Namespace.

c) TextBox control.

d) Login control.

e) HTML server control.

f) Web service.
*SLRR256* -3- SLR-R – 256

3. A) Answer the following (any 2) : 6


i) Client side and server side validation.
ii) Creating skins.
iii) HTTP handler.
B) Explain cross page posting with example. 4

4. Answer the following (any 2) : 10


a) Explain cookies in detail.
b) Explain nested master pages with example.
c) Design web page which display 5 advertises on page.

5. Answer the following (any 2) : 10


a) Explain any 5 page directives in detail.
b) Explain membership provides in detail.
c) Design web page which uses all validation controls.

___________
*SLRR257* SLR-R – 257
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS
Material Science (Special Paper – XIV)

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10


i) The S.I. unit of stress is
a) poise b) pascal c) gauss d) weber
ii) Bronze is a combination of copper and
a) aluminium b) zinc c) tin d) nickel
iii) Conductivity is measured in
a) /m b) m c) /m d) m
 

 

iv) The materials in increasing order of their hardness are


a) diamond, calcite, talc b) calcite, talc, diamond
c) talc, calcite, diamond d) diamond, talc, calcite
v) Toughness __________ with rise in temperature.
a) rises b) falls
c) may rise or falls d) does not change
vi) Cold working processes are carried out __________ recrystallization
temperature.
a) at b) below
c) above d) both b) and c)
vii) Thermosetting polymers are formed by ___________ mechanism.
a) addition b) condensation
c) both addition and condensation d) none of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 257 *SLRR257*

viii) Nanomaterials are the materials with dimensions


a) < 100 nm b) > 100 nm c) > 100 m 
d) > 100 mm
ix) Ceramics are phases containing _________ materials.
a) metallic b) non-metallic
c) metallic and non-metallic d) organic
x) The degree of freedom when ice, water and water-vapour coexist in equilibrium is
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define degree of polymerization
ii) Copper has a resistivity of 17 × 10–9 m. What is its conductivity ?


iii) Explain the terms : i) strength ii) hardness.


iv) What is meant by thermal expansion ?
v) Explain slip mode of plastic deformation.
vi) What is recrystallization temperature ? State the factors affecting
recrystallization temperature.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What are materials ? How are they classified ?
ii) What is polymerization ? Explain addition polymerization.
iii) State and explain Gibb’s phase rule.
B) If the average modulus of elasticity of steel used is 205000 MPa, by how
much will a wire 2.5 mm in diameter and 3 m long be extended when it
supports a load of 500 kg (g = 9.8 m/s2). 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is deformation ? Distinguish between elastic and plastic deformation.
ii) Obtain the expression for critical resolved shear stress in case of plastic
deformation within single crystal.
iii) Explain in brief the applications of ceramics.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) What is phase diagram ? Draw Pb-Sn phase diagram and explain the different
areas in it.
ii) Describe one physical and one chemical method of synthesizing
nanomaterials.

___________
*SLRR258* SLR-R – 258
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Special Paper – XIV)
Inorganic Chemistry

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagram and give equations wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences. 10
1) The name of element with atomic number 113 is ___________
a) un-un-trium b) diuntrium
c) untrium d) trium un-un
2) As the temperature increases the conductivity of semiconductors _________
a) remains same
b) decreases
c) increases
d) first decreases and then increases
3) In XeF2 molecule, Xe shows ___________ hybridization.
a) sp b) sp2
c) sp3 d) sp3d
4) Electrochemical corrosion involves ___________ heterogenous system.
a) solid-gas
b) solid-liquid
c) liquid-gas
d) solid-gas-liquid

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 258 -2- *SLRR258*

5) + C6H5Li ⎯⎯→ ........ + C6H6

a) b)

c) d)

9 4 1
6) Be + 2He ⎯⎯→ ......... + 0n .
4

14 13 12 11
a) C b) C c) C d) B
6 6 6 5

7) Y Ba2 Cu3 O7 – x becomes superconducting at ___________ °k.


a) 4.2 b) 35 c) 125 d) 93
8) Uniform formation of thin film of water on the surface of metal can be formed
at __________ % of humidity in air.
a) less than 50
b) above 80
c) 50 – 60
d) 60 – 80
9) Organometallic compounds are usually produced by ___________
a) Addition or substitution reactions
b) Condensation reaction
c) Chain reaction
d) Polymerization reaction
10) Due to passivity, metal becomes ___________
a) active
b) inactive
c) oxidizing agent
d) corroded
*SLRR258* -3- SLR-R – 258

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Give the flow chart for opening of Monazite sand ore.
2) What is Meissner effect ?
3) How will you synthesize borazine from diborane ?
4) Draw a neat and labelled diagram showing the mechanism of electrochemical
corrosion.
5) Carbon monoxide forms stronger bond with metal in carbonyl compounds,
why ?
6) Why actinides are called as inner transition elements ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Give the applications of semiconductors.
ii) Discuss the structure of SO2 molecule.
iii) Explain 3C-2e bonding in (Me3Al)2.
B) Write a note on oxide film theory of passivity. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give the occurrence of lanthanides.
ii) What are semiconductors ? Explain intrinsic semiconductors.
iii) Discuss the structure of XeO4 molecule.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give the electronic configuration of actinides.
ii) What is superconductivity ? How will you prepare ceramic superconductors ?
iii) Distinguish between borazine and benzene.

_____________________
*SLRR259* -1- SLR-R – –259
SLR-R 259

Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – XIV)
Systematics of Angiosperms

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct answer from the given
alternatives : 10
1) In Engler and Prantl’s system of classification the dicotyledoneae is divided
into ____________ sub-classes.
a) one b) two
c) three d) four
2) ____________ of pollination is primitive.
a) Entemophelous b) Anemophelous
c) Malcophelous d) Ornithophelous
3) Scattered vascular bundle is found in ____________
a) Dicotyledons b) Monocotyledons
c) Gymnosperms d) None of these
4) The primary parietal cell is responsible for ____________
a) Microspores b) Meristem
c) Wall layers d) None of these
5) The development of embryosac in Allium is ____________ type.
a) monosporic b) bisporic
c) tetrasporic d) trisporic
6) In Bisporic embryosac the antipodal cells are ____________ in number.
a) Three b) Six
c) Eight d) Sixteen
7) The flowers pollinated by insects are called as ____________
a) Malcophelous b) Ornithophelous
c) Entemophelous d) Hydrophelous
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 259 *SLRR259*
8) Double fertilization is characteristics feature of ____________
a) Bryophyta b) Pteridophyta
c) Gymnosperm d) Angiosperm
9) The coconut fruit is dispersed by ____________
a) Water b) Wind
c) Animal d) None of these
10) Citrus aurantifolia belong to family ____________
a) Ranunculaceae b) Rutaceae
c) Fabaceae d) Myrtaceae

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Give advanced characters of flower.
2) Define archesporium.
3) Write in short on tapatum.
4) Sketch and label anatropous ovule.
5) Define cleistogamy.
6) Give distinguishing characters of myrtaceae.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Describe Gnetalian theory of angiosperms.
2) Role of ecology in relation with taxonomy.
3) Describe nuclear endosperm development.
B) Describe the tetrasporic embryosac with suitable example. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Give out line of Engler and Prantl’s system of classification.
2) Describe animal dispersal mechanism in fruits.
3) Give the distinguishing characters of any one of the following families. Give
its botanical name and economic importance.
a) Polygonaceae
b) Poaceae.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) What is mean by megasporogenesis ? Add a note on development of typical
female gametophyte.
2) Describe the development of embryo in capsella.
3) Describe different agencies of pollination.

_____________________
*SLR-R-26* SLR-R – 26
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – II)
Cell Biology and Genetics

Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the sentence by selecting appropriate answer : 10


1) In scanning electron microscope the specimen forms ____________
image.
a) Two dimensional b) Three dimensional
c) Four dimensional d) Adimensional
2) The genotypes of the person having blood group ‘AB’ will be ____________
a) IAIA b) IAIB c) IAi d) ii
3) In Mendelian dihybrid cross, phenotypic ratio in F2 generation is
_______________
a) 1 : 2 : 1 b) 3 : 1 c) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 d) 8 : 8
4) Lysosomes stores _______________
a) ATP b) Hydrolytic enzymes
c) Proteolytic enzymes d) Fat
5) On outer surface of smooth endoplasmic Reticulum _______________ are
absent.
a) Golgi bodies b) Mitochondria
c) Ribosomes d) Nuclear pores
6) The person with blood group _______________ is universal donar.
a) A b) B c) AB d) O

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 26 *SLR-R-26*

7) _______________ are concerned with energy production.


a) Mitochondria b) Lysosomes
c) Golgi bodies d) Endoplasmic Recticulum
8) Fluid mosaic model of plasma membrane was proposed by _______________
a) Singer and Nicolson b) Robertson
c) Darson-Danielli d) Landsteiner
9) The person lacking an enzyme phenyl alanine hydroxylase suffers from
disease.
a) PKU b) Sickle cell anemia
c) Albinism d) Diabetics
10) _______________ is called father of genetics.
a) Darwin b) Lamark c) Mendel d) Robert Hook

2. Write short notes on any five : 10


i) Nuclear membrane
ii) Functions of plasma membrane.
iii) Genotypes of persons having blood group ‘A’ and B.
iv) Lamp brush chromosome.
v) XO sex determination.
vi) Rh-Factor.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


i) Describe law of segregation.
ii) Give the functions of Golgi complex.
iii) Structure of polytene chromosome.
B) Give the principles of electron microscope. 4

4. Attempt any two : 10


1) Describe the structure of Eukaryotic cell.
2) Describe the law of dominance.
3) Describe human genetic disorder sickle cell anemia.

5. Attempt any one : 10


1) Describe ultrastructure of mitochondrion and give its functions.
2) Describe the ‘XY’ method of sex determination.

_____________________
’

*SLRR260* SLR-R – 260


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – XIV)
Endocrinology Environmental Biology and Toxicology

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the
sentence. 10

1) Hormones are chemical messages secreted by


a) Excrine gland b) Endocrine gland
c) Kidney d) Liver

2) Insulin and glucagon are antagonastic hormones because they increase and
decrease
a) Calcium b) Potassium
c) Glucose d) Sodium

3) ________ gland produce calcitonin.


a) Parathyroid b) Thyroid
c) Adrenal cortex d) Adrenal medulla

4) Simple Goiter is results from


a) Lack of Iodine b) Lack of GH
c) Lack of PTH d) Lack of Insulin
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 260 -2- *SLRR260*
5) Epinephrine and non epinephrine are produced by the
a) Anterior pituitary b) Pancrease
c) Adrenal cortex d) Adrenal medulla

6) The most important reason for decrease in biodiversity is


a) Habitat pollution b) Introduction of exotic species
c) Over evaporation d) Habitat destruction
7) Long term exposure to a toxic chemical produces an affect called
a) Acute b) Highly acute
c) Subchronic d) Chronic

8) _______ species can be defined as a species which are confined only to a


particular locality.
a) Exotic b) Endemic
c) Endangered d) Extict

9) In a lake upper wormer oxygen rich waterzone is called


a) Epilimnion b) Hypolimnion
c) Limenetic zone d) Profoundal zone

10) _______ habitat show highest density of living species.


a) Grass land b) Desert
c) Tropical rain forest d) Temperate forest

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Biomagnification.
ii) LC50 values
iii) Prostaglandin.
iv) Grass land habitat.
v) Hormone receptors.
vi) TRH.
*SLRR260* -3- SLR-R – 260

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Rain water harvesting.
ii) Disorders of thyroid gland hormones.
iii) Bio accumulations.

B) Role of hormones of adrenal cortex. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Action of pesticides.

ii) Role of parathyroid hormones.

iii) Solid waste management.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Discuss the roles and disorders of hormones of Islets of Langharhan.

ii) Describe the characteristics and faunal adaptation of marine water habitat.

_________________
’

*SLRR261* SLR-R – 261


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XIV)
Linear Algebra

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative of the following : 10

1) The dimension of vector space of complex numbers C over a field of complex


number is
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) infinite

2) Let W be a subspace of an infinite-dimensional vector space V. Then dim W is


a) always infinite b) always finite
c) may be finite d) none of these

3) Let W be a proper subspace of a finite dimensional vector space V. Then


a) dim W ≤ dim V b) dim W < dim V
c) dim W = dim V – 1 d) none of these

4) Dimension of polynomial of nth degree is


a) (n – 1) b) (n) c) (n + 1) d) none of these

5) The span {(0, 1, 0), (0, 0, 1)} contains all points in


a) xy plane b) yz plane
c) xz plane d) none of these

6) Union of two subspaces of a vector space is


a) Null space b) Always a subspace
c) Euclidean space d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 261 -2- *SLRR261*

7) A linear transformation T : V → V is invertible. Then T is

a) one-one and into b) many-one into

c) one-one and onto d) many one onto

8) Let U and V be vector spaces with dim U = dim V = n. Then L (V, V) is of


dimension.

a) 2n b) n2

c) less than 2n d) less than n2

9) Let V be an inner product space. Then the orthogonal complement of {0} is

a) {0} b) v c) v* d) none of these

10) In an inner product space v. Norm v is

a) (v, v) b) (v, v)2 c) ( v, v ) d) none of these

2. Attempt any five : 10

1) Prove that 0.x = 0, in vector space V (F) for all x ∈ V.

2) Check whether V = {(a, b)|a, b ∈ R} is a vector space where

(a, b) + (c, d) = (a + c, b + d) and k (a, b) = (ka, b).

3) Write (1, 7, – 4) as a linear combination of u = (1, – 3, 2) and v = (2, –1, 1) in

R3, if possible.

4) Whether (1, 1, 1) and (1, –1, 5) form a basis in R3 with reason.

5) Given T (x, y) = (4x – 2y, 2x + y) for linear operator T. Compute the matrix of

T in the basis {f1 = (1, 1), f2 = (–1, 0)}.

6) Prove that || kv|| = |k| ||v|| for all k ∈ F, v ∈ V.


*SLRR261* -3- SLR-R – 261

3. A) Solve any two : 6

1) Prove that L (s1 ∪ s2) = L (s1) + L (s2), where s1, s2 are subsets of
vector space V and L(s) means linear combination of elements of s.

2) Let T : V → W and S : W → U be two linear transformations. If S and T


are one-one onto then prove that ST is one-one onto and (ST)–1 = T–1S–1.

3) Let S and T be two subspaces of a vector space V. Prove that S ∩ T is


also a subspace of V.

B) Define inner product space. Prove that : 4

||x + y|| ≤ ||x|| + ||y|| for x, y ∈ V (F).

4. Attempt any two : 10

1) Determine whether or not the following set forms a basis of R 3


{v1 = (1, 1, 1), v2 = (1, 2, 3), v3 = (2, –1, 1)}

2) State and prove rank-nullity theorem.

3) Prove that the linear map T : V3 → V3 defined by T (e1) = e1 + e2, T (e2) = e2 + e3,
T (e3) = e1 + e2 + e3 is nonsingular.

5. Attempt any one : 10

1) Using Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process find the orthonormal basis


of R3 for {v1 = (1, 1, 1), v2 = (0, 1, 1), v 3 = (0, 0, 1)}

2) Let U and W be finite dimensional subspaces of a vector space V. Prove that

dim (U + W) = dim U + dim W – dim ( U ∩ W)

Find dim (U + W), for U = {(1, 1, 0, –1), (1, 2, 3, 0), (2, 3, 3, –1)} and
W = { (1, 2, 2, –2), (2, 3, 2, –3), (1, 3, 4, –3)}.

__________________
*SLRR262* SLR-R – 262
Seat
No.

[Link]. Part – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Special Paper – XIV)
Designs of Experiment

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative from the following : 10

i) Randomization is a process in which the treatments are allocated to the


experimental units.
a) At the will of the investigator b) In a sequence
c) With equal probability d) None of these

ii) A completely randomized design is also known as


a) Unsystematic design b) Non-restrictional design
c) Single block design d) All of these

iii) Missing observation in a completely randomized design is to be


a) Estimated b) Deleted
c) Guessed d) None of these

iv) Randomized block design is a


a) Three restrictional design
b) Two restrictional design
c) One restrictional design
d) None of these

v) In a Latin square design, number of rows, columns and treatments are


a) All different b) Always equal
c) Not necessarily equal d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 262 -2- *SLRR262*

vi) A Latin square design controls


a) Two way variation b) Three way variation
c) Multi way variation d) None of these

vii) The method of confounding is a device to reduce the size of


a) Experiments b) Replications
c) Blocks d) None of these

viii) If different effects are confounded in different blocks, it is said to be


a) Complete confounding b) Balanced confounding
c) Partial confounding d) None of these

ix) A split plot design is a sort of


a) Confounded design b) Partially nested design
c) Both a) and b) d) Neither a) nor b)

x) If in a randomized block design having five treatments and four replications


a treatment is added, the increase in error degrees of freedom will be
a) One b) Two
c) Three d) None of these
2. Explain any five from the following : 10
i) Experimental unit.
ii) Treatment.
iii) Layout of an experiment.
iv) Situations where missing plot technique is applicable.
v) Efficiency of design.
vi) Principle of replication in designs of experiment.
3. a) Answer any two of the following : 6
i) Describe randomization.
ii) Describe Randomized Block Design (RBD).
iii) Explain the concepts of factorial experiment.
b) Distinguish between total confounding and partial confounding. 4
*SLRR262* -3- SLR-R – 262

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) What is Latin Square Design (LSD) ? Give its assumptions, mathematical
model and analysis of variance (ANOVA) table.
ii) Discuss Yate’s procedure of obtaining main effects and interactions in
22 factorial experiment.
iii) Describe split plot design. Give its mathematical model.
5. Answer any two from the following : 10
i) Describe two way classification. Give its mathematical model and ANOVA
table.
ii) Obtain formula for estimating efficiency of RBD over Corresponding
Completely Randomized Design (CRD).
iii) Describe CRD. Give its layout, mathematical model and ANOVA table.

––––––––––––
*SLRR263* SLR-R – 263
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Special Paper – XIV)
Pre-Cambrian Stratigraphy of India

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever needed.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer given in the options. 10


1) Kolar and Hutti schist belts belongs to _______ schist complex.
a) Sargur b) Alwar
c) Delhi d) Dharwar
2) Charnockites are ________ granites.
a) Hypersthene b) Biotite
c) Clay d) Hornblende
3) The trend of Delhi super group is __________
a) N – S b) NW – SE c) ENE – WSW d) NE – SW
4) The Bhima group is equivalent of _______ group.
a) Lameta b) Kurnool c) Kistna d) Alwar
5) The garnet-sillimanite schist in Andhra Pradesh is known as _________
a) Khondalites b) Gondites c) Kodurites d) Granites
6) The Indian peninsula is mainly composed of ________
a) Gneissic Rocks b) Kaladgis
c) Kodurites d) Charnockites
7) The youngest rock of Cuddapah supergroup is _________
a) Chair b) Papaghani
c) Kistna d) Nallamalai

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 263 *SLRR263*

8) Diamond bearing horizons occur in ________ Vindhyan rocks of M.P.


a) Upper b) Middle
c) Basement d) Lower
9) The basement of Aravallies of Rajasthan are made of ________
a) Quartzites b) Shale c) Basalt d) Grit
10) Rocks of Badami group are __________
a) Limestone b) Sandstone c) Shale d) Grit

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Structure of Dharwars.
ii) Structure of Cuddapah.
iii) Ajabgarh group.
iv) Sargur Schist complex.
v) Economic importance of cuddaph and fossil assemblages.
vi) Badami group.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Lithology of upper vindhyan.
ii) Equivalents of vindhyans.
iii) Lithology of cuddapah.
B) Explain Delhi group. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Clospect granites.
ii) Explain basement rocks of South India.
iii) Sausar and Sakoli of M.P.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Structure, Lithology of Aravallis of Rajasthan.
ii) Paloeontological characters and economic importance of Aravallies of Rajasthan.
iii) Paloeontological characters and economic importance of Dharwars.

_____________
*SLRR264* SLR-R – 264
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Microbial Biochemistry (Special Paper – XIV)

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct alternatives given below : 10


i) Movement of ribosome on mRNA is called ______________
a) transformation b) transfection
c) translocation d) transcription
ii) The term enzyme was coined by ____________
a) Kuhne b) Pasteur c) Monod d) Lister
iii) ___________ is inactivator for aspartate transcarbamylase.
a) TTP b) UTP c) CTP d) ATP
iv) Inosinic acid is synthesised from _______________
a) Phosphoribosyl-1-phosphate b) Phosphoribosyl-5-pyrophosphate
c) Phosphoribosyl-5-phosphate d) Phosphoribosyl-1-pyrophosphate
v) _________ play role in β -1, 4 linkage formation in back bone of peptidoglycan.
a) C73 lipid b) C55 lipid c) C17 lipid d) C30 lipid
vi) ___________ is not used for preparation of gradient in density gradient
centrifugation.
a) Ceiszium chloride b) Ceiszium acetate
c) Sucrose d) Ceiszium formate
vii) Catabolite repression was discovered by _________
a) Emil Fischer b) Kuhne c) Koshland d) J. Monod
viii) Bioluminescence is also known as ______________
a) Cold sterilization b) Flurexin
c) Cold light d) Luciferin
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 264 *SLRR264*

ix) GOGAT is nothing but ______________


a) glutamine-oxidase-glutarate aminotransferase
b) glutamine-oxi-glutamate aminotransferase
c) glutamine-2-oxiglutarate aminotransferase
d) glutamate-oxi-glutamate aminotransferase
x) ____________ amino acid is not used in protein synthesis.
a) Methionine b) Glutamine c) Citrulline d) Aspartic acid

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is GOGAT ?
ii) Explain role of luciferin.
iii) Define isoenzyme with example.
iv) Termination codons.
v) What are glyoxysomes ?
vi) Explain active site.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Strain and distortion.
ii) Significance of immobilization.
iii) Activation of amino acid.
B) Write on assimilation of sulphate. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Biosynthesis of purine.
ii) Covalent catalysis.
iii) Isolation of enzyme on the basis of electric charge.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Biosynthesis of peptidoglycan.
ii) Assimilation of nitrogen.
iii) Extraction of enzymes.

_____________________
*SLRR265* SLR-R – 265
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – XIV)
Advanced Communication

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select correct alternatives for the following : 10


i) The operation of a fiber optic cable is based on the principle of
a) Refraction b) Total internal reflection
c) Dispersion d) Absorption
ii) A popular light wavelength in fiber optic cable is _________ μm .
a) 0.7 b) 1.3 c) 1.5 d) 1.8
iii) As the height of a satellite orbit gets lower, the speed of a satellite
a) Increases b) Decreases
c) Remains the same d) None of these
iv) The maximum height of elliptical orbit is called
a) Perigee b) Apex c) Zenith d) Apogee
v) The master control center for a cellular telephone system is the
a) Cell site b) Mobile telephone switching office
c) Central office d) Branch office
vi) Cellular telephone use _________ type of operation.
a) Simplex b) Half duplex
c) Full duplex d) Triplex
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 265 *SLRR265*

vii) _________ is a microwave frequency.


a) 17 MHz b) 750 MHz c) 0.98 MHz d) 22 GHz
viii) A popular microwave mixer diode is the
a) Gunn b) Varactor c) Hot carrier d) IMPATT
ix) Quadrature amplitude modulation is
a) AM only b) QPSK only
c) AM plus PSK d) AM plus FSK
x) A rule or procedure that defines how data is to be transmitted is called a(n)
a) Handshake b) Error detection
c) Data specification d) Protocol

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) State any four advantages of fiber optic cable.
ii) List the applications of satellite.
iii) Explain any one application of internet.
iv) Explain in brief digital data communication.
v) Give the advantages of microwaves in communication.
vi) Explain concept of radar.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Give the types of fiber optic cable and explain any one.
ii) Compare between waveguide and two wire transmission line.
iii) Explain the concept of QPSK modem.
B) Give the types of computer networks. Explain in brief. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe working of Klystron amplifier with neat diagram.
ii) Explain with block diagram fiber optic communication system.
iii) Write a short note on network topologies.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Draw and explain the block diagram of basic cellular system.
ii) With the block diagram explain satellite communication system.

————————
*SLRR266* SLR-R – 266
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE
Advanced Java (Special Paper No. – XIV)
Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternative : 10


I) In URL query string the _________ symbol seperates the program from the
parameters.
a) ? b) = c) & d) +
II) Apache Tomcat is a
a) Servlet b) Java program
c) Web-browser d) Web-server
III) _________ is a statement that gives the JSP engine information about JSP
page.
a) JSP implicit object b) JSP directive
c) JSP expression d) JSP scriptlet
IV) Error generated during JDBC operations are thrown as
a) SQL Exception b) JDBC Exception
c) Connection Exception d) Driver Exception
V) Initialization can happen only once in the applets life type.
a) True b) False
VI) Default layout for a frame is
a) Border Layout b) Flow Layout
c) Action Layout d) None of these
VII) The GET and POST methods are specified in
a) CGI-program b) Java-program
c) HTML-form d) URL-string

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 266 *SLRR266*
VIII) For Http session, say session, how do you get its attribute
a) [Link]()(“Last Name”)
b) [Link](“Last Name”)
c) [Link]()
d) [Link]()
IX) The servlet container reads each ______ file and loads the servlet classes.
a) source b) html c) class d) [Link]
X) _______ is a jsp-scriptlet.
a) < % = i % > b) < % = i ; % >
c) < % i ++ ; % > d) < % i ++ >

2. Answer any five questions of the following : 10


I) What is CGI ?
II) What is statement ?
III) What is URI ?
IV) Disadvantages of servlet.
V) What is event ?
VI) What is session ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


I) Explain page directive.
II) What are the advantages of JavaBean ?
III) Differentiate GenericServlet and Httpservlet.

B) Write a program to design student form using applet.


(fields – Name, address, dob). 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) Write a program to check the authentication of User, using JSP.
II) Write a program to insert an employee record in a table.
(emp : empno, empno, designation)
III) Write JSP life cycle with example.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


I) Explain implicite objects in JSP.
II) Explain callable statement with suitable example.
III) Explain different swing components (any five).

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR267* SLR-R – 267
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – XV)
Quantum Mechanics and Astrophysics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Use of log table or scientific calculator is allowed.
iv) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select correct alternative : 10

i) The normalization condition of the wave function ψ is given by


∞ ∞
a) ∫ ψ ∗ ⋅ ψ dv = 0 b) ∫ ψ ⋅ ψ dv = 1

−∞ −∞

∞ ∞

∫ ψ ⋅ ψ dv ≤ 1 ∫ ψ ⋅ψ ≥ 1
∗ ∗
c) d)
−∞ −∞

ii) In operator equation Hψ = Eψ the eigen function is


a) H b) ψ c) E d) E ψ
iii) The energy spectrum of a particle in one-dimensional rigid box has the nature
of
a) infinite sequence of discrete energy levels
b) infinite sequence of equidistant energy levels
c) exponentially increasing
d) exponentially decreasing

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 267 -2- *SLRR267*

iv) The kinetic energy operator is given by


2
a) T̂ = i ∂ b) T̂ = − 
2
∇ + V(r )
∂t 2m


2
c) T̂ = − i ∂ d) T̂ = − 


2
∂x 2m


v) If orbital quantum number l = 2 then the values of magnetic orbital quantum


number are
a) ml = 1, 0, – 1 b) ml = 0, 1, 2
c) ml = 2, 1, 0, – 1, – 2 d) ml = 3, 2, 1, 0, – 1, – 2, – 3
vi) Galaxies are moving away from
a) Andromeda galaxy b) Earth
c) Milky way galaxy d) Each other
vii) Approximate age of the universe is given by the value of

1
a) H b) c) V H d) H V
H
viii) The cloud of dust particles of carbon and rocky materials and crystals of ice
are called
a) dark nebulae b) nebulae
c) planetary nebulae d) emission nebulae
ix) The age of universe is about
a) 10 billion years b) 4.6 billion years
c) 20 billion years d) 5 billion years
x) The composition of terrestrial planets is
a) hydrogen gas b) helium gas
c) Argon gas d) heavy rocky material

2. Answer any five of the following. 10

i) Write orthogonality condition for wave functions ψ 1 and ψ 2 .


ii) What is zero point energy ?
*SLRR267* -3- SLR-R – 267

iii) Obtain an expression for Hamiltonian operator.


iv) What is Hubble law ?
v) Mention the interstellar molecules and their proportion.
vi) What is a neutron star ?

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


i) State and explain Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle.
ii) Calculate the ground state energy of a particle of mass 10 gm which is
free to move between two ends separated by 10 × 10–8 cm. Given Planck’s
constant h = 6.6 × 10–27 erg sec.
iii) Write a note on carbon-nitrogen cycle.
B) Apply Schrödinger’s wave equation to particle moving in one dimensional
rigid box and hence determine energy eigen value of particle. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Obtain eigen values of operator L2 and L z.
ii) Write note on big-bang theory of universe.
iii) Discuss the stage of planetary nebula and formation of white dwarf.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10


i) Using steady state Schrödinger’s wave equation derive the energy eigen value
for the motion of a particle in three dimensional box.
ii) Explain planetary properties of Mars. What are sunspots ? Give the prominent
features of sunspots.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR268* SLR-R – 268
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Special Paper – XV)
Organic Chemistry

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and give equations wherever
necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the most correct alternative for each of the following : 10


i) When pyridine is treated with Br2/charcoal at 300°C gives _________
a) 4-bromopyridine
b) 2-bromopyridine
c) 3-bromopyridine
d) 2, 4, 6 tri bromopyridine
ii) Raffinose carbohydrate is _______________
a) Monosaccharide b) Disaccharide
c) Trisaccharide d) Polysaccharide
iii) Deficiency of Vitamin-A causes ____________ disease.
a) Scurvy b) Premature aging
c) Loss of appetite d) Night blindness
iv) Tuberculosis is caused by __________ organism.
a) P-vivax b) M-leprae
c) M-tuberculosis d) P-falciparum
v) The active ingredient of pyrethrum is __________
a) cyano b) ester
c) alcohol d) acid
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 268 -2- *SLRR268*

vi) The synthetic fibres are dyed with ____________ dyes.


a) mordant b) disperse c) indigo d) sulphur
vii) When the mixture of furan, ammonia and steam are passed over alumina at
450°C gives ____________ compound.
a) pyrrole b) pyridine
c) pyrazole d) thiazole
viii) ____________ number of hydroxyl groups are present in open chain structure
of glucose.
a) four b) five c) three d) six
ix) The example of dependent chromophore in the dye is ________
a) carbonyl b) nitro
c) a20 d) quinonoid
x) Paludrine drug is _____________ derivative.
a) biguanide b) monoguanide
c) triguanide d) none of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define chromophore and auxochrome.
ii) Give the structure and uses of lactose.
iii) Give the synthesis of phenolphthalein.
iv) Give the synthesis of isoniazid.
v) Explain weak acidic and weak basic characters of pyrrole.
vi) Give the synthesis of carbaryl.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Write a note on muta rotation.
ii) What is the action of following reagent on pyridine :
a) KNO3/H2SO4, 300°C
b) NaOH/320°C
c) n-C4HgLi/100°C.
iii) Write a note on pyrethroids.
B) Give the different steps involved in the synthesis of Quinoline. 4
*SLRR268* -3- SLR-R – 268

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) How will you convert glucose into fructose and explain Kiliani synthesis ?
ii) Give the synthesis of adrenaline.
iii) Explain :
i) Vat dye and
ii) Mordant dye.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is the action of following reagents on quinoline :
a) Na/NH3
b) NaNH2/ Δ
c) SO3/H2SO4220°C
d) C6H5Li
e) H2-Pt/CH3COOH.
ii) Explain the analytical evidences of Vit.-A for structure determination.
iii) Explain the size of ring of glucose by Haworth method.

_____________________
*SLRR269* SLR-R – 269
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper – XV)
Microbial Genetics, Plant Breeding and Biostatistics
Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) All questions carry equal marks.
iii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iv) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing correct alternatives : 10


1) DNA viruses are ____________ shaped.
a) helical b) tadpole c) disc d) rod
2) In plant, polyploidy is artificially induced by ____________
a) Radiation b) Injury c) Chemical d) All of the above
3) The unidirectional transfer DNA from F+ bacterial cell to F– bacterial cell
through cytoplasmic bridge is called as ____________
a) transformation b) conjugation
c) transduction d) translocation
4) ____________ is chemical mutagenic agent used in mutation breeding.
a) DES b) EMS c) MMS d) All of the above
5) Sugarcane is improved by ____________ selection method.
a) mass b) pureline c) clonal d) both a) and b)
6) The two varieties “Kalyan Sona” and “Sonalika” were selected from
introduction method in ____________ crop.
a) Wheat b) Rice c) Jowar d) Maize
7) Data represented in rectangles of variable heights but of equal width is
called as ____________
a) Pie diagram b) Bar diagram
c) Line diagram d) Point diagram

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 269 *SLRR269*
8) Isolation of desirable homozygous individuals from mixed population is
called as __________
a) pure line selection b) mass selection
c) clonal selection d) both b) and c)
9) The phenomenon of recombination in viruses was described first time by
___________
a) N. D. Zinder and J. Lederberg b) A. D. Harshey and R. Rotman
c) M. Delburg and W. T. Bailey d) J. Lederberg and Tautam
10) Central sugarcane breeding research institute is situated at _________
a) Lucknow b) Delhi c) Coimbtore d) Pune

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is conjugation ?
ii) Enlist the scope of plant breeding.
iii) Give merits of pure line selection.
iv) Explain arithmetic mean.
v) Explain types of hybridization.
vi) Enlist input devices of computer.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is introduction and acclimatization ?
ii) Give demerits of mass selection.
iii) What is transduction ?

B) Give an account on Mutagenic agents. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe breeding in sugarcane.
ii) Explain bulk method.
iii) Write note on data presentation by histogram.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe clonal selection.
ii) Explain hybridization in self-pollinated crops in brief.
iii) Explain application of computer in biological education.
_____________________
*SLRR27* SLR-R – 27
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – I)
Algebra
Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) If aij = i2 – j2 then A = [aij] is _______________
a) Identity matrix b) Symmetric
c) Skew-symmetric d) None of these

⎡0 − 1⎤
2) The eigen values of the matrix A = ⎢ ⎥ are _______________
⎣ 1 0⎦
a) 1,1 b) 1, – 1 c) – 1, 1 d) i, – i
3) The value of cos h( π i) is _______________
a) – 1 b) 1 c) i d) – i
4) Power series of cos h θ = _______________

θ2 θ4 θ6 θ3 θ5 θ7
a) 1 – + − + ..... b) θ − + − + .....
2! 4! 6! 3! 5! 7!

θ2 θ4 θ6 θ 2 θ 3 θ4
c) 1+ + + + ..... d) 1 + θ + + + + .....
2! 4! 6! 2! 3! 4!

5) The determinant | A – λ I | is known as ______________


a) Characteristic equation b) Characteristic matrix of A
c) Characteristic polynomial d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 27 -2- *SLRR27*

6) For any complex number z, cos hz + sin hz is ____________


a) ez b) e–z c) log z d) z
7) The system of equations x – 2y = – 1 and – x + 3y = 3 has ____________
a) Unique solution b) Infinite solution
c) No solution d) None of these

⎡1 2⎤
8) The characteristic polynomial of the matrix ⎢ ⎥ is _____________
⎣3 4 ⎦
a) λ 2 – 5 λ – 2 b) λ 2 c) λ 3 d) λ 2 + 5 λ – 2

1
9) If z = cos θ + i sin θ then zn – = ____________
zn
a) 2i sin θ b) 2i sin n θ c) 2n sin n θ d) 2sin n θ
10) If A is symmetric and I is an identity matrix of the same order then
(A + I) (A – I) is ____________
a) Symmetric b) Zero matrix
c) Skew-symmetric d) None of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) Solve : x – 2y + 3z = 0, 2x + 5y + 6z = 0.

2) Using Euler’s formula, show that cos2 θ = cos 2 θ – sin2 θ

3) Find polar form and argz of z = 3 – i.

⎡1 0 0⎤
4) For A = ⎢⎢0 1 0 ⎥⎥ find the characteristic equation.
⎢⎣0 0 1⎥⎦

5) If A and B are symmetric then show that AB is symmetric.

6) Show that eiθ = cos θ + i sin θ .


*SLRR27* -3- SLR-R – 27

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Solve : x + y = 1, 2x + 3y = 1, 5x – y = 11.
2) Express the following matrix as the sum of a symmetric and a
skew-symmetric matrices.

⎡ 1 2 3⎤
A = ⎢4 5 6 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣7 8 9 ⎥⎦

3) Evaluate ∫ cos 3 θ d θ .

B) Find the rank of the matrix : 4

⎡1 3 4 5 ⎤
⎢1 2 6 7 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣1 5 0 10 ⎥⎦

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) By using the definition of hyperbolic functions, prove that
⎛z⎞
cosec hz + cot hz = cot h ⎜ ⎟ .
⎝2⎠
⎡1 2⎤
2) Find the eigen values and eigen vectors of the matrix A = ⎢ ⎥.
⎣3 2 ⎦
3) Using DeMoiure’s theorem, solve the equation x5 + 1 = 0.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for the matrix :
⎡ 0 0 1⎤
A = ⎢ 3 1 0⎥
⎢ ⎥ . Hence find A–1.
⎢⎣ − 2 1 4 ⎥⎦

2) State and prove De Moiure’s’ theorem.


––––––––––––––––––––
’

*SLRR270* SLR-R – 270


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – XV)
Molecular Biology and Biotechnology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the
sentences. 10

1) HPLS is referred to
a) High Potential Laser Chromatography
b) High Performance Liquid Chromatography
c) High Performance Lesser Chromatography
d) Highly Progressive Laminar Chromatography

2) _______ is the application of DNA probe.


a) Hybridoma b) DNA finger printing
c) Monoclonal antibody d) PCR

3) Long form of RFLP is


a) Red Fragment Long Polymorphism
b) Restriction Fragment Long Polymorphism
c) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism
d) Round Fragment Length Polymorphism
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 270 -2- *SLRR270*
4) Initiation Codon code for amino acid
a) Valine b) Leucine c) Proline d) Methionine

5) ______ is a ambiguous codon.


a) AUG b) GUG c) AAA d) UAG

6) ______ is single stranded RNA.


a) r RNA b) m RNA c) t RNA d) c RNA

7) Synthesis of m RNA is controlled by


a) DNA polymerase b) RNA polymerase
c) Ligase d) Lipase

8) Two strands of DNA helix run in ______ direction.


a) Anti parallel b) Parallel
c) Circular d) Perpendicular

9) The Southern blotting technique is proposed by


a) Edward Southern b) Northern
c) Alwine d) Davson

10) Two strands of DNA are linked with each other by _____ bonds.
a) Hydrogen b) S-H c) Peptide d) Glucoside

2. Write any five of the following : 10

1) DNA polymerase.

2) Anticodon.

3) Nucleotide.

4) RNA polymerase.

5) Okazaki fragments.

6) Nonsense codons.
*SLRR270* -3- SLR-R – 270

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) DNA probe.
2) Hybridoma technology.
3) Southern blotting.

B) Describe the properties of genetic code. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Recombinant DNA technology.
2) Applications of DNA fingerprinting.
3) Post transcriptional modifications.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe in detail the operon concept.
2) Describe in detail PCR. Add a note on its applications.

_________________
*SLRR271* SLR-R – 271
Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XV)
Partial Differential Equations

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) If number of arbitrary constants are less than the number of independent
variables then by eliminating arbitrary constants we get
a) More than one partial differential equations of order one
b) Unique partial differential equation of order one
c) Partial differential equation of order greater than one
d) None of these

2) The order and degree of is


!

 

 

y  1  z q

 

 

a) 1, 6 b) 1, 7 c) 2, 7 d) None of these
3) Lagrange’s equation is ____________ partial differential equation at order
one.
a) Linear b) Non-linear c) Semi-linear d) Quasi-linear
4) By the substitution u = logx, v = logy the ____________ equation reduces to
linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients.
a) Charpit’s b) Euler-Cauchy’s
c) Clairaut’s d) None of these
5) The partial differential equation yx2p + xy2q = xyz + pq is
a) Linear and semi-linear b) Linear and quasi-linear
c) Semi-linear and quasi-linear d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 271 -2- *SLRR271*
6) The non-linear equation is

a) b)
 u  u  u  z  z

   x y z   z  x y

 x  y  z  x  y

c) d) None of these
 z  z

z   x

 x  y

7) Standard form IV of non-linear partial differential equation of order one is


a) f1 (x, q) = f2 (y, p) b) f1(p, q) = f2(x, y)
c) f1(x, p) = f2(y, q) d) None of these
8) The number at arbitrary constants is equal to number of independent variables
in the solution of first order partial differentiatial equation, then it is called as
____________ solution.
a) Complete b) Particular c) Singular d) None of these
9) The Lagrange’s auxiliary equation of Pp + Qq = R is

a) b)
d z d y d x d z d y d x

   

P Q R R Q P

c) d)
d z d y d x d x d y d z

   

Q P R P P Q

! "

 

10) The order and degree of is


 
 z  z  z

 

  

 

!
 

 y

 x  x  y

 

 

a) 3, 5 b) 4, 1 c) 4, 2 d) None of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) Form a partial differential equation by eliminating a, b and c from the relation
ax2 + by 2 + cz2 = 1.
2) Solve y2p + x2q = x2y2z2.
3) Explain the method of solving standard form I of non-linear partial differential
equation of order one.

4) Find complementary function for (D3 ,


 – 4D2 ,
 + 4D ,

!

) z = 0.
5) Find a complete integral of p(s + q2) = q (z – 1)
6) If F(D, ) = (D – 1)(D – ,


,
 + 1) and f(x, y) = cos (x + 2y) then find particular
integral.
*SLRR271* -3- SLR-R – 271
3. A) Attempt any one of the following : 6
1) Derive the partial differential equation by the elimination of arbitrary function
from the equation
 where are functions of x, y, z.   u ,    0
u , 

2) Solve p + 3q = z + cot(y – 3x).


3) Find a complete integral of z(xp – yq) = y2 – x2.

B) Solve (2D2 – 5D ,


+2 ,

)z = 5 sin (2x + y). 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) Find the general solution of .


 z  z

x  y   x  y  z

 x  y

2) Solve (D2 – 2D ,


+ ,
 )z = ex+2y + x3.
3) Solve (D + ,


)(D + ,


– z)z = sin (x + 2y).

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) Explain the Charpit’s method for solving the non-linear partial differential
equations of order one and hence evaluate px + qy = pq.
2) For homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients
n

prove that and evaluate


x

 a x  b y  

n  = N  > O 

 > ,  = , 
b n !

.
 L  L

    N  O 

 N  O

___________
*SLRR272* -1- SLR-R – –272
SLR-R 272

Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Special Paper – XV)
Limit Theorems, Reliability and Queuing Theory

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of statistical tables and calculators is allowed.

1. Choose the most correct alternative : 10


1) Let {Xn, n ≥ 1} be a sequence of iid [Link]. each with mean μ and variance σ2 .
n
Let Sn = ∑ X . Then the limiting distribution of Z is normal if z = ___________
i
i=1

Sn − μ Sn − nμ Sn − nμ Sn − nμ
a) b) c) d)
(σ / n ) ⎛ σ ⎞
⎜ ⎟
nσ 2 σ n
⎝ n⎠

P
2) If Xn ⎯⎯→ X, then which of the following statements is incorrect ?
P 0
a) (Xn – X) ⎯⎯→ b) Xn − X ⎯⎯ P

1
K K
P P
c) Xn2 ⎯⎯→ X2 d) KXn ⎯⎯→ KX
3) Probability of survival of any component at time t (t → ∞ ) will be _________
a) 1 b) 0
c) greater than 0 d) can not be calculated
4) Let X1, X2, ..., Xn be a random sample from exp( θ ). Let Y1, Y2, ... , Yn be
another independent sample from exp ( θ ). Let u = min {Xi}, v = min{y} and
Z = u – v. Then z has ______ distribution.
a) Laplace b) Exponential
c) Cauchy d) None of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 272 -2- *SLRR272*
5) In M/M/1 : ∞ /FIFO model the distribution of service time is _________
a) Poisson b) Geometric
c) Uniform d) Exponential

6) Consider the system . This system may

works if ____________
a) Only C1 works b) Only C2 and C3 work
c) Only C1 and C2 work d) None of these
7) A parallel system is a particular case of k out of n system if
a) k > n b) k = 1
c) k < n d) none of these
8) Let X1, X2, ..., Xn be a random sample from certain distribution. Let
Y1 < Y2 < ... < Yn be corresponding order statistic. Let Z = min {X1, X2, ..., Xn – Y1}.
Then Z is called ____________ order statistic.
a) first b) nth
c) second d) none of these
9) A set of components whose failure ensures the failure of the system is called
___________
a) minimal cut set b) minimal path set
c) non working set d) none of these
10) A queue length will be infinite if _____________
a) ρ = 0 b) ρ = 0.5 c) ρ = 0.75 d) ρ > 1

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10


A) In usual notations state the joint distribution of rth and sth order statistic.

B) Let Xi i = 1, 2, ...., n are iid [Link]. with E(X) = μ and V(X) = σ2 < ∞ . Test
1 P
whether X = ∑ Xi ⎯⎯→ 0 as n → ∞ .
n
C) State the probability that there are ‘n’ customers in the system if all the
assumptions of M/M/1 : ∞ /FIFO model are satisfied.
D) If X ~ Weibull (α, β) then interpret the parameter β in terms of IFR, DFR
distributions.
E) Define coherent system.
F) Give two illustration where queuing system can be used.
*SLRR272* -3- SLR-R – 272
3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6
i) State the structure function for a series system and parallel system of two
components.
ii) If X is a r.v. with E(X) = 3, V(X) = 13, use Chebesheve’s inequality to
determine lower bound for P[–2 < X < 8].
iii) Define order statistic and find the cdf of nth order statistic for a random
sample of size n, in usual notations.
B) Let Xi ~ P( λ ) i = 1, 2, ..., n are iid rvs. Test whether WLLN holds good for
this sequence of rvs. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10

R′(t )
A) Define reliability function R(t) and hazard rate λ (t) and show that λ (t) = – .
R( t )
B) At a cycle repair shop, on an average one customer arrives every 5 minutes
and service time is 4 minutes per customer. Assuming that all conditions for
using M/M/1 : ∞ /FIFO model are satisfied, find
a) Probability that a server is busy
b) Average queue length
c) Average waiting time of a customer in queue.

⎡ 3 − 2n ⎤ 4n − 3
C) Define convergence in distribution. If P ⎢ Xn = = and
⎣ n ⎥⎦ 12n

P ⎡X n = 3n + 1⎤ = 8n + 3 , examine the convergence in distribution.


⎢ n ⎥⎦ 12n

5. Attempt any two from the following : 10


A) Show that the distribution of sample median of a random sample from U(0, 1)
distribution is Beta distribution. State mean of the sample median.
100

B) Let Xi are iid P(0.02) i = 1, 2,... , 100. Let S = ∑ X . Use CLT to evaluate
i
i=1

P[S ≥ 3].
C) Write a note on queue configuration.

_____________________
*SLRR273* SLR-R – 273
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Special Paper – XV)
Phanerozoic Stratigraphy of India
Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Total Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) Golden Oolites occur in _________ formation of Jurassic of Kutch.
a) Chari b) Umia c) Patchum d) Katrol
2) Chara and Azolla along with other plant remains are found in ______ rocks.
a) Tichy b) Deccan Trap c) Bagh bed d) Kutch
3) Nodular and Oolitic Limestone belongs to ________ beds.
a) Bagh b) Lameta c) Bhuj d) Umia
4) Inter-Trappean beds are present in
a) Bagh beds b) Gondwana beds
c) Lameta beds d) Deccan trap
5) Kamathi formation is correlated with _______ formation.
a) Talchir b) Bararkar c) Panchet d) Ranigang
6) Economic importance of Gondwana is its
a) Glossopteris b) Gangmopteris
c) Coal d) Diamond
7) Narmada Valley is location for ________ beds.
a) Bagh b) Infra Trappean c) Laterite d) Coal
8) The Inter-Trappean Beds include ______ fossil.
a) Trilobite b) Trinucleus c) Productus d) Physa

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 273 *SLRR273*

9) The age of Deccan-Traps is


a) Upper cretaceous to Eocene b) Lower Eocene
c) Jurassic d) Jurassic to Eocene

10) Vertical extent of Infra-Trappean beds is less as compared to its lateral


horizontality which belongs to
a) Deccan Traps b) Lameta c) Gondwana d) Bagh
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
1) Climate during Siwalik Sediments.
2) Lithology of Lameta beds.
3) Palaeo-climate of Gondwana.
4) Fossils of Gondwana.
5) Structure of Deccan Traps.
6) Economic importance of Gondwana.
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
1) Lithology of Bagh beds.
2) Structure of Bagh beds.
3) Economic importance of Deccan Traps.
B) Structure and fossils of Deccan Traps. 4
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
1) Jurassic of Kutch.
2) Stratigraphy of Maharashtra.
3) Trichnopoly formation.
5. Explain any two of the following : 10
1) Haimanta group.
2) Siwalik Group.
3) Ariyalur Lithology.

_______________
*SLRR274* SLR-R – 274
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. (Part – III) (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Special Paper – XV : Environmental Microbiology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : I) All questions are compulsory.


II) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentences by choosing correct answer from given alternatives : 10


i) Green house effect is caused due to _________
a) Less amount of CO2 in atmosphere
b) High amount of CO2 in atmosphere
c) Less amount of ozone in atmosphere
d) Acid rain
ii) Chemical which results in the formation of acid rain is _________
a) HCl b) H2SO4 c) NO3 d) Ozone
iii) _________ are non biodegradable.
a) Radioactive substances b) Fertilizers
c) Crop waste d) Agrochemicals
iv) The photochemical smog is due to _________
a) Nitrogen oxide b) Sulphur dioxide
c) H2S d) Carbon dioxide
v) _________ protect us from harmful effects of ultraviolet radiations.
a) Clouds b) Ozone
c) Thick layer of CO2 d) Smog
vi) Erosion observed in Taj Mahal is attributed to _________
a) Green house effect b) CO2
c) Acid rain d) CFC
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 274 *SLRR274*

vii) Study of animals in germ free environment is known as _________


a) Biology b) Geomicrobiology
c) Geology d) Gnotobiology
viii) _________ play an important role in Eutrophication.
a) Fungi b) Algae c) Protozoa d) Viruses
ix) Hiroshima-Nagasaki Tragedy is a case of _________ pollution.
a) Air b) Soil c) Radioactive d) Metal
x) _________ is a photochemical oxidant.
a) PAN b) SO3 c) DDT d) CO2

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is pollution ?
ii) Define term : BOD.
iii) Give significance of Ozone.
iv) What is bioremediation ?
v) Give sources of air pollution.
vi) Define – potable water.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Draw and lable – ‘aeroconiscope’.
ii) Write a note on municipal water purification.
iii) Explain control of eutrophication.

B) Explain microorganisms as bioindicators of fecal pollution. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain causes and impact of depletion of ozone layer.
ii) Write an essay on biological safety.
iii) Explain characteristics and treatment of waste from dairy industry.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is bioleaching ? Explain leaching of copper.
ii) Explain treatment of biomedical waste.
iii) Briefly explain routine bacteriological analysis of water.
_____________________
’

*SLRR275* SLR-R – 275


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – XV)
Embedded System Design

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logtable and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative : 10

i) An electronic system designed for __________ application is called an


embedded system.
a) general b) dedicated c) both a and b d) none of these

ii) In system programming is the technique of


a) embedding firmware into target device
b) developing the firmware
c) developing the hardware
d) all of these

iii) Range of short integer type is ___________


a) –128 to + 127 b) 0 to 255
c) 0 to 65535 d) – 32768 to + 32767

iv) On execution of the statement C = a/b, where a = 10, b = 3, the value


returned to C is __________. All variables are integer type.
a) 3 b) 3.3 c) 0 d) 30

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 275 -2- *SLRR275*

v) Kiel microvision is the IDE for _______________ microcontroller.

a) 89C51 b) 89C52 c) 89V51RD2 d) all of these

vi) The standard baud rate for serial programming is __________

a) 9600 b) 2400 c) 1200 d) all of these

vii) Humidity is nothing but concentration of ___________ in dry air.

a) water vapour b) oxygen c) hydrogen d) nitrogen

viii) __________ should be interfaced to microcontroller to generate a sawtooth


waveform.

a) DAC b) ADC

c) V to F converter d) All of these

ix) __________ header file must be included in embedded C-program for 8951
microcontroller.

a) stdio.h b) conio.h c) reg51.h d) math.h

x) The base element of an array has index

a) one b) zero c) ten d) none of these

2. Answer any five : 10

i) Define the term embedded system.

ii) Mention ligical operators in C–language.

iii) Give the structure of IF-ELSE statement of C–language.

iv) What is superloop ?

v) Give the principle of PWM based DC motor control.

vi) What do you mean by humidity ?


*SLRR275* -3- SLR-R – 275
3. A) Answer any two : 6

i) Give the characteristics of embedded system.

ii) Illustrate with suitable example, the use of for statement in C language.

iii) List the steps involved in programming of microcontroller using flash magic.

B) Write an embedded C-program for 8951 microcontroller to generate a square


wave. 4

4. Answer any two : 10

i) Discuss basic architecture of an embedded system.


ii) Write a C-program to illustrate the use of one dimensional array.
iii) Write embedded C-program for frequency measurement.

5. Answer any one : 10

A) Design an embedded system to generate triangular and sawtooth waveforms.


Draw the flowchart.

B) Explain the basics of serial data communication . Illustrate with simple


embedded C-program.

__________________
*SLRR276* SLR-R – 276
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – XV)
Operating System – II

Day and Date : Wednesday, 8-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternatives : 10


1) Operating system provides an interface between ______ and user.
a) Shell b) Hardware
c) Kernel d) User
2) In tar command _______ option is used to display files in archive.
a) – x b) – t c) – r d) – d
3) _______ command is used in vi-editor to delete current line for cursor to the
end of line.
a) dd b) nd c) di d) nx
4) Each alphabet, number or symbols is known as
a) Keyword b) Character
c) Constant d) Variable
5) The default system wide permission for a file are
a) 777 b) 645
c) 643 d) None
6) ________ pattern is used to search for all lines which end with ‘est’.
a) est $ b) est

c) /est d) est ?
7) Directory do not have execute permission.
a) True
b) False

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 276 *SLRR276*

8) In ______ option is used to save file and remains in editing mode.


a) :w b) :x c) :wq d) none
9) In chmode command only execute permission is used for ________ octal
number.
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
10) In a linux file system home is top level directory.
a) True b) False

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is file, its type.
2) What are difference between rm and rmdir command ?
3) What are variable and constant ?
4) Explain cat and lpr command.
5) Explain tail and cut filter.
6) Explain find command.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain pipe command.
2) Write short note on advance filter.
3) Explain history of linux operating system.
B) Explain vi-editor. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) What is redirection ? Explain it.
2) Explain shell in linux.
3) Write a program to display number is prime or not.

5. Write short note on (any four) : 10


1) .exrc file
2) File and od command
3) x-Windows
4) Delayed execution
5) Chown and chgrp.
____________
’

*SLRR277* SLR-R – 277


Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Special Paper – XVI)
Electronics and Computer Programming

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions: 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams whenever necessary.
4) Use of calculator or log table is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternatives. 10


i) The output of non-inverting OP-AMP is __________ with input.
a) constant b) reverse c) out of phase d) in phase
ii) Common mode gain in OP-AMP is always
a) less than one b) greater than one
c) one d) infinite
iii) The IC 555 is a build in _________ circuit.
a) Diff. Amp b) Timer
c) Schmitter-trigger d) Adder
iv) A diac is a __________ terminal device.
a) two b) four c) three d) one
v) Firing angle of SCR depends on _________ current.
a) gate b) load c) anode d) cathode
vi) One Kilobyte has _________ bytes.
a) 1032 b) 1042 c) 1034 d) 1024
vii) Software acts as _________ between the hardware and users programs.
a) interface b) compiler c) language d) interpreter
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 277 *SLRR277*

viii) All the keywords should be in


a) digits b) upper case letters
c) lower case letters d) single digit
ix) Maximum length of string constant is _________ characters.
a) 325 b) 235 c) 523 d) 335
x) Conditional operator is equivalent to following control structure
a) do_while b) for c) if_while d) if_else

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


1) Define differential amplifier.
2) Define duty cycle in astable multivibrator.
3) Define break over voltage in SCR.
4) Define compiler and interpreter.
5) What is keyword ? Define.
6) What is algorithm ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


1) Give the comparison between normal amplifier and differential amplifier.
2) Draw the pin connections of IC-555 timer, explain function of each pin.
3) Explain working of diac.

B) Describe in brief lower level and higher level languages. 4

4. Answer any two of the following. 10


1) Explain the construction and working of Triac.
2) Give an account of increment and decrement operators in C++.
3) Explain astable operation of IC 555 timer.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10


1) Discuss OP-AMP as an inverting amplifier. Obtain voltage gain with feedback.
2) What are control structures in C++ ? Illustrate with examples.

_______________
*SLRR278* SLR-R – 278
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Special Paper – XVI)
Analytical and Industrial Organic Chemistry

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams and give equation wherever
necessary.

1. Select the most correct alternative from those given below and rewrite the
sentence : 10

i) Decolourisation of cane juice is done by


a) activated carbon process b) ion exchange process
c) sulphitation process d) none of these

ii) Separation of components of mixture in column chromatography depends on


a) selective mobility
b) selective adsorption and desorption
c) distribution
d) none of these

iii) __________ is used as adsorbent in thin layer chromatography.


a) Alumina b) Kieselguhr
c) Silica gel d) All of these

iv) Massecuite is syrupy mixture of


a) Molasses and sugar crystals
b) Sugar crystals and juice
c) Juice and molasses
d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 278 -2- *SLRR278*
v) Deriphat is __________ detergent.
a) anionic b) amphiolytic
c) cationic d) none of these

vi) Polymers made from one type of monomer are


a) Homopolymer b) Copolymer
c) Elastomers d) Resigns

vii) The monomer used in PVC manufacture is


a) Polyethene b) Chloroethane
c) Styrene d) Formaldehyde

viii) There are __________ principles of green chemistry.


a) 12 b) 16
c) 22 d) 10

ix) The process of desizing is used


a) for removing starch material
b) to remove grease, vax etc.
c) to remove colour from fiber
d) to remove dust from fiber

x) __________ is mixed in denatured alcohol.


a) n propyl alcohol b) pyridine
c) methyl alcohol d) water

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) What is imbibition in the process of extraction of juice ?

ii) What are oils and fats ?

iii) Explain affination used in refining of raw sugar.

iv) Write advantages of TLC over paper chromatography.

v) Explain the terms bleaching and dyeing.

vi) Give preparation of polystyrene.


*SLRR278* -3- SLR-R – 278
3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6
i) Explain in brief the raw material used in manufacture of soap.
ii) Explain the process of clarification of sugar juice.
iii) Give synthesis and uses of Buna S.

B) Explain hot process of manufacture of soap. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain in short manufacture of alcohol by fermentation of molasses.

ii) Discuss sizing process in textile industry.

iii) Discuss principle and experimental technique of column chromatography.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain principle and experimental process of gas chromatography.

ii) What are zeolites ? Explain their use as ecofriendly catalysts.

iii) Explain synthesis and uses of polyethylene and PVC.

___________
*SLRR279* SLR-R – 279
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Special Paper –XVI)
Molecular Biology and Biotechnology

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Write the correct answer : 10

1) DNA fingerprinting technique was developed by ____________


a) Meselson and Stahl b) Alec Jeffrey
c) Watson and Crick d) Sharp and Roberts

2) Ployethylene Glycol is used as ___________ in tissue culture.


a) Sterilization agent b) Stabilizing medium
c) Fusogen d) Isolation medium

3) Diameter of B DNA is _____________ Angstrom units.


a) 10 b) 20 c) 30 d) 34

4) Southern blotting technique is used to separate ____________


a) DNA b) RNA
c) Proteins d) Vitamins

5) ___________ discovered the split genes in Adenovirus2 for which they were
awarded Nobel Prize.
a) Sharp and Roberts b) Hogness et al
c) Chambon et al d) Alec Jeffrey

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 279 -2- *SLRR279*
6) __________ is not used as a vector.
a) Plasmid b) Cosmid
c) Bacteriophage d) E. Coli

7) Taq DNA polymerase is used in _________ technique.


a) Blotting b) PCR
c) DNA fingerprinting d) All of these

8) Surface sterilization of plant materials is carried out by using _________


a) HgCl2 b) AgCl2
c) BaCl2 d) CaCl2

9) Golden rice, a transgenic rice contains a high proportion of __________ which


imparts golden colour to the rice.
a) Beta carotene b) Lycopene
c) Alpha carotene d) Gamma carotene

10) Distance between two adjacent bases in B-DNA is _____________ Angstrom


units.
a) 1.2 b) 2.4 c) 3.4 d) 4.8

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

1) Which structural genes are involved in Lac Operon ?

2) Define transgenic plants and give two examples of transgenic plants.

3) What is Tm of DNA ?

4) Define protoplast and somatic hybridization.

5) Enumerate the uses of DNA libraries.

6) Give the names of marker and reporter genes used in the production of
transgenic plants.
*SLRR279* -3- SLR-R – 279
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

1) Give the applications of micropropagation.

2) Write a note on PCR technique and its uses.

3) Draw a diagram of hybrid DNA model explaining recombination at molecular


level.

B) Explain the structure of gene in eukaryotes with suitable examples. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) Write a note on vectors used in recombinant DNA technology.

2) Explain Agrobacterium is a natural genetic engineer.

3) Give an account of Lac Operon.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

1) Describe the method of anther culture and give its applications.

2) Give an account of semiconservative mode of DNA replication.

3) What is DNA fingerprinting ? What are its applications ?

_____________________
*SLRR28* SLR-R – 28
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – I)
Microbiology and Cryptogams

Day and Date : Friday, 17-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) All questions carry equal marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 10


1) The shape of coccus bacterium is ______________
a) Spherical b) Spiral c) Rodlike d) filamentous
2) G. M. Smith has divided cryptogams into ______________ divisions.
a) 7 b) 14 c) 13 d) 4
3) PPLO and MLO terms are commonly used for ______________
a) BGA b) Plant viruses c) Mycoplasma d) Crustose Lichen
4) The organism which donot show cellular organisation is ______________
a) Fungi b) Bacteria c) BGA d) Virus
5) ______________ moss is used in surgical dressings.
a) Riccia b) Anthoceros c) Sargassum d) Sphagnum
6) Host of Albugo is ______________
a) Bhendi b) Jowar c) Mustard d) Sugarcane
7) Selaginella stem shows ______________
a) Siphonostele b) Protostele c) Haplostele d) None of these
8) Mode of nutrition in Mucor is ______________
a) Saprophytic b) Autotrophic
c) Symbiotic d) Both b) and c)
9) ______________ is a non-vascular cryptogams.
a) Bryophyte b) Pteridophyte c) Gymnosperm d) Angiosperm
10) Heterocyst is found in ______________ filament.
a) Spirogyra b) Nostoc c) Sargassum d) Volvox

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 28 -2- *SLRR28*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Which algae are used as biofertilizers ?
ii) What is bacteria ?
iii) Sketch and label the diagram of bacteriophage.
iv) Give systematic position of Spirogyra.
v) What is mycoplasma ?
vi) Give the function of heterocyst in Nostoc.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Give economic importance Lichens.
ii) Give general characters of bacteria.
iii) Give classification of virus.
B) Describe the anatomical structure of Riccia thallus. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe in brief asexual reproduction in Albugo.
ii) Describe asexual reproduction in Nostoc.
iii) Give economic importance of algae.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Give systematic position, habit and habitat, external morphology and anatomy
of stem in Selaginella.
ii) Describe the thallus structure and sexual reproduction in Spirogyra.

_____________________
*SLRR280* SLR-R – 280
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Special Paper – XVI)
Biotechniques and Applied Zoology

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer from each of the following and rewrite the sentence. 10

1) The stem cells are _____________ cells.


a) Nutripotent b) Totipotent
c) Electropotent d) Pleuripotent
2) The full form of TLC is
a) Thin layer chromatography
b) Thin liquid chromatography
c) Thick layer chromatography
d) Thick liquid chromatography
3) The weight of given sample is measured by the device
a) Spectrophotometer b) Balance
c) pH meter d) Calorimeter
4) The silviculture is related with study of
a) Oysters b) Bivalves
c) Mytillus d) Snails
5) The casting of skin of silkworm is called
a) Ecolysis b) Hibernation
c) Silk production d) Cocoon formation

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 280 -2- *SLRR280*

6) In the biological control of pests are used

a) Chemicals b) Fumigants

c) Pheromones d) Biological agents

7) An oral case of catterpiller of silk moth is called

a) Cyst b) Pupa

c) Cocoon d) Egg case

8) The development of an embryo outside the body is called __________


development.

a) in livo b) in vivo

c) in nivo d) in vitro

9) The branch of zoology deals with the rearing of aquatic animals is called

a) Silviculture b) Aquaculture

c) Apiculture d) Fishiculture

10) Tribolium is the pest of ___________ crop.

a) Cotton b) Maize

c) Jawar d) Pea

2. Write short note on following (any five) : 10

i) Grasshopper

ii) TLC

iii) pH meter

iv) Stem cells

v) Trawler

vi) Principles of silkworm rearing.


*SLRR280* -3- SLR-R – 280

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

i) Write about use and principles of calorimeter.

ii) Describe the agriculture pest-RAT.

iii) Describe the economic importance of pearl.

B) Give an account of polymorphism in termites 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Write in brief the viral diseases of silk moth.
ii) Describe in brief the various gears used in fishiculture.
iii) Write about the application and use of spectrophotometer.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

A) What are the pests ? Describe in brief various pests you have studied. Add a
note on the biological pest control.

B) What is pearl culture ? Explain the methods which are followed in pearl culture.

_______________
*SLRR281* SLR-R – 281
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Special Paper – XVI)
Graph Theory

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) Platonic graphs are always _____________ graphs.
a) Complete b) Complete bipartite
c) Regular d) None of these
2) If e = (u, v) is directed edge in dia graph then u is called as
a) Terminal vertex b) Isolated vertex
c) Initial vertex d) None of these
3) The maximum number of edges in a simple graph with n vertices is

a) b)
n n  1

2 2

c) d)
n ( n  1 ) n ( n  1 )

2 2

4) Every edge of a tree is a


a) cut set b) cut vertex
c) bridge set d) none of these
5) In tree between every pair of vertices there is ____________ path.
a) no b) one and only one
c) more than one d) none of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 281 -2- *SLRR281*
6) Path does not contains repeated
a) Vertex and repeated edges b) Vertex
c) Edges d) None of these

7) The binary number 1111 is equivalent to the hexadecimal number


a) D b) E
c) F d) B

8) 111.11(2) =
a) 7.76(10) b) 7.78(10)
c) 7.79(10) d) None of these

9) A directed graph is called ______________ connected if for any pair of vertices


of the graph both the vertices of the pair are reachable from one another.
a) Weakly b) Unilaterally
c) Strongly d) None of these

10) A vertex with zero in degree is called


a) sink b) source
c) total degree d) none of these

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) Draw the graphs of the chemical molecules of
a) Methane(CH4)
b) Propane (C3H8)
2) What is the size of an r-regular (p, q) graph ?
3) Define the term Hamiltonian graph.
4) Convert the binary number 10110 to the hexadecimal equivalent.
5) Give an example of a graph which contain an Eulerian circuit that is also a
Hamiltonian cycle.
6) What is the value of postfix expression ?

8 2 3   2  6 3 / 
*SLRR281* -3- SLR-R – 281
3. A) Attempt any two of the following graph : 6
1) Find the degree, out degree and of total degree of each vertex of the
following graph.

2) Find the all spanning trees of the following graph

3) Convert hexadecimal number 2EB7 to decimal number. 4


B) Show that the given pair of graphs are isomorphic.
SLR-R – 281 -4- *SLRR281*
4. Attempt any two of the following : 10
1) Find the minimal spanning tree of the graph using Prim’s algorithm.

2) Define incidence matrix and write down the graph corresponding to the following
incidence matrix.

     
 

       

       

 
     

 

     

 

     

 

3) Convert (3287.5100098)10 into octal.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) Write Dijkstra’s algorithm to find the shortest path between two vertices in a
weighted graph, and then apply it to find shortest path from a to f.

2) i) Prove that a connected graph contains an Eulerian trail, but not an Eulerian
circuit, if and only if it has exactly two vertices of odd degree.
ii) Prove that the number of edges in a bipartite graph with n vertices is at

most .
n

___________
’

*SLRR282* SLR-R – 282


Seat
No.

[Link]. III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Special Paper – XVI)
C-Programming

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

I. Select the most correct alternative : 10


i) C language came into existence in the year
a) 1960 b) 1970 c) 1972 d) 1967
ii) Which of the following shows the correct hierarchy of arithmetic operations
in C ?
a) ∗ , /, +, –, ( ) b) ( ), / or ∗ , – or +
c) ( ), ∗ ∗ , ∗ , +, / d) none of these
iii) If a is an integer then a = 5% – 3 will return a value
a) 1.66 b) 1 c) –2 d) 2
iv) If x = 10; y = (x > 6 ? (x < 15 ? 20:30):25);
then y will be
a) 25 b) 15 c) 20 d) 30
v) The following assignment statement :
x = x – a can be expressed in compound assignment operator as
a) x – = a; b) x = –a; c) x/ = a; d) x ∗ = a;
vi) Which of the following statement is used to jump out of a loop instantly,
without waiting to get back to the conditional test in a C-program ?
a) continue b) break c) exit d) none of these
vii) If PI is an integer pointer with an initial value, say 2800, then after the
operation P1 = P1 + 1;, the value of P1 will be
a) 2801 b) 2802 c) 2804 d) 2808

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 282 -2- *SLRR282*

viii) The array char name [20] can consist of a maximum of __________
characters.
a) 10 b) 14 c) 16 d) 20
ix) An array is a group of related data items that has a
a) different names b) common name
c) common number d) none of these
x) Which mode is used to open a file for writing purpose ?
a) r b) w c) a d) none of these

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

i) What are the rules for constructing a real constants ?

ii) What do you mean by declaration of variables ?

iii) Explain if --- else statement in C-program.

iv) Give the general format for the function definition as per the modern method
in C-programming.

v) Explain the use of pointer in C-programming.

vi) Explain getchar ( ) and putchar ( ).

3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6


i) Explain relational and logical operators.
ii) Explain passing values between functions.
iii) Explain the strcmp ( ).

B) Write a C-program to find mean and variance of the first n natural numbers by
using do-while statement. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


i) Explain the concept of looping and for statement (for loop) in C-programming.
ii) State the general form of array declaration in one-dimensional arrays. Write
a C-program to find average marks obtained by a class of 25 students in a
test by using an array.
iii) Explain passing pointer as parameters of function with illustrations.
*SLRR282* -3- SLR-R – 282

5. Attempt any two from the following : 10

i) Write down the syntax of printf and scanf statement and explain any one of
them.

ii) Write a C-program to find factorial of n by using recursive formula, when n is


positive integer.

iii) Write a C-program to read an integer and prints it out backwords, using
while statement.

———————
*SLRR283* SLR-R – 283
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – III) (Sem. – VI) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY Special (Paper No. – XVI)
Economic Geology
Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) National mineral policy of India is referred to _________
(1990, 1995, 1996, 1998)
2) India is major producer of _________ ore.
(petroleum, iron, uranium, platinum)
3) _________ is renewable, hence is easy for conservation.
(copper, sulphur, uranium, coal)
4) Syngenetic ore deposits are formed ________, the host rock formed.
(before, simultaneously, after, after some time)
5) Goa shows presence of ________ ore.
(gold, copper, sulphur, iron)
6) _________ concentration is a process of natural gravity separation of heavy
minerals from light minerals.
(chemical, mechanical, laired, metasomatic)
7) The magmatic deposits often formed due to crystallization of early formed
valuable minerals under effect of gravitation are called ________ deposits.
(intrusion, injection, dissemination, segregation)
8) The heavy minerals occurring as placers possess high specific gravity and
high ________
(volume, mass, shine, durability)
9) In supergene enrichment __________ plays important role.
(gravity, ground water, hydrothermal solution, wind)
10) Mechanical concentration is the process of formation of _______ deposits.
(placer, coal, radioactive, light weight)
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 283 *SLRR283*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
1) Describe Laterite.
2) Ore deposits of Karnataka.
3) Saddle reef and Ladder vein.
4) Immiscible liquid segregation.
5) Common placer deposits of Maharashtra.
6) Who should be made aware about the mineral conservation ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Supergene enrichment process.
2) Late magmatic deposition process.
3) Concept of conservation of minerals.
B) Contact metasomatism. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Define hydrothermal deposits. Describe stock work, crustification.
2) What are magmatic mineral deposits ? Describe early magmatic deposits.
3) Describe in detail the process of residual concentration.

5. Explain any two of the following : 10


1) National Mineral Policy.
2) Limitations of mineral conservation.
3) Describe sedimentary origin of ores. Give Indian examples.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR284* SLR-R – 284
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Special Paper – XVI)
Medical Microbiology

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
1. Choose the correct alternative and rewrite the sentence again. 10
i) Incubation period of hepatitis B virus is ______________
a) 2 – 6 weeks b) 2 – 6 months
c) 2 – 6 years d) 6 – 10 days
ii) Antimicrobial action of vancomycin antibiotic is by inhibiting __________
synthesis.
a) Cell membrane b) Nucleic acid
c) Protein d) Cell Wall
iii) ___________ is not a viral disease.
a) Syphillis b) Rabies
c) Hepatitis A d) HIV
iv) Swarming growth on agar medium is characteristic feature of ____________
a) Vibrio cholerae b) Proteus Vulgaris
c) Escherichia Coli d) Pseudomonas aeruginosa
v) Escherichia Coli is ________________
a) Gram negative motile rods b) Gram positive non-motile rods
c) Gram negative non-motile rods d) Gram positive motile rods
vi) Amphotericin B and Clotrimazole can be used in treatment of ____________
a) Malaria b) Candidiasis
c) Vibrio d) Herpes simplex
vii) Presence of negri bodies in the brain is sign of _____________
a) Herpes b) Rabies
c) HIV d) Hepatitis A
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 284 *SLRR284*

viii) Which of the following organism can cause urinary tract infection ?
a) Mycoplasma Pneumoniae b) Clostridium perfringens
c) Proteus vulgaris d) Treponema Pallidum
ix) Sulphonamides are inhibitor of _____________ synthesis.
a) Folic acid b) Vitamin B12
c) Protein d) Peptidoglycan
x) Helicobacter Pylori causes _______________
a) Gastric lymphoma
b) Gastric and duodenal ulcer
c) Hyperacidity
d) All of these
2. Answer/Define any five of the following : 10
a) Beta-lactamase
b) Pausi bacillary leprosy
c) Significance of germ tube test
d) Mode of action of tetracycline
e) Mode of action of Azidothymidine
f) Acid fast staining
g) Opportunistic infections in HIV.
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
a) Cultural and biochemical characters of Klebsiella species
b) Prevention of Cholera
c) Spread of rabies.
B) Write in brief on “Properties of ideal antibiotic”. 4
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
a) Drugs acting on folic acid biosynthesis.
b) Explain with example, inactivation of drugs leads to drug resistance.
c) Tests to guide chemotherapy.
5. Answer any two of the following : 10
a) Differentiate between Hepatitis A and B
b) Symptoms of herpes
c) Diagnosis of Helicobacter pylori infection.

_____________________
’

*SLRR285* SLR-R – 285


Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Special Paper – XVI)
Advanced Electronics Technology
Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following : 10


1) The VHDL supports ________ description style.
a) Structural b) Behavioral
c) Dataflow d) All of these
2) Logic array back contains several
a) LUT b) Macrocell
c) PIA d) None of these
3) PLD are used to replace _______ logic devices.
a) Fixed functions b) Variable functions
c) TTL d) CMOS
4) The paletter in Lab VIEW helps to ________ VI.
a) Copy and run b) Create and run
c) Copy and paste d) None of these
5) Lab VIEW is acronym for
a) Laboratory Virtual Instrument Engg. Workbench
b) Laboratory Virtual Instrument Engg. Workshop
c) Laboratory Virtual Instrument Engg. Work
d) All of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 285 -2- *SLRR285*

6) Entity is the description of the interface

a) of outside environment

b) of inside environment
c) between design and external environment
d) none of these

7) The ________ is the major problem due to increase in device density.

a) reliability b) heat dissipation


c) power consumption d) none of these

8) The Si and Ge has ________ bandgap type of semiconductor.

a) direct b) indirect
c) both a and b d) none of these

9) The RTD has a maximum frequency of up to

a) 2.2 THz b) 2.2 GHz c) 215 GHz d) 215 THz

10) SET is acronym for

a) Single Electron Transfer b) Single Electron Transistor


c) Single Electron Transmission d) All of these

2. Answer any five (2 marks each) : 10

1) State the importance of nano electronics.

2) Draw the sketch of nanotube FET.

3) Write the VHDL code for NAND gate entity.

4) Classify the PLD devices.

5) State the advantages of LabVIEW.

6) State the advantages of PLD.


*SLRR285* -3- SLR-R – 285

3. A) Answer any two (3 marks each) : 6


1) Explain the graphical system design.
2) Explain PAL.
3) Describe carbon nanotube.

B) Explain architecture in VHDL with suitable example. 4

4. Answer any two (5 marks each) : 10


1) Write the VHDL code for 4 to 1 multiplexer.
2) Explain single electron transistor.
3) Explain energy band in semiconductor.

5. Answer any one : 10


1) Explain FPGA in detail.
2) Explain software environment in LabVIEW.

———————
*SLRR286* SLR-R – 286
Seat
No.

[Link]. – III (Semester – VI ) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Special Paper – XVI)
Data Communication and Networking – II

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternative : 10


i) __________ operate as an intermediary between a local network and services
available on the internet.
a) Web server b) Ftp server
c) Proxy server d) News server
ii) For transferring big files over the internet the _________ protocol is used.
a) POP b) IP c) SMTP d) HTTP
iii) A __________ can understand multiple networking protocols.
a) Repeater b) Bridge c) Router d) Gateway
iv) ________ can be used to create specific partitions in Linux.
a) GNOME b) KDE c) RAID d) None of the above
v) ________ server uses distributed file service.
a) Print b) File
c) Web d) Database
vi) ________ protocol is used for transferring mails on the internet.
a) POP b) IP c) SMTP d) HTTP
vii) A repeater takes a weakend signal and ___________ it.
a) Amplifies b) Regenerates c) Resamples d) Reroutes

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 286 *SLRR286*

viii) A cipher is
a) An encryption algorithm b) A decryption algorithm
c) A private key d) None of the above

ix) HTTP is called as ___________ protocol.


a) Stateful b) Stateless
c) Connectionless d) None of the above

x) ________ is a webserver of windows server 2003.


a) IIS b) Apache c) Tomcat d) FTP

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is meant by piconet ?
2) Which are the various web server protocols in Windows Server 2003 ?
3) What is an active hub ?
4) Which are the various FTP servers in Linux ?
5) What is meant by plaintext and Cipher key ?
6) What is proxy ARP ?

3. a) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) What is the use of SMTP ? Explain in detail.
2) What is meant by message non repudiation ?
3) Explain repeater in detail.
b) Explain database server of Windows Server 2003. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain VPN in detail.
2) Explain Tux server in detail.
3) Explain proxy firewall in detail.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain POP3 protocol in detail.
2) Explain CUPS printer server in detail.
3) Explain HTTP in detail.
_______________
*SLRR29* SLR-R – 29
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Old)
Calculus (Paper – II)

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 10

3x − 2x
1) xlim
→0
= _____________
x
3 ⎛3⎞
a) 1 b) c) log 3 d) log ⎜ ⎟
2 ⎝2⎠
2) If y = 3mx then yn = __________________
a) 3mx ⋅ (log 3) b) mn 3mx (log 3)n

c) 3mx ⋅ (log 3)n d) mn 3mx


3) If y = log (ax + b) then yn = ____________

( −1)n (n − 1) ! an ( −1)n − 1 n ! a n
a) b)
(ax + b)n (ax + b)n

an an
c) d)
(ax + b)n (ax + b)n + 1
4) Series expansion of ex is ___________

x x2 x3 x x2 x3
a) 1 − + − + .... ∞ b) 1 + + + + .... ∞
1! 2 ! 3 ! 1! 2 ! 3 !

c) 1 + x + x 2 + x 3 + .... ∞ d) 1 − x + x 2 − x 3 + .... ∞

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 29 -2- *SLRR29*

5) Series expansion of sinx is ______________

x 2 x 4 x6
a) 1 − + − + .... ∞
2! 4! 6!

x2 x4 x6
b) 1 + + + + .... ∞
2! 4! 6!

x3 x5 x7
c) x − + − + .... ∞
3! 5! 7!

x3 x5 x7
d) x + + + + .... ∞
3! 5! 7!

π
2
6) The value of ∫ sin5 x dx = ____________
0

8 1
a) b) 8 c) 15 d)
15 15

7) If φ = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 then grad φ = __________


  
a) x i + y j + zk b) 2x + 2y + 2z
     
c) 2x i + 2y j + 2zk d) x i + y j + 2zk
    
8) If f = x i + y j + zk then curl f = ______________
     
a) x i − y j + zk b) x i + y j − zk

c) 0 d) none of these

x3 + y3
9) The degree of homogenous function u = is ___________
x2 + y2
a) 0 b) 1 c) – 1 d) 2

∂f
10) If f(x, y) = 2x2 – xy + 2y2 then at (1, 2) = ___________
∂x
a) 0 b) – 2 c) – 1 d) 2
*SLRR29* -3- SLR-R – 29

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

log ( x − a)
1) Evaluate xlim .
→a
log (e x − ea )

x
2) Find nth derivative of y = .
x2 − a2

x2 x 4 x 6
3) Show that cos x = 1 − + − + .... ∞ .
2 ! 4! 6 !

4) Discuss the continuity of f(x, y) at (0, 0) where

x2 − y2
f(x, y ) = 2 , (x, y ) ≠ (0, 0)
x + y2

= 0 , otherwise.

π
⎛x⎞
5) Evaluate ∫ sin ⎜ ⎟ dx .
0 ⎝2⎠

2
 2
 2

6) If F = 2 x z i − xy z j + 3 yz k , find divF .

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

1) Find nth derivative of x 3 ⋅ e x .


2) If f and g are scalar point functions then prove that
grad(f + g) = grad f + grad g.

∂ 2z ∂ 2z
3) If z = log (x2 + y2) then show that = .
∂x∂y ∂y∂x

−1⎛− y 3 ⎞⎟
3
B) If u = tan ⎜ ⎜x , then prove that x
∂u
+y
∂u
= sin 2u . 4
x + y ⎟ ∂x ∂y
⎝ ⎠
SLR-R – 29 -4- *SLRR29*

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


2a
3/2
1) Evaluate ∫ x3 (2ax − x2 ) dx .
0

2) If u is homogenous function of degree n in x and y then prove that


∂u ∂u
x +y = nu .
∂x ∂y

3) If y = (sin – 1x)2 then prove that (1 − x 2 )y n + 2 − (2n + 1)xy n + 1 − n2 y n = 0 .

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) State and prove Leibnitz’s theorem and hence if x = tan(log y) then prove that
(1 + x2)yn + 1 + (2nx – 1)yn + n (n – 1) yn – 1 = 0.
2) If z = f(x, y) is a homogenous function of degree n, then prove that

∂2z ∂ 2z 2
2 ∂ z
⎛ x3 + y3 ⎞
x2 + 2 xy + y = n(n − 1)z and if u = log ⎜ ⎟
∂x 2 ∂x∂y ∂y 2 ⎜ x 2 + y 2 ⎟ then show
⎝ ⎠
∂u ∂u
that x + y = 1.
∂x ∂y

_____________________
’

*SLRR3* SLR-R – 3
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


(CGPA Pattern)
COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – I)
(Computer Fundamentals and Programming using C – I)

Day and Date : Tuesday, 7-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Use different answer paper for separate Section.

SECTION – I
(Computer Fundamentals)

1. Multiple choice questions. 5


1) Light pen is _________ device.
a) Pointing b) Storage c) Scanning d) None
2) All 8 bit coding system to represent characters in modern computers.
a) BCD b) EBCDIC c) ASC II d) Octal
3) _________ is printer on which characters to printed are embossed.
a) Laser b) Inkjet
c) Drum Printer d) Dot matrix
4) Scanner is ________ device.
a) input b) output c) printing d) display
5) Base of binary is
a) 16 b) 8 c) 2 d) 10

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


i) VLSI is used in which generation of computer.
ii) Write definition of operating system and types of operating system.
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 3 -2- *SLRR3*

iii) Convert following :


(110110)2 = (?) 10.
iv) Convert following
(8964)10 = (?)16.
v) Explain in short MICR.
vi) Solve following
(7 FF.8)16 = (?).
vii) (1010) × (1011) = (?)10

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following. 10


i) Differentiate High level language and Low level language.
ii) Explain features of operating system.
iii) List different types of primary memory and explain two of them.

B) Answer any one of the following. 10


i) Explain generation of computer.
ii) Explain secondary storage devices.

SECTION – II
(Programming Using C – I)

1. Multiple choice questions. 5


1) _________ is symbols which works on operand.
a) Keyword b) Identifier c) Character set d) Operator
2) _________ is Pictorial representation of algorithm.
a) Function b) One dimensional array
c) Pseudo code d) Flow chart
3) To alter the flow of program _________ are used.
a) Decision making control b) Looping controls
c) Array d) Constants
*SLRR3* -3- SLR-R – 3

4) _________ are used to abort the block.


a) continue b) break c) goto d) label
5) Predefined functions are used to find out given input is digit or not.
a) is upper ( ) b) is lower ( ) c) is char ( ) d) is digit

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


i) Explain keywords.
ii) Explain break and continue.
iii) Explain ternary i.e. ? : operator with example.
iv) Predict the output
int a = 6, b = 2;
print f (“%d”, a +++++b).
v) Write a program to find out maximum no. among three no.
vi) Explain bitwise operator.
vii) List out rules for defining identifiers.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following. 10


i) Explain array and its types.
ii) Write a program to find out given no. is prime or not prime.
iii) Differentiate while and do-while.

B) Answer any one of the following. 10


i) Write a program to transpose the matrix.
ii) Write a program to check entered string is Palindrome or not Palindrome.

_______________
*SLRR30* SLR-R – 30
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – II)
Plant Physiology and Horticulture

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 10


1) _____________ is a artificial method of vegetative propagation.
a) Runner b) Offset c) Stolon d) Cutting
2) The elements are required by the plants in little proportion are called
_____________
a) Micro elements b) Macro elements
c) Radio active elements d) Trace elements
3) _____________ is the growth retardent.
a) IBA b) IAA c) CCC d) GA
4) In Holoenzyme, the prosthetic group is organic is called _____________
a) Apoenzyme b) Co-enzyme c) Co-factor d) Isoenzyme
5) _____________ is a branch of horticulture.
a) Pomoculture b) Agriculture c) Sericulture d) All of these
6) The vegetative growth of plant is maximum in the _____________ phase.
a) Lag b) Linear c) Steady d) Death
7) The enzymes are active in narrow range of _____________
a) Temperature b) Light c) Substrate d) Product
8) _____________ is a variety of rose.
a) Hybrid teas b) Damaskas c) Marigold d) Pusa

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 30 *SLRR30*

9) Tuber is a _____________ method of vegetative propagation.


a) Artificial b) Natural c) Scientific d) None of these
10) _____________ is a portion of rooted plant on which bud or portion of branch
inserted.
a) Scion b) Stolon c) Callus d) Stock

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What are macro elements ?
ii) Define olericulture.
iii) What photoperiodism ?
iv) Define enzyme.
v) Enlist the types grafting.
vi) Explain runners.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Merits and demerits of vegetative propagation.
ii) Describe co-enzymes with example.
iii) Role of phytochrome pigments in physiology of flowering.
B) Define horticulture and its branches. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Air layering
ii) Role and deficiency symptoms of Fe
iii) Applications of CCC in agriculture.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) What is budding ? Explain the types of budding.
ii) What are enzymes ? Describe the physicochemical structure of enzyme.

_______________
*SLRR31* SLR-R – 31

S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – I (Sem. – I) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – I) (Old)
Fundamentals of Electronics

Day and Date : Monday, 20-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.
4) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternatives for the following : 10


1) Parallel resonance circuit is known as ____________ circuit.
a) acceptor b) rejector
c) high pass filter d) low pass filter
2) The admittance parameters are same as ____________ circuit parameters.
a) short b) open c) hybrid d) none of these
3) The unit of reactance is ____________
a) ohm b) mhos c) henry d) farad
4) Four resistances each of 10 are connected in series, the equivalent


resistance will be ___________


a) 10 
b) 40 
c) 0.4 
d) 20 

5) In case of pure capacitor current ________ voltage.


a) leads b) lags
c) in phase with d) out of phase with
6) In step up transformer number of turns of primary winding are __________
than number of turns of secondary winding.
a) less b) more c) equal to d) none
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 31 -2- *SLRR31*

7) If the resistance of series LCR circuit decreases then resonance frequency


will _________
a) increases b) decreases
c) remains same d) none of these
8) Two capacitors of 20 f each are connected in parallel, the equivalent


capacitor is ___________ f 

a) 20 b) 40 c) 60 d) 10
9) After applying Thevinins theorem, equivalent circuit will have a new
____________
a) voltage source in series with resistance
b) current source in series with resistance
c) current source in parallel with resistance
d) voltage source in parallel with resistance
10) Frequency of alternating current used in ac mains is __________
a) 50 Hz b) 50 KHz c) 60 Hz d) 70 Hz

2. Answer any five for the following : 10


i) State Kirchhoff’s laws.
ii) Give classification of Inductor.
iii) Write colour code of 10 K 
resistance with 5% tolerance.
iv) Define equivalent network.
v) Define h-parameters and give their formulaes.
vi) Define quality factor and selectivity.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain superposition theorem.
ii) Explain constant current and constant voltage source.
iii) Write a note on Fuse.
*SLRR31* -3- SLR-R – 31

B) In the following circuit, find current through RL by using Thevinins Theorem. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is transformer ? What are its types ? Explain step down transformer.
ii) Explain T-network.
iii) Explain Maximum Power Transfer Theorem.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Explain LCR series resonance circuit. Derive expression for resonance
frequency and quality factor.
ii) Explain sinusoidal and nonsinusoidal current and voltage source. Define
time period and frequency.
_____________________
’

*SLRR33* SLR-R – 33
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – I)
Mineralogy and Palaeantology
Day and Date : Monday, 20-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. :1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever needed.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given option. 10
1) Quartz shows __________ fracture.
a) Earthy b) Concoidal c) Hackly d) Even
2) Mineral Phlogopite belongs to _______ group.
a) Amphibole b) Mica c) Silica d) Olivine
3) Hardness of calcite is
a) 1 b) 3 c) 4 d) 5
4) Olivine occur in ________ rock.
a) Pegmatite b) Granite c) Dunite d) Limestone
5) Asbestos shows _________ luster.
a) Vitreous b) Silky c) Pearly d) None of these
6) The shell of gastropod is
a) Uninvolved b) Bivalve c) Spiral d) Oval
7) Paradoxide is shell of
a) Gastropod b) Cephalopod c) Lamellibranch d) Arthrpod
8) Fossil favosite belongs to _______ Phylum.
a) Echinodermata b) Mollusca
c) Arthropoda d) Coelentera
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 33 -2- *SLRR33*

9) Coiling of physa is
a) Dextral b) Sinistral c) Tight d) Oval
10) Petrification is the result of
a) Silicification b) Carbonation
c) All of these d) None of these

2. Answer any five from the following : 10


1) Streak of the mineral
2) Physical properties of mica group of mineral
3) Luster of mineral
4) Pygidium of trilobite
5) Mould and cast
6) Uses of fossils.

3. A) Answer any two : 6


1) Process of fossilization
2) Hardness of mineral
3) Structure and composition of pyroxene group.
B) Explain mode of preservation of fossil. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the Amphibole mineral group.
2) Explain the fracture and cleavages of minerals.
3) Describe mica group.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the class gastropoda
2) Calceola and Montivaltia
3) Describe the morphology of Echinodermata.

———————
*SLRR34* SLR-R – 34
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – I) (Old)
Fundamentals of Microbiology

Day and Date : Monday, 20-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answers from the given
alternatives. 10

i) The Proteinic coat of viruses is called as ____________


a) Envelope b) Capsomer
c) Cellwall d) Capsid

ii) In salmonella typhi, typhi indicates the name of ____________


a) Genus b) Class
c) Species d) Family

iii) ___________ is only present in the cell wall of gram positive bacteria.
a) Peptidoglycan b) Teichoic acid
c) Lipopolysaccharide d) Lipoprotein

iv) Rabies vaccine was introduced by _______________


a) Edward Jenner b) Robert Hook
c) Louis Pasteur d) Watson and Crick

v) Arrangement of flagella at both ends of the cell is called as ________


a) Monotrichous b) Lophotrichous
c) Amphitrichous d) Peritrichous

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 34 -2- *SLRR34*

vi) Capsule and slime layer are mainly made up of __________

a) Protein b) Lipids

c) Polysaccharide d) Peptidoglycan

vii) __________ is the selective medium for growth of fungi.

a) Mac Conkey’s agar b) Sabourand’s agar

c) Blood agar d) Mannitol salt agar

viii) The binomial nomenclature system is given by __________

a) Robert Koch b) Linnaeus

c) Pasteur d) Ivanowsky

ix) The number of chromosomes present in bacterial cell is ____________

a) 2 b) 1

c) 22 d) 23

x) The major function of bacterial cell merubrane is ____________

a) Cell division b) Transport of nutrients

c) Locomotion d) Protection

2. Answer in short (any five) : 10

i) Functions of flagella.

ii) General characters of mycoplasma.

iii) Explain morphological types of bacteria.

iv) Give contributions of ‘Robert Koch’.

v) Ribosome.

vi) Define taxonomy.


*SLRR34* -3- SLR-R – 34
3. A) Answer in brief (any two) : 6

i) Structure and function of pili.

ii) General characters of viruses.

iii) Functions of cell membrane.

B) Draw a well labelled diagram of typical eukaryotic cell. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Cellwall of gram positive bacteria.

ii) Beneficial activities of bacteria.

iii) General characteristics of Rickettsia.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain general principles of bacterial nomenclature.

ii) General characters of Actinomycetes.

iii) Describe in detail structure of flagella.

_____________________
*SLRR35* SLR-R – 35
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – II) (Old)
Digital Fundamentals
Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw the figures wherever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following : 10


1) Hexadecimal number system has base _______________
a) 2 b) 8 c) 10 d) 16
2) _______________ gate is used as universal building block.
a) AND b) OR c) NAND d) Ex-OR
3) Half subtracter uses _______________ gates.
a) AND, OR, INVERTER b) AND, OR, Ex-OR
c) AND, Ex-OR, INVERTER d) AND, NAND, Ex-OR
4) Which of following is not a octal number ?
a) 101 b) 125 c) 158 d) 777

5) In Boolean algebra A. A = ______________


a) 0 b) 1 c) A d) A
6) 1s compliment of binary number 1001 is _____________
a) 1000 b) 0110 c) 0111 d) 0001
7) IC 7400 is _____________gate.
a) AND b) NAND c) NOR d) OR
8) Full Adder adds _____________ bits at a time.
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 35 *SLRR35*
9) BCD is ______________
a) Binary Coded Decimal b) Binary converted Decimal
c) Binary Cancelled Decimal d) Binary Connected Decimal
10) Quad is group of ______________ones.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four

2. Attempt any five (5) : 10


1) What is binary number system.
2) Draw the pin diagram of IC 7404.

3) Draw the diagram with gates for Y = A ⋅ B + A ⋅B .


4) Write the truth table for equation Y = A B + A B .
5) Convert Binary 10101010 in to decimal.
6) Define 1s compliment and 2s compliment of binary numbers.

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) Explain AND gate using NAND gate.
2) State rules of OR and AND laws.
3) Explain how to bits are added using AND, Ex-OR gate.

B) Prove DeMorgans theorem 4

A + B = A ⋅ B and A ⋅ B = A + B

4. Attempt any two : 10


a) Solve the:
i) (1011)2 + (1011)2 ii) (1011)2 – (1000)2
b) Explain doubble dabble method hence convert (75)10 in to binary.
c) How Ex-OR gate is used as a controlled inverter.

5. Attempt any one : 10


a) How Karnaugh map is constructed for 4 variables ? Solve the equation using
K-map.
Y = A B C + ABC + ABC + A B C
b) Explain any five logic gates using their symbol, truth tables.
––––––––––––––––––––
*SLRR37* SLR-R – 37
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – II)
Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Petrology

Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever needed.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given option : 10
1) __________ texture is formed in two stages in the formation of igneous rock.
a) Graphic b) Glassy c) Granitic d) Porpheritic
2) ______________ is the monomineralic rock.
a) Dunite b) Granite c) Basalt d) Dolerite
3) Dyke is ______________ type of forms of igneous rock.
a) Concordant b) Discordant c) Extrusive d) None of these
4) _____________ is the igneous rock structure.
a) Ripple mark b) Pisolitic c) Flow d) All of these
5) Quartzite is ______________ rock.
a) Igneous b) Sedimentary
c) Metamorphic d) None of these
6) Bauxite is ______________ type of sedimentary deposit.
a) Rudaceous b) Areneceous c) Silt d) Residual
7) Sedimentary rock shows ______________ structure.
a) Granitic b) Bedding c) Granulose d) Glassy
8) Marble is ______________ rock.
a) Metamorphic b) Igneous c) Sedimentary d) None of these
9) Gneissose structure is formed due to ______________ metamorphism.
a) Plutonic b) Thermal
c) Dinamothermal d) None of these
10) ______________ is the agent of metamorphism.
a) Heat b) Pressure c) Fluid d) All of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 37 *SLRR37*

2. Answer any five from the following : 10


1) Antistress minerals.
2) Agents of metamorphism.
3) Oolitic structure.
4) Cross bedding structure.
5) Pyroganetic minerals.
6) Sills.

3. A) Answer any two : 6


1) Glassy texture.
2) Laterite.
3) Cataclastic metamorphism.
B) Describe the divisions of rocks. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the discordant forms of igneous rock.
2) Structures of metamorphism.
3) Describe mud crack and rainprint structure.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe the types of metamorphism.
2) Classification of sedimentary rock.
3) Describe the structures of igneous rock.

_____________________
*SLRR38* SLR-R – 38
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. – I (Sem. – I) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Paper – II : Microbial Techniques
Day and Date : Tuesday, 21-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting appropriate alternative : 10


1) Reflection of light rays is the function of __________ of compound microscope.
a) condensor b) objective c) eyepiece d) mirror
2) The source of illumination in electron microscope is __________
a) beam of electrons b) sunlight
c) radiowaves d) all of above
3) __________ is acidic stain.
a) Basic fuchsin b) Malachite green
c) Nigrosin d) Methylene blue
4) __________ is used as mordant in Gram Staining.
a) Alcohol b) Iodine
c) Crystal violet d) Basic fuchsin
5) The process of killing pathogenic microbes is known as __________
a) sterilization b) disinfection c) sanitization d) microbiostasis
6) Petri plates are sterilized __________
a) by boiling in water bath b) by tyndallization
c) by dry heat in hot air oven d) in incubator
7) MacConkey’s agar is __________
a) selective medium
b) differential medium
c) selective as well as differential medium
d) enriched medium
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 38 *SLRR38*

8) All of the following are methods of maintaining pure culture except __________
a) freezing b) lyophillization
c) serial dilution d) soil stock
9) Fractional sterilization is also known as __________
a) incineration b) microbiostasis
c) tyndallization d) disinfection
10) For staining bacterial cellwall __________ method is used.
a) Chance’s b) Maneval’s c) Albert’s d) Differential staining

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is basic stain ? Give one example of it.
ii) Mention any two differences between compound and electron microscope.
iii) Define resolving power of microscope.
iv) What is synthetic medium ? Give one example of it.
v) How pure cultures are maintained by parafin method ?
vi) Give the function of eye piece of compound microscope.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) What is the mechanism of action of alcohol as a disinfecting agent ? Give
applications of alcohol as a disinfecting agent.
ii) Write in short about sterilization by u. v. rays.
iii) What is living media ? Give applications of living media.

B) Describe principle and procedure of simple staining. 4

4. Write short notes on any 2 : 10


i) Lyophilization
ii) Working distance of compound microscope
iii) Sterilization by steam under pressure.

5. Answer any 2 of the following : 10


i) Describe in detail streak plate of obtaining pure culture.
ii) Describe how anaerobic cultures are obtained by Gas Pack.
iii) What is acid fast staining ? How it is performed ?
_____________________
*SLRR39* SLR-R – 39
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Sem. – II) (New) (CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH COMPULSORY
On Track : English Skills for Success

Day and Date : Wednesday, 22-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing the correct alternative given below
each : 14
1) Some people described Dr. Kalam as
a) A visionary man b) A rocket man
c) A missile man d) A workaholic
2) Wernher Von Braun advised Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam to make rocketry his
mission and
a) Profession b) Glory
c) Religion d) Division
3) Who represented the Jains at the parliament of religions ?
a) Vivekananda b) Mahatma Gandhiji
c) Protap Chunder Mozoomdar d) Annie Besant
4) The parliament of religions was to be held in
a) America b) Singapore
c) Canada d) South Africa
5) The primary idea of human rights involves
a) Rights of the government
b) Rights for the government
c) Right formulated by the government
d) Rights to operate against the government

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 39 -2- *SLRQ61*
6) The main reason of the serious economic problems of the majority is
a) Famine b) Negligence
c) Drought d) Ignorance
7) The poem “Brahma” displays the influence of _________ on Emerson.
a) The Vedas b) The Upanishads
c) The Geeta d) The Puranas
8) The last two lines of the poem “Brahma” are addressed to those persons who
are
a) The devotees of Lord Brahma
b) The selfless servants of humanity
c) The rulers of the world of man
d) The persons in charge of administration
9) The poet, in “Full Moon” gives expression to
a) The feeling of pity for the moon
b) The feeling of concern for the lovers
c) The feeling of joy for the scientists
d) The feeling of joy for the moon
10) The moon has been depicted as _________ by the poet.
a) A challenge b) A threat
c) A comfort d) A culprit
11) The poetry of ________ is a wonderful example of romantic poetry.
a) Keats b) Keat’s
c) Keats’ d) Keats’s
12) Peacock is one of the _________ birds found in India.
a) More wonderful b) Wonderful most
c) Most wonderful d) Only wonderful
13) The god _________ was pleased with Jesus Christ.
a) Al mighty b) All mighty
c) All my tea d) None of the above
14) Who won the race ? The _________ or the tortoise ?
a) Here b) Hare
c) Hair d) Higher
*SLRQ61* -3- SLR-R – 39
2. Answer any seven of the following questions in two to three sentences each : 14
1) What had Dr. Kalam successfully tested while in France ?
2) What kind of a personality was Von Braun, according to Dr. Kalam ?
3) What was the response of the chief of an official religious society when
Vivekananda wrote to them for help ?
4) Who were the other Indians present at the parliament of religions ?
5) What do you understand by human rights ?
6) What, in your opinion, is the message of the poem ‘moon’ ?
7) What is the central theme of the poem “Brahma” ?
8) Who were the ‘watchers of the moon’ ? What happened to them ?

3. A) Write short answers on any two of the following : 8


1) What do you learn of Dr. Kalam’s dedication to team work through the
‘essay’ work brings solace ?
2) Summarise the trials and tribulations that Vivekananda faced in America
prior to his address at the parliament of Religions ?
3) Show how the awareness of human rights has seeped in everywhere and
people are more aware of the issue.

B) Answer any two of the following questions briefly : 6


1) What is an agenda ?
2) What should we avoid in preparing our C.V. ?
3) What is an E-mail ?

4. You are the secretary of the Bharat Sports Club in your town. The meeting of the
office-bearers of the club is scheduled for the 15th on next month. Prepare an
agenda for the meeting and then draft the minutes of the meeting using the
format of the given specimens. 14
OR
You are Prerna Pai living at 24, Marigold Apartments, Indira Nagar, Bengaluru
and you have just received a letter of appointment as Assistant Executive in the
accounts department of Samtron Industries, 124, Shubham Complex, M. G. Road,
Bengaluru. The letter is dated 10 August, 2009 and the sender is MR. Manu Bhat,
General Manager.

5. Write a suitable C.V. for the post of a clerk in Bank. 14

–––––––––––––––
*SLRR4* SLR-R – 4
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Sem. – I) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – I) (CGPA Pattern)
Mechanics, Properties of Matter and Optics and Laser

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Figures must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic table and calculator is allowed.
5) Two Sections should be written in separate answer book.

SECTION – I
(Mechanics and Properties of Matter)

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 5


1) Moment of inertia of rectangular lamina about an axis through its centre and
parallel to one of its side is

a) b)
 

l b
M ( l  b )

 

I  M  I 

 

3 1 2 1 2

 

c) d)
M b M b

I  I 

1 2 3

2) The angular acceleration of compound pendulum is directly proportional to


its
a) Linear displacement b) Mass
c) Angular displacement d) Force
3) The profile of the advancing liquid in the capillary tube is a
a) parabola b) hyperbola
c) catenary d) ellipse
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 4 -2- *SLRR4*
4) In atomiser, the fall in pressure, occurs due to
a) increase in velocity
b) decrease in velocity
c) increase in pressure
d) decrease in temperature

5) The value of Young’s modulus   2 0  1 0


 

N / m
and modulus of rigidity

  8  1 0
 

N / m
for iron then the value of Poisson’s ratio is
a) 0.25 b) 0.5 c) –1 d) 0.1

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define radius of gyration.
ii) Define centre of suspension and centre of oscillation.
iii) What is torsional pendulum ?
iv) Define Young’s modulus and modulus of rigidity.
v) Explain equation of continuity.
vi) State any two factors affecting surface tension.
vii) The excess pressure inside a soap bubble of radius 1 cm is balanced by that
due to a column of oil 2 mm high. Find the surface tension of the soap
solution, if density of oil is 800 kg/m3.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Moment of inertia of flywheel.
ii) Surface tension by Jaeger’s method.
iii) Water is escaping from a tank through a horizontal capillary tube 0.2 m
long and 1.2 mm in diameter, when it stands 1 m above the tube. At what
rate is water escaping ?
Given : for water is 0.001 [Link]/m2.


B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Derive relation betn elastic constants  ,  and K.
ii) What is Bifilar pendulum ? Discuss theory of Bifilar pendulum.
*SLRR4* -3- SLR-R – 4
SECTION – II
(Optics and Laser)

1. Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for
each subquestion. 5
i) A combination of two thin lenses made by same material having focal length
f 1 and f2 co-axially separated by the finite distance d be achromatic
combination if d is equal to
a) f1 + f2 b) f1 – f2

c) d)
B  B B  B

 

ii) The value of ratio of the focal length of eye lens and field lens used in
Ramsden’s eye-piece is
a) 1 b) 2
c) 3 d) 4
iii) In grating spectra, an angle of diffraction
a) directly proportional to square of wavelength
b) remains constant with change of wavelength
c) decreases with increase of wavelength
d) increases with increase of wavelength
iv) Helium-Neon is
a) semiconductor laser
b) gas laser
c) liquid-dye laser
d) crystalline solid state laser

v) If then an angle made by the reflected ray of light with the surface of


 E  ! #

a parallel faced thin film is


a) 55° b) 45°
c) 40° d) 35°
SLR-R – 4 -4- *SLRR4*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) State Fermat’s principle of extremum time.
ii) Write an expression for axial chromatic aberration.
iii) What is a crossed lens ? State the use of it.
iv) Define the term : Einstein’s coefficient of absorption of radiation.
v) State any two characteristics of a laser beam.
vi) Write the names of different parts of an optical instrument : Spectrometer.
vii) If focal length of Huygen’s Eye-Piece is 12 cm. Calculate the focal length of
eye lens and field lens.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the construction and working of Ruby Laser.
ii) Draw a neat ray diagram of Ramsden’s Eye-piece and derive an expression
for focal length of it.
iii) Two thin lenses made by same material having focal length f1 and f2
co-axially separated by distance d forms a combination of focal length 50 cm
satisfies the condition of no chromatic aberration and minimum spherical
aberration. Calculate the value of : f1, f2 and d.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Obtain the condition of constructive and destructive interference for the
reflected light along successively parallel paths from the surface of a
parallel faced thin film.
ii) How to prepare the replica of a original plane diffraction grating ? Describe
an experiment of plane diffraction grating to determine the value of grating
element. Calculate the maximum visible order of diffraction pattern of source


of light of wavelength 5890 )

obtained by the diffraction grating having


15000 lines per inch.

___________
’

*SLRR40* SLR-R – 40
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (New) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – II) (CGPA Pattern)
Organic and Analytical Chemistry

Day and Date : Friday, 24-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Answer to the two Section should be written on separate


answer books.
2) All questions are compulsory.
3) Draw neat diagrams and give equations wherever
necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
5) Use of logarithmic table and calculator is allowed.
(Atomic weights : H = 1, C = 12, O = 16, N = 14, Na = 23,
Cl = 35.5).
SECTION – I
(Organic Chemistry)
1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following and rewrite sentences : 5
i) Heterolytic fission of covalent bond gives _________
a) only cation b) only anion
c) both cation and anion d) free radical
ii) Mesotartaric acid is ___________
a) racemic mixture b) optically inactive
c) optically active d) geometrical isomers
iii) The C – C – C bond angle in benzene is ____________
a) 120° b) 45° c) 60° d) 180°
iv) Conjugated double bond compound is __________
a) butylene b) isobutylene
c) butyne d) 1,3 -butadiene
v) The hybridisation of carbon involved in ethylene is ___________
a) SP2 b) SP3 c) SP d) none of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 40 -2- *SLRR40*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define carbocation and arynes.
ii) What is racemic modification ? Why it is optically inactive ?
iii) What are electrophiles and nucleophiles ?
iv) Predict the products of following :

a) + HBr ⎯⎯→ ?

b) Δ
+ 2Na ⎯⎯→ ?

v) Explain the term :


a) Anti-aromatic compounds
b) Non-aromatic compounds.
vi) What is Huckel’s rule of aromaticity ? Explain it with respect to naphthalene.
vii) Complete the following reaction and name the reaction.

Alcl
+ CH3 – Cl ⎯ ⎯⎯
3
→ ?
anhydrous

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Addition reactions
ii) Geometrical isomerism in maleic and fumaric acid.
iii) Wurtz and Corey-House reaction.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain mechanism involved in the dehydration of lower alcohol. What is
the action of following reagent on ethylene ?
a) Br2|CCl4
b) HBr
c) Perbenzoic acid.
ii) What is resonance effect ? What are necessary conditions for resonance ?
Explain resonance effect with respect to phenol.
*SLRR40* -3- SLR-R – 40
SECTION – II
(Analytical Chemistry)
4. Select the most correct alternative for the following and rewrite the
sentences : 5
i) Reciprocal of coefficient of viscosity is known as
a) Fluidity b) Viscosity c) Opacity d) Optical activity
ii) Carius method is used for estimation of ___________
a) carbon b) nitrogen c) hydrogen d) halogen
iii) The process of removing extra common salt from the water is known as
a) purification b) desalination c) disinfection d) distillation
iv) In roasting, metal in the ore is converted into _____________
a) atomic state b) sulphide c) oxide d) halide
v) Intensity of sound is measured in ____________
a) dB b) 0K c) ppm d) mg
5. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Mention the major constituent of milk.
ii) What are the important characteristics of an ideal antacid.
iii) Mention applications of distribution law.
iv) Draw a neat and labelled diagram of Wilfley table.
v) How sulphide ores can be concentrated ?
vi) Define the terms :
a) Environment
b) Biological oxygen demand.
vii) Give an account of health effect of Nox.
6. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10
i) Major constituent in the plant.
ii) Theory of extraction.
iii) Blast furnace.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Define coefficient of viscosity. Describe determination of coefficient of
viscosity by Ostwalds viscometer.
ii) What is empirical formula ? Discuss different steps involved in the
determination of empirical formula of an organic compound. An aliphatic
alcohol contains 52.4% carbon, 13.05% hydrogen. Determine its empirical
formula.
——————
*SLRR41* SLR-R – 41
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (New CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – II)
Computer Fundamentals and Programming Using ‘C’ – II

Day and Date : Friday, 24-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.
3) Answer of two Sections should be written in separate
answer sheet.

SECTION – I
(Computer Fundamentals)

1. Choose correct alternatives : 5


1) ________ is extension of MS-Excel file.
a) .docx b) .doc c) .xls d) .xcel
2) _________ communication allows data flow from both directions at same
time
a) Full duplex b) Half duplex c) Simplex d) None of these
3) __________ is place on image which is hyperlinked with other page.
a) Hot page b) Hot spot c) Hot Link d) None of these
4) In ________ topology every node is connected with each other.
a) Ring b) Star c) Bus d) Mesh
5) ________ Short cut key is used to cut selected text in MS-Word.
a) Ctrl+S b) Ctrl+F c) Ctrl+X d) Ctrl+Y

2. Answer any five of the followings : 10


1) What is Modem ?
2) Explain the term “E-mail”.
3) What is Spread Sheet ?
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 41 -2- *SLRR41*

4) Write structure of HTML.


5) Define-Multitasking.
6) Describe the term “LAN”.

3. A) Attempt any two of the followings : 10


1) What is multiprocessing ? Explain it with its types.
2) Explain table tag with its attributes.
3) Write features of Windows Operating System.
B) Attempt any one of the followings : 10
1) What is JavaScript ? Explain its different looping statements with example.
2) What are the uses of spread sheet ? Explain different types of charts used
in spread sheet.

SECTION – II
(Programming Using ‘C’ – II)

1. Choose correct alternatives : 5


1) By default ‘C’ function returns ________ type value.
a) char b) float c) void d) none of these
2) Formal parameter uses __________ storage class defaultly.
a) auto b) static c) register d) extern
3) _______ function updated previously allocated runtime memory.
a) malloc b) calloc c) realloc d) free
4) Consider statement, int *p,*q;
Which of the following statement is correct ?
a) p+q b) p – q c) p*q d) p%q
5) Memory of ‘structure’ and ‘union’ are same if both contains
a) More than two data members with same type
b) More than two data members with different type
c) Only one data member with same data type
d) Only one data member with different data type
*SLRR41* -3- SLR-R – 41

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is Preprocessor ? List out features of ‘C’ preprocessor.
2) Write use and syntax of calloc( ) function.
3) Define ‘Nested Structure’.
4) What is Pointer ? List out its applications.
5) Write difference between ‘Structure’ and ‘Union’.
6) Write difference between ‘call by value’ and ‘call by pointer’.

3. A) Attempt any two of the followings : 10


1) Write a program to check number is prime or not using function.
2) What is File ? Explain file opening modes in details.
3) Explain ‘Pointer to Pointer’ with example.
B) Attempt any one of the followings : 10
1) Write a program to copy the content of one file into another file.
2) Write a program that demonstrates passing entire structure to function.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR42* SLR-R – 42
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Sem. – II) Examination, 2015


New (CGPA Pattern)
PHYSICS (Paper – II)
Heat and Thermodynamics, Electricity, Magnetism and Basic Electronics

Day and Date : Monday, 27-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Two Sections should be written on separate answer books.


2) All questions are compulsory.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
5) Use of calculator/logrithmic table is allowed.

SECTION – I
(Heat and Thermodynamics)

1. Select the correct alternative : 5


i) The coefficient of viscosity of a gas is given by

a) b)


   ?     ? 

! !

c) d)
!

   ? 

   ? 

"

ii) In adiabatic demagnetization cooling method, the magnetic salt used was
a) Diamagnetic salt b) Ferromagnetic salt
c) Paramagnetic salt d) Ferrimagnetic salt
iii) The first law of thermodynamics is given by
a) dQ = dU + PdV b) dQ = dV – PdV
c) dQ = dU + VdP d) dQ = dV – VdP

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 42 -2- *SLRR42*

iv) The efficiency of Carnot’s engine is 0.4. If the temperature of the sink is 27° C,
then the temperature of the source is
a) 227°C b) 27.7°C
c) 320°C d) 400°C

v) Coefficient of performance of the refrigerator working between temperature


300° K and 400°K is
a) 1 b) 2
c) 3 d) 4

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


i) Define the term free path and mean free path in transport phenomenon of gas
molecule.
ii) State the second law of thermodynamics.
iii) State the properties of liquid helium.
iv) Define the term coefficient of viscosity and write the relation between coefficient
of viscosity and coefficient of thermal conductivity.
v) Define the term reversible process and state its one example.
vi) Define the term entropy of system and state it increases or decreases in
irreversible process.
vii) What is isothermal change and adiabatic change in thermodynamics.

3. A) Write any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the working of Carnot’s heat engine in detail.
ii) Derive an expression for coefficient of thermal conductivity.
iii) Describe the experimental set up used for cooling by adiabatic
demagnetization.
B) Write any one of the following : 10
i) Explain the principle of refrigeration. Describe refrigeration cycle and obtain
an expression for coefficient of performance of refrigerator.
ii) Describe the working of otto engine with P.V diagram and obtain an
expression for its efficiency.
*SLRR42* -3- SLR-R – 42

SECTION – II
(Electricity, Magnetism and Basic Electronics)

1. Select correct alternative : 5


i) Time constant in series L-R circuit is

a) b) c) LR d) LRejw
L R

R L

ii) In series L-C-R circuit the phase difference 


of the current with the applied
alternating e.m.f. is

a) b)
R

( X L  X C )

t a n  

t a n  

( X L  X C )

c) d)
R

t a n  

t a n   R ( X L  X C )

R  ( X L  X C )

iii) Unit of figure of merit of a ballastic galvanometer is

a) b) c) d)
m m

 A

 A . m m  A . m m

 A

m m

iv) Bridge rectifier is a ___________ rectifier.


a) Full wave b) Half wave
c) Ripple wave d) None of above
v) Current amplification factor in common base configuration is the ratio

a) b) c) d)
 1 -  1 *  1 +

 -   1 +

 1 *  1 +  1 -

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define the term resonance and write the condition of resonance in L-C-R
series circuit.
ii) Define the term :
i) figure of merit
ii) current sensitivity of balastic galvanometer.
iii) Calculate the value of resistance must be connected in series with inductance
of 10 mH so that the circuit has time constant of 2.5 × 10–3 sec.
SLR-R – 42 -4- *SLRR42*

iv) State Biot and Savart’s law.


v) What are the active and passive elements in electronic circuit ? Write atleast
one example of each.
vi) Draw the circuit diagram of Bridge rectifier with 
filter.
vii) Calculate the current amplification factor ( ) of C.E. mode if the current


amplification factor ( ) is 0.99.




3. A) Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Derive an expression for growth of current in d.c. circuit containing inductor
and resistor connected in series with e.m.f.
ii) Draw the circuit for L-C-R series with alternating emf and derive an
expression for impedance of circuit.
iii) Draw circuit diagram of common emitter amplifier and explain its working.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain the construction and working of moving coil galvanometer and
hence deduce the formula for quantity of charge flowing through it.
ii) Derive an expression for charge in charging and discharging of capacitor
through resistance and hence define time constant.

___________
*SLRR43* -1- SLR-R – –43
SLR-R 43

Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (New CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (Paper – II)
Geomorphology, Climatology

Day and Date : Monday, 27-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Answers to the both Section should be written in
separate answer book.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of map stencils is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I

1. Complete the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 5


1) Climatology is a branch of ____________
a) Human geography b) Geology
c) Physical geography d) Settlement geography
2) The atmospheric pressure on both poles is generally ____________
a) High b) Moderate low
c) Moderate d) Low
3) ____________ is the major source of heat to the earth surface.
a) Moon b) Sun
c) Venus d) Mars
4) The atmospheric pressure at sea level is ____________ Mb.
a) 1013.2 b) 1023.2
c) 1033.2 d) 1043.2
5) Anti-Trade winds wear _________ south latitude are called as roaring fourties.
a) 30° b) 40°
c) 50° d) 60°

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 43 -2- *SLRR43*
2. Answer any five questions of the following : 10
1) Define climate.
2) Name the major gases in the atmosphere.
3) State the major types of planetary winds.
4) Define isotherms.
5) State the Ferrel’s law.
6) Define insolation.
7) Name any two instruments to measure the temperature.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


1) Describe troposphere.
2) State the elements of weather.
3) Describe trade winds.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
1) Describe the distribution of pressure belts on the earth.
2) Explain the nature and scope of climatology.

SECTION – II

1. Complete the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 5


1) Oceanography is the branch of ____________ geography.
a) Human b) Physical
c) Economic d) Agricultural
2) There are ____________ major oceans on the surface of the earth.
a) 3 b) 4 c) 7 d) 2
3) The average salinity of ocean water is ____________ %.
a) 5 b) 15 c) 25 d) 35
4) The average depth of the continental shelf’s is about ____________ fathoms.
a) 100 b) 200 c) 300 d) 400
5) South hemisphere is called as ____________ hemisphere.
a) Land b) Water
c) Lithosphere d) Continental
*SLRR43* -3- SLR-R – 43

2. Answer any five questions of the following : 10

1) Define oceanography.

2) Name the oceans in the world.

3) Give names of any two ocean currents.

4) What is tide ?

5) Types of coral reefs.

6) Which ocean is present in North-Pole ?

7) What is continental slope ?

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


1) Nature of oceanography.
2) Salinity of ocean water.
3) Continental shelf and slope.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe the ocean currents in Atlantic ocean with schematic diagram.
2) Explain coral reefs and state its types with diagram.

_____________________
*SLRR44* SLR-R – 44
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (New) Examination, 2015


(C.G.P.A. Pattern)
STATISTICS (Paper – II)
Descriptive Statistics, Probability and Probability Distribution – II

Day and Date : Wednesday, 29-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) Figures to the right indicates full marks.


2) Answers to two Sections should be written in separate
answer book.

SECTION – I
(Descriptive Statistics, Probability)

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5


1) The value of Cov (X, Y)
a) may be negative
b) is equal to Cov (Y, X)
c) is equal to zero when all Y’s are constant
d) all of the above
2) Given that r(X, Y) = 0.9, then r(2X + 1, Y + 3) is
a) 0.9 b) – 0.9 c) 1.9 d) – 1.9
3) The lines of regression intersect at the point
a) (0, 0) b) ( X , Y ) c) (1, 1) d) none of these
4) Ultimate class frequencies means the frequencies of the classes of
a) zero order b) lowest order
c) highest order d) none of these
5) The index number of base year is always taken as
a) 100 b) 0 c) 1 d) none of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 44 -2- *SLRR44*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define positive correlation and negative correlation with suitable example.
ii) Define Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient and state the limits of R.
iii) Explain two regression coefficients.
iv) State the expression for the acute angle between two regression lines and
discuss the case when r = ± 1.
v) State any two fundamental set of class frequencies, if the data contains three
attributes A, B and C.
vi) What is attribute ? Define positive classes and negative classes.
vii) State important uses of index number.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is time reversal test of consistency ? Verify the same for Laspeyre’s
index number.
ii) Show that Correlation Coefficient (r) is lies between – 1 and + 1.
iii) State the properties of regression coefficients and prove any two of them.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Derive the equation of line of regression of Y on X. by the method of least
square.
ii) Obtain the relation between coefficient of association (Q) and coefficient
of colligation (Y). Deduce that | Q | ≥ | Y | .

SECTION – II
(Probability Distribution – II)

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5


1) Expectation of a constant is
a) 0 b) 1 c) constant d) none of these

k x = 0, 1
2) If (X, Y) is discrete r.v. with joint pmf p(x, y ) =
x+y y = 1, 2
then the value of k is
3 7 2
a) b) c) 1 d)
7 3 7
*SLRR44* -3- SLR-R – 44

3) If Cov (X, Y) = 3 then covariance between (3 – X) and (5 – 3Y) is


a) 11 b) 9
c) 6 d) 0

5
4) If X has Binomial distribution with parameters n and p. If E(X ) = and
3
10
V( X) = then p is
9

2 1
a) b)
3 3

5 1
c) d)
6 6
5) If X and Y are two independent random variables then

a) E(XY) = E(X) ⋅ E(Y)


b) Corr (X, Y) = O

c) Px + y (S) = PX (s) ⋅ PY (s)

d) All the above

2. Attempt any five : 10


i) Define Mathematical expectation of the r.v.x.
ii) Obtain the relation between 2nd factorial moment and raw moments.
iii) Show that when X and Y are independent, the conditional distribution of X
given Y = Yj is the marginal distribution of X.
iv) Prove that Cov(X, X) = V(X).
v) Obtain mean and variance of one point distribution.
vi) State additive property of Bernoulli distribution.
vii) Obtain recurrence relation of hypergeometric distribution.
SLR-R – 44 -4- *SLRR44*

3. A) Attempt any two : 10


i) Prove that :
a) E(aX + b) = aE( X) + b
b) V(aX + b) = a2V(X).
ii) Define uniform distribution and obtain its mean and variance.
iii) The joint pmf of (X, Y) is given as

Y
–1 0 1
X

0 0.1 0.1 0.1

2 0.1 0.2 0.1

4 0.1 0.1 0.1

Show that (X, Y) are uncorrelated but not independent.


B) Attempt any one : 10
i) For the following joint probability distribution of X and Y :

Y
1 2 3
X
1 2 4 3
15 15 15
2 1 1 4
15 15 15

a) Obtain marginal distribution of X and Y.


b) Obtain E(X), V(X).
c) Obtain conditional distribution of X given Y = 2.
d) Obtain E(X/Y = 2).
ii) Define binomial distribution obtain pgf of binomial distribution hence obtain
its mean and variance. Show that mean is greater than variance.

_____________________
*SLRR45* SLR-R – 45
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – II) (CGPA Pattern) (New)
(Animal Diversity – II and Ecology, Ethology, Evolution and Applied
Zoology)

Day and Date : Wednesday, 29-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Two Sections should be written in separate answer book.

SECTION – I
(Animal Diversity – II)

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing alternative given below : 5


1) The heart of frog is ___________ chambered.
a) 1 b) 3 c) 2 d) 4
2) The fertilization in frog is
a) Internal b) External c) In uterus d) None of these
3) The common openings for digestive, genital and excretory systems in frog is
called as
a) Anus b) Cloaca c) Uterus d) Rectum
4) Acetabulum is the cavity of
a) Urostyle b) Pelvic girdle c) Pectoral girdle d) Vertebrae
5) The age of fish can be calculated by counting lines of growth in ___________
scales.
a) Cycloid b) Ctenoid c) Ganoid d) Placoid

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 45 -2- *SLRR45*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Eggs of frog.
ii) Neotany.
iii) Paired fins in fish.
iv) Skin of frog.
v) Pancreatic juice of frog.
vi) First vertebra.
vii) Bile.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the ventricles of frog brain.
ii) Enlist the salient features of Urochordata.
iii) With a neat labelled diagram describe the dorsal and ventral views of
heart of frog.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe the gills in both cartilaginous and bony fishes.
ii) Describe the digestive system of frog and add a note on physiology of
digestion.

SECTION – II
(Ecology, Ethology, Evolution and Applied Zoology)

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing alternative given below : 5


1) The network of food in a tropical level is called as
a) Food chain b) Food net
c) Food web d) Foodwell
2) The behaviour of disguise the animals in a suitable background and protect
from enemies is called
a) Mimicry b) Camouflage
c) Modeling d) Aggression
3) The third walking leg of the worker bees are provided with
a) Pollen basket b) Pollen comb
c) Sting apparatus d) Spicks to collect pollen
*SLRR45* -3- SLR-R – 45

4) The study of behavioural characteristic is called


a) Ecology b) Ethology
c) Economics d) Evolution
5) Overpopulation and overcrowding in the colonies of bees is avoided by ________
habit.
a) Warming b) Migration
c) Swarming d) Group forming

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Food Chain
ii) Mimicry.
iii) Biosphere.
iv) Succession.
v) Vestigial organs
vi) Parasitism.
vii) Ecology.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the path of energy flow in ecosystem.
ii) Define an intraspecific relationships. Explain it with the reference to
Symbiosis and Mutualism.
iii) With a suitable example describe camouflage in animals.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Define Vermiculture. Describe the various techniques used in a vermiculture
practice.
ii) Describe the both biotic and abiotic components of a pond ecosystem.

_______________
*SLRR46* SLR-R – 46
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (CGPA Pattern) (New) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – II)
Geometry and Differential Equation

Day and Date : Saturday, 2-5-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answer to the two Section should be written in the separate
answer book.

SECTION – I
(Geometry)

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following. 5


1) The polar equation of x2 + y2 – 4y = 0 is
a) r = 4 cos θ b) r = 2 cos θ c) r = 2 sin θ d) r = 4 sin θ

⎛ π⎞
2) ⎜ 5, 6 ⎟ is the Polar co-ordinates of a point then its Cartesian co-ordinates is
⎝ ⎠

⎛ 3 5⎞ ⎛5 3 5⎞ ⎛ 5 5⎞ ⎛3 5 5⎞
a) ⎜ 2 , 2 ⎟ b) ⎜ 2 , 2 ⎟ c) ⎜ 2 , 2 ⎟ d) ⎜ 2 , 2 ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠
3) The angle between the planes 2x – y + z = 6 and x + y + 2z = 7 is
π π π
a) b) c) d) π
2 3 4
4) The distance of a point (3, 4, 2) from the plane 6x – 2y + 3z + 7 = 0 is
3 13 23 33
a) b) c) d)
7 7 7 7
5) The centre and radius of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 – 4x + 2y – 2z – 10 = 0 is
a) (2, 1, 1), 4 b) (2, – 1, 1), 4
c) (– 2, 1, – 1), 4 d) (– 2, 1, 1), 4
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 46 -2- *SLRR46*

2. Attempt any five of the following. 10


1) Transform the equation 2x2 + 4xy + 5y2 – 4x – 22y + 7 = 0 to parallel axes
through the point (– 2, 3).
2) Transform the equation x2 + 4xy + y2 = a2 when the axes are rotated through
an angle 45°.
3) Identify the conic given by the equation x2 + 2xy + y2 – 2x – 1 = 0.
4) Find the equation of the plane through the point (2, 3, 4) and parallel to the
plane 5x – 6y + 7z = 3.
5) Find the intercepts of the plane 2x – 3y + 4z = 12 on the co-ordinate axes.
6) Find the equation of the sphere whose diameter has extremities (3, 4, – 2)
and (– 2, – 1, 0).

7) Find the equation of tangent plane to the sphere x2 + y2 +z2 = 49 at the point
(6, – 3, 2).

3. A) Attempt any two of the following. 10


1) Find an angle through which the rectangular axes are rotated so that
2 2
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 transforms into a ′x ′ + b′y′ .
2) Prove that the equation of the plane whose normal from the origin has the
direction cosines l, m, n and the length P is lx + my + nz = P.
3) Obtain the equation of sphere whose diameter has the endpoints P(x1, y1, z1)
and Q(x2, y2, z2).

B) Attempt any one of the following. 10


1) If by rotation of axes, the expression ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 becomes
a′x′ + 2 h′x′y′ + b′y′ then a + b and ab – h 2 are invariants.
2 2

2) a) Find the equation of the plane passing through three points A(3, 4, 2),
B(4, 6, 5) and C(8, 2, 9).
b) Find the equation of the sphere through the circle x2 + y2 + z2 + 2x +
3y + 6 =0, x – 2y + 4z – 9 = 0 and the centre of the sphere x2 + y 2 + z2
– 2x + 4y – 6z + 5 = 0.
*SLRR46* -3- SLR-R – 46

SECTION – II
(Differential Equation)

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following. 5


1) The differential equation Mdx + Ndy = 0 is said to be exact if
∂M ∂N ∂M ∂N ∂M ∂N ∂M ∂N
a) ∂y = ∂x b) ∂y = − ∂x c) ∂x = ∂y d) ∂x = − ∂y

2) A differential equation is said to be linear if dependent variable and its derivatives


appear only in the _______ degree.
a) First b) Second d) Third d) Fourth

∂M − ∂N
∂y ∂x
3) In the differential equation Mdx + Ndy = 0, if = F (x ) then integrating
N
factor is

∫ F (x ) dy
∫ F (x ) dx

− F (y ) dy
a) e b) e c) ∫ F (x ) dx d) e
2
d y
4) The particular integral of the differential equation 2 − 4 y = sin 4 x is
dx

x sin 4 x sin 4 x x ⋅ cos 4 x cos 4 x


a) b) − c) − d) −
20 20 20 20

5) 1 × =
D−a
−x x ax − ax − ax ax
a) e x ∫ e − x × dx b) e ∫ e × dx c) e ∫ e × dx d) e ∫ e × dx

2. Attempt any five of the following. 10

1) Solve y 1 − x 2 dy + x 1 − y 2 dx = 0 .

2) Solve (sin x ⋅ cos y + e2x ) dx + (cos x ⋅ sin y + tan y) dy = 0 .

2
3) Solve dy + 22xy = 42x .
dx x + 1 x + 1
SLR-R – 46 -4- *SLRR46*

2
d y dy 3x
4) Solve 2
−3 + 2y = e .
dx dx

1 ⋅ sin x .
5) Evaluate
D+2
4
d y
6) Solve 4 − 16 y = 0 .
dx

3 2
d y d y dy
7) Solve 3 + 3 2 + 3 + y = 0.
dx dx dx

3. A) Attempt any two of the following. 10


1) State and prove the necessary and sufficient condition for the differential
equation Mdx + Ndy = 0 to be an exact.

2) Solve x 2ydx − ( x 3 + y 3 )dy = 0 .

2
d y dy
3) Solve 2 − 5 + 6y = x .
dx dx

B) Attempt any one of the following. 10


1) Explain the method of solving the differential equation of the form
dy
+ PY = QYn, where P and Q are functions of x only hence solve
dx

dy
(1 – x2) + xy = xy2.
dx

1 ⋅ sin ax = 1 ⋅ sin ax
2) Prove that 2 2 where F(– a2) ≠ 0. Hence solve
F (D ) F (− a )
3
d y
3
− y = sin 2 x .
dx

–––––––––––––––––
*SLR-R-47* SLR-R – 47
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (New) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – II) (CGPA Pattern)
Gymnosperms and Angiosperm, Cell Biology, Genetics
and Plant Biotechnology

Day and Date : Saturday, 2-5-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Solve each Sections in separate answer books.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I
(Gymnosperms and Angiosperms)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 5


1) In cycas, Microsporangia are borne on the ____________ surface.
a) adaxial b) abaxial c) marginal d) basal
2) Funnel shaped corolla is occur in ____________ family.
a) Annonaceae b) Nyctaginaceae
c) Caesalpiniaceae d) Convolvulaceae
3) Ephedra belongs to the class ____________
a) Cycadopsida b) Coniferopsida
c) Gnetopsida d) Both a) and b)
4) Aggregate fruit is developed from ____________ gynoecium.
a) Apocarpous b) Syncarpous
c) Monocarpellary d) Both b) and c)
5) The name of the family is suffix ____________
a) _ lae b) _ ales c) _ ceae d) _ rae

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 47 -2- *SLR-R-47*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Give vegetative propagation in cycas.
ii) Comment on adhesion of stamens.
iii) Sketch and label the L.S. of ovule in cycas.
iv) Give economic values of gymnosperm (any two).
v) Give the function of accessory and necessary whorls of flower.
vi) Mention any four merits of Bentham and Hookers system.
vii) Give systematic position of family Caesalpiniaceae.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) T. S. of coralloid root of cycas.
ii) Write a note on composite or multiple fruits.
iii) Write the general characters of the family Annonaceae.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe the structure of male cone and microsporophyll of cycas.
ii) Give the diagnostic feature and economic importance of any two following
families :
a) Solanaceae
b) Nyctaginaceae
c) Caesalpiniaceae
d) Convolvulaceae.

SECTION – II
(Cell Biology, Genetics and Plant Biotechnology)

1. Rewrite the sentence by choosing correct alternatives : 5


1) In mitosis, the chromosomes are arrange on equator in ________________
stage.
a) Prophase b) Metaphase
c) Telophase d) Anaphase
2) Oxidative phosphorylation takes place in ________________
a) Golgi complex b) Cytoplasm
c) Nucleus d) Mitochondria
*SLR-R-47* -3- SLR-R – 47

3) The fluid-mosaic model of membrane is suggested by ________________


a) Robertson b) Danielli-Davson
c) Singer-Nicholson d) De Duve
4) The external appearance is expressed in individual by ________________
a) Phenotype b) Genotype
c) Enzyme d) Both b) and c)
5) The two adjacent cells are joined by ________________
a) Primary cell wall b) Secondary cell wall
c) Tertiary cell wall d) Middle lamella

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define biofertilizer.
ii) What is heterozygous ?
iii) State the functions of glyoxysomes.
iv) Sketch and label the ultra structure of mitochondrion.
v) What is meant by aseptic technique ?
vi) State the functions of cell wall.
vii) Define cell, sketch and label the eukaryotic cell.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Law of dominance.
ii) Chemical composition of plasma membrane.
iii) Write note on nucleoplasm.
B) i) Describe in brief the applications of tissue culture in Agriculture. 10
ii) What is mitosis ? Explain different stages of mitosis.

_____________________
’

*SLRR48* SLR-R – 48
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (New) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (CGPA Pattern) (Paper – II)
Electronic Devices and Digital Electronics

Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.
5) Two Sections should be written in two separate answer books.
SECTION – I
(Electronic Devices)
1. Select correct alternative of the following : 5
i) At 0K temperature, intrinsic semiconductor behaves as
a) an insulator b) a conductor
c) n-type semiconductor d) p-type semiconductor
ii) A tunnel diode is
a) used with reverse bias
b) a slow switching device
c) a high resistivity PN junction diode
d) a very heavily doped PN junction
iii) The β of a transistor is 99, then the value of α is
a) 9.9 b) 0.99 c) 99 d) 100
iv) The current flowing through JFET is due to
a) majority carriers
b) minority carriers
c) recombination of electrons and holes
d) none of these
v) An SCR is a semiconductor device which consists of
a) one PN junction b) two PN junctions
c) three PN junctions d) four PN junctions
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 48 -2- *SLRR48*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Name any two acceptor and any two donar impurity materials for doping of a
semiconductor.
ii) Draw symbols of tunnel diode and photo diode with labels.
iii) Define h parameters for CE configuration of transistor.
iv) State characteristics of transistor in common collector configuration.
v) Draw symbols of Depletion and Enhancement MOSFET with lables.
vi) State any four applications of TRIAC.
vii) In a transistor circuit IE = 1 mA,
IC = 0.94 mA. What is the value of IB ?
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 10
i) Describe the formation of PN junction.
ii) Explain working of tunnel diode with the help of I-V characteristics.
iii) Define α and β of a transistor. Deduce the relation between them.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain construction and characteristics of DIAC.
ii) Explain operation, V-I characteristics and transfer characteristics of
N-channel depletion type MOSFET.
SECTION – II
(Digital Electronics)
1. Select correct alternative for the following : 5
i) TTL has ____________ input transistor.
a) Multi collector b) Multi base c) Multi emitter d) Normal
ii) Demultiplexer 8:1 requires __________ number of AND gates.
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8
iii) RS flip-flop output remains same when
a) R = S = 0 b) R = S = 1 c) R = 0, S = 1 d) R = 1, S = 0
iv) SISO in shift register stands for
a) Shift In Shift Out b) Serial In Serial Out
c) Shift In Serial Out d) Serial In Shift Out
v) In Johnson counter __________ is connected back to input.
a) output b) complement of output
c) mode d) clock
*SLRR48* -3- SLR-R – 48

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Explain propagation delay in TTL.

ii) Draw 4-bit SIPO shift register diagram.

iii) Draw diagram of MSJK flipflop.

iv) What is combination counter ?

v) What is multiplexer ?

vi) Draw timing diagram for right shift register with input 1000.

vii) What is encoder ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain TTL NAND gate.

ii) Write a note on decade counter using IC 7490.

iii) Draw diagram for priority encoder and give truth table.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Explain BCD to 7 segment decoder.

ii) Explain clocked RS flip-flop and edge triggered D-flip flop.

———————
*SLRR49* SLR-R – 49
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) (New) (CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


PSYCHOLOGY (Paper – II)
General Psychology and Human Development

Day and Date : Wednesay, 6-5-2015 Total Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Section I and Section II should be written in the separate
answer sheet.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I
(General Psychology)

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5


i) ______________ is the feeling aspect of consciousness.
A) Motivation B) Emotion
C) Memory D) Expression
ii) _____________ are the tendency of the body to maintain a steady state.
A) Primary drives B) Homeostasis
C) Reduction D) Self theories
iii) Schachter-Singer introduced the ____________ arousal theory.
A) Cognitive B) Social
C) Psychological D) Self
iv) _____________ theory talk about need.
A) Drive reduction B) Need
C) Arousal D) Self
v) Freud believed that the mind was divided into _____________ parts.
A) 2 B) 3
C) 4 D) 6

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 49 -2- *SLRR49*

2. Answer the following (any five) : 10


1) Define personality.
2) How many types of memory ?
3) Who use the term of mental age ?
4) Who proposed the Hierarchy of need theory ?
5) Give the formula of IQ.
6) Define emotion.

3. Write the short note (any two) : 10


1) Decay Theory
2) James-Lange theory of emotion
3) The three process of memory.

4. A) Explain the psychosexual stages of personality development. 10


OR
B) Discuss on the Maslow’s Hierarchy of need theory.

SECTION – II
(Human Development)

1. Fill in the blanks (Multiple choice) : 5


I) _____________ found that menopause is the time of coalescence.
a) Brown b) Sheedy
c) Myers d) Lindzey
II) Instead of looking at adults development as a function of age _________
model views life events as markers of development.
a) The timing of events b) Normative
c) Crisis d) Both
III) _________ is more common now because society has changed in several
ways.
a) Marriage b) Divorce
c) Death d) Any other
*SLRR49* -3- SLR-R – 49

IV) Teste sensitivity begins to decline at about as ___________


a) 70 b) 60
c) 50 d) 20
V) The success of marriage in the late life may depend on the comple’s ability to
adjust to the personality changes of ___________ age.
a) Middle b) Old
c) Young d) Adulthood

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


I) Write types of marriage.
II) What is meant by Trait Theories ?
III) What is mean by Monogamy ?
IV) Give the names of five sences which change in late adulthood.
V) What is approximate age of middle adulthood ?
VI) Which therapy can be used to offer relief to women in relation to menopause
problem ?

3. Write short notes (any two) : 10


I) The Female climate and menopause.
II) Physical development in middle adulthood.
III) Retirement in Late adulthood.

4. Answer any one of the following : 10


A) Describe sensory and psychomotor changes in middle age.
OR
B) Explain the mid-carries crises of middle adulthood.

_____________________
*SLRR5* SLR-R – 5
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – I) (C.G.P.A. Pattern) Examination, 2015


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (Paper – I)
Geomorphology, Climatology

Day and Date : Monday, 13-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and maps wherever necessary.
3) Use of map stencils is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5


1) Harold Jeffrey modified the original tidal hypothesis in the year
a) 1929 b) 1930 c) 1931 d) 1932
2) The evolution of surface features of the earth is studied in
a) Climatology b) Hydrology
c) Geomorphology d) Pedology
3) In 1905 Chamberlin and Moulten have suggested the _________ hypothesis.
a) Planetesimal b) Satellite
c) Tidal d) Gaseous
4) Sedimentary rocks are called as
a) Primary b) Secondary c) Tertiary d) Quarterly
5) The parallel and horizontal limbs of a recumbent fold are called as
a) Thrust b) Recumbent fold
c) Simple fold d) Nappes

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 5 -2- *SLRR5*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Define the term of geomorphology.
2) Describe the concept of SIMA.
3) Describe the term of surface wave.
4) What is metamorphism ?
5) What is volcanoes ?
6) What is folding ?
7) What is faulting ?

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


1) Classify the orogenic movement.
2) State the types of folding.
3) Nature and scope of geomorphology.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe the chemical composition of the earth.
2) Describe the type of volcanoes and its world distribution.

SECTION – II

1. Choose the correct alternative and rewrite : 5


1) Meandering streams are formed due to
a) River erosion b) River deposition
c) River erosion and deposition d) Wind erosion
2) Soils are classified in major groups
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8
3) According to Davis landforms undergo sequential changes through
a) Process b) Erosion
c) Weathering d) Time
4) _________ is the reaction of Carbonate ions with minerals.
a) Carbonation b) Hydration c) Oxidation d) Solution
5) The term weathering means
a) Decay b) Erosion c) Deposition d) Transportation
*SLRR5* -3- SLR-R – 5

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is weathering ?
2) Define the term of cycle of erosion.
3) What is soil ?
4) What is N.P.K. of soils ?
5) What is oxidation ?
6) What is headward erosion ?
7) Describe the term of sand dunes.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


1) River depositional landforms.
2) State the type of erosion.
3) State the types of physical weathering.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Define the term of soil and give the process of formation of soil.
2) Describe the concept of cycle of erosion by W.M. Davis.

_______________
*SLRR50* SLR-R – 50
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (New) Examination, 2015


(CGPA Pattern)
GEOLOGY (Paper – II)
Introduction to General Geology and Physical Geology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Total Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever needed.

SECTION – I
Introduction to General Geology

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer given in the options : 5


1) The solar system travel at a speed of ________ kps around the centre of
Galaxy.
a) 700 b) 540
c) 440 d) 240
2) ________ is the closest planet to the sun.
a) Earth b) Mercury
c) Venus d) Mars
3) The circumference of the earth is ________ miles.
a) 24,900 b) 25,900
c) 26,900 d) 27,900
4) The crust have a volume of ________ percent.
a) 5 b) 4
c) 3 d) 2
5) Large scale earthquakes are the result of ________ disturbances.
a) Tectonic b) Landslide
c) Volcanic d) All of these
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 50 -2- *SLRR50*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Name the members of solar system.
ii) Rotation of earth.
iii) Define epicentre of earthquake.
iv) Define volcano.
v) Name the three major earthquake belt.
vi) Name the discontinuities in the earth with their location.
vii) Hypsographic curve.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Explain nebular hypothesis.
ii) Explain products of volcano.
iii) 2nd and 3rd order relief features.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe principal divisions of the earth
ii) Effects and causes of earthquake.

SECTION – II
Introduction to Physical Geology

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options. 5
1) ________ are residual blocks of granitic rocks rising above the ground level.
a) Karren b) Tors c) Pits d) None of these
2) A Basin which is bordered by mountains is known as ________
a) Desert b) Bolson c) Bajadas d) Pediment
3) Small rivers joining into a main stream is called ________
a) Tributary b) Creek c) Mouth d) Brook
4) The solid ice masses occupying depressions with steep back walls on mountain
slopes at the highest altitudes are known as ________ glaciers.
a) Valley b) Cirque c) Piedmont d) Continental
5) A ________ is developed at an angle to the shore or at the mouth of an embayment.
a) Spit b) Bar c) Hook d) Delta
*SLRR50* -3- SLR-R – 50
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Regolith
ii) Alluvial fans
iii) Sea caves
iv) Striations
v) Mushroom rock
vi) Pediments
vii) Drumlins.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Explain Mechanical weathering.
ii) Explain erosion by wind abrasion and attrition.
iii) Explain depositional features of glaciers as Erratics and Morains.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain stream processes of erosion, transportation and deposition.
ii) Explain depositional features developed by ocean.
___________
*SLRR51* SLR-R – 51
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


(New) (CGPA Pattern)
MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – II)
Microbial Physiology and Applied Microbiology – I

Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answers to the two Sections should be written in separate
answer book.

SECTION – I
(Microbial Physiology)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct alternative : 5

i) _________ indicator is present in sugar fermentation medium.


a) Phenol red b) Methyl red c) Congored d) Andrade’s

ii) Starch is substrate for _________ enzyme.


a) Cellulose b) Maltose c) amylase d) lipase

iii) _______ is the end product of EMP pathway.


a) Pyruvic acid b) Acetic acid c) Citricacid d) Lactic acid

iv) _______ component of culture media is useful in solidification.


a) agar agar b) Nacl c) Peptone d) Starch

v) _______ acts as a cofactor in enzyme action.


a) NAD b) riboflavin c) Fe++ d) FAD

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define Quaternary structure of protein.
ii) Explain Apoenzyme and coenzyme.
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 51 -2- *SLRR51*

iii) Lithotrophs.
iv) Define ‘metabolism’.
v) Give functions of carbohydrates.
vi) Define ‘log phase’.
vii) Role of blood in culture media.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Explain in brief Nutritional classification of bacteria.
ii) Give an account of High energy compounds.
iii) Types of enzymes.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) What is Nutrition ? Explain role of starch, milk, peptone and bromo thymol blue
in culture media.
ii) Define growth. Give an account of growth phases of bacteria.

SECTION – II
(Applied Microbiology – I)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answer from the given
alternatives. 5

i) _________ is the principle of sieve device used for air sampling.


a) Filtration b) precipitation c) impaction d) impingement

ii) Presumptive test for bacteriological analysis of water is done by using ____
broth.
a) peptone b) Mac conkeys c) nutrient d) thioglycolate

iii) ________ is a protein component of milk.


a) casein b) gelatin c) gluten d) globulin

iv) ________ temperature is used for incubation for Ejkman’s test.


a) 40°C b) 45.5°C c) 35°C d) 37°C

v) A disease which is constantly present in a community is referred to as


a) epidemic b) endemic c) sporadic d) pandemic
*SLRR51* -3- SLR-R – 51

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define droplet nuclei.
ii) Define coliforms.
iii) Write on sources of contamination of air.
iv) What is an acute infection ?
v) What is Ejkman’s test ?
vi) What is an incubation period ?
vii) What is an epidemic ?

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Microbial examination of air by impaction method.
ii) Sources of contamination of water.
iii) Modes of transmission of diseases.

B) Write any one of the following : 10


i) Describe qualitative bacteriological analysis of water.
ii) Give an account of composition of milk and sources of contamination of milk.

_______________
*SLRR52* SLR-R – 52
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


ENGLISH COMPULSORY (Old)
On Track : English Skills for Success
Day and Date : Wednesday, 22-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing the correct alternative : 10


1) ______________ asked Dr. Kalam to receive and bring Wernher Von Braun
from Madras to Thumba.
a) Dr. Vikram Sarabhai b) Dr. Brahma Prakash
c) Dr. Jacobs d) Dr. Kamal
2) Swami Vivekananda went to America to attend ______________
a) The parliament of Reservation b) The parliament of UNO
c) The parliament of Religion d) The parliament of NASA
3) According to Nani Palkhivala freedom is fragile and ______________
a) Ascendant b) Fleeting c) Mobile d) Uncertain
4) ______________ is an overwhelming and joyous act.
a) Flow b) Glow c) Glory d) Fame
5) The speech of Swami Vivekananda began with the words ______________
a) Ladies and Gentlemen of America
b) Brothers and Sisters of America
c) My Brothers and Sisters in America
d) Sisters and Brothers of America
6) The main reason of the serious economic problems of the majority is
______________
a) famine b) negligence c) drought d) ignorance
7) Brahma is a Hindu deity who is responsible for ______________
a) The creation of the World b) The maintenance of the World
c) The destruction of the World d) The rules of governing the World
8) Today the moon is merely an attraction for ______________
a) The poets b) The childrens c) The lovers d) The Scientists

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 52 *SLRR52*
9) The ______________ refused to admit him in the science stream.
a) principle b) principal c) prince d) princess
10) Mother is a ______________ singer than me.
a) good b) better c) best d) worst

2. Answer any five of the following questions in two or three sentences each : 10
i) What does Dr. Kalam say about working for a mission ?
ii) What did Von Braun advise Dr. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam ?
iii) Where did Swami Vivekanand leave for and why ?
iv) Describe the appearance of Swami Vivekananda.
v) What does Nani Palkhivala say about freedom ?
vi) How does Nani Palkhivala prove that man is the most dangerous animal ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following questions in 2 to 3 sentences each : 6


i) What is the central theme of the poem “Brahma” ?
ii) How did different people approach the moon in the past ?
iii) What does the end of the poem “Full Moon” suggest ?
B) Answer any two of the following questions briefly. 4
i) What is a notice ?
ii) What are the aspects of a good CV ?
iii) What is an e-mail ?

4. A) You are Anne Jacob, a graduate in chemical engineering from the NIT
Warangal. You have three years experience as an assistant project engineer
with a fertilizer company. Write an e-mail application letter in response to an
advertisement for the post of project engineer in a well-known petrochemical
company. Refer only briefly to your educational qualifications and work
experience in the body of the letter and say that you are attaching your CV for
the reference. 10
OR
B) You are the Principal of the Arya College of Arts and Science, Solapur. Prepare
an agenda for the meeting with the head of the English department and the
secretary and treasurer of the College’s literary association. The meeting has
been called to discuss the venue, date, and time of the programme.

5. Prepare a CV of your friend who is employed as a Professor. 10

_____________________
*SLRR53* SLR-R – 53
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY
Organic Chemistry (Paper – III)

Day and Date : Thursday, 23-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagram and give equations wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the most correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) Corey-House reaction is useful for preparation of ____________
a) Alkene b) Diene
c) Alkane d) Alkyne
2) Cyclopentadiene cation is _____________ compound.
a) Aromatic b) Anti-aromatic
c) Pseudo aromatic d) Non-aromatic
3) Methane is a ______________ molecule.
a) Planar b) Linear
c) Tetrahedral d) Trigonal
4) Plane polarised light is used for analysis of _____________
a) Geometrical isomers b) Optical isomers
c) Conformational isomers d) Cis isomers
5) Carbanions are ____________
a) Electron deficient b) Electron rich
c) Neutral d) None of these
6) In the sulphonation of benzene, the electrophile is __________
a) HSO −3 b) SO3
c) SO2 d) H2SO4

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 53 -2- *SLRR53*

7) 1, 4-pentadiene is example of ___________


a) Conjugated diene b) Isolated diene
c) Cumulated diene d) None of these
8) Total number of bonds present in CH2 = CH2 are ___________
a) 3σ and 3π b) 2σ and 4π
c) 4σ and 2π d) 5σ and 1π
9) Benzene is _______________ in nature.
a) Amphoteric b) Basic
c) Acidic d) Neutral
10) Propyne on polymerisation gives _____________
a) Propyl benzene b) Ethyl benzene
c) Benzene d) Mesitylene

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define :
a) Substitution reaction
b) Elimination reaction.
ii) What is racemic modification ? Why it is optically inactive
iii) Complete and rewrite balanced equation for
sodalim e
a) CH3COONa ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯ ⎯ ⎯→ ?
electrolysis
b) 2 CH3 – CH2 – COONa ⎯⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ ⎯→ ?
iv) What happens when ethyne reacts with
03
a) Zn + H2O
b) HOCl
v) Explain co-planarity for aromaticity.
vi) Define :
a) Inductive effect
b) Mesomeric effect.
*SLRR53* -3- SLR-R – 53

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) State with reason following compounds are optically active or not
a) 1 – bromo – 1 – pentene
b) 2 – methyl – 1 – butanoic acid
c) 2 – Chloro butane.
ii) Explain :
a) Bond dissociation energy
b) Average bond energy.
iii) Explain types of arrows with one example.
B) How will you prepare cycloalkane by 4
a) Internal wurtz reaction
b) Distillation of Ca or Ba salts of dicarboxylic acids.

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What will be the products when ethene reacts with
a) Per acid
b) H2O/H+
c) dil.KMnO4 (oxidn)
d) 03/Zn + H2O
e) H2SO4/H2O.
ii) Explain reaction and mechanism involved in halogenation of benzene.
iii) What is dehydrohalogenation ? Explain formation of alkene with E1 and E2
mechanism.

5. Write notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Resonance effect with respect to phenol
ii) Optical isomerism of 2, 3, – dihydroxy butanoic acid.
iii) Rearrangement reactions.

_____________________
*SLRR54* SLR-R – 54
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Old)
Computer Fundamentals – II (Paper – III)

Day and Date : Thursday, 23-4-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Each question carries equal marks.
3) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) To get the text onto the next line browser will use _________ tag.
a) <HR> b) <p> c) <BR> d) <B>
2) By default how many worksheets appear in the Excel sheet tab
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 5
3) Which of the following group is belongs to the home tab ?
a) Font b) Alignment
c) Styles d) All of above
4) The small graphic or symbol that represents a program file, folder or device is
a) Icons b) Desktop
c) Monitor d) Pointer
5) IIS is designed for web servers that can be used by
a) Microsoft b) IBM
c) Apple d) Linux
6) Which of the following is use to manage basic system settings and controls ?
a) Windows explorer b) Accessories
c) Printer manager d) Control panel
7) Which tab would you select to displaying gridlines in the document ?
a) insert b) pagelayout
c) view d) review
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 54 *SLRR54*
8) A front end processor is usually used in
a) multiprogramming b) virtual storage
c) time sharing d) multiprocessing
9) _________ is the process of transferring or receiving data from one point to
other.
a) Communication b) Protocol
c) Topology d) None of these
10) LAN is the interconnection of WAN and MAN
a) True b) False

2. Write the answer of the following questions (any five) : 10


I) Define the term networking.
II) What is process ?
III) Explain the use of link tag.
IV) What is a word processor ?
V) What is windows operating system ?
VI) Define the term image map.

3. A) Write the answer of the following questions (any two) : 6


I) Write short note on “modem”.
II) Explain unordered lists in HTML.
III) Write note on CSS.
B) Explain briefly the contents of control panel and its need. 4

4. Write answer of the following questions (any two) : 10


I) What is internet ? Explain the uses and benefits of internet.
II) Write a note on functions in MS-Excel.
III) What is table ? Explain <Table> tag in details.

5. Write the answer of following questions (any two) : 10


I) Explain the elements of windows operating system.
II) Differentiate between multiprogramming and multiprocessing.
III) What is javascript ? Explain advantages and disadvantages of javascript.
___________
*SLRR55* SLR-R – 55
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Sem. – II) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – IV) (Old)
Analytical Chemistry

Day and Date : Friday, 24-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables and scientific calculator is allowed.
(At. wt H = 1, C = 12, O = 16, N = 14, Na = 23, CI = 35.5)

1. Choose the most correct alternative and rewrite the sentence : 10

1) The property which depends on arrangement of atoms in the molecule is


known as _____ property.
a) Additive b) Constitutive
c) Colligative d) All of these

2) The formula indicates that, the solute is present as a _________


C

K 

molecule in second solvent.


a) Single b) Double
c) Triple d) None of these

3) Viscosity of liquid is determined by


a) Ostwald’s viscometer b) Stalagmometer
c) Drop-pipette d) Conductometer

4) Liquids which are completely soluble with each other are called as _______
liquids.
a) Immiscible b) Heterogeneous
c) Miscible d) Homogeneous
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 55 -2- *SLRR55*

5) The easily fusible product formed due to the action of flux on gangue is called
a) Slag b) Matrix
c) Gangue d) Collector

6) Carius method is used for estimation of


a) Carbon and hydrogen b) Nitrogen
c) Halogen d) None of these

7) In Lassaigne’s test, Sulphur is converted to


a) CS2 b) Na2S
c) Na2SO4 d) Na2SO3

8) SOx are
a) Soil pollutant b) Air pollutant
c) Water pollutant d) Nuclear pollutant

9) The highest content of the protein in milk is


a) Casein b) Lacta Ibumin
c) Lactoglobulin d) Enzymes

10) Reverse osmosis is used to purify ______ water.


a) Fresh b) Salty
c) Brackish d) Both b) and c)
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Define :
i) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
ii) Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)
ii) What is Macleod’s equation ? Give its modification by Sugden.
iii) Distinguish between calcination and roasting (any two points).
iv) Explain the principle of Lassaigne’s test for the detection of elements.
v) Name major nutrients of plants.
vi) What is the function of U-tube and Potash bulb in Leibig combustion method ?
*SLRR55* -3- SLR-R – 55

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Mention different types of ores. Give one example of each.
ii) Draw neat labelled diagram of Kjeldahl’s method.
iii) Discuss health hazards of SO2.
B) Benzoic acid was shaken between benzene and water. From the following
concentrations of the acid in kg/dm3 of aqueous and benzene layers. Show
that acid exists in benzene as (C6H5COOH)2. 4

Acid in H2O layer 0.015 0.019 0.030

Acid in C6H6 layer 0.242 0.42 0.970


4. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) Describe a method of determination of coefficient of viscosity by Ostwald’s
viscometer.
ii) Write a short note on components of milk.
iii) 0.2475 × 10–3 kg of organic compound gave, on combustion, 0.4950 × 10–3 kg of
carbondioxide and 0.2025 × 10–3 kg of H2O. Find the percentage of carbon
and hydrogen.
5. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) State the distribution law. What are its limitations ?
ii) State and explain “Surface tension”. Give the S.I. unit of Surface Tension.
iii) Write a short note on types of water.

_______________
’

*SLRR56* SLR-R – 56
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE
Programming Using ‘C’ – II (Paper – IV)

Day and Date : Friday, 24-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right place indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) A local variable declared static retains its value even after the function is
exited
a) True b) False
2) How many values can be stored in a Union at a time ?
a) Only a single value b) Two values
c) No values d) Any number of values
3) Which one of the following statement return the value stored at the memory
address of a variable pointed by a pointer ptr ?
a) ptr b) value of (ptr)
c) * ptr d) & ptr
4) Preprocessing is typically done
a) either before or at the beginning of the compilation process
b) after compilation but before execution
c) after loading
d) none of the above
5) One pointer cannot hold address of another pointer
a) True b) False

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 56 -2- *SLRR56*

6) When an existing file is open using ‘w’ mode, the contents of file are deleted

a) True b) False

7) By default, ‘C’ function return ___________ type data.

a) char b) float c) int d) double

8) Pointers allow C to support dynamic memory management

a) True b) False

9) The default parameter passing mechanism is

a) call by value b) call by reference


c) call by value result d) none of these

10) ___________ is used to read single integer value from file.

a) getchar() b) getc() c) getw() d) putw()

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

1) Define structure.

2) What is function ?

3) Write syntax to use fopen() function.

4) Define pointer in ‘C’.

5) What is recursion ?

6) Differentiate between text and binary modes.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6

1) Explain call by value and call by pointer.

2) Explain array of structure.

3) Explain the differences between structure and union.

B) Write a program in ‘C’ to reverse the given number by using function. 4


*SLRR56* -3- SLR-R – 56

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) Write a C language program to create file “even” to store all even numbers
between 1 to N.

2) Explain nested structure with example.


3) Explain any two memory management functions used in ‘C’.

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10

1) Explain various storage classes in ‘C’.


2) Write a program using pointer to compute the sum of all elements stored in an
array.
3) Explain ‘fprintf()’ and ‘fscanf()’ file handling function in detail.

__________________
*SLRR57* SLR-R – 57
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – III)
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS

Day and Date : Saturday, 25-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic table is allowed.

1. Select correct alternative. 10


i) The mean free path of a gas molecule is
a) directly proportional to the square of diameter
b) inversely proportional to the square of diameter
c) directly proportional to the diameter
d) inversely proportional to the diameter
ii) In Joule-Thomson porous plug experiment, hydrogen showed
a) heating effect b) cooling effect
c) no effect d) (a) and (b)
iii) Entropy of the universe
a) decreases b) remains constant
c) increases d) (a) and (b)
iv) The compression ratio of petrol engine is _____________ diesel engine
a) more than b) equal to c) less than d) (b) and (c)
v) A device which transfers heat energy from lower temperature source to higher
temperature is called
a) heat engine b) otto engine
c) gasoline engine d) refrigerator

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 57 -2- *SLRR57*

vi) The relation between coefficient of viscosity and coefficient of thermal


conductivity is
η
a) k = η C v b) η = kC v c) k = C d) η = k C v
v

vii) In heat engine if source temperature is 227°C and efficiency is 0.4 then its
sink temperature is
a) 30°C b) 27°C c) 127°C d) 17°C
viii) The coefficient of thermal conductivity
a) increases with pressure b) decreases with pressure
c) independent of pressure d) (a) and (b)
ix) A commercial refrigerator operates between the temperatures –15°C and
27°C. The coefficient of performance is
a) 6.14 b) 61.4 c) 6.41 d) 64.1
x) The thermodynamic relation between pressure and volume is
a) PV–r = constant b) PVr = constant
c) PV1–r = constant d) PVr–1 = constant

2. Answer any five of the following. 10


i) What is the effect of temperature on viscosity of gas ?
ii) Give any two properties of liquid helium.
iii) State third law of thermodynamics.
iv) Define heat engine.
v) State the principle of air conditioning.
vi) Calculate the diameter of nitrogen molecules at N.T. P. If the nitrogen molecule
has λ = 1 .5 × 10 −8 cm and the number of molecules per C.C. is 3×1019. (Use
Clausius expression)

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) Explain reversible and irreversible process.
ii) Give the comparison between otto engine and diesel engine.
iii) Calculate the work done when ‘k’ mole of a perfect gas expands isothermally
at 27°C to double its original value (R = 8.3 J/K – mole°K)
B) Describe Linde’s air liquefier. 4
*SLRR57* -3- SLR-R – 57

4. Answer any two of the following. 10

i) Define coefficient of viscosity of gas and obtain expression for it on the basis
of transport phenomena.

ii) Describe experimental setup to produce low temperature by adiabatic


demagnetisation.

iii) A Carnot’s engine takes a thousand kilocalories of heat from a source at


627°C and rejects some of it to the sink at 27°C. Calculate work performed
by Carnot’s engine.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10

i) Give the principle of refrigeration. Describe refrigeration cycle. Obtain an


expression for coefficient of performance of refrigerator.

ii) Describe working of otto engine and obtain expression for its efficiency.

_____________
*SLR-R–58* SLR-R – 58
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Sem. – II) Examination, 2015


PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY (Paper – III) (Old)
Geomorphology
Day and Date : Saturday, 25-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat diagrams and maps wherever necessary.
3) Use of map stencils is allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative. 10


1) Variation in ______ are mainly responsible for physical weathering.
(Mass, Velocity, Volume, Temperature)
2) The concept of base level was put forward by
(Davis, Darwin, Penck, Powell)
3) 'V' shaped valley is a landform due to ________ erosion.
(Glacier, River, Wind, Seawave)
4) According to the cycle of erosion there are ______ changes in landforms
through time.
(Abrupt, Random, Sudden, Sequential)
5) ________ is a dead organic material in soil.
(Colour, Humus, Formation, Texture)
6) A light soil consists mainly of
(Clay, Regolith, Sand, Silt)
7) The soil is a stuff material in which _______ grow.
(Animal, Plant, Man, None of these)
8) Soil _______ is the ability of soil to sustain plants.
(Fertility, Texture, Structure, Formation)

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 58 *SLR-R–58*

9) A lower ______ value indicates a greater degree of acidity.


(PH, HP, PQ, QH)
10) _______ of the soil refers to the size of the soil particles.
(Formation, Content, Structure, Texture)

2. Answer in short (any five) : 10


1) Explain the term denudation.
2) What is erosion ?
3) Draw a neat diagram of waterfall.
4) Define the meaning of soil.
5) Soil colour
6) Importance of river in human life.

3. A) Answer in short (any two) : 6


1) Describe the erosional work by wind.
2) Discuss various factors influencing the soil formation.
3) State the concept of cycle of erosion.
B) Discuss the causes of chemical weathering. 4

4. Answer the questions (any two) : 10


1) Write in detail the erosional landforms of a river.
2) Discuss the process of delta formation.
3) Explain the fertility of soil.

5. Answer the question (any two) : 10


1) Explain the process of biotic weathering.
2) Explain in detail elements of soil.
3) Describe the various landforms produced by the work of wind.

_________________
*SLRR59* SLR-R – 59
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – IV) (Old)
Electricity, Magnetism and Basic Electronics
Day and Date : Monday, 27-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B.: 1) Draw a neat labelled diagrams where necessary.


2) The numbers to the right indicates full marks.
3) Use of calculators and log tables is allowed.
4) All questions are compulsory.

1. Choose the appropriate answer from the given alternatives : 10

1) Time constant of the LR circuit is a time required to ____________


a) Grow the current 0.638 times the maximum current
b) Decay the current 0.362 times its maximum current
c) Grow the current up to 0.632 times of its maximum value or to decay the
current up to 0.368 times is maximum value
d) Grow and decay of current exponentially in LR circuit

2) At resonance in the LCR series circuit ____________


a) Current flowing through is maximum
b) Impedance of the circuit is minimum
c) Inductive reactance and capacitative reactance are the same
d) XL = XC, Z = R which is minimum, I = maximum and the phase angle between
flowing current and applied voltage is zero

3) In Zener diode
a) Breakdown voltage is measured
b) Voltage is regulated
c) Dopping concentration is made high to minimise it’s breakdown voltage
d) Depletion layer is very wide
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 59 -2- *SLRR59*

4) Moving coil Ballistic galvanometer is used ____________


a) To measure its deflection
b) To measure the steady current
c) To measure the charge
d) To measure its figure of merit

5) Time constant of CR circuit containing condenser of 10 μ f connected in series


with the resistor of 2M Ω is ____________
a) 20 ms b) 5 sec c) 0.5 sec d) 20 sec

6) If current amplification factor of any transistor α = 0.99 then its β = ___________


a) 0.01 b) 0.09 c) 99 d) 100

7) Reciprocal of impedance is called as ______________


a) Reactance b) Susceptance
c) Admittance d) Resistance

8) Magnetic inductance produced along the axis of straight solenoid of infinite


length is ______________
μ0nI
a) b) μ 0nI c) μ 0I d) μ 0nIa
2a

9) Thickness of depletion layer in p-N junction diode is ___________


a) Equal to barrier potential
b) Directly proportional to the doping concentration
c) Inversely proportional to the doping concentration
d) Wide cluster of positive and negative charges

10) In transistor _______________


a) Emitter is lightly doped
b) Collector current is the sum of base and emitter currents
c) Emitter-base junction is always forwardly biased and base collector junction
is always negatively biased
d) Base and collector layers are highly doped
*SLRR59* -3- SLR-R – 59

2. Solve any five of the following : 10


1) What is damping in BG ? Give its two types.
2) Define the term figure of merit of B.G. Give its unit.
3) What is IC ? Identify its type of circuit component.
4) Define the term impedance. Give its unit.
5) Condenser of capacity 5 μ f is charged through resistor of resistance 1 m Ω .
Calculate its time constant.

6) Write the relation between α and β both.

3. A) Solve any two of the following : 6


1) What is filter ? Which filter is supperior ? Explain why ?
2) What is clipper ? Give its two types.
3) Calculate the series resonance frequency of a AC circuit containing
L = 10 mH, C = 10 nf and R = 100 Ω in series.
B) Explain the characteristics of bijunction transistor in its common emitter
configuration made. 4

4. Solve any two of the following : 10


1) Owen’s bridge
2) Power factor of any AC circuit
3) Transistor as an amplifier in common emitter mode.

5. Solve any one of the following : 10

Explain in detail about charging and discharging of the condenser through resistor.
Discuss its time constant.
OR

Derive an expression for magnetic induction at a point situated on the axis of


current carrying solenoid of finite length. Extend the result for its infinity length.

________________
’

*SLRR6* SLR-R – 6
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) (C.G.P.A. Pattern) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – I)
Descriptive Statistics, Probability and Probability Distributions – I
Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) Figures to the right indicate full marks.


2) Answers to two Sections should be written in separate
answer book.

SECTION – I

(Descriptive Statistics, Probability)

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5


1) The classes in which the lower limit or the upper limit are not specified is
a) open classes b) close classes
c) an open-end classes d) none of these

2) If X1, X2, .....Xn are n observations with mean X , then ∑(X i − X ) is


a) May be zero b) May be non-negative
c) Necessarily zero d) None of these
3) Mean deviation is least when measured from
a) Mean b) Median c) Mode d) None of these
4) The second order central moment is also called as
a) Mean b) Variance c) Both a and b d) None of these

5) The measures of Kurtosis β 2 for a leptokurtic curve is


a) Greater than 3 b) Equal to 3
c) Less than 3 d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 6 -2- *SLRR6*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Explain qualitative type of data and quantitative type of data with an example.
ii) Define interval scale and ratio scale.
iii) State the requirement of good measures of central tendency.
iv) Define geometric mean and harmonic mean.
v) Define any two relative measures of dispersion.
vi) Define range and quartile deviation.
vii) State the first 4 central moments in terms of raw moment.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the construction of histogram.
ii) Discuss the effect of change of origin and scale on arithmetic mean.
iii) For any frequency distribution, show that β 2 ≥ 1.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Derive the formula for finding mode for a grouped frequency distribution.
ii) Define mean square deviation. State and prove the minimal property of
mean square deviation.

SECTION – II
(Probability Distributions – I)

1. Choose the correct alternative : 5

1) 100 students are appearing for a entrance examination. The sample space of
number of students passed is

a) {100} b) {1, 2, 3,.....100}


c) {0} d) {0, 1, 2,.....100}

2) Two events A and A are


a) Exhaustive b) Mutually exclusive
c) Both a) and b) d) Independent
*SLRR6* -3- SLR-R – 6

( )
3) If P(A) = 0.7, P(B) = 0.7, P A B = 0 .5 , then P B A = ( )
a) 0.7 b) 1 c) 0.5 d) 0
4) Which of the following is a probability distribution ?
a) (0.4, 0.4) b) (0.6, 0.4) c) (–0.4, 0.4) d) (0, 0.6)

5) If A and B are independent events with P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.5 then P(A ∩ B ) is

a) 0.03 b) 0.9 c) 0.1 d) 0.3

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define
a) simple event
b) Impossible event
ii) A town has two doctors A and B operating independently. If the probability
that doctor A is available 0.9 and that of B is available is 0.8. What is the
probability that at least one doctor is available when needed ?
iii) Write down the sample space and power set when a single coin is tossed.

iv) If S is a sample space prove that P S ( A ) = 1.


v) Give two examples of mutually exclusive events.
vi) Verify whether the following function can be looked upon as probability mass
function of x.
x+1
P( x) = x = 0, 1, 2, 3
10
vii) Define distribution function of r.v.X and state how median can be obtained
from it.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) For any events A and B prove that
( B)
a) P(A / B ) = 1 − P A

b) P( A / A ) = 0
ii) State and prove addition law of probability.
iii) If A, B, C are any three events defined on Ω with P(B) > 0 then prove
that P( A ∪ C / B) = P(A / B ) + P(C / B ) − P( A ∩ C / B) .
SLR-R – 6 -4- *SLRR6*

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) The probability distribution of r.v.X is given by

X : –3 –1 0 1 2 3 5 8

P(x) : 0.1 0.2 0.15 0.2 0.1 0.15 0.05 0.05

Find :
i) P(− 1 ≤ X ≤ 3)
ii) Distribution function
iii) Median of x
iv) Distribution of | X|
v) P [| X | > 2]
ii) Explain partition of sample space and state and prove Baye’s theorem.

———————
*SLRR60* SLR-R – 60
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


GEOGRAPHY (Old) (Paper – IV)
Physical Geography – Oceanography

Day and Date : Monday, 27-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Use of map stencils is allowed.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative and rewrite. 10


1) Northern hemisphere is called as _______ hemisphere.
1) Water 2) Land 3) Ocean 4) Hydrogenic
2) ________ is the science which studies the oceans and seas.
1) Pedology 2) Geohydrology
3) Meteorology 4) Oceanography
3) Abyssal plains are also called as _______ plains.
1) shallow sea 2) deep sea 3) coral 4) till
4) The average temperature of surface water of the oceans is ________ degree
centigrades.
1) 17.2 2) 19.4 3) 25.1 4) 26.7
5) ________ is the most significant salt present in the Ocean water.
1) NaCl 2) MgCl2 3) CaSO4 4) CaCO3
6) The rise and fall in the level of sea water due to gravitational force is called as a
1) wave 2) current 3) tide 4) tidalbore
7) There are basically _______ types of ocean currents.
1) 2 2) 4 3) 6 4) 8

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 60 -2- *SLRR60*

8) A cyclone is originated when ________ different air masses come in contact


with each other.
1) 2 2) 4 3) 6 4) 8
9) The terrigeneous materials deposited on the ocean floor include mainly
1) gravels 2) silicious oozes
3) red clay 4) diatom oozes
10) The coral reefs are formed by the accumulation of ________ of coral polyps.
1) bones 2) skulls 3) skins 4) skeletons

2. Answer any five questions of the following. 10


1) What is a continental shelf ?
2) Give names of the Oceans.
3) What is a fringing reef ?
4) What is a ‘Neap Tide’ ?
5) Write down names of atleast two trenches.
6) Define the term ‘ooze’.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


1) Describe the types of tides.
2) State the low salinity zones of the oceans.
3) Describe the types of ocean deposits.
B) Draw a neat diagram of “barrier reef”. 4

4. Give answers of any two questions. 10


1) Mention the factors affecting temperature of ocean water.
2) Write in brief the importance of oceanography.
3) Describe the ocean currents of the North Atlantic Ocean.

5. Give answers of any two questions. 10


1) State the formation of ‘Spring Tide’.
2) Describe the nature of oceanography.
3) Write in brief the oozes on the ocean floor.
–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR61* SLR-R – 61
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – III)
Descriptive Statistics – II
Day and Date : Tuesday, 28-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternatives : 10


1) The correlation between advertisement and sale of the product is
a) Positive b) Negative c) Zero d) None of these
2) Fisher’s Index Number (I. N.) is ______ of Laspeyre’s and Paasche’s I. N.’s.
a) A. M. b) G. M. c) Maximum d) None of these
3) If X and Y are independent then the correlation coefficient between X and Y is
a) 0 b) – 1 c) + 1 d) None of these
4) The number of ultimate class frequencies for ‘n’ attributes is
a) 3n b) 2n c) 2n–1 d) None of these
5) Laspeyre’s index formula uses the weights of the
a) Base year b) Current year
c) Average of a number of years d) None of these
6) Attributes A and B are independent if
a) (AB) = (A) b) (AB) = (B)

c) (AB) = (A) (B) d)


( A ) ( B )

( A B ) 

7) The value of Cov (aX + b, cY + d) is equal to


a) ac Cov (X, Y) b) ab Cov (X, Y)
c) ad Cov (X, Y) d) None of these
8) The ________ of bYX and bXY is the correlation coefficient (r).
a) A. M. b) G. M. c) Cube root d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 61 *SLRR61*
9) If the correlation coefficient (r) is then the regression lines are
 

a) Parallel b) Perpendicular
c) Coincide d) None of these
10) If one of the regression coefficient is greater then one then the other must be
a) Less than one b) Equal to one
c) Greater than one d) None of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What do you mean by index number ? Discuss its importance.
ii) Define an attribute and order of a class with illustration.

iii) With usual notations, prove that .


>  >

N O O N

 H

iv) Interpret the cases r = – 1, 0 and 1.


v) Define Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient.
vi) If the attributes A and B are independent then show that 
and 
are also
independent.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Show that the regression coefficients are independent of change of origin
but not the scale.
ii) Define Laspeyre’s, Paasche’s and Fisher’s price index numbers.
iii) Define the term association and disassociation with examples.
B) Show that the correlation coefficient (r) is independent of change of origin and
scale. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Show that Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient lies between – 1 and 1.

ii) With usual notations, prove that and hence deduce that | Q | | Y |.
;

3 


  ;

iii) For consistent data, show that


(ABC)  (A) + (B) + (C) – 2N.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Explain the term regression. Derive an expression for the acute angle between
the two regression lines and discuss the cases when r = 0 and r = 1.
ii) Explain different methods of construction of index numbers. State the time
and factor reversal tests. Verify the same for Fisher’s ideal index number.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR62* SLR-R – 62
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – III) (Old)
Animal Diversity – II

Day and Date : Tuesday, 28-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicates marks.
3) Draw labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. Select the appropriate answer and rewrite the sentence. 10


1) Amphioxus belongs to __________
a) Urochordata b) Cephalochordata
c) Cyclostomata d) Pisces
2) Ammocoetus is the larva of __________
a) Fish b) Petromyzon c) Frog d) Toad
3) In scoliodon __________ scales are present.
a) cycloid b) rhomboid c) placoid d) ctenoid
4) Cartilaginous fishes or elasmobranchi are also known as _________
a) lung fishes b) teleostomi
c) osteichthyes d) chondrichthyes
5) All the gills are holobranch found in ___________
a) Scoliodon b) Labeo
c) Dog fish d) Cartilaginous fishes
6) Truncus arteriosus of frog is __________ chamber.
a) propelling b) receiving c) collecting d) bringing
7) Cavity of pectoral girdle is called ___________
a) glenoid cavity b) pulp cavity
c) acetabular cavity d) chest cavity

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 62 *SLRR62*

8) Bile of frog is __________ nature.


a) alkaline b) acidic
c) neutral d) acid and neutral
9) Digestion takes place in stomach of frog is called ___________ digestion.
a) rectal b) duodenal c) intestinal d) gastric
10) The egg of frog is covered with ___________ jelly layers.
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4

2. Write short notes on (any five) : 10


1) Salient features of urochordata
2) Paired fins in fishes
3) Placoid scales
4) Egg of frog
5) Sexual dimorphism of frog
6) Blastula of frog.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) Describe the tadpole with external gill stage of frog.
2) Describe the ultra-filtration in frog.
3) Process of breathing in frog.
B) Functions of brain of frog. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Ammocoetus larva.
2) Describe female reproductive system of frog.
3) Describe the parental care in amphibia.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Describe the digestive system of frog.
2) Describe the structure of gill in cartilaginous fish and add a note on mechanism
of gill respiration.

_____________________
*SLRR63* SLR-R – 63
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – IV)
Probability and Probability Distributions – II

Day and Date : Wednesday, 29-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Each question carries equal marks.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the most suitable alternative among the given alternatives for each
question. 10

i) An unbiased die is thrown. X is the number on the uppermost face then E(X) is
a) 3 b) 4
c) 3.5 d) 3.2
ii) If E(X) = 5 and V(X) = 4 then V(X + 6) =
a) 5 b) 4
c) 10 d) 11
iii) After planting a crop there are three possible net outcomes Rs. 7,000 gain,
Rs. 4,000 gain or Rs. 10,000 loss with probabilities 0.50, 0.20 and 0.30
respectively. The expected profit is Rs.
a) 3,500 b) 0
c) 800 d) 1,300

k
iv) If (X, Y) is a discrete bivariate r. v. with joint pmf p(x, y) = x = 0, 1
x+y
and y = 1, 2. The value of k is
3 7
a) b)
7 3
2
c) 1 d)
7
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 63 -2- *SLRR63*

v) The correlation coefficient between X and Y is zero. We then conclude that


a) X and Y have same distribution
b) The variances of X and Y are equal
c) There exists no relationship between X and Y
d) X and Y are independent
vi) If X is a random variable with pgf p(s) then μ′1 = . . ..

a) (p′(s ))s=1 b) (p′′(s))s = 1

c) (p′(s))s=0 d) (p′′(s)) s=0


vii) X and Y are independent r. v. then cov (2X, 3Y) is
a) 6 b) 2
c) 0 d) 3
viii) A dice having same number ‘6’ on all the faces is thrown, then the resultant
distribution will be
a) Uniform distribution b) One point distribution
c) Binomial distribution d) None of these
ix) X has Binomial distribution with parameters 10 and 0.7 then its mean is
a) 10 b) 0.7
c) 0.3 d) 7
x) For hypergeometric distribution number of parameters are
a) 1 b) 2
c) 3 d) 4

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10


i) Define Mathematical expectation of a discrete r.v. X.
ii) Prove that the first central moment is always zero.
iii) For the following bivariate distribution obtain marginal distribution of X.
P(X = 0, Y = 0) = 0.4, P(X = 0, Y = 1) = 0.3.
P(X = 1, Y = 0) = 0.2, P(X = 1, Y = 1) = 0.1.
1
iv) Find mean of X whose pgf is pX (s) = (1 + 3s + 3s2 + s3)
8
v) State and prove additive property of Bernoulli distribution.
vi) Give two real life situations where hypergeometric distribution is used.
*SLRR63* -3- SLR-R – 63

3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6


i) Obtain the effect of change of origin and scale on probability generating
function (pgf).

1
ii) If X is a random variable having pmf p( x) = x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5
Find E (2X+ 3)
iii) Obtain recurrence relation of probabilities for Binomial distribution.

B) State and prove Addition Theorem of Expectation. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


i) Prove that V(a X + b) = a2 v(X)
ii) Define two point distribution and obtain its mean and variance.
iii) In a box there are two red pens, one black pen and one green pen. Two pens
are drawn without replacement. X denotes number of red pens and Y denotes
number of black pens. Write down the joint pmf of (X, Y) and obtain marginal
distribution of X and Y.

5. Attempt any one from the following : 10


i) The joint probability distribution of X and Y is given below :

Y
1 2
X

−1 2k 4k
1 k k

Find :
i) k ii) p(X + Y < 1)
iii) E(X/Y = 1) iv) Cov (X, Y)
ii) Define binomial distribution obtain its pgf and hence or otherwise obtain its
mean and variance.

_______________
*SLRR64* SLR-R – 64
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – IV)
Ecology, Ethology, Evolution and Applied Zoology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 29-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the sentence by selecting a appropriate answer. 10

1) The word ecology was first time used by


a) Haeckel b) Odum c) Taylor d) Vern burg

2) Association between two different species in which both species are benefited
is called
a) parasitism b) commensalism
c) mutualism d) parental care

3) ___________ is the principle and universal constituent of all living organisms.


a) Wind b) Water c) Humidity d) Rainfall

4) Alluvial soil is formed by the transportion of the weather material by


a) Gravity b) Wind
c) Running water d) Glaciers

5) In a food chain, grass-mouse-snake-hawk the tertiary consumer is _________

6) Our earth along with the atmosphere that sustain life is called
a) Environment b) Biosphere c) Eco system d) climate

7) The branch of biology which deals with the scientific observation of animal
behavior is called as
a) Ethology b) Ecology c) Microbiology d) Zoology
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 64 *SLRR64*

8) The surface dwelling earthworms are called


a) Anecic species b) Endogeic species
c) Epigeic species d) Exogeic species
9) The rearing of honey bee is known as
a) Sericulture b) Apiculture c) Pisciculture d) Pearl culture
10) The animal that imitates is called as __________
a) Model b) Camouflage
c) Enemy d) Mimic

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is grass land ecosystem ?
ii) Vermiwash.
iii) Symbiosis
iv) Synecology
v) Sericulture
vi) Niche.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) What is parasite ? Describe different types of parasites studied by you.
ii) Describe the food chain in any ecosystem.
iii) Describe the intraspecific relationships.
B) Define community and describe the characteristics of community. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is successions ? Describe the primary ecological succession.
ii) Describe the ecological pyramids of number.
iii) Give an account of vestigial organs.
5. Answer any one of the following. 10
i) Describe the caste system in Honey bees.
ii) What are the species of earthworms and raw materials used for the vermi
composting ?

_____________
*SLRR65* SLR-R – 65
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – III) (Old)
Geometry

Day and Date : Thursday, 30-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) The relation between old co-ordinates (x, y) and new co-ordinates (x′, y′) of
a point P when the origin O is shifted to the point O′(h, k ) is given by
a) x′ = x + h, y′ = y + k b) x = x′ + h, y = y′ + k
c) x = x′ + h, y = y′ − k d) x = x′ − h, y = y′ + k
2) Transformed equation of 2x2 + y2 – 4x + 4y = 0 to parallel axes through
(1, – 2) is __________
2 2 2 2
a) x′ + 2 y ′ = 6 b) 2 x ′ + y ′ = 6
2 2
c) x′ + y′ = 9 d) none of these

3) The Cartesian equation of the circle r = 2a cos θ is ___________________


a) x2 + y2 = a2 b) x2 + y2 = 2ax
c) x2 + y2 = 2ay d) none of these
4) The equation of a plane passing through (1, – 3, 1) and parallel to x + y + z = 3
is _______________
a) x + y + z = 1 b) x + y + z = 3
c) x + y + z = – 1 d) none of these
5) The angle between the planes 2x – y + 2z = 47 and 4x + 3y + 12z = 17 is
__________
⎛ 12 ⎞ −1 ⎛ 39 ⎞ ⎛ 39 ⎞ ⎛ 29 ⎞
a) cos −1 ⎜ ⎟ b) cos ⎜ ⎟ c) cos −1 ⎜ ⎟ d) cos −1 ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 39 ⎠ ⎝ 12 ⎠ ⎝ 29 ⎠ ⎝ 39 ⎠
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 65 -2- *SLRR65*

6) If OP is the diagonal of the cube with edges OX, OY, OZ then direction
cosines of OP are ________________
1 1 1
a) , , b) 2, 2, 2
2 2 2

1 1 1
c) , , d) 3, 3, 3
3 3 3
7) The centre and radius of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 – 4x – 6y + 8z + 4 = 0 are
_____________
a) (2, 3, – 4) ; 5 b) (– 2, – 3, 4) ; 5
c) (– 2, – 3, – 4) ; 5 d) (2, – 3, 4) ; 5
8) The equation of a sphere whose centre is at (1, – 3, 2) and which passes
through the origin is ________________
a) x2 + y2 + z2 – x + 3y + 2z + 4 = 0
b) x2 + y2 + z2 – 2x + 6y – 4z = 0
c) x2 + y2 + z2 – 2x + 6y – 4z = 6
d) none of these
9) The intersection of a sphere and plane is ______________
a) line b) plane c) circle d) sphere
10) The distance of the point P(3, 4, 2) from the plane 6x – 2y + 3z = – 7 is ______

a) 7 23 b) 23 7 c) 23 d) 7

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10


1) Find the equation of the sphere having the join of A(– 1, 2, 3) and B(1, 3, – 4)
as its diameter.
2) Find the equation of a tangent plane to the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 – x + 2y + 3z = 8
at the point (1, 2, – 3).
3) Find the equation of the plane passing through (2, 1, 0) and parallel to the
plane 2x + 3y + 4z = 27.
4) Find the equation of the plane passing through (2, 1, 1) and the line of
intersection of planes 2x + 3y + 4z = 5 and 3x – 2y + z + 1 = 0.
*SLRR65* -3- SLR-R – 65

5) Transform the equation 2x2 + 4xy + 5y2 – 4x – 22y + 7 = 0 to parallel axes


through the point (– 2, 3).

6) Transform the equation 4x 2 + 2 3xy + 2y 2 = 2a 2 when the axes are rotated


through an angle θ = 30° .

3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6


1) If by rotation of axes, the expression αx + βy changes to α′x′ + β′y′ then
show that α 2 + β2 is an invariant.
2) Show that, the equation of the plane, interms of its intercepts a, b, c which
it makes on the axes is .
x y z
+ + = 1.
a b c
3) Find the radical plane of the spheres x2 + y2 + z2 – x + 2y – 5z + 12 = 0
and x2 + y2 + z2 + 4x – y + 3z + 10 = 0.
B) Show that the equation of the plane tangent to the sphere
x2 + y2 + z2 + 2ux + 2vy + 2wz + d = 0 at a point P(x1, y1, z1) is
xx1 + yy1 + zz1 + u (x + x1) + v (y + y1) + w(z + z1) + d = 0. 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) Define power of a point with respect to a sphere. Find the equation of a radical
plane of two spheres.
2) Show that the direction ratios of a normal to the plane Ax + By + Cz = D are
A, B, C.
3) Find an angle through which the rectangular axes are rotated so that
2 2
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 transforms into a′x′ + b′y′ .

5. Attempt any one from the following : 10


1) If by rotation of rectangular axes, the expression ax2 + 2hxy + by2 becomes
2 2
a′x ′ + 2h′x ′y′ + b′y′ then prove that a + b = a′ + b′ and ab − h2 = a′b′ − h′2 .
2) Find the centre and radius of the circle obtained by intersection of x + 2y + 2z = 15
and x2 + y2 + z2 – 2y – 4z =11.

_____________________
*SLRR66* SLR-R – 66
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – III) (Old)
Gymnosperms and Angiosperms

Day and Date : Thursday, 30-4-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 10


1) Carolloid roots are present in _________
a) Gnetum b) Pinus c) Cycas d) Cedrus
2) _________ obtained from Abies balsamea.
a) Canada balsam b) Resin c) Gum d) Alcohol
3) Archegonia are absent in female gametophyte of _________
a) Ginko b) Pinus c) Cycas d) Abies
4) _________ generation is dominant in gymnosperms.
a) Sporophytic b) Gametophytic
c) Both a) and b) d) None of these
5) _________ pollination is common in gymnosperms.
a) Insect b) Wind c) Animal d) Water
6) _________ is post fertilization product.
a) Endosperm b) Synergid cells
c) Egg d) None of these
7) _________ is an example of simple fruit.
a) Achene b) Etario of folicle
c) Etario of berries d) Etario of achenes
8) In Bentham and Hooker’s system, the class dicotyledons is divided into
_________ subclasses.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 66 *SLRR66*
9) The full form of ICBN is _________
a) International Code of Botanical Nomenclature
b) International Code of Zoological Nomenclature
c) International Company of Botanical Nomenclature
d) None of these
10) Large petaloid bract is present in the family _________
a) Annonaceae b) Caesalpinaceae
c) Nyctaginaceae d) Solanaceae

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) What is actinomorphic flower ? Give one example.
2) Write any two merits of Bentham and Hooker’s system of classification.
3) Write any two salient features of gymnosperms.
4) Write any two principles of ICBN.
5) Write any two economic importance of Solanaceae.
6) What is inflorescence ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Explain in brief the structure of microsporophyll of cycas with suitable
diagram.
2) Give an account of economic importance of gymnosperms.
3) Write salient features of angiosperms.
B) Give an account of vegetative and floral characters of convolvulaceae with
suitable diagram. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain in brief the structure of cycas ovule with suitable diagram.
2) What is floral diagram ? Draw floral diagram of caesalpinaceae.
3) What is fruit ? Give an account of composite fruits.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


1) Write salient features of Sporne’s classification system of gymnosperms.
2) Write an outline of Bentham and Hooker’s system of classification.
___________
*SLRR67* SLR-R – 67
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – IV)
Differential Equation

Day and Date : Saturday, 2-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) The differential equation (1 + x) dy + (1 – y) dx = 0 is of the type
a) Homogeneous
b) Non homogeneous
c) Variable separable
d) None of these
2) The differential equation Mdy + Ndx = 0 is an exact if

a) b)
 M  N
 M  M

 y  x

 y  x

c) d) None of these
 N  M

 y  x

3) The integrating factor for the linear differential equation is


@ O

 2 O  3

@ N

a)  F @ O
b)  F @ N

c) A
 F @ N

d) A
 F @ O

4) The differential equation (x4 – 2xy2 + y4) dx – (2x2 – 4xy3 + siny) dy = 0 is


a) Exact b) Linear
c) Variable separable d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 67 -2- *SLRR67*

5) The complementary function for is


@ O @ O

 "  " O  

@ N

@ N

a) (c1 + c2 x)e2x b) (c1x + c2 x2)e–2x


c) (c1 + c2x)e–2x d) none of these

c o s 7 x

6) 

D  4 9

a) b)
x  x

c o s 7 x c o s 7 x

1 4 1 4

c) d)
x  x

s i n 7 x s i n 7 x

1 4 1 4

s i n a x

7) 

D  a

a) b)
x  x

s i n a x s i n a x

2 a 2 a

c) d)
x  x

c o s a x c o s a x

2 a 2 a

! N

8)
A

 
,  !

! N

a) b)
N A

! N

N A

c) ! N A
N

d) none of these

9) If ,    E 
are roots of the auxillary equation then its complementary
function is
a) O  A
 N

 A
 O

b) ?


A
 N

 ? A
 N

 O

c) O  A
 N

    O 
d) y  e
 N

 c


c o s  x  c s i n  x 

10) An expression in x and y is said to be homogeneous if the sum of degrees of


x and y in every term is
a) distinct b) finite
c) infinite d) same
*SLRR67* -3- SLR-R – 67
2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

1) Solve :
@ O   O

@ N

  N

2) Transform the differential equation

to homogeneous differential equation by proper substitution.


@ O N  O  !

@ N N  O  !

3) Show that

(2xy + y – tany) dx + (x2 – xtan2y + sec2y) dy = 0 is an exact differential


equation.

4) Solve :
@ O @ O

  

@ N @ N

5) Solve :
@ O @ O

 !  " O  

@ N

@ N

6) By using the formula find the value of .


1

s i n x

D  1

3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6


1) Solve (D3 – D2 – 6D) y = x2 + sinx

2) Solve
@ O N " N

 O 

@ N
N   N  

3) Solve (D3 – 5D2 + 8D – 4) y = e3x

B) Show that 4

 ,     ,    O   ,     ,    O
SLR-R – 67 -4- *SLRR67*

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) State and prove the necessary and sufficient condition for the equation
Mdx + Ndy = 0 to be an exact.

2) Show how to solve where P and Q are functions of x.


@ O

 2 O  3

@ N

3) Solve (D2 – 5D + 6) y = x + e2x + sinx.

5. Attempt any one from the following : 10

1 1

1) With usual notation prove that,   D 


c o s a x 

   a 
c o s a x i f    a   0

and hence solve .


d y

 4 y  2 s i n  

d x

2) a) What is meant by homogeneous differential equation ? Explain how to solve it.


b) Solve :

.
@ O

! !

 N  O   N O

@ N

___________
*SLRR68* SLR-R – 68
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – IV)
Cell Biology, Genetics and Plant Biotechnology

Day and Date : Saturday, 2-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternatives : 10


1) ______________ are responsible for photorespiration in C-3 plants.
a) Glyoxysomes b) Peroxisomes c) Mitochondria d) Nucleus
2) The uncondensed chromatin regions are called ______________
a) Nuclear sap b) Heterochromatin
c) Euchromatin d) Nuclear membrane
3) Piled thylakoids form ______________ region.
a) grana b) stroma c) envelope d) matrix
4) The phragmoplasts which form the cell plate are formed by the small vesicles
of ______________
a) mitochondria b) nucleus
c) golgi bodies d) endoplasmic reticulum
5) When protein takes actual part in the transport of molecules, the process is
called ______________
a) osmosis b) facilitated diffusion
c) diffusion d) facilitated osmosis
6) ______________ is regarded as the “Father of Genetics”.
a) Morgan b) Mendel c) Lamarck d) Hugo-de-Vries
7) In Pisum sativum ______________ is the dominant trait.
a) White flower b) Green seed
c) Yellow pod d) Inflated pod
8) A pair of contrasting characters is represented by the term ______________
a) heterozygous b) allelomorph
c) homozygous d) homologues
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 68 *SLRR68*
9) ____________ pairs of contrasting characters in pea were studied by Mendel.
a) Seven b) Four c) Two d) Fourteen
10) The technique of obtaining large number of plant lets by tissue culture method
is called ______________
a) Embryo culture b) Micropropagation
c) Organ culture d) Macropropagation

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Give the occurrence of mitochondria.
ii) Enlist the functions of glyoxysomes.
iii) Give the important chemical constituents of the cell wall.
iv) What is ‘back cross’ ?
v) Define “Biotechnology”.
vi) Give about the necessity of biofertilizers.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Define prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell.
ii) Give the structure of peroxisomes.
iii) Why Mendel selected pea plant for his experiment ?

B) Explain ‘Law of Dominance’ with suitable example. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain in brief the various stages of Mitosis.
ii) Describe the ‘Monohybrid Cross’ with suitable example.
iii) Give the scope of Biotechnology.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Describe Singer-Nicholson’s fluid-mosaic model of cell membrane.
ii) Give an account of general techniques of tissue culture.

_____________________
*SLRP69* SLR-R – 69
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – III) (Old)
Electronic Devices
Day and Date : Tuesday, 5-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50

Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.
4) Draw neat and labelled diagram wherever necessary.

1. Select correct alternative for the following : 10

i) The intrinsic semiconductor acts as perfect insulator at ________ temperature.


a) 0° C b) 0° K c) 273° F d) 270° C

ii) Donor impurities creates


a) Free electrons
b) Free-holes
c) Both free electrons and holes
d) None of these

iii) The LED emitts the light due to


a) momentum of holes b) emission of electrons
c) electron-hole recombinations d) none of these

iv) A zener diode is formed by _________ impurity.


a) Lightly doped b) heavily doped
c) pure semiconductor d) none of these

v) The properly biased JFET acts as


a) Voltage controlled device b) Current controlled device
c) Current source device d) Voltage source device
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 69 -2- *SLRR69*

vi) An SCR is a semiconductor device having


a) three terminal b) four layer
c) three junctions d) all of these

vii) The BJT generally operate in ________ region, so it gives amplification.


a) active b) saturation c) over active d) well saturation

viii) A four layer diode is sometimes called as


a) UJT b) SCR c) PNPN diode d) Diac

ix) If transistor has α = 0.99 then β =


a) 100 b) 9 c) 99 d) 10

x) In P channel FET, the charge carriers are


a) holes b) electrons
c) both holes and electrons d) ions

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Draw a symbol of UJT and JFET with labels.

ii) Why MOSFET is also called as an insulated gate field effect transistor ?

iii) Explain the effect of temperature on pure semiconductor.

iv) State any four advantages of LED.

v) A transistor has β = 100, how much may be base current to get 20 mA collector
current.

vi) How triac acts as bidirectional switch ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

i) Explain I-V characteristics of a Diac.

ii) Write a short note on P-type semiconductor.

iii) Define transconductance of FET. Calculate the value of transconductance,


if μ = 80 and rd = 400 k Ω

B) Write a short note on Tunnel diode. 4


*SLRR69* -3- SLR-R – 69

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Explain the construction and working of SCR.

ii) Draw the circuit diagram to obtain the output characteristics of transistor in CE
configuration. Hence determine β .

iii) Explain the zener and Avalanche breakdown of zener diode.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) Explain construction and working of an UJT.

ii) Explain construction, working and drain characteristics of depletion type


MOSFET.

_________________
*SLRR7* SLR-R – 7
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – I) (CGPA Pattern)
Animal Diversity and Cell Biology and Genetics
Day and Date : Thursday, 16-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) Draw neat labelled diagram wherever necessary.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Two Sections should be written in separate answer book.

SECTION – I
(Animal Diversity)

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing correct alternative given below : 5


1) Ascaris belongs to phylum ___________
a) Nemathelminthes b) Porifera
c) Coelenterata d) Protista
2) __________ contractile vacuoles are present in Paramecium.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four
3) Spicules of sycon are secreted by _________
a) Porocytes b) Pinacocytes
c) Scleroblasts d) Coenocytes
4) Tapeworm is an ___________ parasite.
a) Obligatory b) Ecto and endo
c) Ecto d) Endo
5) In earthworm setae are organs for _________
a) Reproduction b) Locomotion
c) Excretion d) Circulation

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 7 -2- *SLRR7*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
i) Salient features of Platyhelminthes.
ii) Interstitial cells of Hydra.
iii) Gizard of earthworm.
iv) Meganucleus of paramecium.
v) Functions of spicules in sycon.
vi) Looping in Hydra.
vii) Scolex of Tapeworm.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Give morphological adaptations in Tapeworm.
ii) Describe contractile vacuole in Paramecium.
iii) Describe the female reproductive system of earthworm.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Describe nutrition in Hydra.
ii) Give an account of different types of cells found in Sycon.

SECTION – II
(Cell Biology and Genetics)

1. Rewrite the following sentences choosing correct alternative given below : 5


1) The nucleus was firstly discovered by ___________
a) Robert Brown b) De Duve
c) De Robertes d) Robert Hook
2) Suicidal bags of cells are ____________
a) Chromosomes b) Ribosomes
c) Lysosomes d) Mitochondria

3) In Mendelian dihybrid cross, phenotypic ratio is ________


a) 3 : 1 b) 1 : 2 : 1
c) 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 d) 8 : 8
*SLRR7* -3- SLR-R – 7
4) The person with blood group __________ is called universal donar.
a) A b) B c) AB d) O
5) PKU person is having abnormal metabolism of _________
a) Valine b) Phenyl alanine
c) Lysine d) Arginine

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Give principals of Electron microscopy.
ii) Functions of Golgi complex.
iii) Describe Rh-Factor.
iv) Describe the law of dominance.
v) Give the functions of lysosomes.
vi) XY method of sex determination.
vii) Structure of lamp brush chromosome.

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Describe the electron microscopic structure of mitochondria.
ii) Describe human genetic disorder sickle cell anemia.
iii) Describe the fluid mosaic model of plasma membrane.
B) Answer any one of the following : 10
i) Explain the law of independent assortment with suitable example.
ii) Describe the ultrastructure of Endoplasmic reticulum. Give its functions.

________________
*SLRR71* SLR-R – 71
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Old) (Semester – II) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – III)
Introduction to General Geology

Day and Date : Tuesday, 5-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 [Link] 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All the questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) Gutenberg discontinuity is at a depth of _______________
a) 3000 km b) 3100 km c) 2900 km d) 7000 km
2) The Big-Bang theory explains the origin of _____________
a) earth b) moon c) universe d) satellite
3) The point of earthquake within the earth is known as __________
a) Epicentre b) Focus
c) Isoseismal line d) Isohyet
4) The ancient single super continent is known as _____________
a) Gondwana b) Asia c) Pangea d) African
5) Approximate distance of the planets from the sun follows the _________
a) Kepler’s law b) Newton’s law
c) Titus-Bode’s law d) Poisson’s law
6) Average density of the earth is _______________
a) 5.2 b) 5.5 c) 5.1 d) 4.9
7) Revolution period of earth around the sun is ______________
a) 365.25 b) 365 c) 365.50 d) 365.75
8) The volcano, which is not active today but have been known to be active in
geological past, is termed as _________ volcano.
a) active b) dormant c) extinct d) none of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 71 *SLRR71*

9) The opening through which sulphurous gases comes out is known as


__________
a) fumaroles b) solfataras c) gysers d) hot spring
10) __________ includes in the principle division of the earth.
a) Atmosphere b) Hydrosphere c) Lithosphere d) All of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Members of solar system
2) Equinox
3) Size of earth
4) Definition of earthquake
5) Definition of volcano
6) Biosphere.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Interdisciplinary nature of Geology
2) Hypsographic curve
3) Seismic waves.
B) Write note on : 4
Volcanic belt.

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe Nebular hypothesis.
ii) Describe relief features of earth.
iii) Explain classification of volcano based on mode of eruption.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Describe effects of earthquake.
ii) Describe internal structure of earth.
iii) Describe causes of volcano.

_____________________
’

*SLRR72* SLR-R – 72
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY
Microbial Physiology (Paper – III)

Day and Date : Tuesday, 5-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answer from given


alternatives : 10

i) ________ is an example of disaccharide.


a) Monosaccharide b) Disaccharide
c) Trisaccharide d) Polysaccharide

ii) ______ phase is youthful phase of bacterial growth.


a) Lag b) Logarithmic c) Stationary d) Death

iii) _______ is used as a pH indicator in MacConkey’s agar.


a) Bromothymol blue b) Neutral red
c) Phenol red d) Andrade’s indicator

iv) Rumen bacteria are ______ in nature.


a) Aerobic b) Anaerobic
c) Facultative aerobes d) None of these

v) _______ is an example of extracellular enzyme.


a) Amylase b) Synthetase
c) DNA ligase d) Polymerase
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 72 -2- *SLRA136*

vi) β -galactosidase is synthesized only when _____ is present in the medium.

a) Glucose b) Galactose

c) Gluconic acid d) Lactose

vii) _______ is a solidifying agent.

a) Peptone b) Agar

c) NaCl d) Meat extract

viii) _____ is an example of quaternary protein.

a) Casein b) Haemoglobin

c) Gelatin d) Albumin

ix) __________ is normal flora of human skin.


a) Bacillus antracis b) Escherichia coli

c) Staphylococcus aureus d) Salmonella typhi

x) _______ enzyme involved in nitrogen fixation.

a) Nitrogen reductase b) Nitrogenase

c) Nitrase d) Nitrogen oxidase

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define metabolism.

ii) Role of peptone in the medium.

iii) Lag phase.

iv) ATP.

v) Intracellular enzymes.

vi) Cofactors.
*SLRA136* -3- SLR-R – 72
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6
i) Proteins.
ii) Basic structure of enzyme.
iii) Autotrophs.

B) Normal flora of human body and their significance. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Nutritional requirements of microorganisms.

ii) Nucleic acids.

iii) EMP.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) Ruminant symbiosis.

ii) Common components of media and their functions.

iii) Describe growth phases of bacteria.


__________________
*SLRR73* SLR-R – 73
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (Paper – IV)
Digital Electronics
Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


i) TTL stands for
a) Transistor Transformer Logic b) Transistor Transistor Logic
c) Transformer Transformer Logic d) Transreceiver Transistor Logic
ii) Maximum value of sinking current is
a) 1 MA b) 1.6 MA c) 16 MA d) 40 MA
iii) ________ is priority encoder IC.
a) 7447 b) 74147 c) 7490 d) 7495
iv) The number of control lines used in 8 : 1 multiplexer are
a) Five b) Six c) Eight d) Three
v) In case of R-S flip-flop using NOR, the output is in forbidden state when
a) R = 0, S = 0 b) R = 0, S = 1 c) R = 1, S = 1 d) R = 1, S = 0
vi) J-K flip-flop operates in toggle mode when
a) J = K = 1 b) J = K = 0 c) J = 1, K = 0 d) J = 0, K = 1
vii) The decade counter IC is
a) 7447 b) 7490 c) 74147 d) 74153
viii) Maximum counts using three bit counter is
a) 3 b) 6 c) 8 d) 9

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 73 *SLRR73*
ix) SISO stands for
a) Serial Input Standard Output b) Standard Input Serial Output
c) Standard Input Standard Output d) Serial Input Serial Output
x) _________ can be constructed using shift register IC 7495.
a) Ring counter b) Johnson counter
c) Decade counter d) Both a) and b)

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


i) Define the term : a) Fan out b) Noise margin.
ii) Draw the diagram of 2 : 4 decoder.
iii) Draw the logic diagram of RS flip-flop using NOR gate.
iv) Name the different types of shift registers.
v) What is combinational counter ?
vi) What is priority encoder ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Draw the diagram of TTL NAND gate.
ii) Differentiate between multiplexer and demultiplexer.
iii) Explain T flip-flop.
B) Draw the timing diagram of decade counter. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10


i) Explain 1 : 4 demultiplexer.
ii) Explain 4 bit SIPO shift register.
iii) Explain D flip-flop with timing diagram.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Explain BCD to 7 segment decoder.
ii) Explain shift register IC 7495 as
a) Right shift register
b) Ring counter.

–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR75* SLR-R – 75
Seat
No.

[Link]. – I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


GEOLOGY (Paper – IV)
Introduction to Physical Geology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Fill in the blanks with correct answer from the given options : 10
1) Breaking up of exposed rock by physical or chemical agencies is known as
______________
a) Erosion b) Weathering
c) Transportation d) Compaction
2) The process of combination of oxygen with another element is known as
_______
a) Hydration b) Carbonation c) Oxidation d) Reduction
3) ____________ is the river flowing water throughout the year.
a) Perennial river b) Stream c) Intermittent d) Creek
4) __________ are smaller depressions found on bedrock of streams.
a) Ox-bow b) Pot holes c) Meanders d) River terrace
5) The major ocean currents are generated due to ____________
a) Prevailing winds b) Rotation of the earth
c) Density of seawater d) All of these
6) ______________ is the landward movement of seawater.
a) Flood tide b) Ebb tide c) Density tide d) None of these
7) __________ are the semicircular depression with steep sided walls developed
by the glacial erosion.
a) Faces b) Cirques
c) Truncated spurs d) Crescentic marks
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 75 *SLRR75*

8) __________ are the valleys produced by the tributaries of a main glacier.


a) Crevasses b) Truncated spurs
c) Hanging valleys d) None of these
9) The wind borne particles may be deposited for the _____________
a) Any obstruction to wind b) Increased load
c) Reduction in velocity d) All of these
10) ______________ is a sheet or blanket like deposit consisting of very fine
particles like silt and clay.
a) Loess b) Sand dunes c) Star dunes d) Barchans

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Speroidal weathering
2) Murrum
3) Piedmont glaciers
4) Mushroom rocks
5) Base level of river
6) Hooks.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Soil profiles
2) Factors affecting stream erosion
3) Sea caves.
B) Write note on : 4
Mechanical weathering.

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Describe rate of weathering.
2) Explain types of glaciers.
3) Explain transportation by river.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Explain striations and grooves.
2) Describe alluvial fans and cones.
3) Describe deflation and abrasion by wind erosion.

_____________________
*SLRR76* SLR-R – 76
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – II) (Old) Examination, 2015


MICROBIOLOGY (Paper – IV)
Applied Microbiology – I

Day and Date : Wednesday, 6-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentences by selecting correct answers from given


alternatives. 10
1) Bead bubbler device is used for Microbiological examination of
a) Water b) Soil c) Milk d) Air
2) _______ is used as an indicator of fecal pollution of water.
a) E. coli b) S. Aureus c) Bacillus d) Azotobacter
3) Microbiological quality of Milk is determined by _______ test.
a) MPN b) SPC c) MBRT d) Phosphatase
4) Degree of pathogenicity is called
a) Infection b) Disease c) Recovery d) Virulence
5) _______ is an example of non-perishable food.
a) Potato b) Meat c) Fruits d) Sugar
6) ________ is main protein present in milk.
a) Casein b) Albumin c) Glutemin d) Gelatin
7) Kovac’s reagent is used for detection of _______ in IMViC test.
a) Acid b) Indole c) Acetoin d) Citrate
8) Organic matter is abundent in _______ layer of soil.
a) Middle b) Upper c) Deeper d) All of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 76 -2- *SLRR76*

9) Sand filters are used for ________ purification.


a) Air b) Milk c) Water d) Soil
10) EMB agar is used for _______ test of water.
a) Presumptive b) Compeleted c) Confirmed d) Final

2. Answer in short any five of the following. 10


i) Define food poisoning.
ii) What is infectious dust ?
iii) Define fecal pollution of water.
iv) What is mortality rate ?
v) Define pathogenicity.
vi) Give the examples of perishable foods.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) Chemical composition of soil.
ii) Sources of microorganisms in air.
iii) Types of diseases.
B) Describe MBRT test. 4

4. Answer any two of the following. 10


1) Describe various sources of contamination of milk.
2) Describe modes of disease transmission.
3) Give the microbial composition of soil.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10


1) Describe in detail Bacteriological analysis of water.
2) Describe in detail principles and methods of food preservation.
–––––––––––––––––
*SLRR77* SLR-R – 77
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (Paper – V)
Organic Chemistry

Day and Date : Tuesday, 19-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
4) Atomic weight : H = 1, C = 12, N = 14, O =16 Cl = 35.5,
I = 127, Ag = 108.
5) Spectroscopic chart is supplied.

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following : 10


i) Configuration of ketoximes are determined by ____________ reaction.
a) Perkins reaction b) Hofmann’s reaction
c) Beckman reaction d) Cannizzaro reaction
ii) Migration of acyl group of phenyl ester takes place in ______________
a) Fries rearrangement
b) Claisen rearrangement
c) Pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement
d) Gattermans reaction
iii) Name the following reaction ______________

N a C N

       

     

a) Aldol condensation b) Benzoin condensation


c) Perkins condensation d) Knovenagel’s condensation
iv) Methyl orange has _____________________ colour in acid medium.
a) Yellow b) Blue c) Black d) Red
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 77 -2- *SLRR77*
v) Among the following which is citric acid.

a) b)
O H  C H  C O O H

C H  C H  C O O H

C H  C O O H

O H

C H  C O O H

c) d) OH – CH2 – COOH
|

O H  C  C O O H

C H  C O O H

vi) What is the product of following reaction ?

( i ) C H M g B r

        ?

( i i ) H O / h y d r o l y s i s

a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2OH b) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – OH


c) CH3OH d) CH3 – CH2 – OH
vii) Glycerol on oxidation with bismuth nitrate gives _______________
a) Oxalic acid b) Glyceric acid
c) Mesoxalic acid d) Tartaric acid
viii) U.V. spectroscopy is mainly used for the determination of ________________
a) Functional group b) Conjugation
c) Molecular weight d) Empirical formula
ix) Among the following which is staggered conformation of ethane.

a) b)

c) d)
*SLRR77* -3- SLR-R – 77
x) Which type of electronic transition required least energy ?
a)    *
b) n   *

c)    *
d) n   *

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) How will you convert benzene diazonium chloride into benzene and phenyl
hydrazine ?
ii) Draw the potential energy diagram of different conformations of n-butane.
iii) Give any one method of preparation and uses of ethylene glycol.
iv) Explain why trans einnamic acid absorb at longer wavelength than cis cinnamic
acid ?
v) Complete the following reaction and name it.

C H C O O N a

        ?

1 8 0  C

vi) Give synthesis of methyl orange.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) How Beackmann transformation is used to assign the configuration of
ketoximes ?
ii) Give any two methods of preparations of cinnamic acid.
iii) Calculate the   m a x

of following dienes and enones.

a) b) c)

B) When 1.38 × 10–5 kg of methoxy compound having molecular formula C7H22O2


is subjected to zeisel’s method and produces 4.7 × 10–5 kg of AgI. Calculate
the percentage and number of methoxy groups present in the compound. 4
SLR-R – 77 -4- *SLRR77*
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
i) What is pinacol ? Discuss pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement reaction.
ii) Draw the different conformations of n-butane by using saw-horse and dotted
line wedge formula.
iii) Discuss the effect of conjugation on the position of absorption of UV spectra.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Complete the following reaction, suggest the mechanism and name it.

?
P y r i d i n e

     

ii) Discuss Reimer-Tiemann reaction with mechanism.


iii) Give any one method of preparation of monochloroacetic acid. What is action
of following reacts. on it ?
a) AgOH (moist)
b) KI
c) KCN
d) NH3/ethanol.
*SLRR77* -5- SLR-R – 77
Spectroscopic Chart
SLR-R – 77 -6- *SLRR77*
*SLRR77* -7- SLR-R – 77

_______________________
*SLRR78* SLR-R – 78
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (New) (Paper – V)
Object Oriented Programming Using C++

Day and Date : Tuesday, 19-5-2015 Total Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) “One interface many forms” means
a) Encapsulation b) Data abstraction
c) Polymorphism d) None of the above
2) When function is redefined in derived class are called
a) Inline function b) Outline function
c) Virtual function d) Main function
3) ________ operator overloading works on two objects.
a) Unary operator overloading b) Binary operator overloading
c) Ternary operator d) None of these
4) ________ operator are used to allocate memory at run time.
a) Delete b) Malloc c) New d) Realloc
5) ________ stream specifies input stream as well as output stream.
a) istream b) ostream c) ios d) iostream
6) To represent current object __________ key words are used.
a) This b) New c) Static d) Abstract
7) The operator << is known as
a) Insertion b) External c) Extreme d) Extraction
8) ______ inheritance multiple base class and one derived class.
a) Multiple b) Hierarchy c) Single d) Multi level

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 78 *SLRR78*

9) __________ polymorphism is implemented by pure virtual function.


a) Runtime b) Compile time
c) Execute time d) None of the above
10) __________ variables are normally used to maintain values common to the
entire class.
a) Public b) Private c) Protected d) Static
2. Write the answer of the following questions (any five) : 10
1) List out features of OOPS.
2) Explain in short virtual functions.
3) Explain binary operator overloading.
4) Explain inline function.
5) Explain runtime polymorphism.
6) Explain static keywords.
3. A) Write the answer of the following (any two) : 6
1) Write a program to binary operator overloading for addition of members of
two objects into third object.
2) What is copy constructor ? Explain with example.
3) Explain new and delete with example.
B) Write a program to addition of two matrix using OOP concept. 4
4. Answer any two of the following : 10
1) Write a note on virtual class.
2) Explain constructor overloading with suitable example.
3) Explain inheritance with its different forms.
5. Answer any two of the following : 10
1) Explain array of objects with suitable example.
2) Write a program to find out Armstrong no. from 1 to 1000 (use OOP concept).
3) Explain rules for overloading operator overloading.

_______________
*SLRR79* SLR-R – 79
Seat
No.

[Link]. Part – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


CHEMISTRY (New)
Inorganic Chemistry Paper – VI

Day and Date : Wednesday, 20-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : I) All questions are compulsory.


II) Draw neat diagram and give equations whenever necessary.
III) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct alternative for the following and rewrite the sentences : 10
1) Ferrous ammonium sulphate is ____________ salt.
a) simple b) double c) complex d) chelate
2) Geometrical isomerism is also called ___________ isomerism.
a) Optical b) Mirror image c) Cis-trans d) Symmetric
3) The coordination number of Co in [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2 is
a) Two b) Three c) Five d) Six
4) EDTA is _________ dentate ligand.
a) mono b) bi c) tetra d) hexa
5) More stable metal chelate generally contains ___________ membered ring.
a) Four b) Five c) Six d) Seven
6) Ammonia molecule is
a) Lewis acid b) Lewis base
c) Arrhenius acid d) None of these
7) Sodium ion (Na+) is the
a) Soft base b) Soft acid c) Hard base d) Hard acid
8) HSAB concept of acid and base is based on __________ principle.
a) Pearson b) LCAO’s c) Werner’s d) Linus Pauling
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 79 *SLRR79*
9) Paramagnetism is due to
a) paired electrons b) unpaired electrons
c) d-d- transition d) none of these
10) The transition elements serves as a bridge between __________ block
elements.
a) s and p b) p and d c) d and f d) s and d

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Write the molecular formula of
a) Potassium trioxalatoaluminate (III)
b) Hexamine cobalt (III) chloride.
ii) Define the terms :
a) Ligand
b) Coordination number
iii) Give analytical applications of DMG.
iv) Define chelation with suitable example.
v) Give demerits of Lewis concept.
vi) Explain Fe3+ is more stable than Fe2+.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the term coordination sphere.
ii) Give postulates of VBT.
iii) Why solution of [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is violet in colour ?
B) Differentiate metal chelate and metal complex. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give assumptions of Werner’s theory.
ii) Define acids and bases on the basis of Lewis theory. Give classification of
Lewis acids and bases with suitable examples.
iii) Define transition elements. Give names, symbols and electronic configuration
of first transition series elements.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain formation of [Ni(CN)4]2– on the basis of VBT and comment on
hybridisation; magnetic behavior and stability.
ii) Explain in detail oxidation states of first transition series elements.
iii) Discuss the magnetic behavior of 3d elements.
___________
*SLRR8* SLR-R – 8
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – I) (Semester – I) (C.G.P.A. Pattern) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – I)
Algebra and Calculus

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Answer to the two Sections should be written in the separate
answer book.

SECTION – I
(Algebra)

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 5


1) A square matrix A = (aij) is called symmetric matrix if for all i and j
_____________
a) aij = aji b) aij = – aji
c) aij = 0 and aji ≠ 0 d) aij = 0, ∀ i = j

⎡2 3 ⎤
2) Find the eigen values of a matrix ⎢ ⎥
⎣3 − 6 ⎦
a) λ = 3, 7 b) λ = −3, 7 c) λ = 3, − 7 d) λ = −3, − 7
3) Find the modulus and argument of a complex number 1 + i _________________
π π π π
a) 2, b) 2, c) 2, d) 2,
4 4 3 3
4) Cosh z + sinh z = ____________
a) e–z b) zez c) ze–z d) ez
5) If ‘r’ the rank of non-singular square matrix of order 3 then _____________
a) r = 3 b) r = 2 c) r = 0 d) r = 1

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 8 -2- *SLRR8*

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10


1) If A and B are symmetric matrices of the same order then prove that AB + BA
is symmetric.

⎡ 2 1 1⎤
⎢ 2 1 2⎥
2) Reduce the matrix ⎢ ⎥ to its echelon form and find the rank.
⎢ 2 1 3⎥
⎢− 2 − 1 4 ⎥
⎣ ⎦
3) Solve : x + y + z = 0, 2x + 5y + 6z = 0.

⎡ 1 0⎤
4) Find eigen values of the matrix ⎢ ⎥ and then find eigen vector.
⎣ 0 1⎦
1
5) Find all values of (−1) 3.

6) Prove that cosh2 z – sinh2 z = 1.


7) Prove that 1 + sin [loge(ii)] = 0.

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 10

⎡1 1 1 1⎤
⎢1 3 −2 1⎥
1) Reduce the matrix ⎢ ⎥ to its normal form and then find its rank.
⎢2 0 −3 2⎥
⎢3 3 −3 3 ⎥⎦

2) Test for consistency and solve x1 – 2x2 + x3 – x4 = –1, 3x1 – 2x3 + 3x4 = 4,
5x1 – 4x2 + x4 = 2.
3) If cos (α + iβ) = x + iy then prove that

x2 y2 x2 y2
+ = 1 and − = 1.
cosh2 β sinh2 β cos 2 α sin2 α

B) Attempt any one of the following : 10

⎡ 1 2 2⎤
⎢ ⎥
1) State and prove Cayley-Hamilton theorem and find A–1, A = ⎢2 1 2⎥ .
⎣⎢2 2 1⎥⎦
2) State and prove De Moivre’s Theorem. Hence show that cube roots of unity
are in G.P. and their sum is zero.
*SLRR8* -3- SLR-R – 8

SECTION – II
(Calculus)

1. Select the correct alternative for each of the following : 5

3x − 2x
1) Find the lim = ______________
x→0 x

a) log 3 c) log 3 2
b) log 2 ( ) d) 3 2
2) If y = sin (2x + 3) then yn = ____________

⎛ nπ ⎞ ⎛ nπ ⎞
a) 2n sin ⎜ 2 x + 3 + ⎟ b) 2n cos ⎜ 2 x + 3 + ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠

⎛ nπ ⎞ ⎛ nπ ⎞
c) 3n sin ⎜ 2 x + 3 + ⎟ d) 3n cos ⎜ 2 x + 3 + ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠

π
2
6
3) The value of ∫ sin x dx = ______________
0

5 5π 5π 5
a) b) c) d)
32 32 96 96
 
4) If r = xi + yj + zk then div r = ______________
a) 0 b) 1 c) 2 d) 3
1 1
x 3 +y 3
5) If u = 1 1
is homogeneous function then its degree = ____________
x 2 +y 2

1 1 1 1
a) − b) c) d)
6 3 2 6

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

log ( x − a)
1) Evaluate xlim .
→a log (e x − ea )

x
2) If y = 2 2 then find nth derivative of y.
(x − a )
SLR-R – 8 -4- *SLRR8*

xy
, x2 + y2 ≠ 0
3) Examine for continuity f(x, y) = x 2 + y 2
= 0 , otherwise

π
6
4) Evaluate
∫ cos 3x sin 6x dx .
4 2

5) Find the directional derivative of φ( x, y, z) = xy 2 + yz 3 at the point (2, –1, 1) in


the direction of the vector i + zj + 2k.
6) State Taylor’s theorem and Maclaurin’s theorem.

∂2z ∂2z
3 3
7) If z = x + y − 39 xy then prove that = .
∂x∂y ∂y∂x

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 10


1) Obtain the series expansion of
i) ex ii) cosx
 
2) If r = xi + yj + zk and ‘r’ is the modulus of r then prove that
div grad rn = n (n + 1) rn–2.
3) If u = log ν and ν = x3 – x2y – xy2 + y3 then prove that
∂u ∂u 2
i) + =
∂x ∂y x + y

∂ 2u ∂ 2u ∂ 2u −4
ii) +2 + 2 =
∂x 2 ∂x∂y ∂y (x + y )2
B) Attempt any one of the following : 10
1) State and prove Leibnitz’s theorem and hence if y = sin–1x then prove that
(1 – x2)yn+2– (2n + 1) xyn+1 – n2yn = 0.
2) State Euler’s theorem on homogeneous function f(x, y) and verify it for the
1 1
x 3 +y 3
function f (x, y) = 1 1
x 4 +y 4

_____________________
*SLRR80* SLR-R – 80
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


COMPUTER SCIENCE (Paper – VI)
RDBMS

Day and Date : Wednesday, 20-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) All questions carries equal marks.

1. Choose correct alternatives : 10


1) Insert, update and delete are related with
a) DDL b) DML c) DCL d) All of these
2) Which of the following can be defined at table level only ?
a) Composite primary key b) Unique key
c) Primary key d) Foreign key
3) Which SQL keyword is used to sort the result set ?
a) Order b) Sort c) Order by d) None
4) Single row in a table is called
a) field b) entity c) tuple d) attribute
5) A PL/SQL block begins with __________ section.
a) end b) start c) main d) declare
6) For single line comment in PL/SQL Xon can use
a) – – b) // c) /* d) All of these
7) Which of the following attribute is used to declare variable based on definition
of column ?
a) % row type b) % type c) type d) int
8) The ____________ constraint can only be applied at column level.
a) Not null b) Primary key c) Foreign key d) None of these
9) ____________ group function ignores null values.
a) max ( ) b) count ( ) c) sum ( ) d) count (*)
10) Select ‘2 + 5’ from dual what will be displayed ?
a) 2 – 5 b) 2 c) 5 d) 7

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 80 *SLRR80*
2. Answer any five of the following : 10
a) Write attributes of implicit cursor.
b) Define attribute and tuple.
c) Explain while loop with example.
d) Differentiate ceil (n) and floor (n).
e) What is cursor ? What are its advantages ?
f) Explain use of sequence.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


a) Differentiate truncate table and delete table.
b) Write and explain structure of PL/SQL.
c) Explain check constraint.
B) What is view ? Explain with example. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


a) Write procedure for addition of two numbers.
b) What is join ? Explain different types of join.
c) What is trigger ? How it is works ?

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


a) Explain any three aggregate functions.
b) Explain components of DBMS.
c) Comment on role of DBA.

_____________________
*SLRR81* SLR-R – 81
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS (Paper – V)
General Physics, Heat and Sound

Day and Date : Thursday, 21-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Use of log table or calculator is allowed.
iv) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

1. Select correct alternatives : 10


i) The gradient of vector field is ____________
a) Vector b) Scalar
c) Constant d) None of these
     
( )
ii) If A ⋅ B × C = 0 then the vectors A, B and C are __________
a) Not coplanar b) Coplanar
c) Equal d) All zero
iii) The rise or full of axis of rotation of rotating body is called __________
a) Nutation b) Precession c) Rotation d) None of these

iv) If τ1 is precessional torque then the rate of precession φ is ___________

τ1
a) φ = Iωτ1 b) φ =
ω

τ1 Iω
c) φ = d) φ = τ
Iω 1

v) Bending moment of beam is inversely proportional to __________


a) Young’s modulus b) Modulus of rigidity
c) Moment of inertia d) Radius of curvature

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 81 -2- *SLRR81*
vi) The C.G.S. unit of viscosity is ______________
a) [Link]/sec. b) [Link].
c) poise d) kg./m.s

vii) The frictional force between two layers of liquid is called ___________
a) Viscous force b) Viscosity
c) Gravitational force d) Mechanical force

viii) Entropy is maximum in ___________ state.


a) Solid b) Liquid
c) Gas d) Semi-solid

ix) An auditorium of volume 1982 m3 has reverberation time of 0.9 sec. when
empty then value of area of empty hall is ___________
a) 354.6 m2 b) 543.6 m2
c) 345.6 m2 d) 453.6 m2

x) The frequency of ultrasonics is ____________


a) Below 20 Hz b) Above 20,000 Hz
c) Between 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz d) Zero

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define vector triple product.

ii) State any two applications of gyroscopic motion.

iii) What is cantilever ?

iv) Define coefficient of viscosity.

v) What is T.S. diagram ?

vi) Calculate the change in entropy when 10 gm of ice at 0°C is converted into
water at the same temperature. (Given : latent heat of ice = 80 Cal/gm.)
*SLRR81* -3- SLR-R – 81
3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6

i) Explain scalar and vector fields.

ii) Obtain an equation for period of gyroscope.

iii) Give construction and working of pressure microphone.


B) Obtain an equation for change in entropy. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10

i) What is divergence of vector field and give its physical significance ?

ii) Obtain an equation for angle of lean of rolling disc.

iii) Obtain an equation for coefficient of viscosity by rotating cylinder method.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10

i) What is flat spiral spring ? Obtain an expression for Young’s modulus of


material of flat spiral spring.

ii) Explain production of ultrasonic waves by piezo-electric method. Give any


five applications of ultrasonics.

_____________________
*SLRR82* SLR-R – 82
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Paper – I) (New)
Biomolecules
Day and Date : Thursday, 21-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
3) Write biochemical reactions wherever necessary.

1. Write down the following sentences selecting most correct answer from given
options : 10
1) __________ is not an optically active monosaccharide.
a) Glyceraldehyde b) Dihydroxy acetone
c) Fructose d) Glucose
2) ___________ is a non reducing disaccharide.
a) Lactose b) Maltose c) Cellobiose d) Sucrose
3) __________ is an aromatic amino acid.
a) Arginine b) Tyrosine c) Glycine d) Valine
4) __________ is a fibrous protein.
a) Keratine b) Albumin c) Globulin d) Peptone
5) Numerically the substrate concentration at half maximum velocity is
equal to __________
−1 −1
a) Km b) Vmax c) K d) V
m max

6) Peroxidases enzymes belong to _________ class of enzyme.


a) Oxidoreductases b) Isomerases
c) Hydrolises d) Transferases
7) Coenzyme A contains ___________ in its structure.
a) Niacil b) Riboflavin c) Pyridoxine d) Pantothenic acid

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 82 *SLRR82*
8) Night blindness is an early sign of vitamin _________ deficiency.
a) A b) B1 c) C d) D
9) _________ is not a terpene or its derivative.
a) Geraniol b) Thymol c) Quinone d) Cerebroside
10) Triglycerides are the esters of fatty acids with _______
a) Cholesterol b) Glycerol
c) Long chain aliphatic alcohols d) Phosphate

2. Answer any five from below : 10


1) How is the pI of a neutral amino acid calculated ?
2) Name the subclasses of scleroproteins with examples.
3) Explain the geometric specificity of an enzyme.
4) State the names of four coenzymes involved in redox reactions.
5) Define – Oligosaccharides.
6) What are nucleoproteins ? Give two examples.

3. A) Attempt any two from below : 6


1) Explain the reducing nature of monosaccharides.
2) Give differences between fat soluble and water soluble vitamins.
3) What is the effect of Vitamin A deficiency on vision ?
B) Write an account of oxidoreductases class of enzymes. 4

4. Answer any two from below : 10


1) Explain globular proteins in detail.
2) Write an account of phospholipids and spingolipids.
3) Describe the titration curve of glycine.

5. Answer any two from below : 10


1) Illustrate the effect of substrate concentrated on enzyme catalysed reaction.
2) Classify carbohydrates with one example of each class.
3) Discuss about derived monosaccharides.

_____________________
*SLRR83* SLR-R – 83
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


PLANT PROTECTION (Paper – I)
Major Crops and Methods of Integrated Plant Protection

Day and Date : Thursday, 21-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select the correct answer and rewrite the sentences. 10


1) __________ worked on Indian Wheat.
a) Rao b) Borlagh
c) Howard d) J.C. Bose
2) _____________ is a fruit crop.
a) Brinjal b) Grape
c) Cotton d) Gram
3) The leaves of _________ secrete malic acid which has the medicinal value.
a) Jowar b) Rice
c) Gram d) Tur
4) ___________ is not a cereal crop.
a) Wheat b) Jowar
c) Tur d) Rice
5) Sorghum is commonly known as __________
a) Finger Millet b) Foxtail Millet
c) Great Millet d) Pearl Millet

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 83 -2- *SLRR83*

6) __________ is a wild variety of groundnut.


a) T.G.– I b) S.B. II c) Karad-4-II d) Bambara

7) __________ is a vegetable crop.

a) Cabbage b) Gerbera c) Grape d) Groundnut

8) Heat and solarization is used in ___________ method of plant protection.

a) Cultural b) Physical c) Mechanical d) Chemical

9) Taillage is _________ method of plant protection.

a) Biological b) Cultural c) Mechanical d) Physical

10) Sowing seeds by 3 tyred drill (pabhar) is called _________

a) Dibbling b) Drilling

c) Sowing in furrows d) Broadcasting

2. Answer any five of the following. 10

i) What is crop rotation ?

ii) What is the use of resistant varities ?

iii) Give economic importance of cotton.

iv) Write the morphology of Jowar crop.

v) What are trap crops ?

vi) Write the use of Rhodenticide.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) Explain the morphology of Gram crop.

ii) Give the economic importance of groundnut and sunflower.

iii) Write a note on Insecticides.

B) Give an account of plant quarantine. 4


*SLRR83* -3- SLR-R – 83

4. Answer any two of the following. 10

i) Describe the sugarcane crop with reference to morphology, soil types and
fertilizers.

ii) Give an account of any two mechanical methods of plant protection.

iii) Describe ‘Tur’ crop w.r.t. cultivation yield and economic importance.

5. Answer any two of the following. 10

i) Give an account of Biological methods of plant protection.

ii) Give brief account of fungicides and bactericides.

iii) Describe the cultivation of Rose w.r.t. soil types, tillage, yield and economic
importance.

_____________
*SLR-R–84* SLR-R – 84
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


PHYSICS
Electronics (Paper – VI)
Day and Date : Friday, 22-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of log table and calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10


i) Negative voltage feedback _______ gain.
a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) Keeps the same
d) None of these
ii) An oscillator converts
a) A.C. Power into D.C. Power
b) D.C. Power into A.C. Power
c) Mechanical power into A.C. Power
d) None of these
iii) A UJT is sometimes called ______ diode.
a) Low resistance
b) High resistance
c) Single base
d) Double-based
iv) In a J-K, Flip-Flop, J = 1, K = 1 output of J-K Flip-Flop Qn+1 is
a) 1 b) 0
c) Qn d)
P.T.O.
Q n
SLR-R – 84 -2- *SLR-R–84*

v) % Load regulation is equal to


a) VFL – VNL × 100%
b) VNL – VFL × 100%

c)
8  8

N L F L

    

F L

d)
8  8

N L F L

    

N L

vi) IC 7815 is a ______ volt regulator.


a) +5 b) – 5 c) +15 d) 78
vii) The process of injecting a fraction of output energy back to the input is known as
a) Oscillator b) Amplifier c) Feedback d) Rectifier
viii) Circuit that provides the best stabilization of the operating point is
a) Base resistor bias
b) Collector feedback bias
c) Potential divider bias
d) None of these
ix) In phase-shift oscillator, the feedback factor  is

a) b) c) d)
   

 ' #  

x) A CRO is used to measure


a) Voltage b) Frequency c) Phase d) All of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Define the term feedback and state Barkhausen criterion for sustained
oscillations.
ii) Draw a logical circuit for R – S, Flip-Flop and write its truth table.
iii) Write any four differentiating points between normal amplifier and differential
amplifier.
iv) Draw the logical circuit of J-K Flip-Flop.
v) State the Demorgan's theorems.
vi) Draw an equivalent circuit of a UJT.
*SLR-R–84* -3- SLR-R – 84

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the working of full adder logic diagram and truth table.
ii) What is an oscillator ? Find the frequency of transisterised phase shift
oscillator if R1 = R2 = R3 = R = 10 K and C1 = C2 = C3 = C = 0.01 f.



iii) Explain the construction of UJT and explain how it can be used as voltage
sweep generator.
B) Determine the operating frequency and feedback fraction in Colpitt's oscillator
with C1 = 0.001 f, C2 = 0.01 f and L = 15 H.
  
4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Draw the transistor series voltage regulator and explain its working.
ii) Describe the working of the crystal oscillator with transisterised circuit diagram.
iii) Draw the circuit for RC coupled amplifier and explain its working with
advantages.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Draw the neat circuit diagram of dual power supply using three terminal IC's
and explain its working in detail.
ii) Explain principle, construction and working of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope
(C.R.O.) in detail.

_________________
*SLRR85* SLR-R – 85
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BIOCHEMISTRY (Paper – II) (New)
Biochemical Techniques

Day and Date : Friday, 22-5-2015 [Link] : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.
Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Figures to the right hand side indicate full marks.
3) Draw labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Write following sentences selecting most correct answer from the given options : 10
1) In thin layer chromatography the glass plate is used as
a) An adsorbent b) A stationary phase
c) A support d) A binder
2) In HPLC pulseless flow is obtained using
a) Pressure gauze b) Pressure dampener
c) High pressure pump d) Solvent filter
3) In starch gel electrophoresis _________ is used as a marker dye to monitor
the migration of proteins.
a) Bromophenol blue b) Bromocrysol green
c) Amidoblack lob d) Oil red O
4) Glutaraldehyde is use to immobilise enzymes by
a) Adsorption b) Intermolecular cross-linking
c) Covalent binding d) Entrapment in polymer gel
5) The techniques used for blot transfer of DNA is called _________ blotting
technique.
a) Southern b) Western
c) Northern d) Eastern

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 85 -2- *SLRR85*
6) The logarithm of ratio of intensity of incident light to the intensity of transmitted
light is called _________
a) Absorbance b) Extinction coefficient
c) Transmittance d) Molar extinction coefficient
7) _________ is an intellectual property.
a) Transgenic plant b) Car
c) House d) Land
8) ELISA technique is used to detect presence of _________ in a sample.
a) DNA b) RNA
c) Carbohydrates d) Antibodies
9) In polymerase chain reaction _________ accurately and rapidly changes the
reaction temperature.
a) Electroblotter b) Thermal cycler
c) Photocell d) ELISA plate
10) Whole cells are immobilised by _________ method.
a) Physical adsorption b) Ionic binding
c) Covalent binding d) Gel entrapment method

2. Attempt any five from below : 10

1) List the chemicals used to prepare polyacrylamide gel.

2) State and explain Beer’s law.

3) How are cell immobilised using collagen ?

4) What is a DNA probe ? What is its use ?

5) Which are the enzymes preferred for polymerase chain reaction technique ?

6) What is meant by void volume in gel permeation chromatography ?


*SLRR85* -3- SLR-R – 85

3. A) Attempt any two : 6


1) State the medium used for production of hybridoma cells. What is its
significance ?
2) State three stages of temperature control in thermal cycler.
3) What is trade mark and trade secrete ?
B) Draw a labelled diagram of construction of spectrophotometer. 4

4. Answer any two from below : 10


1) Explain the preparation of HPLC column and its mechanism of separation of
components from a mixture.
2) Describe Direct Antibody Coating (DAC) ELISA technique.
3) Discuss various applications of SDS-PAGE.

5. Attempt any two : 10


1) Describe construction and working of colorimeter.
2) Discuss preparation of starch gel plate, application of sample and mechanism
of separation by starch gel electrophoresis.
3) What are the various applications of immobilised enzymes ?
___________
*SLRR86* SLR-R – 86
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


PLANT PROTECTION (Paper – II)
Crop Diseases and Their Management
Day and Date : Friday, 22-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 [Link] 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Draw a neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
iii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentences by selecting correct answer from the given alternative : 10
1) Early blight of tomato is a ________________ disease.
a) fungal b) bacterial c) viral d) mycoplasma
2) Sphacelotheca sorghi causes grain smut disease of _________
a) sugarcane b) jawar c) bhendi d) brinjal
3) Groundnut disease affect with ___________
a) rust b) smut c) rust-smut d) none of these
4) Rust of soyabean is a __________ disease.
a) bacterial b) viral c) mycoplasma d) fungal
5) Downy mildew of grapes is control by _____________ mixture.
a) 4% Bordeaux b) 3% Bordeaux c) 2% Bordeaux d) 1% Bordeaux
6) Two species of Erysiphaceae have been reported to cause powdery mildew
of cucurbits in ____________
a) Australia b) India c) China d) Japan
7) Wilt of tomato is a ___________ disease.
a) bacterial b) viral c) fungal d) mycoplasma
8) Xanthomonas citri is a ___________ shaped bacteria.
a) Oval b) Ovate c) Rod d) Spiral
9) Leaf curl disease occur on ________ plant.
a) Bhendi b) Brinjal c) Jawar d) Chilli
10) Yellow Vein mosaic of _____________ is a viral disease.
a) okra b) wheat c) bajra d) maize
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 86 *SLRR86*

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What is crop disease ?
ii) Define plant pathology.
iii) What is resistance ?
iv) Define incubation.
v) Name any two viral disease.
vi) Define protection.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Explain the mode of infection of plant protection.
ii) Give the symptoms and causal organism of grassy shoot of sugarcane.
iii) Explain the causal organism and control measures of little leaf of brinjal.
B) Give the classification of plant diseases based on pathogen. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain the symptoms, causal organism and control measures of yellow vein
mosaic of bhendi.
ii) Describe the principle of plant disease management.
iii) What is plant infection ? Explain the factor affecting the infection studied by
you.

5. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What is transmission ? Describe the mode of transmission through air and
insect.
ii) Describe the symptoms, causal organism and control measures of leaf curl
of chilli.
iii) Give the symptoms, causal organism and control measures of citrus canker.

_____________________
’

*SLRR87* SLR-R – 87
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – V)
Continuous Probability Distributions – I

Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10

1) If X is random variable with mean X , the expression E (X − X)2 represents


a) The variance of X b) Second central moment of X
c) Both a and b d) None of these

2) If Fx (x) is the c.d.f. of a continuous random variable X, then Fx ( + ∞ ) will be


equal to
a) 1 b) 0 c) 0.5 d) none of these

3) Let X be a continuous r.v with pdf f (x), then P (X < Q3) =


1 1
a) b)
4 2
c) 3 d) none of these
4
4) The MGF of random variable X is defined as
a) E [etx] b) etx c) E (xr) d) none of these
M
5) If M is the median of a continuous r.v. X with pdf f (x), then ∫ f (x) dx will
−∞
be equal to
1
a) 1 b) 0 c) d) none of these
2
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 87 -2- *SLRR87*

6) If X is a continuous random variable with pdf f (x), then HM of X is

1 1
⎛ 1⎞
a) E ⎜ ⎟ b) c) E ( 1 ) d) none of these
⎝X⎠ E (X) X

7) If FX, Y (x, y) is the cdf of bivariate random variable (X, Y), then

FX, Y ( − ∞ , y) = F (x, − ∞ ) is equal to

a) 0 b) 1 c) ∞ d) none of these

8) If X follows uniform distribution over (0, 1), then its mean is


1
a) 0 b) 1 c) d) none of these
2

9) The range of exponential distribution is

a) 0 to 1 b) 0 to ∞ c) − ∞ to ∞ d) none of these

10) MGF of exponential distribution with parameter is 

−1 −2
⎛ t⎞ ⎛ t⎞ ⎛ t⎞
a) ⎜ 1 − ⎟ b) ⎜ 1 − ⎟ c) ⎜ 1 − ⎟ d) none of these
⎝ θ⎠ ⎝ θ⎠ ⎝ θ⎠

2. Attempt any five of the following : 10

For a continuous random vector (X, Y) define :

i) Joint pdf of (X, Y).

ii) Marginal p.d.f of X.

iii) Expectation of g (X, Y).

iv) Conditional expectation of X given Y = y.

v) Conditional variance of X given Y = y.

vi) Cov (X, Y).


*SLRR87* -3- SLR-R – 87

3. a) Attempt any two of the following : 6

⎧kx ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1
i) A continuous r.v. X has pdf f (x ) = ⎨
⎩ 0 ; ow
Find k, mean and variance of X.

ii) State the properties of cumulative distribution of X.

⎧3 2
⎪ y ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 2; 0 ≤ y ≤ 1
iii) For a given joint pdf of (X, Y) f (x, y ) = ⎨ 2
⎪⎩ 0 ; ow
Verify whether X and Y are independent ?

b) State and prove additive theorem of expectation. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following : 10

⎧kx (2 − x ) ; 0≤ x≤2
i) The pdf of a continuous r.v. X is f (x ) = ⎨
⎩ 0 ; ow

Find k, mean and mode of X.


X−a.
ii) If X ~ U (a, b), find the distribution of Y =
b−a
iii) Let (X, Y) be a two-dimensional continuous r.v. with joint p.d.f
{
f (x, y ) = ke −( x + y) ; x ≥, 0, y ≥, 0 Find k, also obtain marginal p.d.f of X and Y.

5. Attempt any two of the following : 10

⎧1 ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1
i) A continuous r.v.X has pdf f( x ) = ⎨
⎩0 ; 0w

Find the distn of Y = – 2 logeX.


ii) Let a random variable X has U (0, ) distribution. Find the cdf of X and hence


determine median of X.
iii) Define exponential distribution with parameter . Find its m.g.f.


__________________
*SLR-R–89* SLR-R – 89
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) Examination, 2015


GEOCHEMISTRY (Paper – I)
Introduction to Geochemistry (New)
Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

I. Choose the correct answer for the following : 10


1) Gibbs free energy (G) is significant in connection with processes that take
place at constant
a) Pressure b) Temperature
c) Pressure and Temperature d) None
2) Which of the following mineral pair does not belong to isomorphic phenomenon ?
a) Sodaniter – Calcite b) Niter – Aragonite
c) Pyrope – Almandine d) Microcline – orthoclase
3) Rare earth elements are also termed as
a) Actinides b) Lanthanides c) Alkanides d) Halogens
4) When the radius ratio Rcation/Ranion is between 0.73 and 1 the arrangement of
anions around cation shall be as
a) Corners of an equilateral triangle
b) Corners of tetrahedron
c) Corners of a cube
d) Corners of an octahedron
5) In sheet silicates the Si : 0 ratio is
a) 1 : 4 b) 1 : 3 c) 2 : 5 d) 1 : 2
6) The radius of K+ is
a) 1.38 A° b) 1.49 A° c) 1.70 A° d) 1.86 A°

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 89 *SLR-R–89*

7) The maximum number of crystalline phases that can coexist in rocks in stable
equilibrium is equal to the number of components was proposed by
a) Winkler b) Lawson c) Goldschmidt d) Clarke
8) Marcasite and pyrite are polymorphs marcasite may invert to pyrite but pyrite
never changes to marcasite, such polymorphs are called as
a) Enantiotropic b) Monotropic
c) Both a) and b) d) None
9) As a general rule in ionic substitution the maximum size and maximum charge
difference should not exceed
a) 15% and unity b) 20% and two
c) 30% and three d) None
10) What are the terms used in substitution of major ion by minor ion as proposed
by Goldschmidt ?
a) Capture b) Admittance c) Camouflaged d) All the above

II. Answer any five of the following : 10


1) Caesium chloride stability
2) Radius ratio and coordination
3) Covalent bond
4) Principles of crystal structure
5) Phase rule
6) Neso silicate

III. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Pauling rule of crystal structure.
2) Omission solid solution
3) Double chain silicates
B) Write on Goldschmidt rules of atomic substitutions. 4

IV. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Polymorphism in silicates
2) Tecto silicates
3) Electronegativity

V. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Structure of sorosilicate.
2) Lattice energy of crystals
3) Radii of common major ions in rock ferming minerals.
_________________
*SLRR9* SLR-R – 9
Seat
No.

[Link]. I (Semester – I) (CGPA Pattern) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – I)
Microbiology and Cryptogams, Plant Physiology and Horticulture

Day and Date : Saturday, 18-4-2015 Max. Marks : 70


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Write two Sections in separate answer books.
3) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

SECTION – I
(Microbiology and Cryptogams)

1. Rewrite the following sentences by choosing correct alternative : 5

1) Virology is study of
a) viruses b) bacteria c) algae d) fungi

2) Agar-agar is obtained from _______ algae.


a) Nostoc b) Volvox c) Gracilaria d) Spirogyra

3) White-rust of crucifer is caused by


a) Ustilago b) Puccinia c) Peziza d) Albugo

4) ________ plants are non-vascular plants.


a) Bryophyte b) Pteridophyte c) Gymnosperm d) Angiosperm

5) Ligulate leaves are found in


a) Riccia b) Anthoceros c) Selaginella d) Nostoc

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) What is mycoplasma or phytoplasma ?

ii) Which algae are used as biofertilizer ?

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 9 -2- *SLRR9*

iii) What is Lichen ?

iv) Sketch and label T.S. of Riccia thallus.

v) Give systematic position of Selaginella.

vi) What is bacteria ?

vii) Give longform of PPLO and MLO.

3. A) Write short notes any two of the following : 10


i) Sexual reproduction in Spirogyra.
ii) Strobilus of Selaginella.
iii) Economic importance of Fungi.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Give economic importance of Algae.
ii) Describe the sexual reproduction and sex organs of Riccia.

SECTION – II

(Plant Physiology and Horticulture)

1. Rewrite the following sentence by choosing correct alternative. 5

1) The branch of floriculture, which deals with cultivation, processing and


marketing of floral crops is called
a) Pomoculture b) Floriculture c) Olericulture d) Agriculture

2) Nitrogen is a __________ element.


a) Micro b) Macro c) Nano d) None of these

3) The growth curve is usually _________ shaped curve.


a) V b) α c) S d) β

4) _________ is a co-enzyme.
a) Mg++ b) Fe++ c) NADP d) Ca++

5) _________ is artificial method of vegetative propagation.


a) cutting b) offset c) tuber d) bulb
*SLRR9* -3- SLR-R – 9

2. Answer any five of the following : 10

i) Define microelements.

ii) What is vernalization ?

iii) Enlist any four natural means of vegetative propagation.

iv) What are enzymes ?

v) Define cutting.

vi) Mention any two roles of CCC in agriculture.

vii) What is mean by pomoculture ?

3. A) Write short notes on any two of the following : 10


i) Physicochemical structure of enzyme.
ii) ‘T’ budding.
iii) Photoperiodism.

B) Answer any one of the following : 10


i) Discuss the requirements of rose with respect to soil type, manures,
irrigation and control measures of diseases.
ii) What is vegetative propagation ? Explain the technique of approach grafting
and whip grafting.

_______________
*SLRR90* SLR-R – 90
Seat
No.

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (Paper – V) (New)
Animal Diversity – III

Day and Date : Saturday, 23-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
4) Write the question number attempted in the margin.

1. Select the appropriate answer from those given below each question and rewrite
the sentences : 10
i) Cockroach belongs to class ___________
a) Myriapoda b) Arachnida c) Insecta d) Gastropoda
ii) Heart of pila consists of ____________ chambers.
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 6
iii) Siphoning type of month parts are present in ____________
a) Housefly b) Mosquito c) Butterfly d) Honeybee
iv) Tornaria is larval stage of ____________
a) Annelida b) Mollusca
c) Hemichordata d) Arthropoda
v) Elephantatiasis is caused by __________ worms.
a) Wuchereria bancrofti b) Plasmodium vivax
c) Aedes aegypti d) Plasmodium ovale
vi) In Aplysia the foot is used for __________
a) boring b) digging c) creeping d) swimming
vii) Gizzard of cockroach has __________ number of teeth.
a) 6 b) 4 c) 3 d) 5

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 90 *SLRR90*

viii) Ctenidium of pila is concerned with ___________


a) Digetion b) Reproduction
c) Excretion d) Respiration
ix) Vision of cockroach is __________
a) Monocular b) Binocular c) Mosaic d) Sterioscopic
x) Sea star belongs to phylum __________
a) Arthropoda b) Mollusca
c) Echinodermata d) Hemichordata

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


a) Give general characters of phylum mollusca.
b) Mandible of cockroach.
c) Salivary glands of cockroach.
d) Osphradium of pila.
e) Foot in mytilus.
f) Control measures of mosquito.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Pallial complex of pila
ii) Month parts of mosquito
iii) Gizzard of cockroach.
B) Bipinnaria larva. 4

4. Write short answers to any two of the following : 10


A) Describe the heart of cockroach.
B) Give general characters of phylum arthropoda.
C) Describe the affinities of hemichordata with chordata.

5. Write answer to any one of the following : 10


1) Describe digestive system of pila.
2) Describe female reproductive system of cockroach.

_____________________
*SLRR91* SLR-R – 91
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


STATISTICS (Paper – VI)
Discrete Probability Distributions and Statistical Methods

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory and carry equal marks.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative : 10


i) The distribution possessing the memoryless property is
a) Poisson distribution b) Geometric distribution
c) Hypergeometric distribution d) All the above
ii) The partial correlation coefficient r13.2 is called
a) First order partial correlation b) Zero order partial correlation
c) Second order partial correlation d) None of these
iii) The range of multiple correlation coefficient is
a) –1 to +1 b) – ∞ to ∞
c) 0 to ∞ d) 0 to +1
iv) A measure of linear association of a variable say X, with a number of other
variables X2, X3, ..... Xk is known as
a) Partial correlation b) Simple correlation
c) Multiple correlation d) Auto correlation
v) If X~ Geo(p) then P (X ≥ 3) =
a) q3 b) p3
c) pq3 d) p3q

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 91 -2- *SLRR91*

vi) The order of the residual X2.13 is


a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four
vii) Binomial distribution tends to Poisson distribution when
1
a) n → ∞, p → 0 and np = μ (finite) b) n → ∞, p → and np = μ (finite)
2
c) n → 0, p → 0 and np = 0 d) n → 15, p → 0 and np = 0
viii) If the value of multiple correlation coefficient R is near to one, it leads to the
conclusion that
a) There is a lack of linear relationship
b) Linear relation is a good fit
c) There is curvilinear relation
d) All of these
ix) If V (X1.23) = 0 then R1.23 = ______________
a) 0 b) 1 c) 0.5 d) None of these
x) A family of parametric distribution in which mean is equal to variance is
a) Binomial distribution b) Geometric distribution
c) Normal distribution d) Poisson distribution

2. Solve any five out of six : 10


i) Find r and p if X~ NB(r, p) such that E(X) = 15 and V(X) = 60.
ii) In a trivariate data r12 = 0.6 r13 = –0.4 r23 = 0.7. Are these values consistent.
iii) Find pmf of geometric distribution with parameter p.
iv) Find mean and variance of waiting time distribution.
v) Prove that the sum of two independent Poisson variates is a Poisson variate.
vi) Show that geometric distribution is a particular case of negative binomial
distribution.
*SLRR91* -3- SLR-R – 91

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Define the residual X1.23 and prove that X3.12 is uncorrelated with X1.
ii) For a Poisson distribution P[X = 1] = 0.03 and P[X = 2] = 0.15. Find
P[X = 0] and P[X = 3].

(
iii) With usual notations prove that 1 − R12.23 = 1 − r12
2
)( 2
1 − r13 )
.2 .

B) State and prove the recurrence relation for probabilities of negative binomial
distribution. 4

4. Solve any two out of three : 10


i) Obtain the probability generating function (pgf) of negative binomial distribution
and hence find its mean and variance.
ii) Derive Poisson distribution as a limiting form of a binomial distribution.
iii) Obtain variance of residual in terms of simple correlation coefficients.

5. Solve any two out of three : 10


i) Obtain the expression for multiple correlation coefficient R1.23 in terms of total
correlation coefficients r12, r13 and r23.

2 σ2 σ3
ii) With usual notations prove that R1.23 = b12.3 r12 σ + b13.2 r13 σ .
1 1

iii) If X and Y are two independent Poisson variates then show that conditional
distribution of X given (X + Y) is binomial.

_____________
*SLRR93* SLR-R – 93
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Sem. – III) Examination, 2015


GEOCHEMISTRY
Paper – II : Introduction to Solar System and Geosphere (New)

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.

I. Choose the correct answer for each of the following : 10


1) Find the odd element from the group-lithophile.
a) Ca b) K c) Na d) Fe
2) Consumption of fossil fuel leads to
a) increase in plant productivity
b) global warming
c) biodiversity
d) all the above
3) Which of the following is oxysphere ?
a) lithosphere b) asthenosphere
c) siderosphere d) none
4) The simplest way of expressing geochemical model of atmosphere is by the
concentration of
a) H, O, C b) He, Ar, C
c) N, O, Ar d) None
5) What percentage of volume of oxygen is present in the continental crust ?
a) 20 b) 10 c) 30 d) 100
6) The most abundant element in the universe is
a) Cu b) Pb c) Zn d) H P.T.O.
SLR-R – 93 *SLRR93*
7) Apart from concentration of an element, which other aspect is important in
geochemical cycle ?
a) residence time b) temperature c) pressure d) none
8) The basis on which Clarke and Washington had proposed the geochemical
model of crust is
a) 5159 superior analysis b) primary differentiation
c) mobility of elements d) all the above
9) Find the odd one out.
a) Ar b) N c) O d) Ca
10) If the chlorinity has to be determined, what chemical is a must from the following ?
a) AgNO3 b) CuSO4 c) HCl d) None

II. Answer any five of the following : 10


a) Atmosphile
b) Composition of chondrite
c) Ozone depletion
d) Salinity of oceans
e) Tropopause
f) Geochemical cycle.

III. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


1) Cosmic abundance of elements.
2) Difference between average composition of sea water and river water.
3) Nature of hydrosphere.
B) Evolution of the atmosphere. 4

IV. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Temperature variation in atmosphere.
2) Primary differentiation.
3) Classification of geochemical elements.

V. Answer any two of the following : 10


1) Gains and losses to atmosphere.
2) Gains and losses to ocean waters.
3) Geochemical model of the earth as a whole.
___________
*SLRR94* SLR-R – 94
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


ZOOLOGY (New) (Paper – VI)
Cell Science Genetics, Biological Chemistry and Economic Zoology

Day and Date : Monday, 25-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

N.B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat and labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the sentences by selecting appropriate answer. 10


1) In Meiosis, pairing of homologous Chromosomes take place during __________
a) Leptotene b) Zygotene
c) Pachytene d) All of the above
2) The pH below 7 is ______________
a) Acidic b) Basic
c) Neutral d) All of the above
3) m-RNA is a complimentary copy of
a) Ribosomal RNA b) Ribosomal DNA
c) Single standed DNA d) t-RNA
4) Worker of Honeybee are ______________
a) Sterile male b) Starile female
c) Fertile male d) Fertile female
5) Stiffing is related with _______________
a) Sericulture b) Apiculture
c) Lac culture d) Fish culture
6) Ranikhet is caused by _______________
a) Fungus b) Bacteria
c) Tick d) Virus

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 94 *SLRR94*

7) _______________ is a American class of poultry.


a) Brahma b) Orpington
c) Write leg hen d) Poly Mouth Rock
8) Complete linkage in Drosophila was observed by _________________
a) T. H. Morgan b) Boveri
c) Sutton d) Batsou and Punnet
9) Enzymes are basically formed by _______________
a) Proteins b) Carbohydrates
c) Lipids d) Nucleoproteins
10) _______________ is a breed of cow.
a) Murrah b) Jaffrabadi
c) Gir d) All the above

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Significance of Pachytene
ii) Significance of Meiosis
iii) Maltose
iv) Collagen
v) Honey comb
vi) Economic importance of silk.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Economic importance sericulture
ii) Complementary genes
iii) Structure of DNA.
B) Describe the caste of Honeybee. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) What are lipids ? Give their classification.
ii) Explain the milk and milk products of Dairy.
iii) Describe the structure of RNA and add a note on its Biological significance.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) What is crossing over ? Explain its mechanism.
ii) Describe different types of breeds in dairy.

_____________________
*SLR-R–95* SLR-R – 95
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – V) (New)
Differential Calculus
Day and Date : Tuesday, 26-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50
Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Select correct alternative for each of the following : 10


1) Polar subtangent for the curve r = a is 

a) b) a c) d)
= 

=
H
=

2) Angle of intersection of curves r = a(cos +1), r = a(1 – sin ) is  

a) 
b) 

c) 0 d) – 

3) Pedal equation of the curve r = = A


 c o t 

is
a) p = r sin 
b) p = r cos 

c) p = r d) p = r sin 2 

4) If x = r cos , y = r sin then = ...


 ( x , y )

 

 ( r ,  )

a) x b) y c) r d) 

5) If x = u(1 + v) and y = v(1 + u) then = ...


 ( x , y )

 ( u , v )

a) u + v b) u – v c) 1 + u + v d) u + v – 1
6) The radius of curvature at any point on the curve s = c. tan is 

a) c + I

?
b) c + ?

I
c) c – I

?
d) None of these

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 95 -2- *SLR-R–95*

7) The radius of the curvature for y = ex at the point (0, 1) is


a) b) !

c) 0 d) None of these
8) The radius of curvature for the curve p2 = ar is

a) b)
F

c) d) None of these
F

9) The function f(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 24x + 4 has


a) Maximum value at x = 2
b) Minimum value at x = 2
c) Neither maximum nor minimum at any point
d) None of these
10) A function f(x, y) has an extreme value at (a, b) then
a) AC – B2 > 0
b) AC – B2 < 0
c) AC – B2 = 0
d) None of these

2. Attempt any five from the following : 10

1) If u = x2 – 2y, v = x + y then find .


 ( u , v )

 ( x , y )

2) Find the angle between y = sinx and y = cosx.

3) Find for the curve, + = .


@ I

!
!

=
N

@ N

4) Find the radius of curvature for the curve s = 4a sin  at any point on it.

5) Find the radius of curvature for the curve x = a (t + sint), y = a(1 – cost) at
any point.
6) Find the maximum value of the function f(x) = 2x3 – 15x2 + 36x + 10.
*SLR-R–95* -3- SLR-R – 95

3. A) Attempt any two from the following : 6


1) Show that, the curves lx2 + my 2 = 1 and l


x  m


y  1
will intersects

orthogonally if .
1 1 1 1

  

 
l m l m

2) Find the point on the parabola y2 = 8x at which the radius of curvature is

.
 #

 $

3) Find the extreme values of the function xy2z3 subject to the condition
x + y + z = 6.

B) If J be a Jacobian of u, v, w with respect to x, y, z and J




be a Jacobian of x, y, z
with respect to u, v, w then show that J. = 1. J
 4

4. Attempt any two from the following : 10


1) Obtain the expressions for the equations of tangent and normal to the curve
y = f(x) at any point P(x, y).
2) If x = f(t) and y = g(t) be the equation of a curve in a parametric form then
!

show that the radius of curvature .


 
 N  O 

 

     
N O  O N

3) A rectangular box open at the top is to have a volume of 32 cubic feet, what
must be the dimensions, so that the total surface is minimum ?

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10

1) Explain Lagranges method of undetermined multipliers to determine the


extreme value of u = f(x, y, z) subject to (x, y, z) = 0 and hence find the 

minimum value of x2 + y2 + z2 when x + y + z = 3a.

2) Obtain expressions for lengths of the tangent, normal, subtangent and


sub-normal at any point on the curve y = f(x) and hence show that the
sub-normal at any point of the parabola y2 = 4ax is constant.

_________________
’

*SLRR96* SLR-R – 96
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – V) (New)
Structural Botany and Taxonomy of Angiosperms

Day and Date : Tuesday, 26-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions: 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Rewrite the following sentence; choosing the correct alternative. 10


1) The cell having power of cell division are known as ________ cell.
a) Permanent b) Conducting
c) Meristematic d) Epidermal
2) __________ is living mechanical tissue.
a) Collenchyma b) Sclerenchyma
c) Parenchyma d) Aerenchyma
3) Xylem is a _________ tissue.
a) Simple b) Complex
c) Meristematic d) Special
4) Latex vessels occur in _________ plant.
a) Hevea b) Maize c) Water lilly d) Citrus
5) Scattered vascular bundle is found in ________ stem.
a) Maize b) Sunflower
c) Bignonia d) None of the above
6) The multiple epidermis are found in __________ plant.
a) Hydrila b) Nerium c) Maize d) Sunflower

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 96 -2- *SLRR96*

7) Allium Cepa (onion) is belonging to __________ family.


a) Amaranthaceae b) Fabaceae
c) Lilliacede d) Meliaceae

8) The Botanical name of the Neem plant is


a) Melia Azadirchta b) Mangifera Indica
c) Calatrophis procera d) Quisqualis Indica

9) __________ plant is called insectivorous plant.


a) Drosera b) Calatrophis
c) Neem d) Maize

10) The two complex tissues are separated from each other are called _________
vascular bundle.
a) Radial b) Conjoint c) Closed d) Collateral

2. Answer any five of the following. 10

i) Define meristem.

ii) Give the distribution of mechanical tissues in plant.

iii) Give the function of meristem.

iv) Sketch and label the dicot stomata

v) What is periderm.

vi) Sketch the floweral diagram of Family Fabaceae.

3. A) Answer any two of the following. 6


i) Describe the elements of Xylem with their function.
ii) Describe the epidermal out growth.
iii) Explain the Histogen theory of Hansteinsis.

B) Explain structure of monocot stem. 4


*SLRR96* -3- SLR-R – 96

4. Answer any two of the following. 10

i) What are meristem ? Describe the types of meristem.


ii) Describe in brief the types of wood.
iii) Lenticels structure and function.

5. Answer any one of the following. 10


i) Distinguishing character and economic J.M.P. of family meliaceae.
ii) Describe the anomalous secondary growth in Bignonia plant.

_______________
’

*SLRR97* SLR-R – 97
Seat
No.

[Link]. II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


MATHEMATICS (Paper – VI)
Real Analysis

Day and Date : Wednesday, 27-5-2014 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

Instructions : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

1. Choose the correct alternative for each of the following. 10

1) The seq {1, 2, 12 , 3, 13 , 4 ...} is

a) bounded below but not above b) bounded above but not below
c) bounded d) convergent
2) The number of terms in a sequence are always
a) finite b) infinite
c) both finite and infinite d) none of these
3) If a sequence {Sn} is unbounded on the left then the limit point of sequence
is
a) ∞ b) 0 c) 1 d) − ∞


sin nx
4) The series ∑ n2
is
n=1

a) convergent b) divergent
c) both a and b d) none of these

1
5) A positive term series ∑ nP is divergent iff

a) P > 1 b) P = 1 c) P < 1 d) P = ∞

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 97 -2- *SLRR97*

6) A negative term series converges iff the sequence of its partial sums is
a) bounded below b) bounded above
c) both a and b d) none of these
7) Every non-empty subset of R which is bounded has the
a) infimum b) suprimum c) both a and b d) none of these

8) If for any ∈> 0, if a, b ∈ R such that b < a + ∈ then


a) b ≤ a b) a ≤ b c) a = b d) b > a
9) Which of the following set is uncountable ?
a) Set of integer
b) Set of rational numbers
c) Set of all ordered pairs of integers
d) Set of real numbers

10) If A and B be any subset R then value of ( A ∩ B)′ is

a) A′ ∪ B′ b) A′ ∩ B′ c) ⊇ A ′ ∩ B′ d) ⊆ A ′ ∩ B′

2. Attempt any five of the following. 10

1) State Dedekind’s property for real numbers.

2) If S and T are subsets of real numbers then show that if S ⊆ T then S′ ⊆ T′ .

3+2 n
3) Show that lim = 2.
n→∞ n

4) Define the term monotonic decreasing and monotonic increasing sequence.

1
5) Test the convergence of the series ∑ 1+
1
.
n
n

x2 x3
6) Show that the series x + + + ... converges absolutely for all values of x.
2! 3!
*SLRR97* -3- SLR-R – 97

3. A) Attempt any two of the following : 6


1) If S and T are subsets of real number then show that (S ∪ T)′ = S ′ ∪ T′ .
2) Prove that every bounded sequence with unique limit point is convergent.

1
3) Show that the series ∑ does not converges.
n

B) Prove that countable union of countable sets is countable. 4

4. Attempt any two of the following. 10

1) For all real numbers x, y show that x + y ≤ x + y .

2) Show that every convergent sequence is bounded whether converse is true.


Justify with example.
3) Show that the positive term geometric series 1 + r + r2 + ... converges for
r < 1 and diverges for r ≥ 1.

5. Attempt any one of the following : 10


1) Prove that a necessary and sufficient condition for the convergence of
sequence {Sn} is for each ∈> 0 ∃ + ve integer m such that

Sn+p − Sn < ∈ ∀ n ≥ m ∧ p ≥ 1.

un+1
2) If ∑ un is positive term series such that lim
n→∞ un
= l then show that the

series
i) converges if l < 1
ii) diverges if l > 1 and
iii) test fails if l = 1.

_______________
*SLRR98* SLR-R – 98
Seat
No.

[Link]. – II (Semester – III) (New) Examination, 2015


BOTANY (Paper – VI)
Plant Ecology

Day and Date : Wednesday, 27-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.

Instructions : i) All questions are compulsory.


ii) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
iii) Draw neat labelled diagrams wherever necessary.

1. Rewrite the sentence by choosing correct alternative : 10


1) The ___________ population shows individuals of more than one species.
a) Monospecific b) Unispecific
c) Simple d) Polyspecific
2) The ___________ is a qualitative characteristic of community.
a) Density b) Frequency
c) Abundance d) Stratification
3) The biotic component of an ecosystem is
a) Producer b) Sunlight c) Water d) Mineral
4) The pioneer stage of hydrosere is represented by
a) Phytoplanktons b) Hydrilla
c) Chara d) Typha
5) The plants growing under xeric conditions are called
a) Hydrophytes b) Xerophytes
c) Mesophytes d) None of these
6) The disease jaundice is caused by __________ pollution.
a) air b) water c) soil d) land

P.T.O.
SLR-R – 98 *SLRR98*

7) The base of ecological pyramid always represents the number of


a) consumers b) predators c) producers d) decomposers
8) The _________ diversity includes the communities in a limited field area.
a) Beta b) Alpha c) Gama d) Both a) and b)
9) The __________ ecosystem shows detritus type of food chain.
a) pond b) lake c) grassland d) mangrove
10) Increasing concentration of ___________ in air causes greenhouse effect.
a) SO2 b) NO2 c) CO2 d) O2

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) What are insectivorous plants ? Give two examples of it.
ii) Define primary and secondary succession.
iii) What are hydrophytes ? State any two external adaptations of hydrophytes.
iv) Define 
and 
diversity.
v) Define pollution and enlist the types of it.
vi) What is population density ? Give the formula to calculate it.

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) Comment on the initial to stages of hydrosere.
ii) Explain any two qualitative characters of community.
iii) Write a note on energy flow in ecosystem.
B) Write a note on ‘carbon cycle’. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Give an account of abiotic factors of ecosystem.
ii) Define food chain. Give an account of detritus food chain.
iii) What are the kinds of pollution ? Add a note on causes of air pollution.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) What is population ? Give an account of age distribution of population.
ii) Define ecological pyramids. Give an account of pyramid of number.

_______________
*SLRR99* SLR-R – 99
S e a t

N o .

[Link]. (Part – II) (Semester – III) Examination, 2015


ELECTRONICS (New)
Electronics Circuits (Paper – V)

Day and Date : Thursday, 28-5-2015 Max. Marks : 50


Time : 11.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m.

N. B. : 1) All questions are compulsory.


2) Draw the figures wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.

1. Select the correct alternative from the following : 10

i) Ripple factor is defined as the ratio of ___________________

a) b)
8 8

r m s d c

8 8

d c r m s

c) d)
8 8

r m s @ ?

 

ii) The stability factor of a BJT circuit is defined as ______________

a) b)
@ 1 @ 1

- +

5  5 

@ 1 @ 1

* -

c) d)
@ 1 @ 1

C +

5  5 

@ 1 @ 1

C O *

iii) The basic purpose of filter is to _______________


a) Minimize the variations in ac input signal
b) Suppress harmonics in rectified output
c) Remove ripples from the rectified output
d) Stabilise dc output voltage
P.T.O.
SLR-R – 99 -2- *SLRR99*
iv) The current gain of Darlington amplifier is _______________
a) 


 
b) 


 

c) d)


  

v) CE amplifier with emitter resistor is an example of _______________ feedback.


a) voltage series b) voltage shunt
c) current series d) current shunt
vi) The gain of cascaded amplifier is equal to the ____________
a) product of individual gains
b) sum of individual gains
c) ratio of stage gains
d) none of these
vii) The maximum overall efficiency of a class B push pull amplifier is ___________
a) 100% b) 78.5%
c) 50% d) 85%
viii) Negative feedback in an amplifier _________________ the voltage gain.
a) reduces b) increases
c) does not affect d) none of these
ix) For generation of 400 Hz signal the most suitable circuit is _____________
oscillator.
a) Hartley b) Colpitts
c) Wein-bridge d) Crystal
x) An oscillator always needs an amplifier with ___________________
a) positive feedback b) negative feedback
c) both types of feedbacks d) none of these

2. Answer any five of the following : 10


i) Draw the circuit diagram of bridge rectifier.
ii) What do you mean by biasing ? What are the requirements of a transistor
biasing circuit ?
*SLRR99* -3- SLR-R – 99
iii) What are the advantages of RC coupled amplifier ?
iv) What is cross-over distortion ?
v) Give the advantages of negative feedback.
vi) What are different types of oscillators ?

3. A) Answer any two of the following : 6


i) A Weinbridge oscillator has a frequency of 500 Hz. If the value of C is
1000 PF, determine the value of R.
ii) What do you mean by multistage amplifier ? Explain it briefly.
iii) Explain the working of full-wave centre-tapped rectifier.
B) Explain working of zener regulator. 4

4. Answer any two of the following : 10


i) Explain direct coupled amplifier. Give its advantages.
ii) Derive the expression for gain of amplifier with feedback.
iii) Explain voltage divider bias circuit.

5. Answer any one of the following : 10


i) State characteristics of class A, class B, and Class C amplifiers. Explain
complementary symmetry amplifier.
ii) With circuit diagram explain working of Hartley oscillator. Calculate the
oscillation frequency if C = 0.01 F and L1= L2 = 25 H.
 

___________________

You might also like